Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
"reme" has 2 results
|
|
|||||||
 | |||||||
| abhijñā | -jānāti-, nīte-, to recognize, perceive, know, be or become aware of ; to acknowledge, agree to, own ; to remember (either with the future parasmE-pada or with yad-and imperfect tense)   | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhijñā | f. remembrance, recollection | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhijñāna | n. remembrance, recollection | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhijñāna | n. a sign or token of remembrance | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisaṃcint | (ind.p. -cintya-) to remember  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhitāpa | m. extreme heat | ||||||
| |||||||
| abrahmavid | mfn. not knowing brahma- or the Supreme Spirit.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhī | ( i-), adhy-/eti-, or /adhy-eti- (exceptionally adhī), to turn the mind towards, observe, understand and ; chiefly Vedic or Veda (with genitive case [ see ]or accusative) to mind, remember, care for, long for etc. ; to know, know by heart etc. ; to go over, study ; to learn from (a teacher's mouth ablative) ; to declare, teach : A1. adhī; Potential 3. plural adhī ) to study, learn by heart, read, recite: Causal adhy-āpayati- (Aorist -āpipat- ) to cause to read or study, teach, instruct: Causal Desiderative adhy-āpipa-yiṣati-, to be desirous of teaching : Desiderative adhī  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhibhūta | n. the all penetrating influence of the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhibhūta | n. the Supreme Spirit itself  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhidaiva | n. a presiding or tutelary deity, the supreme deity, the divine agent operating in material objects | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhidaivata | n. a presiding or tutelary deity, the supreme deity, the divine agent operating in material objects | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhigā | P. to obtain ; P. (Aorist subjunctive 2. plural -gāta-,or -gātana-) to remember, notice and ; P. or generally A1. (-jage-, -agīṣṭa-, -agīṣyata- ) to go over, learn, read, study ; to attempt, resolve: Causal P. -gāpayati-, to cause to go over or teach: Desiderative Causal -jigāpayiṣati-, to be desirous of teaching | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhigama | m. acquirement, mastery, study, knowledge | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhigamana | n. acquirement, reading, study | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhikalpin | according to to others,"supreme umpire".  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhikārika | m. the supreme ruler, the supreme spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhinātha | m. a supreme lord, chieftain | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhipuruṣa | m. the Supreme Spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhipūruṣa | ([ ]) m. the Supreme Spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhirāj | m. a supreme king. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhirājya | n. (fr. adhi-rāja-), royalty, royal government, supreme sway | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhiṣṭhātṛ | m. the Supreme Ruler (or Providence personified and identified with one or other of the Hindu gods) | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhīśvara | m. a supreme lord or king, an emperor | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhīyat | mfn. remembering, proficient. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhyāna | n. meditating upon, reflecting on, remembering with regret, pensive or sorrowful recollection.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyātma | n. the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyātmacetas | m. one who meditates on the Supreme Spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyātmadṛś | mfn. knowing the Supreme Spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyātmajñāna | n. knowledge of the Supreme Spirit or of ātman-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyātmarati | m. a man delighting in the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhyātmika | mf(ā-and ī-)n. relating to the supreme spirit etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhyātmika | mf(ī-)n. relating to the soul or the Supreme Spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| advaita | n. identity of brahmā- or of the paramātman- or supreme soul with the jīvātman- or human soul  | ||||||
| |||||||
| agnipuccha | n. tail or extreme point of, a sacrificial fire (arranged in the shape of a bird)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aguṇa | mfn. destitute of qualities or attributes (said of the supreme Being see nirguṇa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ai | ind. remembering  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aikātmya | n. oneness with the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| aiśa | mfn. divine, supreme, regal.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ajaśṛṅgī | f. "goat's horn", the shrub Odina Wodier, used as a charm and as a remedy for sore eyes (its fruit resembles a goat's horn) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākalpaka | m. (equals utkaṇṭhā-or utkalikā-) remembering with regret, missing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākhuviṣahā | f. (equals ākhu- q.v) "destroying a rat's venom", the grass Lipeocercis Serrata and the grass Andropogon Serratum (both considered as remedies for a rat's bite)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākhuviṣāpahā | f. (equals ākhu- q.v) "destroying a rat's venom", the grass Lipeocercis Serrata and the grass Andropogon Serratum (both considered as remedies for a rat's bite) | ||||||
| |||||||
| akṛtātman | mfn. not yet identified with the supreme Spirit.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| alābha | m. non-acquirement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āmarākṣasī | f. a particular remedy against dysentery.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| amedhya | mfn. (am-) ,n. faeces, excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āmnāya | m. that which is to be remembered or studied or learnt by heart  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anadhyātmavid | mfn. not knowing the Supreme Spirit, .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anahaṃkāra | m. non-egotism, absence of self-conceit or of the tendency to regard self as something distinct from the Supreme Spirit, freedom from pride  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānandamaya | n. (scilicet brahman-) the supreme spirit (as consisting of pure happiness see ānanda-above )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anantara | n. brahma- or the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ananyabhāva | mfn. thinking of the only one id est of the Supreme Spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anauṣadha | irremediable, incurable,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anīśvaratā | f. absence of a supreme ruler.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anīśvaratva | n. absence of a supreme ruler. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anīśvaravādin | m. "one who denies a supreme ruler of the universe", an atheist. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anna | n. food in a mystical sense (or the lowest form in which the supreme soul is manifested, the coarsest envelope of the Supreme Spirit)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| annamala | n. excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| antaḥparimārjana | n. an internal remedy, | ||||||
| |||||||
| antara | n. soul, heart, supreme soul  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuci | (Imper. A1. -cikitām-) to remember  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anusaṃsmṛ | to remember, to long for (the dead or absent).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anusmaraṇa | n. remembering, repeated recollection.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anusmṛ | to remember, recollect: Causal P. -smārayati-, or -smarayati-, to remind (with accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| anusmṛta | mfn. remembered. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anusmṛti | Name (also title or epithet) of a poem (consisting of 72 verses from on the necessity of remembering viṣṇu- at death). | ||||||
| |||||||
| anvādhī | to recollect, remember, think of  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anyakārukā | f. a worm bred in excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| apamārjana | n. a cleansing remedy, detergent  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aparānta | m. the extreme end or term | ||||||
| |||||||
| apekṣā | f. looking for, expectation, hope, need, requirement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apratikāra | ([ ]) ([ ]) mfn. not admitting of any relief or remedy.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apratīkāra | ([ ]) mfn. not admitting of any relief or remedy. | ||||||
| |||||||
| apratikārin | mfn. (said of patients) not using a remedy, not permitting the employment of a remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| āptakāma | m. the supreme soul  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārādhana | n. acquirement, attainment  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārogyapañcaka | n. a remedy against fever  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārtatara | mfn. extremely pained, disturbed, confounded  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aruḥsrāṇa | according to to some read aruḥ-- śrāṇa- [ from .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asādhya | mfn. incurable, irremediable etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asmaraṇa | n. not remembering (with genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asmarat | mfn. not remembering. | ||||||
| |||||||
| asmṛti | f. non-remembrance, forgetting | ||||||
| |||||||
| āsthāpana | n. a strengthening remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asura | m. a spirit, good spirit, supreme spirit (said of varuṇa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asurya | m. (^as-) (equals /asura- m. q.v) the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| aśvaśaka | n. excrements of a horse,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| atijīrṇatā | f. extreme old age.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| atirājan | m. a supreme king, superior to a king  | ||||||
| |||||||
| atiraṃhas | mfn. extremely rapid | ||||||
| |||||||
| atisarva | m. the Supreme.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| atiśayokti | f. extreme assertion | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmabodha | m. "knowledge of soul or supreme spirit"Name of work of śaṃkarācārya- | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmabodha | m. the possession of a knowledge of soul or the supreme spirit.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmajña | mfn. knowing the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmajñāna | n. knowledge of the soul or supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmajyotis | n. the light of the soul or supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmakāma | mf(ā-)n. loving the supreme spirit () | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmakrīḍa | mfn. playing with the supreme spirit, | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmalābha | m. acquisition (of the knowledge) of the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmānanda | mfn. rejoicing in the soul or supreme spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmaprabodha | m. "cognition of soul or supreme spirit", Name of an upaniṣad-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmapravāda | m. "dogmas about the soul or supreme spirit", Name of the seventh of the fourteen pūrva-s or most ancient sacred writings of the jaina-s | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmapravāda | m. plural "those who assert the dogmas about the supreme spirit", Name of a philosophical school | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmārāma | mfn. rejoicing in one's self or in the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmarati | mfn. rejoicing in the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmasammita | mfn. resembling the soul or supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmasāt | ind. with | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmāśraya | m. dependance, on self or on the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmatattva | n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmavid | mfn. knowing the nature of the soul or supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmavidyā | f. knowledge of soul or the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmayoga | m. union with the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmībhāva | m. becoming part of the supreme spirit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| atyurvīśa | m. a supreme sovereign, | ||||||
| |||||||
| aupayaugika | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') relating to the application of (a remedy etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avāraṇīya | mfn. "not to be remedied, incurable" id est treating of incurable sicknesses,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avatarpaṇa | n. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avatarpaṇa | n. a soothing remedy, palliative,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avatka | n. (?fr. avat/a- q.v), a little hole (?"a remedy")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avismṛti | f. not forgetting, remembering  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ayoga | m. inefficacy of a remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ayoga | m. medical treatment counter to the symptoms, non-application or mis-application of remedies | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahirvikāra | m. "outward change or disfigurement", syphilis  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahvarha | mfn. extremely precious  | ||||||
| |||||||
| balāgra | n. the utmost strength, extreme force  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhagavaddṛśa | mf(ī-)n. resembling the Supreme  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhagavadgītā | f. plural (sometimes with upaniṣad-;once n(ta-). ) " kṛṣṇa-'s song", Name of a celebrated mystical poem (interpolated in the where it forms an episode of 18 chapters , containing a dialogue between kṛṣṇa- and arjuna-, in which the Pantheism of the vedā) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaiṣajya | n. a particular ceremony performed as a remedy for sickness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaiṣajya | n. any remedy, drug or medicine ("against" genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaiṣajyayajña | m. a sacrifice performed as a remedy for sickness | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāva | m. the Supreme Being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvitātman | mfn. "one whose soul is purified by meditating on the universal soul"or"whose thoughts are fixed on the Supreme Spirit", meditative, devout, holy, a sage, saint etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bheṣaja | n. a remedy, medicine, medicament, drug, remedy against (genitive case or compound) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhīma | mf(ā-)n. fearful, terrific, terrible awful formidable, tremendous etc. (in the beginning of a compound,fearfully etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhinnavarcas | mfn. voiding excrement (also ska-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṣagvid | m. "knowing remedies", a physician | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṣaj | m. a remedy, medicine | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṣajya | Nom. P. jy/ati- (gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-) to heal, cure, possess healing power etc. ; to be physician to any one (dative case) ; to be a physician or remedy for id est to gain the mastery over anything (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṣajyā | f. healing, cure, remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhram | cl.1 P. () bhramati- (Epic also te-) and cl.4 P. (), bhrā; perfect tense babhrāma-,3. plural babhramuḥ-or bhremuḥ- etc.; future bhramitā- grammar; bhramiṣyati- ; Aorist abhramīt- ; infinitive mood bhramitum-or bhrāntum- etc.; ind.p. bhramitvā-, bhrāntvā-, -bhrā), to wander or roam about, rove, ramble (with deśam-,to wander through or over a country;with bhikṣām-,go about begging) etc. ; to fly about (as bees) ; to roll about (as the eyes) ; to wag (as the tongue) ; to quiver (as the fetus in the womb) ; to move to and fro or unsteadily, flicker, flutter, reel, totter ; to move round, circulate, revolve (as stars) ; to spread, be current (as news) ; to waver, be perplexed, doubt, err : Passive voice Aorist abhrāmi- (impersonal or used impersonally,with te-,"you have wandered or roamed about") : Causal bhrā etc. ; (with paṭaham-or ha-ghoṣaṇām-), to move a drum about, proclaim by beat of drum ; to cause to move or turn round or revolve, swing, brandish etc. ; to drive through (accusative) in a chariot ; to disarrange ; to cause to err, confuse ; to move or roam about (Aorist abibhramat-; Bombay edition ababhramat-) : Desiderative bibhramiṣati- grammar : Intensive bambhramīti-, bambhramyate- (also with pass. meaning) and bambhrānti- (only grammar), to roam about repeatedly or frequently, wander through, circumambulate [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin fremere; German bre0men,brimmen,brummen; English brim,brim-stone.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhṛśakopana | mfn. extremely passionate, very wrathful | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūtadhara | mfn. retaining (in the mind) or remembering the past  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūtādi | m. "original or originator of all beings", Name of mahā-puruṣa- or the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| biḍāla | m. a particular remedy for the eye (see laka-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bodhisattva | m. "one whose essence is perfect knowledge", one who is on the way to the attainment of perfect knowledge (id est a Buddhist saint when he has only one birth to undergo before obtaining the state of a supreme buddha- and then nirvāṇa-) (the early doctrine had only one bodhi-sattva-, viz. maitreya-;the later reckoned many more )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmajyotis | n. the splendour of brahma (also written brahma-jy-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmasambandha | m. union with the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| buddhipūrva | mf(ā-)n. preceded by design, premeditated, intentional, wilful  | ||||||
| |||||||
| buddhiyoga | m. devotion of the intellect, intellectual union with the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ca | ind. and, both, also, moreover, as well as (= , Latin que,placed like these particles as an enclitic after the word which it connects with what precedes;when used with a personal pronoun this must appear in its fuller accented form(exempli gratia, 'for example' t/ava ca m/ama ca-[not te ca me ca-],"both of thee and me") , when used after verbs the first of them is accented ;it connects whole sentences as well as parts of sentences;in the double ca-occurs more frequently than the single(exempli gratia, 'for example' ah/aṃ ca tv/aṃ ca-,"I and thou", );the double ca-may also be used somewhat redundantly in class. Sanskrit(exempli gratia, 'for example' kva hariṇakānāṃ jīvitaṃ cā);in later literature, however, the first ca-is more usually omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' ahaṃ tvaṃ ca-),and when more than two things are enumerated only one ca-is often found(exempli gratia, 'for example' tejasā yaśasā lakṣmyā sthityā ca parayā-,"in glory, in fame, in beauty, and in high position");elsewhere, when more than two things are enumerated, ca-is placed after some and omitted after others(exempli gratia, 'for example' ṛṇa-dātā ca vaidyaś ca śrotriyo nadī-,"the payer of a debt and a physician [and] a Brahman [and] a river");in Vedic or Veda and even in class. Sanskrit[ ] , when the double ca-would generally be used, the second may occasionally be omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' indraś ca soma-,"both indra- [and thou] soma-"; durbhedyaś cā);with lexicographers ca-may imply a reference to certain other words which are not expressed(exempli gratia, 'for example' kamaṇḍalau ca karakaḥ-,"the word karaka-has the meaning "pitcher"and other meanings");sometimes ca-is equals eva-,even, indeed, certainly, just(exempli gratia, 'for example' su-cintitaṃ cau; yāvanta eva te tāvāṃśca saḥ-,"as great as they [were] just so great was he");occasionally ca-is disjunctive,"but","on the contrary","on the other hand","yet","nevertheless"(varam ādyau na cā; śāntam idam āśrama-padaṃ sphurati ca bāhuḥ-,"this hermitage is tranquil yet my arm throbs"); ca-ca-,though-yet ; ca-na ca-,though - yet not ; ca-- na tu-(varia lectio nanu-) idem or 'm. the letter or sound ca-.', ; na ca-- ca-,though not - yet ; ca-may be used for vā-,"either","or"(exempli gratia, 'for example' iha cā; strī vā pumān vā yac cā) , and when a negative particle is joined with ca-the two may then be translated by"neither","nor";occasionally one ca-or one na-is omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' na ca paribhoktuṃ nai; na pūrvā); ca-is sometimes equals ce;the verb is accented) ; ca-may be used as an expletive(exempli gratia, 'for example' anyaiś ca kratubhiś ca-,"and with other sacrifices"); ca-is often joined to an adverb like eva-, api-, tathā-, tathai);(See eva-, api-,etc.) For the meaning of ca-after an interrogativeSee 2. k/a-,2. kath/ā-, k/im-, kv/a-); ([ confer, compare , Latin que,pe(innempeetc.); Gothic uh; Zend ca; Old Persian ca1.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakravartin | mfn. supreme, holding the highest rank among (genitive case or in compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cañcalatara | mfn. (Comparative degree) extremely unsteady  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caturbhadra | mfn. (4 times id est) extremely auspicious  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ciratamena | ind. instrumental case extremely slowly Va1rtt. 4  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cit | cl.1. c/etati- (imperfect tense acetat- ; parasmE-pada c/etat- ) cl.2. (A1. Passive voice 3. sg. cit/e-, ; parasmE-pada f. instrumental case citantyā-, ; A1. citāna-, ) cl.3. irreg. cīhetati- (; subjunctive ciketat- ; imperative 2. sg. cikiddhi- ; parasmE-pada cikitān/a- ; perf. cik/eta- etc.; ciceta- ;3. dual number cetatur- ; A1.and Passive voice cikit/e- etc.;3. plural tre- ;for parasmE-pada cikitv/as-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order; A1. Passive voice cicite- ; Aorist acetīt- ; A1. Passive voice /aceti-and c/eti- ;for acait-See ) to perceive, fix the mind upon, attend to, be attentive, observe, take notice of (accusative or genitive case) ; to aim at, intend, design (with dative case) ; to be anxious about, care for (accusative or genitive case), ; to resolve, ; to understand, comprehend, know (perf. often in the sense of proper) ; P. A1. to become perceptible, appear, be regarded as, be known : Causal cet/ayati-, te- (2. plural cet/ayadhvam- subjunctive cetayat- imperative 2. dual number cetayethām- imperfect tense /acetayat- ;3. plural cit/ayante- ; parasmE-pada cit/ayat- (eleven times); cet/ayat-, ; A1. cetayāna-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) to cause to attend, make attentive, remind of. ; to cause to comprehend, instruct, teach ; to observe, perceive, be intent upon ; A1. (once P. ) to form an idea in the mind, be conscious of, understand, comprehend, think, reflect upon ; P. to have a right notion of. know ; P. "to recover consciousness", awake ; A1. to remember, have consciousness of (accusative) ; to appear, be conspicuous, shine : Desiderative c/ikitsati- (fr. ;exceptionally A1. ; imperative tsatu- subjunctive tsāt- Aorist 2. sg. /acikitsīs- ; Passive voice parasmE-pada cikitsyamāna- ) to have in view, aim at, be desirous ; to care for, be anxious about, ; ( ) to treat medically, cure ; to wish to appear : Causal of Desiderative (future cikitsayiṣyati-) to cure : Intensive cekite- (fr.; parasmE-pada c/ekitat-, ; A1. c/ekitāna- eight times) to appear, be conspicuous, shine  | ||||||
| |||||||
| citpara | n. the Supreme Spirit (varia lectio) | ||||||
| |||||||
| citrabheṣajā | f. "yielding various remedies", Ficus oppositifolia  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dadhi | n. (replaced in the weakest forms by dh/an-[ ] : instrumental case etc. dhn/ā- dhn/e-, dhn/as-; locative case dhani- dhni-,[ in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ] ) coagulated milk, thick sour milk (regarded as a remedy;differing from curds in not having the whey separated from it) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dehacyuta | mfn. separated from the body (as excrement or the spirit)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| devavara | m. a superior or supreme deity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhāraṇa | mf(ī-)n. holding, bearing, keeping (in remembrance), retention, preserving, protecting, maintaining, possessing, having (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' or with genitive case) :  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhāraṇa | n. keeping in remembrance, memory : immovable concentration of the mind upon (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhāraṇā | f. retaining, keeping back (also in remembrance), a good memory | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhārayitṛ | m. who keeps anything in remembrance | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmāvāpti | f. acquirement of religious merit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhṛ | cl.1 P. A1. dharati-, te- (; A1. Potential dhareran- ), but more commonly in the same sense the Causal form dhārayati-, te- (perf. P. dā ]; A1. dadhr/e-,3. plural dhrir/e- etc.; Aorist adhāram- ; adhṛta-, dhṛthās- ; /adīdharat- etc.[ dīdhar-, didhṛtam-, ta- ;3. plural rata- ]; adārṣīt- grammar; future dhariṣyati- ; ṣy/e- ; dhartā- ; infinitive mood dhartum- , tavai- [ dhart/ari-See under tṛ-]; ind.p. dhṛtvā-, -dhṛtya- ) to hold, bear (also bring forth), carry, maintain, preserve, keep, possess, have, use, employ, practise, undergo etc. ; (with or scil ātmānam-, jīvitam-, prāṇān-, deham-, śarīram-etc.) to preserve soul or body, continue living, survive etc. (especially future dhariṣyati-; confer, compare Passive voice below) ; to hold back, keep down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist etc. ; to place or fix in, bestow or confer on (locative case) etc. ; to destine for (dative case; A1.also to be destined for or belong to) ; to present to (genitive case) ; to direct or turn (attention, mind, etc.) towards, fix or resolve upon (locative case or dative case) ; A1. to be ready or prepared for ; P. A1. to owe anything (accusative) to (dative case or genitive case) (confer, compare ) ; to prolong (in pronunciation) ; to quote, cite ; (with garbham-) to conceive, be pregnant (older bham- etc. ; (with daṇḍam-) to inflict punishment on (locative case) (also damam-) ; (with keśān-,or śmaśru-) to let the hair or beard grow ; (with raśmīn-[ ] or praharān-[ ]) to draw the reins tight ; (with dharamam-) to fulfil a duty ; (with vrat/am-) to observe or keep a vow etc. ; (with dhāraṇām-) to practise self-control ; (wit. ipas-) to perform penance ; (with mūrdhnā-or dhni-, śirasā-or si-) to bear on the head, honour highly ; (with or scilicet tulayā-) to hold in a balance, weigh, measure etc. ; (with or scilicet manasā-) to bear in mind, recollect, remember ; (with samaye-) to hold to an agreement, cause to make a compact (Bombay edition dṛṣṭvā-for dhṛtvā-): Passive voice dhriy/ate- (Epic also yati-; perfect tense dadhr/e-etc. = A1.; Aorist adhāri-) to be borne etc. ; so be firm, keep steady etc. ; continue living, exist, remain etc. (also dhāryate- ) ; to begin, resolve upon, undertake (dative case; accusative or infinitive mood) : Causal dhār/ayati-, te- See above: Desiderative didhīrṣati- (See ṣā-), didhariṣate- ; didhārayiṣati-, to wish to keep up or preserve (ātmānam-) : Intensive d/ardharti- () and dādharti- (3. plural dhrati- ; confer, compare ) to hold fast, bear firmly, fasten. [ confer, compare Zend dar; Greek ,; Latin fre1-tus,fre1-num.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| draviṇāgama | m. acquirement of property or wealth (Bombay edition ṇo | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravyaparigraha | m. the acquirement or possession of property or wealth | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravyārjana | n. acquirement of property or wealth. | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravyasiddhi | f. acquirement of wealth | ||||||
| |||||||
| duḥkhapratīkāra | m. a remedy for pain,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| duḥsmara | mfn. unpleasant to be remembered  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvaitavādin | m. "dualist", assertor of dualism (a philosopher who asserts the 2 principles or the existence of the human soul as separate from the Supreme Being) (see a-dv-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvigarta | Name (also title or epithet) of a country in the extreme north of India (between two lakes), | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekadeva | m. the only God, supreme Lord  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekahaṃsa | m. "the only destroyer of ignorance"[ śaṃkara- on ; see haṃsa-], the Supreme Soul  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekapuruṣa | m. the one supreme Spirit : one man only | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekavrātya | m. the only or supreme vrātya- (q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gāḍhodvega | mfn. extremely anxious,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| garīyas | mfn. extremely heavy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| garīyas | mfn. extremely important, | ||||||
| |||||||
| garviṣṭha | mfn. extremely proud  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghoraghoratara | mfn. (Comparative degree) extremely terrific (śiva-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| godhūmaja | n. a particular concrement in wheat  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gorocanā | f. a bright yellow orpiment prepared from the bile of cattle (employed in painting, dyeing, and in marking the tilaka- on the forehead;in med. used as a sedative, tonic, and anthelmintic remedy) | ||||||
| |||||||
| grahaṇa | n. perceiving, understanding, comprehension, receiving instruction, acquirement of any science etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ha | n. the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| had | cl.1 P. A1. () hadati-, te- (perfect tense jahade-; Aorist ahatta-etc. grammar), to evacuate, discharge excrement : Causal hādayati- grammar : Desiderative jihatsate- : Intensive jāhadyate-, jāhatti- [ confer, compare Greek .]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hadana | n. evacuation of excrement or ordure | ||||||
| |||||||
| haṃsa | m. the soul or spirit (typified by the pure white colour of a goose or swan, and migratory like a goose;sometimes"the Universal Soul or Supreme Spirit", identified with virāj-, nārāyaṇa-, viṣṇu-, śiva-, kāma-, and the Sun; dual number"the universal and the individual Spirit"; according to to resolvable into ahaṃ sa-,"I am that") etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| haṃsavatī | f. a verse containing the word haṃsa- (applied to ,in which the sun in the form of dadhi-krā-, here called haṃsa-, is identified with para-brahman- or the Supreme Being;this verse is also found in ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| hanna | mfn. evacuated (as excrement) | ||||||
| |||||||
| haritabheṣaja | n. a remedy against jaundice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| himopacāra | m. application of cooling remedies or refrigerants  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hṛddyotabheṣaja | n. a remedy against internal disease  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hrībala | mfn. strong in modesty, extremely modest  | ||||||
| |||||||
| huḍa | m. (according to to some) a place for voiding excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hum | ind. or hūm- an exclamation (of remembrance, doubt, interrogation, assent, anger, reproach, fear etc., not translatable) | ||||||
| |||||||
| indra | m. in the vedānta- he is identified with the supreme being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| īś | m. master, lord, the supreme spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| īśa | mfn. powerful, supreme | ||||||
| |||||||
| īśāvāsya | n. "to be clothed or pervaded by the Supreme", Name of the īśopaniṣad- (q.v) which commences with that expression. | ||||||
| |||||||
| īśāvāsya | n. "to be clothed or pervaded by the Supreme", Name of the īśopaniṣad- (q.v) which commences with that expression. | ||||||
| |||||||
| īśvara | m. the Supreme Being etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| īśvara | m. the supreme soul (ātman-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ita | mfn. remembered  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jagadātman | m. "world-soul", the Supreme Spirit, W | ||||||
| |||||||
| jaghanyakārin | mfn. (in med.) attending extremely unskilfully  | ||||||
| |||||||
| javādhika | mf(ā-)n. extremely swift (a courser)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jayamaṅgala | m. a remedy for fever  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jñā | cl.9 P.A1. jān/āti-, nit/e- (see ; subjunctive nat-; imperative nītat-,2. sg. nīh/i-,once irregular jña- ;[fr. cl.3.] jijāhi- ;2. plural irregular nata-. ;2. sg. A1. irregular nase- ; parasmE-pada n/at-, nān/a- irregular namāna-[ ]; perfect tense jajñau-, jñe-[ Passive voice ] , 3. plural jñ/ur- ; parasmE-pada jñān/a- ; future jñāsyati-, te-; Aorist ajñāsīt-, sta- Passive voice /ajñāyi-, ; Potential jñāyāt-or jñey- ;2. sg. jñeyas- equals ; infinitive mood jñātum-) to know, have knowledge, become acquainted with (accusative;rarely genitive case ), perceive, apprehend, understand (also with infinitive mood [ ] ) , experience, recognise, ascertain, investigate etc. ; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider as (with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' tasya māṃ tanayāṃ jānīta-,"know me to be his daughter" ;with mṛṣā-,"to consider as untrue" ) etc. ; to acknowledge, approve, allow ; to recognise as one's own, take possession of ; to visit as a friend ; to remember (with genitive case) ; A1. to engage in (genitive case exempli gratia, 'for example' sarpiṣo-,"to make an oblation with clarified butter") : Causal jñapayati-, to teach any one (accusative) ; jñāp- (Passive voice jñāpyate-) to make known, announce, teach anything and ; to inform any one (genitive case) that (double accusative) ; A1. to request, ask (jñap-) (jñāp-): Desiderative jijñāsate- (; Epic also P.) to wish to know or become acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine etc. ; to wish for information about (accusative) ; to conjecture : Causal Desiderative jijñapayiṣati- (also jñāp- ) and jñīpsati- (see psyamāna-), to wish to make known or inform ; ([ see etc.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| jñānadarśana | n. supreme knowledge  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jyeṣṭham | ind. most, extremely | ||||||
| |||||||
| kairāla | n. Embelia Ribes (used as a remedy for worms)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalahaṃsa | m. brahma- or the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapotavaṅkā | f. Name of a medicinal plant (used as a remedy for the stone)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāsamarda | m. a remedy against cough (an acid preparation, mixture of tamarinds and mustard)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kastambhī | f. (fr. ka-,"head"? + stambha-) the prop of a carriage-pole, piece of wood fastened on at the extreme end of the pole serving as a prop or rest (popularly called"sipoy"in Western India, and in English,"horse")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāsundīvaṭikā | f. a remedy against cough (= kāsa-marda-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kauṣṭhya | mfn. extremely rich (?)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāyastha | m. "dwelling in the body", the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kha | n. brahma- (the Supreme Spirit)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaḍgadhārāvrata | n. (equals asi-dhārā-v-) any extremely difficult task.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kilāsabheṣaja | n. a remedy against leprosy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kolakanda | m. a sort of bulbous plant (used as a remedy for worms)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kraśīyas | mfn. (Comparative degree of kṛś/a- ) extremely lean  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kriyā | f. medical treatment or practice, applying a remedy, cure (See sama-kriya-tva-and viṣama-k-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kriyāpatha | m. manner of medical treatment or application of remedies  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛpākara | m. "a mine of compassion", extremely compassionate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛṣṇaśa | mfn. blackish ["extremely black" ]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtānna | n. digested food, excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣārakarman | n. applying caustic alkali (Lapis infernalis) to proud flesh etc., applying acrid remedies in general.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣārapāta | m. applying acrid remedies | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣatradhṛti | f. "support of supreme power", Name of part of the rāja-sūya- ceremony  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣudrakḷpti | f. arrangement of the minor requirements (of a sacrifice)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuṣṭha | mn. (fr. 1. ku-+ stha- ) the plant Costus speciosus or arabicus (used as a remedy for the disease called takm/an-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuṣṭhaghna | m. Name of a remedy for leprosy | ||||||
| |||||||
| kusumāñjali | f. Name of a philosophical work (written by udayana- ācārya- to prove the existence of a Supreme Being, and consisting of seventy-two kārikā-s divided into five chapters)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| laghīyastva | n. extreme insignificance, want of authority  | ||||||
| |||||||
| laṇḍa | n. (see leṇḍa-) excrement ("hard excrement, as of horses")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lekhanīya | mfn. useful as a remedy for reducing corpulency or for scarifying  | ||||||
| |||||||
| leṇḍa | (see laṇḍa-) excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| līnatā | f. complete retirement or seclusion  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lobhana | n. allurement, enticement, temptation | ||||||
| |||||||
| lokarakṣa | m. "protector of the people", a king, sovereign ( lokarakṣādhirāja kṣā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahābhāsura | mfn. extremely brilliant (said of viṣṇu-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahābrahma | m. the great brahman-, the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahābrahman | m. the great brahman-, the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahābuddhi | mfn. having great understanding, extremely clever (-buddhe- wrong reading for -yuddhe- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahādaridra | mfn. extremely poor  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāgada | (hā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāgandhahastin | m. Name of a very efficacious remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahājvarāṅkuśa | m. a mixture used as a remedy for fever | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāmahiman | mfn. extremely great, truly great ( mahāmahimatva hima-tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāmarṣa | (hā | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāpaṇḍita | mfn. extremely learned  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāpuṇya | mf(ā-)n. extremely favourable or auspicious (as a day) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāpuruṣa | m. the great Soul, the Supreme Spirit (identified with the year ;also as Name of viṣṇu-) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāpūruṣa | m. the Supreme Spirit (equals -puruṣa-above) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahārāja | m. a great king, reigning prince, supreme sovereign etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāsāhasa | n. extreme audacity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāsāhasika | mfn. extremely daring or foolhardy, one who goes to work very rashly | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāśālvaṇa | n. "great fomentation", Name of a remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāsattva | n. extremely courageous | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahātiktaka | mfn. extremely bitter | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahātman | m. the Supreme Spirit, great soul of the universe | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahātyāga | mfn. extremely liberal or generous ( mahātyāgacitta ga-citta- mfn.of extremely liberal mind) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahātyāgin | mfn. extremely liberal or generous (said of śiva-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahauṣadha | n. a very efficacious drug, a sovereign remedy, panacea  | ||||||
| |||||||
| maheśvaratva | n. supreme lordship or dominion | ||||||
| |||||||
| maitra | n. evacuation of excrement (presided over by mitra-; maitraṃ-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| man | cl.8.4. A1. () manut/e-, m/anyate- (Epic also ti-;3. plural manvat/e- ; perfect tense mene- etc.; mamn/āthe-, n/āts- ; Aorist /amata-, /amanmahi- subjunctive manāmahe-, mananta-, parasmE-pada manān/a- q.v ; maṃsi-, amaṃsta- subjunctive maṃsate- preceding maṃsīṣṭa-,1. Persian mc. masīya- ; māṃsta- , stādm- ; mandhvam- ; amaniṣṭa- grammar; future maṃsyate- , ti- ; manta-, manitā- grammar; maniṣyate- ; infinitive mood mantum- etc., m/antave-, tavai- , m/antos- ; ind.p. matv/ā- etc.; manitvā- grammar; -matya- etc.; -manya- etc.) , to think, believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture etc. (manye-,I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction; confer, compare gaRa cā) ; to regard or consider any one or anything (accusative) as (accusative with or without iva-,or adverb,often in -vat-;in later language also dative case,to express contempt[ confer, compare ], exempli gratia, 'for example' gaRa rājyaṃ tṛṇaya- manye-,"I value empire at a straw" id est I make light of it equals laghu- ; to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for (Nominal verb;also with iva-) ; to be of opinion, think fit or right etc. ; to agree or be of the same opinion with (accusative) ; to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem (with nau-,disdain) , hope or wish for (accusative or genitive case) etc. ; to think of (in prayer etc., either"to remember, meditate on", or"mention, declare", or"excogitate, invent") ; to perceive, observe, learn, know, understand, comprehend (accusative,Ved. also genitive case). etc. ; to offer, present : Causal () mānayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist amīmanat-; Passive voice mānyate-), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with uru-, bahu-and sādhu-) etc. ; (A1.) stambhe- ; garvake- : Desiderative () mīmāṃsate- (rarely ti-; amīmāṃsiṣṭhās- ; mīmāṃsy/ate- ; mimaṃsate-, mimaniṣate- grammar), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate etc. ; to call in question, doubt ("with regard to" locative case) : Desiderative of Desiderative mimāmiṣate- grammar : Intensive manmanyate-, manmanti- [ confer, compare Zend man; Greek ,, Latin meminisse,monere; Slavonic or Slavonian and Lithuanian mine4ti; Gothic ga-munan; Germ,meinen; English mean.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānādhyāya | m. "measurement-chapter", Name of chapter of  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānamahat | mfn. great in pride, extremely proud | ||||||
| |||||||
| manas | n. thought, imagination, excogitation, invention, reflection, opinion, intention, inclination, affection, desire, mood, temper, spirit (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a verbal noun or an infinitive mood stem in tu-= having a mind or wishing to; see draṣṭu-m-etc.; manaḥ- | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṇivāla | mfn. (prob.) having beads (or lumps of excrement) on the tail (according to to mahi-dhara- equals mani-śuddhavāla-or maṇi-varṇa-keśa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mantrādhirāja | m. supreme over all spells (a vetāla-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mantreśa | m. "supreme lord of spells", (with śaiva-s) Name of a particular superhuman being | ||||||
| |||||||
| mantreśvara | m. "supreme lord of spells", (with śaiva-s) Name of a particular superhuman being | ||||||
| |||||||
| maryādā | f. (doubtful whether fr. maryā-+ dā-or maryā-+ āda-[fr. ā-+ etc. (ṣaṇ-māsmaryādayā-,within six months )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mati | f. memory, remembrance | ||||||
| |||||||
| mehamudgararasa | m. a particular mixture serving as remedy against urinary disease | ||||||
| |||||||
| mīḍha | n. excrement, faeces  | ||||||
| |||||||
| moṭaka | mn. ( (see modaka-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛtasaṃjīvin | mfn. reviving the dead (Name of various remedies)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛtyuṃjaya | mfn. overcoming disease (said of various remedies)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūrdhatailika | (with vasti-) m. Name of a kind of Errhine or remedy for promoting discharges from the nose  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūtrapurīṣa | n. sg. dual number plural urine and excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūtrapurīṣoccāra | m. voiding urine and excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūtrapurīṣosarga | m. voiding urine and excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūtraśakṛt | n. urine and excrement (gaRa gavā | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūtroccāra | m. voiding urine and excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāgavadha | (with rasa-) m. a remedy against leprosy for the preparation of which a snake is used  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naiṣpurīṣya | n. evacuation of excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naradevadeva | m. god among kings, supreme sovereign  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nidhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to put or lay down, deposit, lay up, preserve (A1.for one's self) ; to intrust, commit, present to (dative case or locative case) ; put into, fix in (locative case,or locative case with ant/ar-,or antar- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') etc. ; put or lay before a person (dative case) ; (with bhūmau-[ ]or avaṭe-[ ]) to bury ; (with śirasi-,rarely sā-) to esteem highly ; (with dṛśam-) to fix the eyes upon (locative case) ; (with manas-) to fix or direct the thoughts upon or towards id est resolve, determine to (dative case) ; (with manasi-, sā-,or hṛdaye-) to keep in mind, bear in mind, remember, lay to heart ; (with hṛdayam-) to give one's heart to (locative case) ; (with ātmānam-) to intrust one's self to (locative case) ; (with kriyām-) to take pains with (locative case) ; (with karmaṇi-) to appoint a person to a work ; to keep down, restrain ; to end, close : Passive voice -dhīyate-, to be put or laid down etc. ; to be contained or situated or absorbed in, to rest in (locative case) etc. etc.: Causal -dhāpayati-, to cause to be put or laid down etc. ; to cause to be deposited or preserved ; to lay up, preserve ; to appoint : Desiderative -dhitsate-, to intend to put down etc. : Intensive n/idedhyat- (?) , to settle down | ||||||
| |||||||
| nidhyai | P. -dhyāyati- (perfect tense -dadhyau-, dhyur-), to observe, perceive ; to meditate, think of, remember (accusative) : Desiderative -didhyāsate-, to wish to meditate on, think of attentively  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nihāra | m. excrement (see nir-h-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niḥsaraṇa | n. means, expedient, remedy to get rid of (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nikāya | m. the Supreme Being | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirañjana | n. the Supreme Being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirhāda | m. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirhāra | m. evacuation or voiding of excrement (opp. to ā-hāra-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirvāṇa | n. extinction of the flame of life, dissolution, death or final emancipation from matter and re-union with the Supreme Spirit etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisarga | m. ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| niścāraka | m. (only ) voiding excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣkriya | n. "the actionless One", the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣpad | f. excrement, ordure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣpratikriya | mfn. incurable, irremediable | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣpratyūha | mfn. unimpeded, irremediable, | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣpurīṣa | mfn. free from excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣpurīṣībhāva | m. discharge of excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣṭhā | f. completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| nīti | f. acquirement, acquisition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nīvāramuṣṭimpaca | mfn. cooking only a handful of wild rice, extremely frugal in eating  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nīvāraprasṛtimpaca | mfn. cooking only a handful of wild rice, extremely frugal in eating | ||||||
| |||||||
| oṣadhi | f. a remedy in general  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pañcakṛtya | n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi-, sthiti-, saṃhāra-, tirobhāva-and anugraha-karaṇa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| para | mf(ā-)n. () far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme  | ||||||
| |||||||
| para | mf(ā-)n. better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the Comparative degree meanings [where also -tara-],with ablative,rarely genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';exceptionally paraṃ śatam-,more than a hundred literally"an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus" ; parāḥ koṭayaḥ- ) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| para | m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul | ||||||
| |||||||
| parabrahman | n. the Supreme Spirit or brahman-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paragranthi | m. "extreme point of a limb", an articulation, joint | ||||||
| |||||||
| paraḥkṛṣṇa | mfn. more than black, extremely dark  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parajñānamaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being | ||||||
| |||||||
| parama | mf(ā-)n. (superl. of p/ara-) most distant, remotest, extreme, last etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| parama | n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p-,at the utmost 24) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramabrahman | n. the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramajyā | mfn. holding supreme power (as indra-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramaka | mf(ikā-)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme (wrong reading pār-and paramika-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāramaka | mf(ikā-)n. = (and varia lectio for) paramaka-, supreme, chief. best  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramākhya | mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramakruddha | mfn. extremely angry | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramānanda | m. supreme felicity | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramānanda | m. the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramapuṃs | m. the Supreme Spirit, Name of viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramaraja | m. a supreme monarch | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāmarśa | m. remembrance, recollection  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāramārthika | mf(ī-)n. (fr. paramā (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramātman | m. the Supreme Spirit etc. (see ) . | ||||||
| |||||||
| parameśa | m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, Name of viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| parameṣṭha | mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior | ||||||
| |||||||
| parameṣṭha | m. Name of brahma- or any supreme deity | ||||||
| |||||||
| parameṣṭhin | m. Name of any supreme being, of agni- | ||||||
| |||||||
| pārameṣṭhya | mfn. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (brahmā-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| parameśvara | m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God | ||||||
| |||||||
| pārameśvara | mf(ī-)n. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (śiva-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| parānasā | f. (fr. ?) administering remedies, medical treatment | ||||||
| |||||||
| parapuruṣa | m. "the Supreme Spirit", Name of viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| parārthaniṣṭha | mfn. fixed on the supreme good | ||||||
| |||||||
| parārthin | mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) | ||||||
| |||||||
| parasaṃjñaka | m. "called Supreme", the soul | ||||||
| |||||||
| parātman | m. the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| paraveśman | n. the dwelling of the Supreme | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariccheda | m. obviating, remedying  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paricchinna | mfn. obviated, remedied | ||||||
| |||||||
| paricint | P. -cintayati- (ind.p. -cintya-), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider etc. ; to call to mind, remember ; to devise, invent | ||||||
| |||||||
| paridurbala | mfn. extremely weak or decrepit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parihāra | m. (in dramatic language) remedying or atoning for any improper action  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parikrama | m. a remedy, medicine  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parimanthara | mf(ā-)n. extremely slow or tardy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parimardana | n. a remedy for rubbing in  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parinirviṇṇa | mfn. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariniṣṭhā | f. extreme limit, highest point | ||||||
| |||||||
| parisīman | m. a boundary, extreme term or limit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paritikta | mfn. extremely bitter, jātakam-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivihvala | mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivṛḍhatama | or mfn. superl. (with brahma- n.the supreme spirit) | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryāyata | mfn. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pauṇḍarīya | n. a kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes (equals puṇḍarya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pauṇḍarīyaka | n. a kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes (equals puṇḍarya-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pauṇḍarya | n. a kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes (equals puṇḍarya-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāy | cl.1 A1. pāyayate-, to void excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| piñjala | mfn. (fr. piñja-) extremely confused or disordered (see ut-piñjala-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pīviṣṭha | mfn. extremely fat  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prabhutvabodhi | f. knowledge joined with supreme power  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhāna | n. supreme or universal soul  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhānapuruṣa | m. "the supreme soul", Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhānātman | m. supreme or universal soul, Name of viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhmāpana | n. (fr. Causal) a remedy for difficult respiration (in med.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhṛ | (only perfect tense A1. -dadhre-,with manas-), to set the mind upon anything (dative case), resolve, determine : Causal P. -dhārayati-, to chastise, inflict a punishment on any one (locative case; see daṇḍaṃ- ; to keep in remembrance ; to reflect, consider ; (pradhārayantu- wrong reading for pra dhārā yantu- ) . | ||||||
| |||||||
| pragharṣaṇa | n. rubbing, a remedy for rubbing in or anointing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praharṣa | m. erection of the hair, extreme joy, thrill of delight, rapture (ṣaṃ- etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prajāpati | (jā--) m. lord of creatures, creator etc. etc. (Name of a supreme god above or among the Vedic deities[ ]but in later times also applied to viṣṇu-, śiva-, Time personified, the sun, fire, etc., and to various progenitors, especially to the 10 lords of created beings first created by brahmā-, viz. marīci-, atri-, aṅgiras-, pulastya-, pulaka-, kratu-, vasiṣṭha-, pracetas- or dakṣa-, bhṛgu-, nārada-[ ; see ], of whom some authorities count only the first 7, others the last 3)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the śakti- or personified energy or wife of a deity, as lakṣmī-, durgā- etc.;also considered as identical with the Supreme Being)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pralobha | m. allurement, seduction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pralobhana | n. allurement, inducement | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāṇabādha | m. danger to life, extreme peril (varia lectio) (alsof(ā-). )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāṇada | m. (with guḍikā-) a kind of pill used as a remedy for hemorrhoids | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇipātapratīkāra | mfn. having submission for a remedy, counteracted by submission  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasādana | n. clearing, rendering clear (netra-p-"administering soothing remedies to the eyes")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praskandana | n. voiding excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasmṛ | P. -smarati-, to remember ; to forget (Passive voice smaryate-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prātaḥsmaraṇa | n. "early remembrance or tradition", Name of work  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praticint | P. A1. -cintayati-, te-, to consider again, reflect upon, remember ; Caur.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratijñā | P. A1. -jānāti-, -jānīte-, to admit, own, acknowledge, acquiesce in, consent to, approve ; to promise (with genitive case dative case or locative case of Persian,and accusative with or without prati-,or dative case of thing, also with infinitive mood etc.;with vākyam-and genitive case"to promise fulfilment of a person's word" ;with satyam-"to promise verily or truly" ) ; (A1.) to confirm, assert, answer in the affirmative etc. ; to maintain, assert, allege, state etc. (śabdaṃ nityatvena-,"to assert the eternity of sound") ; (A1.) to bring forward or introduce (a topic) ; to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of ; to remember sorrowfully (only in this sense P.by ;but really A1. ). | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratikāra | m. opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratikārajña | mfn. knowing what remedy should be applied | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratikaraṇīya | mfn. to be counteracted or prevented, remediable | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratikriyā | f. opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy, help (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = removing, destroying) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisamādhāna | n. cure, remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃdhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, (P.) to put together again, re-arrange ; (A1.) to put on, adjust (an arrow) ; (A.) to return, reply ; (P. A1.) to remember, recollect ; (A1.) to comprehend, understand | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃdhāna | n. a remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃdhātṛ | m. one who recollects or remembers | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃlayana | n. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃlīna | mfn. complete retirement for the sake of meditation | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃsmṛ | P. -smarati-, to remember | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratismṛ | P. A1. -smarati-, te-, to remember, recollect (accusative) : Causal -smārayati-, to remind | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratividhi | m. a means or remedy against  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyoga | m. an antidote, remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyabhijñā | P. A1. -jānāti-, -jānīte-, to recognize, remember, know, understand etc. ; to come to one's self, recover consciousness : Causal -jñāpayati-, to recall to mind  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyabhijñā | f. regaining knowledge or recognition (of the identify of the Supreme and individual soul) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyākhyā | P. -khyāti-, to proclaim one by one ; to refuse, repudiate, reject etc. ; to deny ; to refute ; to counteract (by remedies) : Desiderative -cikhyāsati-, to wish to refute  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyanusmṛ | P. -smarati-, to remember | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayogagrahaṇa | n. acquirement of practice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prītisambodhyaṅga | n. (with Buddhists) joyfulness (one of the 7 requisites for attaining supreme knowledge)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puccha | m. last or extreme end (as of a year)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pucchadā | f. a bulbous plant used as a remedy for sterility (see putra-dā-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| puṃs | m. the soul, spirit, spirit of man (equals puruṣa-;with para-or parama-,the Supreme Spirit, Soul of the Universe, viṣṇu-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| punarmanya | mfn. (prob.) again thinking of. remembering  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puṇḍarya | n. a medicinal plant used as a remedy far diseased eyes  | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣa | n. feces, excrement, ordure etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-). )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣādhāna | n. "receptacle of excrement", the rectum | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣaṇa | n. the voiding of excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣaṇa | m. excrement, feces | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣaya | Nom. P. yati-, to void excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣita | mfn. voided, evacuated (as excrement) | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣotsarga | m. the voiding of excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| purīṣya | mfn. excremental | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūrṇānanda | m. Name of the Supreme Being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūrṇapātrapratibhaṭa | mfn. emulating the fullness or a full vessel id est overflowing, supreme (as glory) | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣa | m. the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe (sometimes with para-, parama-,or uttama-;also identified with brahmā-, viṣṇu-, śiva- and durgā-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣārtha | m. any one of the four objects or aims of existence (viz. kāma-,the gratification of desire; artha-,acquirement of wealth; dharma-,discharge of duty; mokṣa-,final emancipation) ( puruṣārthatva -tva- n.) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣasūkta | n. "the puruṣa- hymn", Name of (describing the Supreme Soul of the universe and supposed to be comparatively modern) | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣottama | m. the highest being, Supreme Spirit, Name of viṣṇu- or kṛṣṇa- etc. () | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣottamakṣetra | n. "district of the Supreme Being", Name of a district in Orissa sacred to viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūrvaprajñā | f. knowledge of the past, remembrance, memory  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūtika | n. ordure, excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūtimukta | m. or n. voiding excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| rahas | n. (for 1.See) a lonely or deserted place, loneliness, solitude, privacy, secrecy, retirement ( rahas rahas- ind., rahasi si- ind.and rahassu ssu- ind.privately, in secret) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rahastas | ind. out of retirement | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājarāj | m. a king of kings, supreme sovereign  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājarāja | m. "king of kings", a supreme sovereign, emperor etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājarājatā | f. () the rank of a supreme sovereign or emperor, dominion over all other princes, universal sovereignty | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājarājatva | n. () the rank of a supreme sovereign or emperor, dominion over all other princes, universal sovereignty | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājendra | m. a lord of kings, supreme sovereign, emperor etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rakṣāmahauṣadhi | f. a sovereign remedy serving as a preservative (against evil spirits etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ram | cl.1. A1. () ramate- (Vedic or Veda also P. r/amati-or ramṇāti- perfect tense rarāma- ; reme- etc.; Aorist 3. plural ranta- ; araṃsīt- ; araṃsta- ; raṃsiṣam- ; future rantā- grammar; raṃsyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood ramitum- ; rantum- etc.; rantos- ; ind.p. ratv/ā- ; rantvā- ; -ramya-or -ratya- ), to stop, stay, make fast, calm, set at rest (P.; especially present tense ramṇāti-) ; (P. A1.)to delight, make happy, enjoy carnally ; (A1.) to stand still, rest, abide, like to stay with (locative case or dative case) etc. ; (A1.; P.only mc.) to be glad or pleased, rejoice at, delight in, be fond of (locative case instrumental case or infinitive mood) etc. ; to play or sport, dally, have sexual intercourse with (instrumental case with or without samam-, saha-, sākam-or sā etc. ; to couple (said of deer) , Va1rtt. 8 (confer, compare Causal) ; to play with id est put to stake (instrumental case) : Causal ram/ayati- or rām/ayati- (Aorist /arīramat-), to cause to stay, stop, set at rest ; (ramayati-, mc. also te-) to gladden, delight, please, caress, enjoy carnally etc. (3. sg. ramayati-tarām-, ) ; to enjoy one's self, be pleased or delighted ; mṛgān ramayati-, he tells that the deer are coupling Va1rtt. 8 : Desiderative in riraṃsā-, su- q.v : Desiderative of Causal in riramayiṣu- q.v : Intesis. raṃramyate- or raṃramīti- [ confer, compare Zend ram, Greek ,, ; Lithuanian rimti; Gothic rimis.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmānuja | m. Name of a celebrated vaiṣṇava- reformer (founder of a particular Vedantic school which taught the doctrine of viśiṣṭā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṇasajjā | f. military accoutrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasakriyā | f. the inspissation and application of fluid remedies or fomentations  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasāyana | n. the employment of mercury as a remedy or for magical purposes  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rogavairūpya | n. disfigurement caused by disease  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛti | f. remembrance, memory  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛti | f. remembrance, memory | ||||||
| |||||||
| rukpratikriyā | f. counteraction or treatment of disease curing, remedying.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ruksadman | n. "seat of disease", excrement, feces | ||||||
| |||||||
| śabdabrahman | n. "word-brahman", the veda- considered as a revealed sound or word and identified with the Supreme  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śabdātita | mfn. beyond the reach of sound (applied to the Supreme) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaḍbindu | (with taila-) n. an oily mixture six drops of which are drawn up the nose (as a remedy for head-ache)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhāraṇa | mf(ī-or ā-)n. having something of two opposite properties, occupying a middle position, mean (between two extremes exempli gratia, 'for example'"neither too dry nor too wet","neither too cool nor too hot")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhāraṇapakṣa | n. common side or party, middle side, the mean (between two extremes) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhidaiva | mfn. (united or identified) with supreme deity | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahasā | (instrumental case of sahas-), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly, precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated manner, inconsiderately (with instrumental case"together with").  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaiva | m. "a worshipper or follower of śiva-", Name of one of the three great divisions of modern Hinduism (the other two being the vaiṣṇava-s and śākta-s, qq. vv. ;the śaiva-s identify śiva--rather than brahmā- and viṣṇu--with the Supreme Being and are exclusively devoted to his worship, regarding him as the source and essence of the universe as well as its disintegrator and destroyer;the temples dedicated to him in his reproducing and vivifying character [as denoted by the liṅga- q.v ]are scattered all over India;the various sects of śaiva-s are described in )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaka | n. excrement, ordure, dung (see śakan-, , śakṛt-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakaidha | m. a fire (made) with the excrement of animals | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakamaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting of or arising from excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakṛdrīti | f. a heap of excrement,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakṛt | n. (the weak cases are optionally formed fr. a base śak/an- confer, compare ; śakṛt- Nominal verb accusative sg. and in the beginning of a compound; genitive case sg. śakn/as- ; instrumental case śakn/ā- , or śakṛtā- instrumental case plural ś/akabhis- ; accusative plural śakṛtas- ), excrement, ordure, feces, dung (especially cow-dung) [ confer, compare Greek ,,; according to to some, , and Latin cacare.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakti | f. effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakyapratikāra | mfn. capable of being remedied, remediable (apr-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakyapratikāra | m. a possible remedy or counter-agent | ||||||
| |||||||
| sama | mf(/ā-)n. equally distant from extremes, ordinary, common, middling etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samala | n. (see śamala-) excrement, feculent matter, ordure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāna | mf(/ī-,or ā-)n. holding the middle between two extremes, middling moderate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāntara | mfn. (for 2. samā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samanucint | P. -cintayati-, to reflect deeply about, meditate on, remember (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samanusmṛ | P. -smarati-, to remember together, recollect  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samanuvid | Caus -vedayati-, to cause to know or remember, remind | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāmānyapakṣa | m. the general side, the middle or mean (between two extremes)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdhṛ | P. A1. -dhārayati- ; te- (imperfect tense Epic sam-adhāram- equals -adhārayam-; pr. p. P. saṃdhārayat-; A1. -dhārayamāṇa-,or -dhārayāṇa-; perfect tense saṃ-dadhāra-), to hold together, bear, carry ; to hold up, support, preserve, observe, maintain ; to keep in remembrance ; to hold back, restrain, withstand ; to suffer, endure ; to hold or fix the mind on (locative case) ; to promise ; to hold out, live, exist ; to be ready to serve any one (genitive case) with (instrumental case) : Passive voice -dhriyate-, to resolve or fix upon (locative case) ; to be kept or observed ; -dhāryate-, to be held together or borne or kept or maintained  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgama | m. acquirement of (genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgrahaṇīya | mfn. to be taken as a remedy against (any disease exempli gratia, 'for example' diarrhoea), | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃhitā | f. the force which holds together and supports the universe (a term applied to the Supreme Being according to to some)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samīragajakesarin | m. a particular mixture used as a remedy for disease of the nerves  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃkhya | n. (according to to some also m.) Name of one of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (ascribed to the sage kapila- [ q.v ], and so called either from"discriminating", in general, or, more probably, from"reckoning up"or"enumerating"twenty-five tattva-s [See tattva-]or true entities [twenty-three of which are evolved out of prakṛti-"the primordial Essence"or"first-Producer"], viz. buddhi-, ahaṃkāra-, the five tan-mātra-s, the five mahā-bhūta-s and manas-;the twenty-fifth being puruṣa- or Spirit [sometimes called Soul] which is neither a Producer nor Production [see vikāra-],but wholly distinct from the twenty-four other tattva-s,and is multitudinous, each separate puruṣa- by its union with prakṛti- causing a separate creation out of prakṛti-, the object of the philosophy being to effect the final liberation of the puruṣa- or Spirit from the fetters caused by that creation;the yoga- [ q.v ] branch of the sāṃkhya- recognizes a Supreme Spirit dominating each separate puruṣa-;the tantra-s identify prakṛti- with the wives of the gods, especially with the wife of śiva-;the oldest systematic exposition of the sāṃkhya- seems to have been by an author called pañca-śikha- [the germ, however, being found in the ṣaṣṭi-tantra-, of which only scanty fragments are extant];the original sūtra-s were superseded by the sāṃkhya-kārikā- of īśvara-kṛṣṇa-, the oldest manual on the sāṃkhya- system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th century A.D., while the sāṃkhya-- sūtra-s or śiva-pravacana- and tattva-samāsa-, ascribed to the sage kapila-, are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th century or perhaps a little later) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃkhyāna | n. measurement | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnāha | m. accoutrements, armour, mail, a coat of mail (made of iron or quilted cotton) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnyāsitā | f. abandonment of worldly concerns, retirement from the world  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnyāsitva | n. abandonment of worldly concerns, retirement from the world | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāmopacāra | m. a mild remedy, moderate measure, gentle means  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāmopāya | m. a mild remedy, moderate measure, gentle means | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampratipatti | f. going towards, approach, arrival, attaining to, obtaining, acquirement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samrāj | m. (fr. saṃ--; Nominal verb samr/āṭ-) a universal or supreme ruler (a Name of varuṇa-, the āditya-s, indra-, manu- etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsmaraṇa | n. the act of remembering, calling to mind, recollecting (genitive case), Kuu.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsmaraṇīya | mfn. to be remembered, living in remembrance only, past, gone ( saṃsmaraṇīyaśabha -śabha- mfn."no more beautiful") | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsmārita | mfn. caused to remember, reminded of (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsmartavya | mfn. to be remembered or thought upon by (genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsmṛ | P. -smarati-, to remember fully, recollect (accusative;rarely genitive case) etc.: Causal -smā etc. ; to cause to be remembered, recall to the mind of (genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsmṛta | mfn. remembered, recollected, called to the mind | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsmṛti | f. remembering, remembrance of (genitive case or compound;acc, with | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃśodhanaśamanīya | mfn. treating of purifying and calming remedies  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃstambhana | n. an obstructive remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃvṛt | A1. -vartate- (perfect tense parasmE-pada -vavṛtv/as- q.v; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood -v/ṛtas-; indeclinable -vartam-), to turn or go towards, approach near to, arrive at ; to go against, attack (accusative) ; to meet, encounter (as foes) ; to come together, be rolled together, be conglomerated ; (also with mithas-) to have sexual intercourse together ; to take shape, come into being, be produced, arise from (ablative) etc. ; to come round or about, come to pass, happen, occur, take place, be fulfilled (as time) ; etc. ; to begin, commence ; to be, exist etc. ; to become, grow, get (with Nominal verb) ; to be conducive to, serve for (dative case) : Causal vartayati-, to cause to turn or revolve, roll (literally and figuratively) etc. ; to turn towards or hither ; to clench (the fist) ; to wrap up, envelop ; to crumple up, crush, destroy ; to bring about, accomplish, perform, execute ; to fulfil, satisfy (a wish) ; to think of. find out (a remedy) : Desiderative -v/ivṛtsati-, to wish to have sexual intercourse with (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāntamoha | n. "having delusion dispelled", (with jaina-s) Name of the 11th of the 14 steps towards supreme happiness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptamuṣṭika | m. a particular mixture used as a remedy for fever  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptaśālivaṭī | f. a kind of mercurial pill used as a remedy for syphilis | ||||||
| |||||||
| sapuccha | mfn. with the tail or extreme end | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarga | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).;fr.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śārīra | n. the feces, excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarjana | n. voiding (excrement etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvabhūtādhipati | m. the supreme lord of all beings (viṣṇu-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvabhūtamaya | m. the supreme pervading Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārvakārmika | mfn. (see -karmika-above) all-effective as a remedy against (genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvasākṣin | m. Name of the Supreme Being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvaugha | m. an army complete in all its accoutrements  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvavid | m. the Supreme Being. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarveśa | m. the Supreme Being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāsvādana | n. (scilicet sthāna-;with jaina-s) Name of the second of the 14 stages towards supreme bliss  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaṭkarman | n. the six duties of Brahmans (viz. adhyayana-,"studying or repeating the veda-", adhyāpana-,"teaching the veda-", yajana-"offering sacrifices", yājana-,"conducting them for others", dāna-,"giving", and pratigraha-,"accepting gifts"), etc. (the six daily duties according to to the later law-books, are, snāna-,"religious bathing", saṃdhyājapa-,"repetition of prayers at the three saṃdhyā-s", brahma-yajña-,"worship of the Supreme Being by repeating the first words of sacred books", tarpaṇa-,"daily oblations of water to the gods, sages, and pitṛ-s", homa-,"oblations of fuel, rice etc. to fire", deva-pūjā-,"worship of the secondary gods either in the domestic sanctuary or in temples")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātman | mfn. united to the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattva | n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) being, existence, entity, reality (īśvara-s-,"the existence of a Supreme Being") , etc. etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāṭyāyana | n. an oblation for remedying anything wrong in the performance of an act or rite (see -homa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śauca | n. evacuation of excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaucācāra | m. purificatory rite, mode of cleansing the person by ablution etc. (after voiding excrement or contracting any defilement) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saumyopacāra | m. a mild or gentle remedy or measure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sauṣṭhava | n. (fr. su-ṣṭhu-) excellence, superior goodness or beauty, extreme skilfulness, cleverness etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śeṣa | mn. a keepsake, token of remembrance  | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhapura | n. "city of the Blest", Name of a mythical city (located in the extreme north or according to to others, in the southern or lower regions of the earth)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhapurī | f. "city of the Blest", Name of a mythical city (located in the extreme north or according to to others, in the southern or lower regions of the earth) | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhi | f. supreme felicity, bliss, beatitude, complete sanctification (by penance etc.), final emancipation, perfection  | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhilābha | m. acquirement of success or perfection | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīrṣavirecana | n. a means or remedy for making the head clear (equals śiro-v-; see vir-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sitatara | mfn. extremely white  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śītopacāra | m. curing with cold remedies | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiva | m. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[ ];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrā ] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, mahe etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivāsmṛti | f. " durgā--remembrance", the plant Sesbania Aegyptiaca  | ||||||
| |||||||
| skambha | m. a prop, support, pillar, buttress, fulcrum, the Fulcrum of the Universe (personified in , and identified with brahman-, the Supreme Being, as well as with puruṣa-;See )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| smara | mf(ā-)n. remembering, recollecting (See jāti-smara-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| smara | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) memory, remembrance, recollection | ||||||
| |||||||
| smāra | m. remembrance, recollection of (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| smāram | ind. (with smāram-repeated) having remembered or recollected (see ) . | ||||||
| |||||||
| smaraṇa | n. the act of remembering or calling to mind, remembrance, reminiscence, recollection of (genitive case or compound) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| smāraṇa | n. the act of causing to remember, reminding, calling to mind | ||||||
| |||||||
| smaraṇānugraha | m. the favour of remembrance, kind remembrance | ||||||
| |||||||
| smaraṇīya | mfn. to be remembered, memorable (yaṃ smaraṃ- | ||||||
| |||||||
| smarasmarya | m. "to be remembered by kāma-", a donkey (noted for sexual power) | ||||||
| |||||||
| smārin | mfn. remembering (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| smartavya | mfn. to be remembered, memorable etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| smartṛ | mfn. one who remembers or recollects (genitive case or compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| smartṛtva | n. remembrance, recollection | ||||||
| |||||||
| smarya | mfn. to be remembered, memorable (see smara-smarya-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| smārya | mfn. to be remembered, memorable | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛ | cl.1 P. () sm/arati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense sasmāra-, sasmartha-, sasmaruḥ- etc.; Aorist asmārṣīt-, ṣuḥ- ; future smartā-, smariṣyati- ; infinitive mood smartum- ; ind.p. smṛtvā- ; smaritvā- ; -smṛtya-, smāram-[ q.v ] etc.) , to remember, recollect, bear in mind, call to mind, think of, be mindful of (genitive case or accusative;the action remembered is expressed by a past participle or an imperfect tense with yad-,"that", or by a future without yad-;the future may stand with yad-,if there are two actions; confer, compare ) etc. ; to remember or think of with sorrow or regret ; to hand down memoriter, teach, declare ; to recite : Passive voice smary/ate- (Aorist asmāri-; preceding smṛṣīṣṭa-or smariṣīṣṭa-), to be remembered or recorded or declared (as a law) or mentioned in the smṛti- (with na-,"to be passed over in silence") ; to be declared or regarded as, pass for (Nominal verb or locative case) : Causal smārayati- (rarely smarayati-; mc. also A1.; Aorist asasmarat-; Passive voice smā etc. (confer, compare ) ; to remind any one of (two accusative or accusative and genitive case or rarely genitive case of person) etc.: Desiderative susmūrṣate- () , to wish to remember : Intensive sāsmaryate- or sāsmarti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin memor,mora.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛta | mfn. remembered, recollected, called to mind, thought of | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛta | n. remembrance, recollection | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛtamātra | mfn. only remembered or thought of | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛti | f. remembrance, reminiscence, thinking of or upon (locative case or compound), calling to mind (smṛtim api te na yānti-,"they are not even thought of") , memory etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛti | f. the whole body of sacred tradition or what is remembered by human teachers (in contradistinction to śruti-or what is directly heard or revealed to the ṛṣi-s;in its widest acceptation this use of the term smṛti- includes the 6 vedā | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛtimat | mfn. remembering a former life | ||||||
| |||||||
| śodhana | n. excrement, ordure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sphūrta | mfn. suddenly risen into remembrance  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sṛ | (confer, compare ) s/arati- (Epic also te-and according to to also dhāvati-), and s/isarti- (the latter base only in veda-;3. dual number s/isratuḥ-,3. plural s/israte- ; parasmE-pada s/israt-[ q.v ] ; perfect tense sas/āra-, sasr/e- etc.;1. dual number sasriva- ; parasmE-pada sasṛv/as-, sasrāṇ/a-and sasṛmāṇ/a- ; Aorist asārṣīt- grammar; subjunctive sarṣat- ; preceding sriyāt- grammar; future sartā- ; sariṣy/ati- etc.; infinitive mood sartum- etc.; s/artave-, tav/ai- ; ind.p. sṛtv/ā- ; -s/ṛtya-, -s/āram- etc.), to run, flow, speed, glide, move, go (with uccakais-,"to spring up";with v/ājam-,or ājim-,"to run a race" id est"exert one's self") Calcutta edition etc. ; to blow (as wind) ; to run away, escape ; to run after, pursue (accusative) ; to go towards, betake one's self to (accusative or tatra-etc.) ; to go against, attack, assail ; to cross, traverse (accusative) ; (A1.) to begin to flow (said of the fluid which surrounds the fetus) : Passive voice sriyate- (Aorist asāri- ), to be gone etc., grammar : Causal sārayati- or cl.10 P. () to cause to run ; to set in motion, strike (a lute) ; to remove, push aside (a braid of hair) ; put in array, to arrange (with dyūtam-,"the men on a chess-board") ; to make visible, show, manifest ; to nourish, foster (genitive case) ; A1. sārayate- (for sar/ayate-See saraya-,), to cause one's self to be driven, drive (in a carriage) : pass. sāryate-, to be made to flow, discharge (excrement) : Desiderative sisīrṣati-, to wish to run (vājam-,"a race") : Intensive (confer, compare sarisrar/a-) s/arsṛte- (parasmE-pada s/arsrāṇa-See pra- ; to blow violently (as the wind) [ confer, compare Greek ,;, ; Latin salire.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīmūrti | f. "any divine image", an image or personification of viṣṇu- or of the Supreme Being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śruta | n. memory, remembrance  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrutapāradṛśvan | () mfn. extremely learned | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrutapāraga | () mfn. extremely learned | ||||||
| |||||||
| śruti | f. that which has been heard or communicated from the beginning, sacred knowledge orally transmitted by the Brahmans from generation to generation, the veda- (id est sacred eternal sounds or words as eternally heard by certain holy sages called ṛṣi-s, and so differing from sm/ṛti-or what is only remembered and handed down in writing by human authorsSee ;it is properly only applied to the mantra- and brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda-s, although afterwards extended to the upaniṣad-s and other Vedic works including the darśana-s; iti śruteḥ-,"because it is so taught in the veda-, according to a śruti-or Vedic text "; plural"sacred texts, the veda-s", also"rites prescribed by the veda-s") etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthāpanīya | mfn. to be treated with tonics or strengthening remedies  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthūlaphala | n. the gross result of a calculation or measurement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| subheṣaja | mfn. (s/u--) a good remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| subheṣaja | n. "collection of remedies", Name of a Vedic book (perhaps the ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūcikābharaṇa | (kā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suddhyupāsya | mfn. (euphonically for sudhy-up-See su-dhī-) "to be worshipped by the intelligent"(said of the Supreme Being)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sugandhi | m. the supreme Being (equals paramā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūkṣma | m. the subtle all-pervading spirit, Supreme Soul  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūkṣmamāna | n. minute or exact measurement, precise computation | ||||||
| |||||||
| sumahātapas | mfn. performing very severe penance or austerities, extremely austere  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sumārdava | n. extreme softness | ||||||
| |||||||
| śūnyavāda | m. the (Buddhist) doctrine of the non-existence (of any Spirit either Supreme or human), Buddhism, atheism  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suprasāda | m. extreme graciousness or propitiousness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sur | (rather ; to shine ; cl.10 P. surayati-, to find fault (varia lectio for svar-), .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| susatkṛta | mfn. one to whom the supreme honours have been duly rendered  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūtrasthāna | n. (in medicine works) the first general section (treating of the physician, disease, remedies, diet etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svādhipatya | n. own supremacy, supreme sway, sovereignty  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvaḥśreyasa | n. the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svalpabala | mfn. extremely weak or feeble  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svāpana | n. a soporific (remedy)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svapnābhikaraṇa | n. a soporific remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvāsaheti | f. "remedy for asthma", sound sleep | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvāsakuṭhāra | m. Name of a drug used as a remedy for asthma | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvaviṣṭhā | f. dog's excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svedana | n. any instrument or remedy for causing perspiration, a diaphoretic, sudorific  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāmramāraṇa | n. the decomposition of copper and its application as a remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tantra | n. a class of works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between śiva- and durgā- and said to treat of 5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects, especially of 6 superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation; see pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tantra | n. a drug (especially one of specific faculties), chief remedy see trā | ||||||
| |||||||
| tapiṣṭha | mfn. (superl.) extremely hot, burning  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tatkartṛ | m. "creator of (that id est of) the universe", Name of the supreme being (with Sikhs)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tatpuruṣa | m. the original or supreme spirit (one of the 5 forms of īśvara- [also ṣa-vaktra-] ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tiryakpramāṇa | n. measurement across, breadth Scholiast or Commentator (purastat--,"breadth in front"; paścāt--,"breadth behind.")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tṛṇastāraka | m. "covering with grass", leaving unremembered  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uccāra | m. feces, excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uccāraprasravaṇa | n. excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| uccarita | n. excrement, dung | ||||||
| |||||||
| udbodhaka | mfn. one who reminds or calls to remembrance  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udbuddhasaṃskāra | m. association of ideas, recalling anything to remembrance. | ||||||
| |||||||
| udgrāhita | mfn. recalled, remembered, recited  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upacārin | mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' using (a remedy)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upadhyāta | mfn. remembered, thought of  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upahadana | n. the act of discharging excrement upon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upakrama | m. remedy, medicine  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upakriyā | f. remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upaniṣad | f. (according to some) the sitting down at the feet of another to listen to his words (and hence, secret knowledge given in this manner;but according to native authorities upaniṣad-means "setting at rest ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the supreme spirit")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upāpa | m. the act of obtaining, acquirement. See dur-upā | ||||||
| |||||||
| upaśaya | m. (in med.) the allaying (of diseases) by suitable remedies, suitableness, usefulness, advantageous medicine  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasmāram | ind.p. having remembered, remembering. See yatho | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasmṛ | P. -smarati-, to remember commentator or commentary on | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasthāpaka | mfn. causing to turn one's attention (to a past event or one of a former birth), causing to remember | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasthāpanā | f. the causing to remember, calling to mind | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasthiti | f. the faculty of remembering, memory | ||||||
| |||||||
| upāyākṣepa | m. (in rhetoric) deprecatory speech making mention of the remedy (against the evil deprecated)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upāyāntara | n. "another means", a remedy. | ||||||
| |||||||
| urubilvā | f. Name of the place to which the buddha- retired for meditation and where he obtained supreme knowledge (afterwards called buddha-gayā-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utkīrtana | n. (in dramatic language) awakening of the remembrance of former events,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utpiñjara | mfn. out of order, extremely confused  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttamapuruṣa | m. the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttamapūruṣa | m. the Supreme Spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttamavid | mfn. having supreme knowledge, | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikṛta | n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) change, modification, alteration, disfigurement, abnormal condition, changed state etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaiṣṇava | m. "a worshipper of viṣṇu-"Name of one of the three great divisions of modern Hinduism (the other two being the śaiva-s and śākta-s; the vaiṣṇava-s identify viṣṇu- - rather than brahmā- and śiva- - with the supreme Being, and are exclusively devoted to his worship; they have become separated into four principal and some minor sects, as follow: 1. the rāmānuja-s, founded by rāmā ; one peculiarity of his sect is the scrupulous preparation and privacy of three meals; 2. the mādhva-s, founded by a Kanarese Brahman named madhva-, whose chief doctrines are described at , and in 3. the vallabha-s, founded by vallabhā;4. a sect in Bengal founded by caitanya- [ q.v ] who was regarded by his followers as an incarnation of kṛṣṇa-; his chief doctrine was the duty of bhakti-,or love for that god which was to be so strong that no caste-feelings could exist with it [see ]Of the minor vaiṣṇava- sects those founded by nimbā ] and by rāmā ] and by svāmi-nārāyaṇa-[ ] are perhaps the most important, to which also may be added the reformed theistic sect founded by Kabir[ ] and the Sikh theistic sect founded by Nanak[ ]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaiśvānara | m. (in the vedā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vallabha | mf(ā-)n. supreme, superintending  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vallabhācārya | m. Name of a celebrated vaiṣṇava- teacher (successor of a less celebrated teacher viṣṇusvāmin-;he was born, it is said, in the forest of campāraṇya- in 1479;at an early age he travelling to propagate his doctrines, and at the court of kṛṣṇadeva-, king of vijaya-nagara-, succeeded so well in his controversies with the śaiva-s that the vaiṣṇava-s chose him as their chief;he then went to other parts of India, and finally settled down at Benares, where he composed seventeen works, the most important of which were a commentary on the vedā | ||||||
| |||||||
| varcaḥsthāna | n. (for varcas+sth-) a place for voiding excrement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varcas | n. excrement, ordure, feces | ||||||
| |||||||
| varcaska | m. ordure, excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| varcasya | mfn. acting on the excrement, | ||||||
| |||||||
| vareṇya | n. supreme bliss  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vartī | f. any cosmetic prepared from various substances (used as a remedy in the form of a paste or pill) | ||||||
| |||||||
| varuṇa | m. (once in the varuṇ/a-) "All-enveloping Sky", Name of an āditya- (in the veda- commonly the night as mitra- over the day, but often celebrated separately, whereas mitra- is rarely invoked alone; varuṇa- is one of the oldest of the Vedic gods, and is commonly thought to correspond to the of the Greeks, although of a more spiritual conception;he is often regarded as the supreme deity, being then styled"king of the gods"or"king of both gods and men"or"king of the universe";no other deity has such grand attributes and functions assigned to him;he is described as fashioning and upholding heaven and earth, as possessing extraordinary power and wisdom called māyā-,as sending his spies or messengers throughout both worlds, as numbering the very winkings of men's eyes, as hating falsehood, as seizing transgressors with his pāśa-or noose, as inflicting diseases, especially dropsy, as pardoning sin, as the guardian of immortality;he is also invoked in the veda- together with indra-, and in later Vedic literature together with agni-, with yama-, and with viṣṇu-;in ,he is even called the brother of agni-;though not generally regarded in the veda- as a god of the ocean, yet he is often connected with the waters, especially the waters of the atmosphere or firmament, and in one place[ ] is called with mitra-, sindhu-pati-,"lord of the sea or of rivers";hence in the later mythology he became a kind of Neptune, and is there best known in his character of god of the ocean;in the varuṇa- is said to be a son of kardama- and father of puṣkara-, and is also variously represented as one of the deva-gandharva-s, as a nāga-, as a king of the naga-s, and as an asura-;he is the regent of the western quarter[ see loka-pāla-]and of the nakṣatra- śatabhiṣaj-[ ];the jaina-s consider varuṇa- as a servant of the twentieth arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-) etc. etc. (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastyauṣadha | n. "remedy for the lower belly", injection, enema  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāsu | m. the spirit or soul considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe (also vṛddhi- form of vasu-in compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vātajvarapratīkāra | m. the remedying or counteraction of the above disease  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedavrata | n. any religious observance performed during the acquirement of the veda-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedha | m. the depth of an excavation, depth (also in measurement )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibandha | m. a remedy for promoting obstruction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhava | m. development, evolution (with vaiṣṇava-s"the evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhūti | f. manifestation of might, great power, superhuman power (consisting of eight faculties, especially attributed to śiva-, but supposed also to be attainable by human beings through worship of that deity, viz. aṇiman-,the power of becoming as minute as an atom; laghiman-,extreme lightness; prā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vid | cl.2 P. () vetti- (vidmahe- ; vedati-, te- ; vid/ati-, te- etc.; vindati-, te- etc.; imperative vidāṃ-karotu- [ confer, compare ];1. sg. imperfect tense avedam-,2. sg. avet-or aves-[ ] etc.;3. plural avidus- [ confer, compare ]; avidan- etc.; perfect tense v/eda-[often substituted for proper vetti- confer, compare ], 3. plural vid/us-or vidre- ; viveda- etc.; vidāṃcak/āra- etc.[ confer, compare ; according to to also vidām-babhūva-]; Aorist avedīt- ; vidām-akran- ; future vedit/ā- ; vettā- future vediṣyati-, te- ; vetsyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood v/editum-, tos- ; vettum- etc.; ind.p. viditv/ā- etc.), to know, understand, perceive, learn, become or be acquainted with, be conscious of, have a correct notion of (with accusative,in older, language also with genitive case;with infinitive mood = to know how to) etc. (viddhi yathā-,"know that"; vidyāt-,"one should know","it should be understood"; ya evam veda-[in ],"who knows thus","who has this knowledge") ; to know or regard or consider as, take for, declare to be, call (especially in 3. plural vidus-,with two accusative or with accusative and Nominal verb with iti-, exempli gratia, 'for example' taṃ sthaviraṃ viduḥ-,"they consider or call him aged"; rājarṣir iti māṃ viduḥ-,"they consider me a rājarṣi-") etc. ; to mind, notice, observe, remember (with genitive case or accusative) ; to experience, feel (accusative or genitive case) etc. ; to wish to know, inquire about (accusative) : Causal ved/ayate- (rarely ti-; Aorist avīvidat-; Passive voice vedyate-), to make known, announce, report, tell etc. ; to teach, explain ; to recognize or regard as, take for (two accusative) etc. ; to feel, experience etc.: Desiderative of Causal in vivedayiṣu- q.v : Desiderative vividiṣati- or vivitsati-, to wish to know or learn, inquire about (acc) : Intensive vevidyate-, vevetti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek for , for equals veda-; Latin videre; Slavonic or Slavonian ve8de8ti; Gothic witan,wait; German wizzan,wissen; Anglo-Saxon wa7t; English wot.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyādharacakravartin | m. a supreme lord of the vidyā-dhara-s  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyāgama | (yā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyālābha | m. any acquirement gained by learning | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyāprāpti | f. acquirement of knowledge | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyārjana | n. (yā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikriyā | f. change for the worse, deterioration, disfigurement, deformity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viliṣṭabheṣaja | n. a remedy for fractures or dislocation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vimāna | m. the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (especially one with 7 stories) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vimāna | n. (in med.) the science of (right) measure or proportion (exempli gratia, 'for example' of the right relation between the humours of the body, of medicines and remedies etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinipātapratīkāra | m. () a remedy against misfortune  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinipātapratikriyā | f. () a remedy against misfortune | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinirdahanī | f. a particular remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinirmala | mfn. extremely pure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipaścit | m. of the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipratipatti | f. various acquirement, conversancy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| virāj | m. (in vedānta-) Name of the Supreme Intellect located in a supposed aggregate of gross bodies (equals vaiśvānara-,q. v.) , vedānta-s.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīrapaṭṭa | m. a kind of military dress or accoutrement (worn round the forehead)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| virāṭsvarūpa | mfn. consisting of virāj- (applied to the supreme Being)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viruddhopakrama | mfn. (in medicine) applying incompatible remedies ( viruddhopakramatva -tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣ | f. (Nominal verb viṭ-) feces, ordure, excrement, impure excretion, dirt  | ||||||
| |||||||
| visarga | m. voiding, evacuation (of excrement)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṇu | m. (prob. fr. ];some of the purāṇa-s make 22 incarnations, or even 24, instead of 10;the vaiṣṇava-s regard viṣṇu- as the supreme being, and often identify him with nārāyaṇa-, the personified puruṣa- or primeval living spirit [described as moving on the waters, reclining on śeṣa-, the serpent of infinity, while the god brahmā- emerges from a lotus growing from his navel; see ];the wives of viṣṇu- are aditi- and sinīvālī-, later lakṣmī- or śrī- and even sarasvatī-;his son is kāma-deva-, god of love, and his paradise is called vaikuṇṭha-;he is usually represented with a peculiar mark on his breast called śrī-vatsa-, and as holding a śaṅkha-,or conch-shell called pāñcajanya-, a cakra-or quoit-like missile-weapon called su-darśana-, a gadā-or club called kaumodakī- and a padma-or lotus;he has also a bow called śārṅga-, and a sword called nandaka-;his vāhana-or vehicle is garuḍa- q.v;he has a jewel on his wrist called syamantaka-, another on his breast called kaustubha-, and the river Ganges is said to issue from his foot;the demons slain by him in his character of "preserver from evil", or by kṛṣṇa- as identified with him, are madhu-, dhenuka-, cāṇūra-, yamala-, and arjuna- [see yamalā;he is sometimes regarded as the divinity of the lunar mansion called śravaṇa-) etc. (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṭā | f. the feces, excrement (wrong reading for viṣṭhā-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṭhā | f. (for 2. 3.See) = 3. viṣ-, feces, excrement (accusative with (often wrong reading viṣṭā-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṭhākaraṇa | n. voiding excrement | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṭhāsāt | ind. into excrement or ordure (with | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvabheṣaja | mf(ī-)n. (viśv/a--) containing all remedies, all-healing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvabheṣaja | m. a universal remedy | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvambhara | mf(/ā-)n. all-bearing, all-sustaining (also applied to the Supreme Being) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvamūrti | mfn. having all forms (or one"whose body is the universe") etc. (applied to the Supreme Spirit) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśveśa | m. the Supreme Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vitanu | mf(vī-)n. (v/i--) extremely thin or slender  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vitṝ | P. -tarati-, -tirati- (Ved. infinitive mood -t/ire-), to pass across or through, traverse, pervade ; to bring away, carry off, remove ; to cross, frustrate, disappoint (a wish) ; to extend, prolong ; to give away (also in marriage), grant, afford, bestow, yield etc. (with āsanam-,to offer a seat;with dvāram-,to grant admittance;with uttaram-,to favour with an answer;with darśanam-,or dṛṣṭim-,to grant a sight, i.e. give an audience) ; to give (medicine), apply (a remedy) ; to produce, effect, perform, accomplish : Caus: -tārayati-, to pass (a comb) through, comb out ; to carry out, accomplish : Intensive -tartūryate- (parasmE-pada -t/arturāṇa-or -t/aritrat-), to pass over violently, labour or perform energetically | ||||||
| |||||||
| vraj | cl.1 P. () vr/ajati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense vavr/āja- etc.; Aorist avrājīt- ; future vrajitā- grammar; vrajiṣyati- etc.; infinitive mood vrajitum- ; ind.p. vrajitvā-, -vr/ajya-, -vrājam- etc.), to go, walk, proceed, travel, wander, move (also applied to inanimate objects;with accusative or instrumental case of the road accusative of the distance, and accusative,rarely locative case or dative case,of the place or object gone to;with or scilicet padbhyām-,"to go on foot";with upānadbhyām- idem or ' wrong reading for vakṣas- ' literally"with shoes";with dhuryais-,"to travel by means of beasts of burden";with paramāṃgatim-,"to attain supreme bliss";with śaraṇam-and accusative,"to take refuge with";with mūrdhnā pādau-and genitive case,"to prostrate one's self at anyone's feet";with antam-and genitive case,"to come to the end of";with anyena-, anyatra-or anyatas-,"to go another way or elsewhere";with adhas-,either"to sink down [to hell]"or"to be digested [as food]";with punar-,"to return to life") etc. ; to go in order to, be going to (dative case infinitive mood or an adjective (cf. mfn.) ending in aka-[ exempli gratia, 'for example' bhojako vrajati-,"he is going to eat"]) ; to go to (a woman), have sexual intercourse with (accusative) ; to go against, attack (an enemy;also with vidviṣam-, dviṣato'bhimukham-, abhy-ari-etc.) ; to go away. depart from (ablative), go abroad, retire, withdraw, pass away (as time) etc. ; to undergo, go to any state or condition, obtain, attain to, become (especially with accusative of an abstract noun exempli gratia, 'for example' with vināśam-,"to go to destruction, become destroyed";with chattratām-,"to become a pupil";with nirvṛtim-,"to grow happy"[ see : Causal or cl.10 P. () vrājayati-, to send, drive, ; to prepare, decorate : Desiderative vivrajiṣati- grammar : Intensive vāvrajate-, vāvrakti-, to go crookedly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vrātya | m. a man of the mendicant or vagrant class, a tramp, out-caste, low or vile person (either a man who has lost caste through non-observance of the ten principal saṃskāra-s, or a man of a particular low caste descended from a śūdra- and a kṣatriyā-; according to to some"the illegitimate son of a kṣatriya- who knows the habits and intentions of soldiers";in ,the rājanya-s and even the Brahmans are said to have sprung from the vrātya- who is identified with the Supreme Being, prob. in glorification of religious mendicancy; according to to vrātya-is used in addressing a guest) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛddhi | f. one of the 8 principal drugs (described as mild, cooling etc.;and a remedy for phlegm. leprosy, and worms)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāhanasya | mf(ā-)n. extremely lewd or obscene  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathārūpa | mf(ā-)n. of whatever form, of a corresponding form or appearance, extremely beautiful  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāyogam | ind. ( etc.) as is fit, according to circumstances, according to requirements  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāyogena | ind. () as is fit, according to circumstances, according to requirements | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathopasmāram | ind. according to recollection, as one may happen to remember  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yaugika | mf(ī-)n. belonging to a remedy, remedial  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yauvanaprānta | m. the extreme verge or end of youth | ||||||
| |||||||
| yāvadartha | mfn. as many as necessary, corresponding to requirement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yāvatsmṛti | ind. as many as one remembers | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoga | m. a remedy, cure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoga | m. application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (especially) self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by patañjali- and called the yoga- philosophy;it is the second of the two sāṃkhya- systems, its chief aim being to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with īśvara- or the Supreme Spirit;in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism) etc. () | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogasāra | m. or n. (?) a universal remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogayātrā | f. the road or way to union with the Supreme Spirit, the way of profound meditation | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogya | mfn. belonging to a particular remedy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yojana | n. the Supreme Spirit of the Universe (equals paramā | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuddhopakaraṇa | n. any war implement, accoutrements  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yukti | f. meditation on the supreme being, contemplation, union with the universal spirit (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuktibāhya | mfn. ignorant of the proper application (of remedies)  | ||||||
514 results
| |
| akaraṇam | अकरणम् [कृ-भावे ल्युट् न. त.] Not doing, absence of action; अकरणान्मन्दकरणं श्रेयः. -ण a. [न. ब.] 1 Not artificial, natural. -2 Devoid of all organs, (epithet of the Supreme Spirit). |
| |
| akala | अकल a. [नास्ति कला अवयवो यस्य] Not in parts, without parts, epithot of the Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| akāya | अकाय a.. [नास्ति कायो यस्य] Without body, incorporeal. -यः 1 An epithet of Rāhu, who is represented as having no body, but only a head. -2 Epithet of the Supreme Spirit (without body, parts &c.) |
| |
| akṛta | अकृत a. [कृ-कर्मणि क्तः, न. त.] 1 Not done, undone, unperformed; सर्वान् बलकृतानर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168; कृतं चाप्यकृतं भवेत् 8.117. -2 Wrongly or differently done; कृताकृतावेक्षणादौ ब्रह्मा ऋत्विङ् नियुज्यते इति याज्ञिकाः. -3 Incomplete, not _x001F_/ready (as food); अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्रात् (अदोषवत्) Ms.1.144. not cultivated (अनुप्तशस्यम् Kull.); कृतान्नं चाकृता- न्नेन (निर्मातव्यम्) 1.94 (सिद्धान्नं चामान्नेन Kull.) -4 Uncreated. -5 One who has done no work. -6 Not developed or perfected, unripe, immature. -ता One not legally regarded as a daughter and placed on a level with sons, (पुत्रिकात्वेन अकल्पिता); अकृता वा कृता वापि यं विन्देत्सदृशात्सुतम् Ms.9.136; according to some, a daughter who is not by a formal declaration but only mentally appointed to supply an heir for her father (अभिसंधिमात्रकृता वाग्व्यवहारेण कृता; कृता = यदपत्यं भवेदस्यां तन्मम स्यात्स्वधाकरम् इत्यभिधाय कन्यादानकाले वरानुमत्या या क्रियते Kull.). -तम् An unperformed act; non-performance of an act; an unheard-of deed; अकृतं वै प्रजापतिः करोति Ait. Br. -Comp. -अर्थ a.. unsuccessful. -अस्त्र a. unpractised in arms. -आत्मन् a. 1 ignorant, foolish, having an uncontrolled mind. -2 not identified with Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. -उद्वाह a. unmarried. -एनस् a. not sinful or guilty, innocent. -कारम् adv. as has not been done before; ˚रं करोति Kāś.III.4.36. -ज्ञ a. ungrateful. -धी, --बुद्धि a. ignorant; पश्यत्यकृतबुद्धित्वान्न स पश्यति दुर्मतिः Bg.18.16 through unrefined understanding. -व्रणः -1 N.of a commentator on the Purāṇas; V. P.; of a companion of Rāma Jāmadagnya; Mb. -2 not wounded. |
| |
| akṣaya | अक्षय a. [नास्ति क्षयो यस्य] 1 Undecaying, exempt from decay, imperishable, undying, unfailing, inexhaustible; सदोपयोगे$पि गुरुस्त्वमक्षयो निधिः Śi 1.28; स संधार्यः प्रयत्नेन स्वर्गमक्षयमिच्छता Ms.3.79; यज्ञनिर्वृत्तिमक्षयां 4.23; गया- यामक्षयवटे पितॄणां दत्तमक्षयं Vāyu P.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थमक्षयं R.3. 13; मुनिभिः सार्धमक्षयैः Rām.7.18.12; Mb.9.176. -2 Poor, without house or habitation, such as a hermit or संन्यासिन् (क्षयो वासः तच्छून्यः अनिकेतनः संन्यासी दरिद्रो वा.) -यः 1 The Supreme Spirit परमात्मन्. -2 N. of the 2th year in the cycle of Jupiter. -या [अक्षयं पुण्यं यत्रास्ति-अच्] N. of a day which is said to confer undying religious merit; अमैव सोमवारेण रविवारेण सप्तमी । चतुर्थी भौमवारेण अक्षयादपि चाक्षया. -Comp. -गुणः, -पुरुहूतः Śiva (possessing imperishable qualities). -तृतीया the festival falling on the _x001F_1third day of the bright half of Vaiśākha (the first day of (सत्ययुग), which is said to secure permanence to all actions performed on that day (वैशाखे मासि राजेन्द्र शुक्ल- पक्षे तृतीयिका । अक्षया सा तिथिः प्रोक्ता कृत्तिकारोहिणीयुता ॥ तस्यां दानादिकं सर्वपक्षयं समुदाहृतम्). -नीवी f. a permanent endowment. Buddhist Inser. -मतिः name of a Buddhist. -लोकः the heaven. |
| |
| akṣara | अक्षर a. [न क्षरतीति; क्षर् चलने अच्-न. त.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible, undecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुस्तमात्मानमात्मन्यवलोकयन्तम् Ku.3.5; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च । क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16. यस्मात्क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18; the unconcerned (Spirit); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमभ् Bg.8.3. -2 Fixed, firm, unalterable. -रः 1 Śiva. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 A sword. -रा Sound, word, speech (Ved.). -रम् [अश्-सरः Uṇ.3.7, अशेः सरः; अश्नुते व्याप्नोति वेदादिशास्त्राणि.] 1 (a) A letter of the alphabet; अक्षराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.1.33; मुद्राक्षराणि, मधुर˚, त्र्यक्षर &c. (b) a syllable; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83 the monosyllable; गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् Bg.1.25, Ms. 2.78,84,125 (sacred syllable). Hence (c) a word or words, speech collectively; प्रतिषेधाक्षरविक्लवाभिरामम् Ś.3.24; अहो संदापनान्यक्षराणि U.4; भर्तुरेतानि प्रणयमयान्यक्षराणि M.3 words; ब्राह्मणसंक्रमिताक्षरेण पितामहेन V.3; अक्षंर वर्णनिर्माणं वर्णमप्यक्षरं विदुः । अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यादश्नोतेर्वा सरो$क्षरम् ॥ -2 A document (letter &c.), sacred writing; writing in general (in pl.); तत्र भुक्तिः प्रमाणं स्यान्न साक्षी नाक्षराणि च Pt.3.93; तत्रभवत्या अक्षराणि विसृष्टानि स्युः V.2. -3 The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahman (परमब्रह्मन्, मूलकारणम्); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमम् Bg.8.3; कर्म ब्रह्मोद्भवं विद्धि ब्रह्माक्षरसमुद्भवम् 3.15; यथा सतः पुरुषात्केशलोमानि तथाक्षरात्संभवतीह विश्वम् Chān. Up. -4 Religious austerity, penance. -5 Sacrifice. -6 Water. ततः क्षरति अक्षरम् Rv. 1.164.42. -7 The sky. -8 Final beatitude, emancipation from further transmigration. -9 Continuance, permanence. -1 Right, justice (Ved. in these two senses). -11 N. of a plant, Achyranthes Aspera. (अपामार्ग Mar. अघाडा.) -12 A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of a Kāṣṭhā. -Comp -अक्षरः a kind of religious meditation; Kāraṇḍavyūha (Metrical recension) -अङ्गम् 1. a part of a syllable. -2. alphabet. -अर्थः [ष. त.] meaning (of words); किं तावत् गीत्या अवगतो$क्षरार्थः Ś.5. -च (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुः -ञ्चणः, -नः [अक्षरेण वर्णविन्यासलिप्या वित्तः अक्षर -चणप् or चु (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुप् तेन वित्तश्चुञ्चुप् चणपौ; P. V. 2.26.] a scribe, writer, copyist; so ˚जीवकः, -जीवी, अक्षरेण जीवति; जीव् णिनि or ण्वुल्; also ˚जीविकः. -च्युतकम् [अक्षरं च्युतं लुप्तं यत्र; ब कप्] getting out a different meaning by the omission of a letter (e. g. कुर्वन् दिवाकरश्लेषं दधच्चरणडम्बरम् । देव यौष्माकसेनयोः करेणुः प्रसरत्यसौ where another meaning may be got by omitting क in करेणुः i. e. by taking रेणुः). -छन्दस् n. -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; छन्दस्तु द्विविधं प्रोक्तं वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षरसंख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् ॥ unshaken resolve, resolute (अक्षरं निश्चलं छन्दो$भिप्रायो यस्य); -जननी, -तूलिका [अक्षराणां जननीव; तल्लिपिलेखानां तूलिकेव वा साधनत्वात्] a reed or pen. -जीवकः or -जीविन् m. 'One who lives by writing', a scribe. -(वि) न्यासः [ष. त. भावे घञ्] 1 writing, arrangement of letters; भूर्जपत्रगतो ˚सः V.2. -2 the alphabet. -3 scripture. -4 हृदयाद्याधारस्पर्शपूर्वकं तदक्षराणां स्मरणोच्चारणरूपस्तन्त्रप्रसिद्धो वर्णन्यासः - पङ्क्ति a. 1. having 5 syllables (पङ्क्ति = Gr. pentas-five) सु मत् पद् वग दे इत्येष वै यज्ञो$क्षरपङ्क्तिः Ait. Br. (तान्येतान्यक्षराणि होतृज- पादौ प्रयोक्तव्यानि). -2 N. of a metre of four lines (द्विपदा विराज्) each having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee). -भाज् a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer ?). -भूमिका tablet; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमिकायाम् R.18. 46. -मुखः [अक्षराणि तन्मयानि शास्त्राणि वा मुखे यस्य] a scholar, student. -खम् [ष. त.] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter अ. -मुष्टिका 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs. -वर्जित a. unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. a. of an epithet of परमात्मन्. -व्यक्तिः f. [ष. त.] distinct articulation of syllables. -शिक्षा [ष. त.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of ब्रह्म (ब्रह्मतत्त्व); मह्यं ˚क्षां विधाय Dk.11. -संस्थानम् [अक्षराणां संस्थानं यत्र] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet. |
| |
| aguṇa | अगुण a. 1 Destitute of attributes (referring to God). -2 Having no good qualities, worthless; अगुणो$ यमकोशः M.3, गुणयुक्तो दरिद्रो$पि नेश्वरैरगुणैः समः ॥ Mk.4. 22. -णः [न. त.] A fault, defect, demerit, vice; तद्वः सर्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि प्रसवे च गुणागुणान् Ms.3.22; गुणागुणज्ञ knowing merit and demerit; लोभश्चेदगुणेन किम् Bh.2.55; अगुणेषु तस्य धियमस्तवतः Ki.6.21. vices; -णम् 1 Absolution (मोक्ष, कैवल्य); धर्मादयः किमगुणेन च काङ्क्षितेन Bhāg. 7.6.25. -2 Supreme Being (परब्रह्म). -Comp. _वादिन् a. fault-finding, censorious, not appreciating merits. -शील a. of a worthless character. |
| |
| agra | अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47. |
| |
| aghana | अघन a. Not solid, a hollow moulding; घनं वाप्यघनं वापि कुर्यात्तु शिल्पवित्तमः Māna.62.17. -मानम् Measurement by the interior of a structure; एवं तद् घनमानमुक्तमघनमानं वक्ष्यते$धुना Māna;33.331-35. |
| |
| ajā | अजा [न जायते इत्यजा] 1 (According to Sāṅkhya Philosophy) Prakṛti or Māyā, the verse which refers to अजा, (अजामेकां लोहितशुक्लकृष्णाम् &c.) is interpreted by the Vedāntins as referring to the प्रकृति consisting of तेजस्, अप् and अन्न, See Ś. B. -2 A she-goat. -Comp. -गलस्तनः the fleshy protuberance or nipple hanging down from the neck of goats: (fig.) an emblem of anything worthless or useless; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणां यस्यैको$पि न विद्यते । ˚स्तनस्येव तस्य जन्म निरर्थकम् ॥ स्तनवदवलम्बते यः कण्ठे $जानां मणिः स विज्ञेयः Bṛ. S.65.3. -जीवः, -पालकः a goat-herd, See अजजीव &c. -तौल्वलिः [शाक ˚गण] N. of a sage who lived on the milk of goats (अजादुग्धेन वर्तमानः). अजका-अजिका (स्वार्थे कन् टाप्) 1 A young she-goat. -2 [अजस्य विकारः अवयवः गलस्तनः पुरीषं वा] The fleshy protuberance on the neck, or its excrement. -3. A disease of the pupil of the eye. -Comp. -जातः [अजकेव जातः] the above disease, (अजापुरीषप्रतिमो रुजावान् सलोहितो लोहितपिच्छिलास्रः । विदार्य कृष्णं प्रचयो$भ्युपैति तं चाजकाजातमिति व्यवस्येत् ॥) |
| |
| ajara | अजर a. [न. ब.] 1 _x001F_2Not subject to old age or decay; ever young अजरं वृद्धत्वम् K.13; cf. वृद्धत्वं जरया विना R.1.23 -2 Undecaying, imperishable; पुराणमजरं विदुः R.1.19; अनन्तमजरं ब्रह्म Bh.3.69, H. Pr.3, Pt.1. 151, Ms.2.146. -रः 1 A god (who is not subject to old age). अजरामरवत्प्राज्ञो विद्यामर्थं च चिन्तयेत् H. -2 N. of a plant वृद्धदारक or जीर्णफंजी (Mar. काळी वरधारा). (˚रा also). -Comp. -द्रुमः The name of Kalpavṛikṣa. Śāhendra.2.13. -रा 1 N. of a plant गृहकन्या or घृतकुमारा Also Perfoliote. (Mar. कोरफड). 2- A house-lizard (गोधालिका). -रम् [जीर्यते क्षीयते जॄ-अच्] The Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| ajāpakvamm | अजापक्वम्म् N. of a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee (used as a remedy against cough, asthma, consumption &c.) (अजादुग्धादिभ्यो जातम्). |
| |
| ajña | अज्ञ a. [न जानाति, ज्ञा-क. न. त.] 1 Not knowing, unaware of, unconscious, devoid of knowledge or experience; अज्ञो भवति वै बालः Ms.2.153; ज्ञाज्ञौ (ज्ञः ईश्वरः अज्ञः जीवः) the knowing and unknowing, supreme and individual soul. -2 Ignorant, unwise, foolish, silly, stupid (said of men as well as animals); अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः Bh.1.3, Pt.2.3. -3 Inanimate; not endowed with the power of understanding (अचेतन.) |
| |
| ajñāna | अज्ञान a. [न. ब.] Ignorant, unwise. -नम् [न. त.] Ignorance, unconsciousness; especially, spirtual ignorance (अविद्या) which makes one consider his self as distinct from the Supreme spirit and the material world as a reality. According to the Vedāntins, अज्ञान is not merely a negative principle; (ज्ञानस्य अभावः), but a distinct positive principle; oft. identified with माया, प्रकृति &c. See अविद्या aiso In compounds अज्ञान may be translated by 'unawares,' 'inadvertently', 'unconsciously'; ˚आचरित, ˚उच्चारित &c.; ˚नतः, -˚नेन, ˚नात् unawares, inadvertently, unconsciously, unwillingly ˚तः स्वचरितं नृपतिः शशंस R.9.77. committed unintentionally or unconsciously. -परीक्षा See अज्ञातवस्तुशास्त्र. |
| |
| ati | अति ind. [अत्-इ] 1 A prefix used with adjectives and adverbs, meaning 'very', 'too', 'exceedingly', 'excessively', 'very much', and showing उत्कर्ष; Surpassing, superior अत्याश्रमानयं सर्वानू Mb.12.12.6. नातिदूरे not very far from; ˚कृश very lean; ˚भृशम् _x001F_+very much; also with verbs or verbal forms; ˚सिक्तमेव भवता Sk.; स्वभावो ह्यतिरिच्यते &c. -2 (With verbs) Over, beyond; अति-इ go beyond, overstep; so ˚क्रम् ˚चर् ˚वह् &c. In this case अति is regarded as a preposition उपसर्ग. -3 (a) (With nouns or pronouns) Beyond, past, surpassing, superior to, eminent, respectable, distinguished, higher, above, (used with acc. as a कर्मप्रवचनीय, or as first member of Bah. or Tat. Comp. ज्याशब्दस्तावुभौ शब्दावति रामस्य शुश्रुवे Rām. 6.75.37. in which last case it has usually the sense of eminence or higher degree: अतिगो, ˚गार्ग्यः, = प्रशस्ता गौः, शोभनो गार्ग्यः; ˚राजन् an excellent king; or the sense of अतिक्रान्त must be understood with the latter member which will then stand in the accusative case; अतिमर्त्यः = मर्त्यमतिक्रान्तः; ˚मालः, अतिक्रान्तो मालाम्; so अतिकाय, ˚केशर, q. v.):, अत्यादित्यं _x001F_+ हुतवहमुखे संभृतं तद्धि तेजः Me 1.45. Surpassing the sun. अति देवानू कृष्णः Sk.; मानुषानतिगन्धर्वान् सर्वान्गन्धर्व लक्षये _x001F_/Mb; ˚मानुषं कर्म a deed which is beyond human power, i. e. a superhuman action; ˚कशः past the whip (as a horse), unmanageable; ˚त्यद् surpassing that; ˚त्वाम्, ˚त्वान् him or them that surpasses or surpass thee, so ˚मां, ˚यूयं _x001F_+&c. _x001F_+(b) (With nouns derived from roots) Extravagant, exaggerated, inordinate, excessive, extraordinary; e. g. ˚आदरः excessive regard; ˚आशा extravagant hope; so _x001F_+ ˚भयं, ˚तृष्णा, ˚आनन्दः &c. &c.; अतिदानाद् बलिर्बद्धो नष्टो मानात्सुयोधनः । विनष्टो रावणो लौल्यादति सर्वत्र वर्जयेत् ॥ cf. 'extremes are ever bad.' (c) Unfit, idle, improper, in the sense of असंप्रति or क्षेप 'censure'; अतिनिद्रम् = निद्रा सम्प्रति न युज्यते Sk. The गणरत्नमहोदधि gives the following senses of अतिः--विक्रमातिक्रमाबुद्धिभृशार्थातिशयेष्वति । e. g. अतिरथः रथाधिकं विक्रमवान्; ˚मतिः बुद्ध्यतिक्रमः; ˚गहनं वुद्धेरविषयः; ˚तप्तं भृशतप्तं; ˚वेगः अतिशयितो वेगः. Cf. also प्रकर्षे लङ्घने$प्यति Nm. |
| |
| atidevaḥ | अतिदेवः The Supreme or highest God; N. of Śiva. |
| |
| atiric | अतिरिच् (Gen. used in pass.) 1 To surpass, excel, be superior to (with abl.); अश्वमेधसहस्रेभ्यः सत्यमेवाति- रिच्यते H.4.131; गृहं तु गृहिणीहीनं कान्तारादतिरिच्यते Pt.4. 81; वाचः कर्मातिरिच्यते 'example is better than precept'; sometimes with acc.; न च नारायणो$त्रभवन्तमतिरिच्यते K. 23; or used by itself in the sense of 'to be supreme', 'prevail' 'triumph', 'predominate', 'be mightier'; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किञ्चिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296 none is supreme or higher than another; 12.25; so दैवमत्रातिरिच्यते, स्वभावो$तिरिच्यते H.1.16; स्वल्पमप्यतिरिच्यते H.2 is of great importance. -2 To be left with a surplus, be redundant or superfluous. |
| |
| atirikta | अतिरिक्त p. p. 1 Surpassed, excelled; सर्वातिरिक्तसारेण R.1.14. strength exceeding that of all creatures; सुत- जन्मातिरिक्तेन महोत्सवेन K.137 surpassing the birth of a son. -2 Redundant, superfluous, remaining over and above; परिपूरितहृदयातिरिक्तहर्षमिव K.66 not contained in the heart. -3 Excessive, exuberant. -4 unequalled, unsurpassed; supreme, elevated समश्नुवानाः सहसा$ तिरिक्तताम् Ki.14.33 being raised up or elevated. -5 Different (generally व्यतिरिक्त in this sense, q. v.). -6 Quite empty. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having a redundant limb (a finger, toe &c.). (-गम्) a redundant limb or member. |
| |
| atirūpa | अतिरूप a. 1 Formless, such as wind. -2 Very beautiful. -पम् Great beauty; as ˚वती कन्या. -पः [अतिक्रान्तो रूपम्] the Supreme Being. |
| |
| ativṛt | अतिवृत् 1 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To pass over or by, cross (as a place &c.). उपासते पुरुषं ये ह्यकामास्ते शुक्रमेतदतिवर्तन्ति धीराः Muṇḍ.3.2.1. -2 (a) To go beyond, exceed (fig. also); वाग्विभवातिवृत्तमाचार्यकम् Māl.1. 26 exceeding or transcending the powers of speech, indescribable; मुकुलावस्थामतिवृत्तेषु तण्डुलेषु Dk.132; का ते स्तुतिः स्तुतिपथादतिवृत्तधाम्नः Mv.4.29 transcending praise. (b) To offend, overstep, transgress, violate; यो$स्याः शासनमतिवर्तेत Dk.167; को$तिवर्तते दैवम् 51 who can transgress the decrees of Fate? को$न्यो जीवितुकामो देवस्य शासनमतिवर्तेत Mu.3. न खलु दूरगतो$तिवर्तते Śi.6.19. (c) To neglect, omit, let _x001F_+slip. (d) To have no regard to, disregard, slight; offend (especially by unfaithfulness), injure; शपथशतातिवर्ती Dk.62 disregarding; ऋतुस्नातां सतिं भार्यां ... अतिवर्तेत दुष्टात्मा; यथाहं कर्मणा वाचा शरीरेण च राघवम् । सततं नातिवर्तेय Rām. अपत्यलोभाद् या तु स्त्री भर्तार- मतिवर्तते Ms.5.161. -3 (a) To surpass, excel; मनुष्य-- संख्यामतिवर्तितुं वा Ki.3.4; एष जनतातिवर्तिनो Śi.14.59; बान्धवस्नेहं राज्यलोभो$तिवर्तते Ks.41.4; to outweigh, preponderate. (b) To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; get over, escape or get loose from; असाध्यानतिवर्तन्ते प्रमेहा रजनीं यथा Suśr.; किमाचारः कथं चैतांस्त्रीन् गुणानतिवर्तते Bg.14.21 transcend these three qualities; दैवं पौरुषेण˚ Mb., Dk.73, Ks.121.67. -4 (Intrans.) To pass away, glide away, elapse (as time); to be late or delay; एवं तयोः प्रत्यहमन्योन्याहारादि दानेन कालो$तिवर्तते H.1; महता स्नेहेन कालो$तिवर्तते H.2; समयो नातिवर्तते Mv.6; आषोड- शाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38 is not late (नातिक्रान्तकाला भवति). -5 To go away from, leave, abandon (abl.); यथा मे हृदयं नित्यं नातिवर्तति राघवात् Rām. -Caus. 1 To slight, not to heed, disregard सुहृदश्चाति- वर्तिताः Dk.136. -2 To let out, discharge (as excrement). |
| |
| atiśayaḥ | अतिशयः [शी-अच्] 1 Excess, pre-eminence, excellence; वीर्य˚ R.3.62; महिम्नां...अतिशयः U.4.21; तस्मिन् विधानातिशये विधातुः R.6.11 excellence, highest perfection of art. -2 Superiority (in quality, rank, quantity &c.); महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11; often in comp. with adjectives, in the sense of 'exceedingly'; ˚रमणीयः Mu.3; आसीदतिशयप्रेक्ष्यः R.17.25; मुक्ता गुणातिशयसंभृतमण्डनश्रीः V.5.19; or with nouns, meaning 'excellent'; 'excessive'; 'very great'; ˚रयः, अश्वातिशयम् K.8 the best of horses; ˚दारिद्य्रोपहताः. -3 Advantageous result, one of the superhuman qualities attributed to Jain saints. -a. [अतिशयः अस्त्यर्थे अच् Superior, pre-eminent, excessive, very great, abundant. -Comp. -उक्तिः f. 1 exaggerated or hyperbolical language, extreme assertion. -2 a figure of speech, (corr. to hyperbole) said to be of 5 kinds in S. D., but of 4 in K. P.; निगीर्याध्यवसानं तु प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् । प्रस्तुतस्य यदन्यत्वं यद्यर्थोक्तौ च कल्पनम् ॥ कार्यकारणयोर्यश्च पौर्वापर्य- विपर्ययः । विज्ञेयातिसयोक्तिः सा; Ex. of the first kind: कमल- मनम्भसि कमले च कुवलये तानि कनकलतिकायाम् । सा च सुकुमार- सुभगेत्युत्पातपरम्परा केयम् ॥ -3 verbosity. |
| |
| atisarva | अतिसर्व a. Transcending or superior to all, above all. वाक्त्वचेनातिसर्वेण चन्द्रलेखेव पक्षतौ । Bk.4.16. -र्वः The Supreme Being; अतिसर्वाय शर्वाय Mugdha. |
| |
| atīndriya | अतीन्द्रिय a. [अतिक्रान्त इन्द्रियम्] Beyond the cognizance (reach) of the senses; अतीन्द्रियेष्वप्युपपन्नदर्शनः R. 3.41; यत्तत्सूक्ष्ममतीन्द्रियं ज्ञानं यन्निर्विकल्पाख्यं तदतीन्द्रियमुच्यते; ˚ज्ञाननिधिः Śi.1.11 -यः The soul or Puruṣa, (in Sāṅkhya Phil.); the Supreme Soul. -यम् 1 Pradhāna or Nature (in Sāṅkhya Phil.). -2 The mind (in Vedānta) यो$सावतीन्द्रियग्राह्यः सूक्ष्मो$व्यक्तः सनातनः Ms.1.7 (Kull. इन्द्रियमती वर्तते इति ˚यं मनः). |
| |
| atyartha | अत्यर्थ a. [अतिक्रान्तः अर्थम् अनुरूपस्वरूपम्] Beyond the proper worth or measure, excessive, very great, intense, exorbitant; ˚तापात् M.2.12. -र्थम् adv. Very much, exceedingly, excessively; अत्यर्थं परदास्यमेत्य निपुणं नीतौ मनो दीयते Mu.2.5; प्रियो हि ज्ञानिनोत्यर्थमहं स च मम प्रियः Bg.7.17; oft. in comp.; ˚वेदनः A type of the elephant having extreme sensibility; प्राजनाङ्कुशदण्डेभ्यो दूरादुद्विजते हि यः । स्पृष्टो वा व्यथते$त्यर्थं स गजो$त्यर्थवेदनः ॥ Mātaṅga L.8.19. ˚संपीडितः Ś.7.11. excessively pinched; ˚क्रुद्ध, ˚तृषित &c. |
| |
| adbhutaḥ | अद्भुतः a. [Uṇ.5.1 अदि भुवो डुतच्; according to Nir. न भूतम् 'the like of which did not take place before.] 1 Wonderful, marvellous; ˚कर्मन् of wonderful deeds; ˚गन्ध having wonderful smell; ˚दर्शन, ˚रूप; prodigious; extraordinary, transcendental, supernatural. -2 Ved. Unobserved, invisible (opp. दृश्य). -तम् 1 A wonder, a wonderful thing or occurrence, a prodigy, miracle; देव अद्भुतं खलु संवृत्तम् Ś.5 a wonderful or unexpected occurrence; आकालिकमनध्यायं विद्यात्सर्वाद्भुतेषु च Ms.4. 118. -2 Surprise, astonishment, wonder (m.) also; ˚उद्भ्रान्तदेवासुराणि विक्रान्तचरितानि U.6 lost in wonder. -3 One of the five proportions of the measurement of height; in this measurement height is twice the breadth; हीनं तु द्वयं तद्द्विगुणं चाद्भुतं कथितम् Māna.11.2. 23. -तः 1 One of the 8 or 9 Rasas, the marvellous sentiment; जगति जनितात्यद्भुतरसः U.3.44. -2 N. of the Indra of the 9th Manvantara. -Comp. -उत्तरकाण्डम् N. of a work, an appendix to or imitation of the Rāmāyaṇa. -एनस् a. Ved. in whom no sin is visible. -धर्मः a system of prodigies. -ब्राह्मणम् N. of a portion of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāmaveda. -रामायणम् N. of a work ascribed to Vālmīki. -शान्तिः f. N. of the Sixtyseventh Pariśiṣṭa of the Atharvaveda. -संकाश a. resembling a marvel; so ˚उपम. -सारः the wonderful resin (of the खदिर or Catechu plant) (Mar. खैराची राळ); Mimosa Catechu. -स्वन a. having a wonderful sound. (-नः) N. of Śiva. |
| |
| adriḥ | अद्रिः [अद्-क्रिन् Uṇ.4.65; according to Nir.fr. दृ to tear or अद् to eat.] 1 A mountain. -2 A stone, especially one for pounding Soma with or grinding it on. -3 A thunderbolt (आदृणाति येन Nir.). -4 A tree. -5 The sun. cf. अद्रिः शैले$र्कवृक्षयोः । Nm. -6 A mass of clouds (probably so called from its resemblance to a mountain); a cloud (आदरयितव्यो भवति ह्यसौ उदकार्थं Nir.) mostly Ved. -7 A kind of measure. -8 The number -Comp. -ईशः, -पतिः -नाथः &c. 1 the lord of mountains, the Himālaya. -2 N. of Śiva (Lord of Kailāsa). -कटक the ridge of mountain; नितम्बः पश्चिमश्रोणीभागे$- द्रिकटके$पि च । Nm. -कर्णी a. plant (अपराजिता) Clitoria Ternatea Lin. (Mar. पांढरी गोकर्णी). -कीला [अद्रयः कुलपर्वताः कीलाः शङ्कव इव यस्याः] the earth. (-लः) N. of the mountain विष्कुम्भ. -कुक्षिः a mountain cave, mountain side अस्मिन्नहमद्रिकुक्षौ व्यापारितः R.2.38. -ज a. [अद्रौ जायते; जन्-ड] produced from, or found among mountains, mountainborn. अब्जा गोजा ऋतजा अद्रिजा ऋतम् Rv.4.41.5. (-जा) 1 a plant (सैंहली). (Mar. सिंहपिंपळी). -2 -कन्या, -तनया -सुता &c. Pārvatī. (-जम्) red chalk (शिलाजतु). -जात a. mountain-born. (-तः) 1 forest conflagration. -2 the 'Sun-born', Haṁsa or Swan. -3 the Supreme Being. -जूत, -दुग्ध Ved. [तृ. त.] expressed or extracted by means of stones. रथो ह वामृतजा अद्रिजूतः Rv.3.58.8. -तनया, -नन्दिनी 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 N. of a metre of 4 lines, each having 23 syllables. -द्विष्-भिद्-हन् m. [अद्रिं द्वेष्टिं भिनत्ति वा, द्विष्-भिद्-हन्-क्विप्] the enemy or splitter of mountains (or clouds personified), eptihet of Indra अहनद्वज्रेणाद्री- निवाद्रिहा Mb.8.2.9. -द्रोणि-णी f. 1 a mountain valley Dk.2.8. -2 a river taking its rise in a mountain. -पतिः -राजः &c. See ˚ईश. -बर्हस् a. Ved. [अद्रेर्बर्ह इव बर्हो यस्य] as strong or hard as a mountain; mountain-high (?); पीयूषं द्यौरदितिरद्रिबर्हाः Rv.1.63.3. -बुध्न a. [अद्रेर्बुध्न इव बुध्नो यस्य] rooted in a mountain or rock; as hard as a stone or mountain. अयं निधिः सरमे अद्रिबुध्नः Rv.1.18.7. -भूः a. [अद्रौ भवति जायते] mountain-born. (-भूः) N. of a plant (आखुकर्णी or अपराजिता. Mar. उंदिरकानी, गोकर्णी) -मातृ Ved. [अद्रि मेघः तज्जलं मिमीते, अद्रेर्माता वा मा-तृच्] producing water from clouds (मेघजलनिर्मातृ); having a mountain for the mother (?). कोशं दिवो$द्रिमातरम् Rv.9.86.3. -वह्निः forest conflagration. -शय्यः (having the mountain कैलास for his bed) N. of Śiva; cf. ˚ईश, ˚इन्द्र, -शृङ्गम्, -सानु mountain peak. -सुत (˚षुत), -संहत a. prepared or expressed by means of stones. -सारः [अद्रेः सार इव ष. त] 'the essence of mountains', iron. -a. hard like a mountain; ˚मय made of iron or very hard ततः सुबाहुस्त्रिंशद्भिरद्रिसारमयैः शरैः Mb.7.18.17. |
| |
| advitīya | अद्वितीय a. [नास्ति द्वितीयं यस्य] 1 Without a second, matchless, peerless; न केवलं रूपे शिल्पे$प्यद्वितीया मालविका M.2; किमुर्वशी अद्वितीया रूपेण V.2. -2 Without a companion, alone. -3 Sole, only, unique, supreme. -यम् Brahman; एकं ˚यं ब्रह्म. |
| |
| advaita | अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin. |
| |
| adhi | अधि ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs) over, above; (अधिकार); ˚स्था to stand over; ˚कृ to place over or at the head of; ˚रुह् to grow over or above; over and above, besides, in addition to (आधिक्य); fully, completely (अतिशय, विशेष), to get something in addition to another; अधिगत्य जगत्यधीश्वरात् having obtained fully, अधि intensifying the meaning of the root; इतो वा सातिमीमहे दिवो वा पार्थिवादधि Rv.1.6.1; (अधीमहे आधिक्येन याचामहे). -2 (As a separable adverb) Over, above, from above (mostly Vedic); षष्टिर्वारासो अधि षट् Rv.7.18.14. -3 (As a preposition) with acc. (a) Above, over, upon, in (उपरि); यं दन्तमधिजायते नाडी तं दन्तमुद्धरेत् Suśr. अध्यधि Just above; लोकानुपर्युपर्यास्ते$धो$धो$ध्यधि च माधवः Bopadeva; with gen. also; ये नाकस्याधि रोचने दिवि Rv. 1.19.6 above the sun; ˚विटपि Śi.7.35; ˚त्वत् 7.41; ˚रजनि at night. अधिरजनि जगाम धाम तस्याः 52. (b) with reference to, concerning, in the case of, on the subject of (अधिकृत्य) (mostly in adverbial compounds in this sense); हरौ इति अधिहरि; so अधिस्त्रि; कृष्णमधिकृत्य प्रवृत्ता कथा अधिकृष्णम्; so ˚ज्योतिषम्, ˚लोकम्, ˚दैवम्, ˚दैवतम् treating of stars &c.; ˚पुरन्ध्रि Śi.6.32 in the case of women. (c) (With abl.) Just over, more than (अधिक); सत्त्वादधि महानात्मा Kath.; अविदितादधि (d) (With loc.) Over, on or upon, above (showing lordship or sovereignty over something) (ऐश्वर्य); अधिरीश्वरे P.1.4.97; अधिभुवि रामः P.II.3.9 Sk. Rāma rules over the earth; the country ruled over may be used with loc. of 'ruler'; अधि रामे भूः ibid; प्रहारवर्म- ण्यधि विदेहा जाताः Dk.77 subject to, under the government of, become the property or possession of (अधि denoting स्वत्वं in this case); under, inferior to (हीन); अधि हरौ सुराः (Bopadeva) the gods are under Hari. -4 (As first member of Tatpuruṣa compounds) (a) Chief, supreme, principal, presiding; ˚देवता presiding deity; ˚राजः supreme or soverign ruler; ˚पतिः supreme lord &c. (b) Redundant, superfluous (growing over another); ˚दन्तः = अध्यारूढः (दन्तस्योपरि जातः) दन्तः P.VI.2. 188. (c) Over, excessive; ˚अधिक्षेपः high censure. According to G. M. अधि has these senses. अधिरध्ययनैश्वर्य- वशित्वस्मरणाधिके । e. g.; उपाध्यायादधीते; इङो$ध्ययनार्थकत्वस्य अधिद्योतकः; अधिपतिः (ऐश्वर्ये); अधीनः (वशित्वे) अधिगतः इनं; मातुरध्येति (स्मरणे); अधिकम् (अधिके). -5 Instead of; इदमग्ने सुधितं दुर्धितादधि प्रियादु चिन्मन्मनः प्रेय अस्तु ते Rv.1.14. 11. In the Veda अधि is supposed by B. and R. to have the senses of 'out of', 'from', 'of', 'among', 'before', 'beforehand', 'for', 'in favour of', 'in', 'at'. |
| |
| adhidevaḥ | अधिदेवः वता [अधिष्ठाता-त्री देवः देवता वा] 1 A presiding or tutelary deity; ययाचे पादुके पश्चात्कर्तुं राज्याधिदेवते R.12. 17;13.68;16.9; (सा) नैवापयाति हृदयाधिदेवतेव Bv.3.3; सा रामणीयकनिधेरधिदेवता वा Māl.1.21. (The eleven organs of sense are said to have each a presiding deity: श्रोत्रस्य दिक्, त्वचो वातः, नेत्रस्य अर्कः, रसनाया वरुणः, घ्राणस्य अश्विनौ, वागि- न्द्रियस्य वह्निः, हस्तस्य इन्द्रः, पादस्य उपेन्द्रः, पायोः मित्रः, उपस्थस्य प्रजापतिः, मनसः चन्द्रश्च. -2 [अधिकृतो देवो येन गुणातिशयात्] The supreme or highest god, Almighty. |
| |
| adhidevanam | अधिदेवनम् Gambling table, board for gambling (अधि उपरि दीव्यते यत्र.) अधिदैवम् adhidaivam दैवतम् daivatam अधिदैवम् दैवतम् [अधिष्ठातृ दैवम्-दैवतम् वा] 1 The presiding god or deity; अधिदैवं किमुच्यते Bg.8.1. पुरुषश्चा- धिदैवतम् Bg.8.4;7.3; शिवाधिदैवतं ध्यायेत् वह्निप्रत्यधिदैवतम्; तमभिनन्दन्ति...यः अधिदैवतमिव स्तौति K.19. -2 The supreme deity or the divine agent operating in material objects. |
| |
| adhināthaḥ | अधिनाथः [अधिको नाथः] The Supreme lord; a chiefton or lord; N. of the author of कालयोगशास्त्र. |
| |
| adhipu | अधिपु (पू) रुषः [अधिकः पु-पू-रुषः] The Supreme Being; तस्माद् विराळजायत विराजो अधिपूरुषः Rv.1.9.5. |
| |
| adhibhatam | अधिभतम् [अधिष्ठायिभूतं or भूतं प्राणिमात्रमधिकृत्य वर्तमानम्] The highest being; the Supreme Spirit or its all-pervading influence; the whole inanimate creation; अधिभूतं च किं प्रोक्तं Bg.8.1; अधिभूतं क्षरो भावः 8.4 'अधिभूत is all perishable things.' |
| |
| adhirāj | अधिराज् m. -जः [अधिराजते; राज्-क्विप्, राजन्-टच्-वा] A sovereign or supreme ruler, an emperor; प्रायोपविष्टो गङ्गायामनादृत्याधिराट् श्रियम् Bhāg; अद्यास्तमेतु भुवनेष्वधिराजशब्दः U.6.16; king, head, lord (of men, animals &c.); हिमालयो नाम नगाधिराजः Ku.1.1; so मृग˚, नाग˚ &c. अधिराज्यम् adhirājyam ष्ट्रम् ṣṭram अधिराज्यम् ष्ट्रम् [अधिकृतं राज्यं राष्ट्रम् अत्र] 1 Imperial or sovereign sway, supremacy, sole sovereignty, imperial dignity, an empire. -2 N. of a country. |
| |
| adhiśrī | अधिश्री a. [अधिका श्रीर्यस्य] Of exalted dignity, supreme; very rich, sovereign lord; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियश्च- तुर्दिगीशानवमत्य मानिनी Ku.5.53; R.7.29. |
| |
| adhiṣṭhānam | अधिष्ठानम् [अधि-स्था-ल्युट्] 1 Standing or being near, being at hand, approach (सन्निधि); अत्राधिष्ठानं कुरु take a seat here. -2 Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, locating oneself in; प्राणाधिष्ठानं देहस्य &c. -3 A position, site, basis, seat; त्र्यधिष्ठानस्य देहिनः Ms.12.4; इन्द्रियाणि मनो बुद्धिरस्याधिष्ठानमुच्यते Bg.3.4, 18.14 the seat (of that desire.) -4 Residence, abode; नगरं राजाधिष्ठानम् Pt.1.; so धर्म˚; a place, locality, town; सर्वाविनयाधिष्ठानतां गच्छन्ति K.16; कस्मिंश्चिदधिष्ठाने in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, power of control, presiding over; अनधिष्ठानम् H.3.83. lose of position, dimissal from a post (of authority); समर्थस्त्वमिमं जेतुमधिष्ठानपराक्रमैः Rām.; ययेह अश्वैर्युक्तो रथः सार- थिना$धिष्ठितः प्रवर्तते तथा आत्माधिष्ठानाच्छरीरम् Gaudapāda; महाश्वेताकृताच्च सत्याधिष्ठानात् K.346 appeal or reference to truth. -6 Government, dominion. -7 A wheel (of a car &c.) अधिष्ठानं मनश्चासीत्परिरथ्या सरस्वती Mb.8.34.34; 5.178.74. -8 A precedent, prescribed rule. -9 A benediction. cf. अधिष्ठानं चक्रपुरप्रभावाध्यासनेष्वपि । Nm. -1 Destruction (?); अमित्राणामधिष्ठानाद्वधाद् दुर्योधनस्य च । भीम दिष्ट्या पृथिव्यां ते प्रथितं सुमहद्यशः ॥ Mb.9.61.14. -11 Couch, seat, bed; साधिष्ठानानि सर्वशः Rām.6.75.19. -12 A butt (for an allurement.) तस्माद् ब्राह्ममधिष्ठानं कृत्वा कार्ये चतुर्विधे । Kau. A.1.1. -Comp. -अधिकरणम् Municipal Board. (अधिष्ठान = city; अधिकरण = court and office of administration) EI,XV, p.143; XVII. p. 193 f; XX, pp.61 ff. -शरीरम् A body which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body. |
| |
| adhī | अधी [अधिं-इ] 2 A. 1 To study, learn (by heart), read; (with abl. of person) learn from; आख्यातोपयोगे P.I.4.29. उपाध्यायादधीते Sk.; सो$ध्यैष्ट वेदान् Bk.1.2. -2 (P.) (a) To remember, think of, long or care for, mind, (with regret) with gen.; रामस्य दयमानो$सावध्येति तव लक्ष्मणः Bk.8.119;18.38; ममैवाध्येति नृपतिस्तृप्यन्निव जलाञ्जलेः Ki.11.74 thinks of me only. (b) To know or learn by heart, study, learn; गच्छाधीहि गुरोर्मुखात् Mb. (c) To teach, declare. (d) To notice, observe, understand. (e) To meet with, obtain; तेन दीर्घममरत्वमध्यगुः । Śi.14.31. -Caus. [अध्यापयति] to teach, instruct (in); with acc. of the agent of the verb in the primitive sense; (तौ) साङ्गं च वेदमध्याप्य R.15.33; विद्यामथैनं विजयां जयां च... अध्यापिपद् गाधिसुतो यथावत् Bk.2.21,7.34; अध्यापितस्योशनसापि नीतिम् Ku.3.6. |
| |
| adhīta | अधीत p. p. Learnt, studied, read, remembered, attained &c. -Comp. -विद्य a. who has studied the Vedas or finished his studies. |
| |
| adhītiḥ | अधीतिः f. [इ-क्तिन्] 1 Study, perusal; ˚बोधाचरण- प्रचारणैः N.1.4. -2 Remembrance, recollection. |
| |
| adhyayaḥ | अध्ययः [इ-भावे अच्] 1 Learning, study; remembrance. -2 = अध्याय, q. v. |
| |
| adhīśaḥ | अधीशः [अधिकः ईशः] Lord, supreme lord or master, sovereign ruler, अङ्ग˚, मृग˚, मनुज˚ &c. |
| |
| adhīśvaraḥ | अधीश्वरः [अधिकः ईश्वरः] 1 A supreme lord or an employer. -2 An Arhat (among Jainas). |
| |
| adhyātma | अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa. |
| |
| anaṃśa | अनंश a. [न. ब.] 1 Not entitled to a share in the inheritance; ˚शौ क्लीबपतितौ जात्यन्धबधिरौ तथा । उन्मत्तजड- मूकाश्च ये च केचिन्निरिन्द्रियाः ॥ Ms.9.21. Other persons are also mentioned by Devala, Baudhāyana, Kātyāyana and Nārada. -2 Without parts, undivided, portionless; an epithet of the sky or the Supreme Being. |
| |
| anañjana | अनञ्जन a. [न. ब.] 1 Without collyrium, pigment or paint; नेत्रे दूरमनञ्जने S. D. -2 Faultless, taintless. -3 Without any connection (निःसम्बन्ध). -नम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 The Supreme Spirit (परब्रह्म), Viṣṇu or Nārāyaṇa. यदा विसृष्टस्त्वमऩञ्जनेन वै बलं प्रविष्टो$जित- दैत्यदानवम् Bhāg 9.5.8. |
| |
| ananta | अनन्त a. [नास्ति अन्तो यस्य] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; ˚रत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य Ku.1.3. -न्तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; गन्धर्वाप्सरसः सिद्धाः किन्नरोरगचारणाः । नान्तं गुणानां जानन्ति (नास्यान्तमधिगच्छन्ति) तेनानन्तो$यमुच्यते ॥; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent _x001F_-Śeṣa; of Kṛiṣṇa and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29. -2 A cloud. -3 Talc. -4 N. of a plant (सिन्दु- वार) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. निरगुडी). -5 The asterism श्रवण. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the अनन्तचतुर्दशी day. -7 The letter आ. -न्ता 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Pārvatī. -4 Names of various plants; शारिवा, अनन्तमूल (a very medicinal plant) दूर्वा, आमलकी, गुडूची, अग्निमन्थ, कणा, लाङ्गली, दुरालाभा, हरीतकी, अग्निशिखा, श्यामलता, पिप्पली. -न्ती A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. -न्तम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, eternity. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; तदनन्ताय कल्पते Pt.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman (परब्रह्म,); सत्यं ज्ञानमनन्तं ब्रह्मेति श्रुतिः । न व्यापित्वाद्देशतो$न्तो नित्यत्वान्नापि कालतः । न वस्तुतो$पि सर्वात्म्यादानन्त्यं ब्रह्मणि त्रिधा ॥ -5 A sloping and a projecting member of the entablature representing a continued pent-roof; अनन्तं चान्तरिक्षं च प्रस्तरं चाष्टधा लुपाः । Māna.18.174-175. cf. अनन्तः शेषविष्ण्वोश्चानवधौ क्लीबमम्बरे । स्त्रियां स्याच्छारिपादूर्वाविशल्याला- ङ्गलीषु च । हैमवत्यां गळूच्यां च...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit; -कर a. magnifying to any extent; P.III.2.21. -ग a. moving forever. -गुण a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; प्लवङ्गानामनन्तगुणतैधते Mv.6.55. -चतुर्दशी, -˚व्रतम् [अनन्तस्य आराधनं यस्यां सा चतुर्दशी] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada when Ananta is worshipped -चरित्रः N. of a Bodhisattva. -जित् (अनन्तानि भूतानि जितवान्) 1 N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -तान a. of endless width, extensive. -तीर्थकृत् m. 1 one who visits many places of polgimage. -2 a Jaina deity. -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of भाद्रपद, मार्गशीर्ष or वैशाख; नभस्ये वाथ वैशाखे मार्गशीर्षे$थवा पुनः । शुक्ल- पक्षतृतीयायां... उक्तानन्ततृतीयैषा सुतानन्दफलप्रदा. -दृष्टिः [अनन्ता दृष्टयो नेत्राणि यस्य] N. of Śiva, or of Indra. -देवः [अनन्तो देव इव] 1 the serpent Seṣa. -2 [अनन्ते दीव्यति; दिव्-अच्] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Seṣa. -3 N. of the king of Kashmir. -नेमिः N. of the king of Mālava, a contemporary of शाक्यमुनि -पार a. of endless width, boundless; ˚रं किल शब्दशास्त्रम् Pt.1. -पालः N. of a warriorchief in Kashmir. -मतिः N. of a Bodhisattva. -मायिन् a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful. -मूलः a medicinal plant (शारिवा). -राशिः an infinite quantity. -रूप a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Visnu. -वातः a disease of the head, resembling tetanus. -विक्रमिन् N. of a Bodhisattva. -विजयः [अनन्तान् विजयते ध्वनिद्वारा अनेन] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell. अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिरः Bg.1.16. -वीर्यः N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age. -व्रतम् 1 See अनन्तचतुर्दशी above. -2 N. of the 12nd Adhyaya of the Bhaviṣyottara-Purāṇa. -शक्ति a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -शयनम् Travancore; Sriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (because there are temples of Viṣṇu reclining on अनन्त Serpent). -शीर्ष N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-र्षा) N. of the wife of Vāsuki. -शुष्म a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing. -श्री a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being. |
| |
| anantara | अनन्तर a. [नास्ति अन्तरं व्यवधानं, मध्यः; अवकाशः &c. यस्य] 1 Having no interior or interior space, limitless; तदेतत् ब्रह्म अपूर्वमनन्तरं अवाह्यम् Br. Up.2.5.19. -2 Having no interval or interstice or pause (of space or time); compact, close; हलो$नन्तराः संयोगः P.I.1.7, See संयोग. -3 (a) Contiguous, neighbouring, adjoining; Rām.4.21. 14; अनयत् प्रभुशक्तिसंपदा वशमेको नृपतीननन्तरान् R.8.19; भारतवर्षा- दुत्तरेण अनन्तरे किंपुरुषनाम्नि वर्षे K.136; immediately adjoining; Ki.2.53. R.7.21; not distant from (with abl.); आत्मनो$नन्तरममात्यपदं ग्राहितः Mu.4; ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19 (Kull. अनन्तरः किंचिदूनः); अरेः अनन्तरं मित्रम् 7.158; or in comp.; विषयानन्तरो राजा शत्रुः Ak. who is an immediate neighbour. -4 Immediately before or after; Rām.4. 29.31. तदिदं क्रियतामनन्तरं भवता बन्धुजनप्रयोजनम् Ku.4.32 soon after, just afterwards; अनन्तरोदीरितलक्ष्मभाजौ पादौ यदीयावुपजातयस्ताः Chānd. M. having characteristics mentioned just before. -5 Following, coming close upon (in comp.); शङ्खस्वनानन्तरपुष्पवृष्टि Ku.1.23;2.53; ˚कर- णीयम् Ś.4 the next duty, what should be done next. -6 Belonging to the caste immediately following; पुत्रा ये$नन्तरस्त्रीजाः Ms.1.14. -7 Uninterrupted, unbroken, continuous. सुखदुःखावृते लोके नेहास्त्येकमनन्तरम् Mb.12.153. 89. -8 Straight, direct (साक्षात्). अथवा$नन्तरकृतं किंचिदेव निदर्शनम् Mb.12.35.9. -रम् [न. त.] 1 Contiguity, proximity; अनन्तरविहिते चास्यासने K.93. -2 Brahman, the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence). -रम् ind. [Strictly it is acc. of time कालात्यन्तसंयोगः; नास्ति अन्तरं यथा स्या तथा] 1 Immediately after, afterwards. -2 (with a prepositional force) After (with abl.); पुराणपत्त्रापग- मादनन्तरम् R.3.7; त्यागाच्छान्तिरनन्तरम् Bg.12.12; गोदानविधे- रनन्तरम् R.3.33,36.;2.71; स्वामिनो$नन्तरं भृत्याः Pt.1; rarely with gen.; अङ्गदं चाधिरूढस्तु लक्ष्मणो$नन्तरं मम Rām.; or in comp.; घनोदयाः प्राक् तदनन्तरं पयः Ś7.3.; R.4. 2.; Ms.3.252, Y.2.41; वचनानन्तरमेव K.78 immediately after those words. -Comp. -जः or जा [अनन्तरस्या अनन्तरवर्णाया मातुः जायते] 1 the child of a Kṣatriyā or Vaiśyā mother, by a father belonging to the caste imme- diately above the mother's, स्त्रीष्वनन्तरजातासु द्विजैरुत्वादिता- न्सुतान् । सदृशानेव तानाहुर्मातृदोषविगर्हितान् ॥ Ms.1.6. -2 born immediately before or after; a younger or elder brother. Legitimate son (औरसः); आत्मा पत्रश्च विज्ञेयस्तस्या- नन्तरजश्च यः Mb.13.49.3. (-जा) a younger or elder sister; अनुष्ठितानन्तरजाविवाहः R.7.32.; so ˚जात. |
| |
| ananya | अनन्य a. 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A. -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal. -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (-तम्) unencumbered estate (in law). -गतिः f. sole resort or resource. -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb. -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35. -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75. -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32. -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2. -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15. -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18. -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (-र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7. -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63. -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25. -वृत्ति a. 1 of the same nature. -2 having no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2. -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19. -सदृश a. (-शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1. |
| |
| analaḥ | अनलः [नास्ति अलः पर्याप्तिर्यस्य, बहुदाह्यदहने$पि तृप्तेरभावात् Tv.; cf. नाग्निस्तृप्यति काष्ठानाम्; said by some to be from अन् to breathe]. 1 Fire. -2 Agni or the god of fire. See अग्नि. -3 Digestive power, gastric juice; मन्दः संजायते$नलः Suśr. -4 Wind. -5 Bile. -6 One of the 8 Vasus, the fifth. -7 N. of Vāsudeva. -8 Names of various plants; चित्रक, रक्तचित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and Rosea, भल्लातक the marking-nut tree. -9 The letter र्. -1 The number three. -11 (Astr.) The 5th year of Bṛhaspati's cycle. -12 The third lunar mansion कृत्तिका. -13 A variety of Pitṛideva or manes (कव्यवाहो$नलः सोमः). -14 [अनान् प्राणान् लाति आत्मत्वेन] The soul (जीव). -15 N. of Viṣṇu (न नलति गन्धं प्रकटयति न बध्यते वा नल्-अच्). -16 The Supreme Being. cf. अनेलो राज्ञि नाले च पुंस्यग्न्यौषधिभेदयोः Nm. -17 Anger; करिणां मुदे सनलदानलदाः Ki.5.25. -Comp. -आत्मजः N. of Kārtikeya; Mb.9.44.11. -आनन्दः N. of a Vedāntic writer, author of Vedānta-Kalpataru. -द a. [अनलं द्यति] 1 removing or destroying heat or fire; -2 = अग्निद q. v. -दीपन a. [अनलं दीपयति] promoting digestion, stomachic. -प्रभा [अनलस्य प्रभेव प्रभा यस्य] N. of a plant (ज्योतिष्मती) Helicacabum Cardiospermum. (Mar. लघुमालकांगोणी). -प्रिया N. of Agni's wife स्वाहा. -वाटः N. of ancient Paṭṭaṇa. -सादः loss of appetite, dyspepsia. |
| |
| anākāra | अनाकार a. Formless, shapeless, epithet of the Supreme Being. |
| |
| anāśin | अनाशिन् a. [न नश्यति or न कर्मफलमश्नुते; न. त.] Imperishable, indestructible, as the Soul or Supreme Being; अनाशिनो$प्रमेयस्य Bg.2.14. (ईश्वरस्य कर्मफलभोक्तृत्वाभावात्). |
| |
| anirdeśya | अनिर्देश्य a. Undefinable, ineffable, indescribable, inexplicable, incomparable; ˚सुखः स्वर्गः कस्तं विस्मारयिष्यति V.3.18. -श्यम् An epithet of the Supreme Being. |
| |
| anirvacanīya | अनिर्वचनीय a. 1 Unutterable, indescribable, undefinable, epithet of the Supreme Being. -2 Improper to be mentioned. -यम् (In Vedānta) 1 Māyā or illusion, ignorance. -2 The world. -Comp. -सर्वस्वम् N. of a work by Śrīharṣa, also called खण्डनखण्डखाद्य; तत्र सर्वेषां पदार्थानाम् इदंतया निर्वक्तुमशक्यता दर्शिता. |
| |
| anīśa | अनीश a. Having no lord or superior, paramount, supreme, without a controller, uncontrolled; सर्वप्रभुरनी- शस्त्वम् R.1.2. -2 Not a master or lord, having no mastery or control over; not master of (with gen.); powerless; गात्राणामनीशो$स्मि संवृत्तः Ś.2; अनीशया शरीरस्य हृदयं स्ववशं मयि न्यस्तम् V.2.19; उर्ध्वं पितुश्च मातुश्च समेत्य भ्रातरः समम् । भजेरन् पैतृकं रिक्थमनीशास्ते हि जीवतोः ॥ Ms.9. 14. -3 Not one's own master, not independent (अस्व- तन्त्र); एको ह्यनीशः सर्वत्र. -शः N. of Viṣṇu (सर्वनियन्ता अन- न्यस्वामिको हि सः). -शा Helplessness (दीनभाव); समाने वृक्षे पुरुषो निमग्नो$नीशया शोचति मुह्यमानः Muṇḍ.3.2. |
| |
| anīśvara | अनीश्वर a. 1 Having no superior, uncontrolled. -2 Unable; शयिता सविधेप्यनीश्वरा सफलीकर्तुमहो मनोरथान् Bv. 2.182. -3 Not relating to God; ध्यानेनानीश्वरान् गुणान् (दहेत्) Ms.6.72. -4 Not acknowledging God, atheistical. -रम् The godless one (with Sāṅkhyas), epithet of the world; जगदाहुरनीश्वरम्. -Comp. -वादः atheism, not acknowledging God as the Supreme Ruler. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of no god or atheism, an atheist. |
| |
| anudhyāna | अनुध्यान p. p. Mused, thought of &c. -तम्, -नम् [ध्यै-ल्युट्] 1 Thought; अनुध्यानानन्तरमेव K.262; meditation, religious contemplation. -2 Thinking of, remembrance; या नः प्रीतिर्विरूपाक्ष त्वदनुध्यानसम्भवा Ku.6.21. -3 Wishing well of, affectionate solicitude for; अनुध्या- नैरुपेतव्यं वत्सयोर्भद्रमस्तु वः (v. l. अनुध्यातै) U.7.11; सा त्वमम्ब स्नुषायामरुन्धतीव सीतायां शिवानुध्यानपरां भव U.1. |
| |
| anupasthitiḥ | अनुपस्थितिः f. 1 Absence; मम ˚तिं क्षमन्तां भवन्तः your honour will be pleased to excuse my absence. -2 Inability to remember. |
| |
| anurudh | अनुरुध् 7 U. 1 To obstruct, block up; शिलाभिर्ये मार्गमनुरुन्धन्ति Mb.; to surround, hem in; रुद्रानुचरैर्मखो महान् ... अन्वरुध्यत Bhāg. -2 To bind, fasten. -3 To stick or adhere to, follow closely, observe, practise; अनुरुध्या- दघं त्र्यहम् Ms.5.63 should observe impurity (be in mourning); पुमांसमनुरुध्य जाता पुमनुजा P.III.2.1 Sk. born immediately after a male. -4 To love, be fond of, or devoted to, attach oneself to. समस्थमनुरुध्यन्ते विषमस्थं त्यजन्ति च Rām.; सद्वृत्तिमनुरुध्यन्तां भवन्तः Mv.2 follow or adopt; स्वधर्ममनुरुन्धन्ते नातिक्रमम् Ki.11.78; नानुरोत्स्ये जगल्लक्ष्मीम् Bk.16.23 love, like. -5 To conform to, obey, follow, adapt oneself to, act up to; नियतिं लोक इवानुरुध्यते Ki.2.12: हन्त तिर्यञ्चो$पि परिचयमनुरुध्यन्ते U.3 remember or cherish (act up to it); मद्वचनमनुरुध्यते वा भवान् K.181,298; वात्सल्यमनुरुध्यन्ते महात्मनः Mv.6 feel the force of compassion; तेनापि रावणे मैत्रीमनुरुध्य व्यपेक्ष्यते Mv.5.34 following up; यदि गुरुष्वनुरुध्यसे Mv.3 regard with respect, obey; अनुरुध्यस्व भगवतो वसिष्ठस्यादेशम् U.4; चन्द्रकेतोर्वचनम् U.5. -6 To coax, gratify, flatter, soothe; इत्यादिभिः प्रियशतरैनुरुध्य मुग्धाम् U.3.26; अभिनवसेवकजने$पि एकमनुरुध्यते K.27 please by carefully attending to &c., show regard for; 248. -7 To urge, press, entreat, request; आगमनाय अनुरुध्यमानः K.277; तया चाहमनुरुध्य- मानस्तां बकुलमालां दत्तवान् Māl.1; सा च भीमधन्वना बलवदनुरुद्धा Dk.122 courted, wooed. -8 To assent or agree to, approve; like, comply with; प्रकृतयो न मे व्यसनमनुरुध्यन्ते Dk.16; यदि भगवाननुरुध्यते Mv.4 agree with me. |
| |
| anuvṛttiḥ | अनुवृत्तिः f. 1 Assenting to, approval; तवानुवृत्तिं न च कर्तुमुत्सहे Ku.5.65. -2 Obedience, conformity, following, continuance in (opp. व्यावृत्ति); taking up; continuity; ज्येष्ठानुवृत्तिजटिलम् R.13.78 by following the example of; अनुवृत्त्या प्रमार्ष्टुमागतः Dk.1 service; cf. also वाचानुवृत्तिः खलु अतिथिसत्कारः Pratimā 5. ततान वह्निः पवनानुवृत्त्या Ki.16.52 in consequence of. -3 Acting according or suitably to, compliance, acquiescence; gratifying, pleasing; कान्ता˚ - चातुर्यमपि शिक्षितं वत्सेन U.3; Māl.9; Śi.9.58; K.265; M.2.9; राज्यं हि नाम राजधर्म˚ परस्य नृपतेर्महदप्रीतिस्थानम् Mu.3 who conforms to or is true to the duties of kings; (previous) compliant or obedient spirit, previous course of conduct; U.7.5. -4 Rememberance आसेदुषां गोत्रभिदो$- नुवृत्त्या Ki.18.18. -5 (Gram.) Being supplied or repeated in a following rule; continued influence of a preceding on a following rule. -6 Imitating, resembling &c. -7 Repetition; वर्णानामनुवृत्तिरनुप्रासः. |
| |
| anusmṛ | अनुस्मृ 1 P. To remember, think of, call to mind, recollect (with acc. or gen.); वरप्रार्थनामनुस्मृत्य Ś.1; यदैव अनुस्मृतं देवेन Ś.7. तस्मात्सर्वेषु कालेषु मामनुस्मर युध्य च Bg.8.7; व्यपगतमदरागस्यानुसस्मार लक्ष्मीम् Ki.4.38. -Caus. To remind (painfully), cause to remember with regret; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. |
| |
| anusmaraṇam | अनुस्मरणम् 1 Recollection, remembering. -2 Repeated recollection. |
| |
| aneka | अनेक a. 1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144. -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one. -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic. -अग्र a. 1 engaged in several pursuits. -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34. -अन्त a. 1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम् -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v. (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness. -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas. -अर्थ a. 1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2. -2 having the sense of word अनेक. -3 having many objects or purposes. (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one. -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva. -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37. -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3. -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father. -चर a. gregarious. -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31. -ज a. born more than once. (-जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्). -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75. -2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भार्य a. Having more wives than one. -मुख a. (खी f.) a. 1 having many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54. -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities. -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11. -रूप a. 1 of various forms, multiform. -2 of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (-पः) epithet of the Supreme Being. -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -वचनम् the plural number; dual also. -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simultaneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. -विध a. various, different. -शफ a. cloven-hoofed. -शब्द a. synonymous. -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83. |
| |
| anejat | अनेजत् a. [न एजत्] Not moving, immovable; of the same form, epithet of Brahman or the Supreme Soul (सर्वदैकरूपं ब्रह्म) अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयः Īs. Up.4. |
| |
| anta | अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word. |
| |
| antar | अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart. |
| |
| antara | अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव. |
| |
| annam | अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice. |
| |
| anya | अन्य a. [अन् अध्न्यादि˚ य; अन्यः, न्यस्मै, ˚स्मात्; n. अन्यत् &c.] 1 Another, different, other (भिन्न); another, other (generally); स एव त्वन्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्रमेतत् Bh. 2.4; अन्यदेव भागधेयमेते निर्वपन्ति Ś.2; सर्वमन्यत् everything else; किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; changed, altered; संप्रत्यन्ये वयम् Bh.3.66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. अन्यसङ्गात्, अनन्यसाधारण &c. -2 Other than, different from, else than (with abl. or as last member of comp.); नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35; को$स्ति धन्यो मदन्यः Bv.4.37; उत्थितं ददृशे$न्यञ्च कबन्धेभ्यो न किंचन R.12.49; किमन्यदस्याः परिषदः श्रुतिप्रसादनतः Ś.1; oft. used in addition to ऋते or विना; ऋते समुद्रादन्यः को विभर्ति वडवानलम् Pt.5.35; किं नु खलु मे प्रियादर्श- नादृते शरणमन्यत् Ś.3. -3 Another person, one different from self (opp. स्व, आत्मीय); वासश्च धृतमन्यैर्न धारयेत् Ms.4.66. -4 Strange, unusual, extraordinary; अन्य एव स प्रकारः K.168; अन्या जगद्धितमयी मनसः प्रवृत्तिः Bv. 1.69; धन्या मृदन्यैव सा S. D. -5 Ordinary, any one; निरातङ्कः कन्यामन्यो$पि याचते Mv.1.31; cf. इतर. -6 Additional, new, more; अन्यान् दशसुवर्णान्प्रयच्छ Mk.2 another ten (coins); अन्यदन्यन्नलिनदलशयनम् K.157 new and new (changing every now and then); अन्यस्मिन् दिवसे another day; one of a number (with gen.); अन्यच्च moreover, besides, and again (used to connect sentences together); एक- अन्य the one-the other; एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी । काङ्क्षन्त्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दौहृदच्छद्मनास्याः Me.8; see under एक also; अन्य-अन्य one another; अन्यः करोति अन्यो भुङ्क्ते one does, another suffers; अन्यन्मुखे अन्यन्निर्वहणे Mu.5; अन्यदुग्तं जातमन्यत् Ms.9.4,99; 8.24; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; अन्यदुच्छृङ्खलं सत्त्वमन्यच्छास्त्र- नियन्त्रितं Śi.2.62; अन्य-अन्य-अन्य &c. one, another, third, fourth &c., जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः । हृद्गतं चिन्त- यन्त्यन्यं प्रियः को नाम योषिताम् Pt.1.135; मनस्यन्यद्ववचस्यन्यत् कार्यमन्यद् दुरात्मनाम् H.1.97.; (in pl.) केचित्-अन्ये some- others; एके-अन्ये-तथान्ये (बीजमेके प्रशंसन्ति क्षेत्रमन्ये मनीषिणः । बीजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः ॥) Ms.1.7;4.9;12.123. [cf. L. alius; Gr. allos for aljos, Zend anya]. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose. -असाधारण a. not common to others, peculiar. -आश्र- यण a. going or passing over to another. -उदर्य a. born from another; नहि ग्रभायारणः सुशेवो$न्योदर्यो मनसा मन्तवा उ Rv. 7.4.8. (-र्यः) a step-mother's son, a half brother. (-र्या a half sister. -ऊढा a. married to another; another's wife. -कारुका a worm bred in excrement (शकृत्कीटः). -क्षेत्रम् 1 another field. -2 another or foreign territory. अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ -3 another's wife. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going to another. -2 adulterous, unchaste; वणिजां तु कुलस्त्रीव स्थिरा लक्ष्मीरन- न्यगा Ks.21.56;19.27. -गोत्र a. of a different family or lineage. -चित्त a. having the mind fixed on something or some one else; see ˚मनस्. -ज, -जात a. of a different origin. -जन्मन् a. another life or existence, regeneration, metempsychosis. -दुर्वह a. difficult to be borne by others. -देवत, -त्य, -दैवत्य a. addressed or referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra). -धर्मन् a. having another or different property. (-र्मः) different property or characteristic. -धी a. whose mind is turned away from God. -नाभि a. belonging to another family. -पदार्थः 1 another substance. -2 the sense of another word; ˚प्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः the Bahuvrīhi compound essentially depends on the sense of another word. -पर a. 1 devoted to another or something else. -2 expressing or referring to something else. -पुष्टा, -भृता 'reared by another', epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow (called अन्यभृत्); अप्यन्यपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1.45; कलमन्यभृतासु भाषितम् R.8.59. -पूर्वा [अन्यः पतिः पूर्वो यस्याः] 1 a womon already promised or betrothed to another. -2 a remarried widow (पुनर्भू) see अनन्यपूर्व. -बीज, -बीजसमुद्भव, -समुत्पन्न an adopted son (born from other parents), one who may be adopted as a son for want of legitimate issue. -भृत् m. a crow (rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. Ś5.22. -मनस्, -मनस्क, -मानस a. 1 having the mind fixed on something else; inattentive. -2 fickle, versatile, unsteady; अन्यमनसः स्त्रियः H.1.111 absentminded; possessed by a demon. -मातृजः a half-brother (born of another mother) असंसृष्ट्यापि बा$$दद्यात्संसृष्टो नान्यमातृजः Y.2.139. -रङ्गः the second court or theatre or a compound; Māna. 21.144. -राजन्, -राष्ट्रीय a. subject to another king or kingdom (Ved.). -रूप a. having another form, changed, altered; पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85. (-पम्) another or changed form; ˚पेण in another form. -लिङ्ग, -ङ्गक a. following the gender of another word (i. e. the substantive), an adjective; ऊषवानूषरो द्वावप्यन्यलिङ्गौ Ak. -वादिन् a. 1 giving false evidence. -2 a defendant in general. -वापः the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests of other birds. -विवर्धित a. = पुष्ट a cuckoo. -व्रत a. following other (than Vedic) observances, devoted to other gods, infidel. -शाखः, -खकः a Bārhmaṇa who has gone over to another school (of religion &c.); an apostate. -संक्रान्त a. fixed on or transferred to another (woman); ˚हृदयः आर्यपुत्रः M.3,4. -संगमः intercourse with another; illicit intercourse. -साधारण a. common to many others. -स्त्री another's wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is considered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being स्वीया and साधारणी स्त्री. अन्या may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As "another's wife" she is fond of festivals and similar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. 18-11]. ˚गः an adulterer. यस्य स्तेनः पुरे नास्ति नान्यस्त्रीगो न दुष्टवाक्... स राजा शक्रलोकभाक्; Ms.8.386. [Note: Some compounds under अन्य will be found under अनन्य.] |
| |
| apara | अपर a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses) 1 Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled. matchless; without rival or second (नास्ति परो यस्मात्); स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिर- परा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; cf. अनुत्तम, अनुत्तर. -2 [न पृणाति संतोषयति पृ अच्] (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. (b) More, additional; कृतदारो$परान् दारान् Ms.11.5. (c) Second, another Pt.4.37; स्वं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Keśava. (d) Different; other; अन्ये कृतयुगे धर्मास्त्रेतायां द्वापरे$परे Ms. 1.85; Ks.26.235; Pt.4.6 (with gen.). (e) Ordinary, of the middle sort (मध्यम); परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi. 16.23. -3 Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. स्व); यदि स्वाश्चापराश्चैव विन्देरन् योषितो द्विजाः Ms.9.85 of another caste. -4 Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time space) (opp. पूर्व); the last; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत्स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् Ms.4.93; रात्रेरपरः कालः Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpuruṣa comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; ˚पक्षः the latter half of a month; ˚हेमन्तः latter half of a winter; ˚कायः hind part of the body &c.; ˚वर्षा, ˚शरद् latter part of the rains, autumn &c. -5 Following, the next. -6 Western; पयसि प्रतित्सुरपराम्बुनिधेः Śi.9.1. पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1; Mu.4.21 -7 Inferior, lower (निकृष्टः); अपरेयमि- तस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् Bg.7.5. -8 (In Nyāya) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of सामान्य, see Bhāṣā P.8. (परं = अधिकवृत्ति higher अपरम् = न्यूनवृत्ति lower or अधिकदेशवृत्तित्वं परं, अल्पदेशवृत्तित्वं अपरम् Muktā.) -9 Distant; opposite. When अपर is used in the singular as a correlative to एक the one, former, it means the other, the latter; एको ययौ चैत्ररथप्रदेशान् सौराज्य- रम्यानपरो विदर्भान् R.5.6; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are एके, केचित्-काश्चित् &c., अपरे, अन्ये; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34; एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः Śi.12.45 some-others; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुर्न्यमाङ्क्षुरपरे$म्बुधौ । अन्ये त्वलङ्घिषुः शैलान् गुहास्त्वन्ये न्यलेषत ॥ केचिदासिषत स्तब्धा भयात्केचिदघूर्णिषुः । उदतारिषुरम्भोधिं वानराः सेतुनापरे Bk. 15.31.33. -रः 1 the hind foot of an elephant; बद्धापराणि परितो निगडान्यलावीत् Śi.5.48 (Malli. चरमपादाग्राणि). -2 An enemy (न पृणाति सन्तोषयति). -रा 1 Western direction, the west अपरां च दिशं प्राप्तो वालिना समभिद्रुतः Rām.4.46.18. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Aṅgas. -4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -री Ved. The future, future times; उतापरीभ्यो मघवा विजिग्ये Rv.1.32.13. -रम् 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (कार्य); तदेतद्ब्रह्मापूर्वमपरमनन्तम् Bṛi. Ār. Up. (नास्ति अपरं कार्यं यस्य). -2 The hind quarter of an elephant. -रम् adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; अपरं च moreover; अपरेण behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben]. -Comp. -अग्नि (अग्नी dual) 1 the southern and western fires (दक्षिण and गार्हपत्य). -2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (˚ग्निः). -अङ्गम् one of the 8 divisions of गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्य (the second kind of काव्य) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the व्यङ्ग्य or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; अगूढमपरस्याङ्गम्; अपरस्य रसादेर्वाच्यस्य वा (वाक्यार्थीभूतस्य) अङ्गं रसादि अनुरणनरूपं वा; e. g. अयं स रसनोत्कर्षी पीनस्तनविमर्दनः । नाभ्यूरुजघनस्पर्शी नीवीविस्रंसनः करः ॥ where शृङ्गार is subordinate to करुण. -अन्त a. living at the western borders. (-न्तः) 1 the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term. the western shore. -2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; अपरान्तजयोद्यतैः (अनीकैः) R.4.53 Western people. दशार्णाश्चापरान्ताश्च द्विपानां मध्यमा मताः Kau.A.1.2. -3 the kings of this country. -4 death, Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. ˚ज्ञानम् anticipation of one's end. -5 the hind foot of an elephant; मृदुचलदपरान्तोदीरितान्दूनिनादम् Śi.11.7;18.32. -6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (द्वीपवासिन्) कोट्यापरान्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नान्युपहरन्तु ते Rām.2.82.8. -अन्तकः 1. = ˚अन्तः pl. -2 N. of a song; अपरान्तकमुल्लोप्यं मद्रकं प्रकरीं तथा । औवेणकं सरोबिन्दुमुत्तरं गीतकानि च ॥ Y3.113; ˚अन्तिका N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās. -अपराः, -रे, -राणि another and another, several, various. -अपरम् ind. Further and further (उत्तरोत्तरम्); अहं हि वचनं त्वत्तः शुश्रूषुरपरापरम् Mb.5.136.14. -अर्धम् the latter or second half. -अह्न [fr.अहन् changed to अह्न P.II. 4.29, V.4.88.] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms.3.278; अपराह्णशीतलतरेण शनैरनिलेन Śi.9.4; ˚तन, ˚ह्णेतन belonging to this time; ˚कृतं P.II.1.45. -इतरा the east. -कान्य- कुब्ज a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kānyakubja. -कालः later period. -गात्रम् a minor limb (hand, foot etc.); कोपप्रसादापरगात्रहस्तः (सुप्तः क्षितौ) रावणगन्धहस्ती) Rām.6.19.1. -गोदानम् (also गोडनि or गोडानि) N. of a country to the west of Mahāmeru (according to Buddhistic ideas). -ज a. born later or at the end of the world. (-जः) the destroying fire. -जनः an inhaditant of the west, the western people. -दक्षिणम् ind. in the south-west (belonging to the तिष्ठद्गु class). -पक्षः 1 the second or dark half of the month. -2 the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law). -पञ्चालाः the western Pañchālas. -पर a. one and the other, several, various; अपरपराः सार्थाः गच्छन्ति P.VI.1.144. Sk. several caravans go; (अपरे च परे च सकृदेव गच्छन्ति). -पाणिनीयाः the pupils of Pāṇini living in the west. -प्रणेय a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable. -भावः 1 being another or different, difference. -2 succession, continuation. -रात्रः [अपरं रात्रेः] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87); उत्थायापररात्रान्ते प्रयताः सुसमाहिताः Bhāg.8.4.24. ˚कृतम् P.II.1.45. -लोकः the other world, the next world. Paradise. -वक्त्रा, -क्त्रम् N. of a metre. -वैराग्यम् a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patañjali (दुष्टानुश्राविकविषयवितृष्णस्य वशीकारसंज्ञं वैराग्यम्). -सक्थम् the hind thigh. -स्वस्तिकम् the western point in the horizon. -हैमन a. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P.VII.3.11). |
| |
| apaścima | अपश्चिम a. 1 What is not followed by any other, having no other in the rear, last (used much in the same sense as पश्चिम; cf. उत्तम and अनुत्तम, उत्तर and अनुत्तर); अयमत्र ते जन्मन्यपश्चिमः पश्चिमावस्थाप्रार्थितो मकरन्द- बाहुपरिष्वङ्गः Māl.9; अयमपश्चिमस्ते रामस्य शिरसि पादपङ्कजस्पर्शः U.1. (v.1. for पश्चिम); प्रसीदतु महाराजो ममानेनापश्चिमेन प्रणयेन Ve.6; प्रणमापश्चिमस्य पितुः पादयोः Mu.7; तात अम्ब मे$पश्चिमः प्रणामः Nāg.5; हा कथमपश्चिममस्य वचनम् । Nāg.4; अपश्चिमं कुरु वचनम् Ve.141. -2 Not last, first, foremost; श्रुतवतामपश्चिमः R.19.1. cf. also विपश्चितामपश्चिमः । -3 Extreme; अपश्चिमामिमां कष्टामापदं प्राप्तवत्यहम् Rām. |
| |
| apaskaraḥ | अपस्करः [अप-कॄ अप्-सुट् रथाङ्गे निपातः अपस्करो रथाङ्गम् P.VI.1.149] Any part of a carriage, except the wheel (˚रम् also); उरगध्वजदुर्धर्षं सुवरूथं स्वपस्करम् Rām 6. 57.26; cf. स्याद्रथाङ्गमपस्करः । Ak. अपस्करमधिष्ठाने हिमवान् विन्ध्यपर्वतः Mb. -2 Excrement. -3 Vulva. -4 Anus. |
| |
| apānanam | अपाननम् 1 Respiration. -2 Taking downwards, urine, excrement &c. |
| |
| apunar | अपुनर् ind. Not again, once for all, forever. -Comp. -अन्वय a. not returning; dead. -आदानम् not taking back or again. -आवृत्तिः f. 1 'non-return', exemption of the soul from further transmigration, final beatitude. -2 Death; नयाम्यपुनरावृत्तिं यदि तिष्ठेर्ममाग्रतः Bhāg. 1.77.18. -प्राप्य a. irrecoverable. -भवः 1 not being born again (of diseases also). -2 final beatitude; तुलयाम लवेनापि न स्वर्गं नापुनर्भवम् Bhāg.1.18.13. -3 knowledge of the Supreme Soul which tends to this step. -1 a person released from metempsychosis. |
| |
| apūrva | अपूर्व a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; ˚र्वं नाटकम् Ś.1; ˚र्वं राजकुलम् M.5; K.191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; अपूर्वः को$पि बहुमानहेतुर्गुरुषु U.4; अपूर्वो दृश्यते वह्निः कामिन्याः स्तनमण्डले । दूरतो दहतीवाङ्गं हृदि लग्नस्तु शीतलः ॥ Ś. Til.17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; अपूर्व एष विरहमार्गः Ś.6; अपूर्वरूपा दारिका M.1; अतो$- पूर्वः खलु वो $ नुग्रहः Ś.7; अपूर्वकर्मचाण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; अपूर्वो$प्यथवा विद्वान् यMb.13.22.8; विदिते$प्यपूर्व इव Ki.6.39. -4 Not first. -5 Preceded by अ or आ. -6 (In phil.) 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -र्वम् 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mīmāṁsā). --2 Virtue and vice (पापपुण्यम्) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. -र्वः The Supreme Soul (परब्रह्म). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -पतिः f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; ˚तिः कुमारी Sk. -वादः discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -विधिः an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; कर्मविधि, गूणविधि, विनियोगविधि and प्रयोगविधि. |
| |
| apekṣā | अपेक्षा क्षणम् 1 Expectation, hope, desire. -2 Need, requirement, necessity; निरपेक्ष without hope or need, regardless of; निर्विशङ्का निरुद्विग्ना निरपेक्षा च भैथिली Rām.6. 47.9. द्रोणस्तथोक्तः कर्णेन सापेक्षः फाल्गुनं प्रति (उवाच) Mb.12. 2.12. सापेक्षत्वे$पि गमकत्वात्समासः; अनपेक्षः शुचिर्दक्षः Bg.12.16; or in comp.; स्फुलिङ्गावस्थया वह्निरेधापेक्ष इव स्थितः Ś.7.15 awaiting kindling. -3 Consideration, reference, regard, with the obj. in loc. case; more usually in comp.; मध्यभङ्गानपेक्षम् Ratn.1.15 regardless of; the instr. and sometimes loc. of this word frequently occur in comp. meaning 'with reference to', 'out of regard for', 'with a view to', 'for the sake of'; सा$पि कार्यकरणापेक्षया क्षुरमेकमा- दाय तस्याभिमुखं प्रेषयामास Pt.1; नियमापेक्षया R.1.94; वृषला- पेक्षया Mu.1; पौरजनापेक्षया 2 out of regard for; किमकौश- लादुत प्रयोजनापेक्षया 3 with a view to gain some object; प्रथमसुकृतापेक्षया Me.17; दण़्डं शक्त्यपेक्षम् Y.2.26, in proportion to, in accordance with; अत्र व्यङ्ग्यं गुणीभूतं तदपेक्षया वाच्यस्यैव चमत्कारिकत्वात् K. P.1 as compared with it. -4 Connection, relation, dependence as of cause with effect or of individual with species; शरीरसाधनापेक्षं नित्यं यत्कर्म तद्यमः Ak. -5 Care, attention, heed; देशा$पेक्षास्तथा यूयं यातादायाङ्गुलीयकम् Bk.7.49. -6 respect, reference. -7 (In gram.) = आकाङ्क्षा q. v. -Comp. -बुद्धिः (In Vaiśeṣika Phil.) the distinguishing perception by which we apprehend 'this is one', 'this is one' &c. and which gives rise to the notion of duality; see Sarva. chap. 1 where अपेक्षाबुद्धिः = विनाशकविनाशप्रति- योगिनी बुद्धिः; cf. Bhāshā P. द्वित्वादयः परार्धान्ता अपेक्षाबुद्धिजा मताः । अनेकाश्रयपर्याप्ता एते तु परिकीर्तिताः ॥ अपेक्षाबुद्धिनाशाच्च नाश- स्तेषां निरूपितः । 17-8. अपेक्ष्य apēkṣya क्षितव्य kṣitavya क्षणीय kṣaṇīya अपेक्ष्य क्षितव्य क्षणीय pot. p. To be desired, wanted, hoped for, expected, considered &c.; desirable. |
| |
| apratikarman | अप्रतिकर्मन् a. 1 Of unequalled deeds or achievements. -2 Irresistible, irremediable. |
| |
| aprati | अप्रति (ती) कार a. Irremediable, helpless, that cannot be remedied or helped; ˚रेयमापदुपस्थिता K.154. -रः Not remedying, non-requital, non-retaliation. यदि मामप्रतीकारम् । Bg.1.46. |
| |
| abrahman | अब्रह्मन् a. 1 Not accompanied by devotion; wanting in sacred or divine knowledge. -2 Separated from or devoid of Brāhmaṇas; नाब्रह्म क्षत्रमृध्नोति Ms.9.322. -Comp. -विद् a. not knowing Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| abhaya | अभय a. [न. ब.] Free from fear or danger, secure, safe; वैराग्यमेवाभयम् Bh.3.35. -यः [न भयं यस्मात्] 1 An epithet of the Supreme Being, or knowledge concerning that being. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 One devoid of all worldly possessions. -4 One who fearlessly executes scriptural commandments. -5 N. of a Yoga (conjunture or time) favourable to a march or expedition. -6 A refugeoffering pose of the hand of an image; Māna.12. 12-21. See अभयमुद्रा. -या 1 N. of a plant (हरीतकी), Mar. हिरडा). -2 A form of the goddess Durgā. -यम् 1 Absence or removal of fear. -2 Security, safety, protection from fear or danger. मया तस्याभयं दत्तम् Pt.1; अभयस्य हि यो दाता Ms.8.33; Ś.2.17. -2 N. of a sacrificial hymn. -3 The root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूलम्, उशीरम्). -Comp. -कृत् a. 1. not terrific, mild. -2. giving safety. -गिरिवासिन् m. one dwelling on the mountain of safety, N. of a class of Kātyāyana's pupils. -गिरिविहारः Buddhist monastery on the Abhayagiri. -डिण्डिमः 1 proclamation of assurance of safety. -2 a military or war-drum. -द, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. giving a guarantee or promise of safety; भयेष्वभयदः Rām.; ˚प्रद; ऐश्वर्यमभयप्रदः Ms.4.232. (-दः) an Arhat of the Jainas; N. of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिणा, -दानम्, -प्रदानम् giving a promise, assurance, or guarantee of safety or protection (from danger); सर्वप्रदानेष्वभयप्रदानम् (प्रधानम्) Pt.1.29; सर्वतः प्रतिगृह्णीयान्मध्वथाभयदक्षिणाम् Ms.4.247. -पत्रम् a written document or paper granting assurance of safety; cf. the modern 'safe-conduct'. -मुद्रा a variety of mudrā in Tantra literature. -याचना asking for protection; ˚अञ्जलिः; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78. -वचनम्, -वाच् f. an assurance or promise of safety. -सनि a. Ved. giving safety. |
| |
| abhi | अभि ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs and nouns) It means (a) 'to', 'towards', 'in the direction of'; अभिगम् to go towards; अभिया, ˚गमनम्, ˚यानम् &c.; (b) 'for' 'against'; ˚लष्, ˚पत् &c.; (c) 'on', 'upon'; ˚सिञ्च् to sprinkle on &c.; (d) 'over', 'above', 'across'; ˚भू to overpower, ˚तन्; (e) 'greatly'; 'excessively'; ˚कम्प्. -2 (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs, and to adjectives) It expresses (a) intensity or superiority; ˚धर्मः 'supreme duty'; ˚ताम्र 'very red'; R.15.49; ˚नव 'very new'; (b) 'towards', 'in the direction of', forming adv. compounds; ˚चैद्यम्, ˚मुखम्, ˚दूति &c. -3 (As a separable adverb) It means towards, in the direction or vicinity of (opp. अप); in, above, aloft, on the top, (mostly Ved.) -4 (As a preposition with acc.) (a) To, towards, in the direction of, aginst; (with acc. or in comp. in this sense); अभ्यग्नि or अग्निमभि शलभाः पतन्ति; वृक्षमभि द्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; Śi.9.56,4; अभ्यर्कबिम्बं स्थितः Ś.7.11. (b) Near, before, in front or presence of; प्रियमभि कुसुमोद्यतस्य बाहोः Śi.7.32;15.58. (c) On, upon, with regard or reference to; सायमण्डलमभि त्वरयन्त्यः Ki.9.6; साधुर्देवदत्तो मातरमभि Sk. (d) Severally, one after another (in a distributive sense); वृक्षं वृक्षमभि सिञ्चति Sk.; भूतभूतमभि प्रभुः Bop. By अभिरभाग P.I.4.91. अभि has all the senses of अनु given in I. P.4.9 except that of भाग; e. g. (लक्षणे) हरिमभि वर्तते; (इन्थंभूताख्याने) भक्तो हरिमभि; (वीप्सायाम्), देवं देवमभि सिञ्चति; but यदत्र ममाभिष्यात् तद्दीयताम्; प्राज्ञो गोविन्द- मभितिष्ठति Bop. (e) In, into, to; Śi.8.6. (f.) For, for the sake of, on account of (Ved.). According to G. M. अभि has these senses :- अभि पूजाभृशार्थेच्छासौम्याभि- मुख्यसौरूप्यवचनाहारस्वाध्यायेषु; e. g. पूजायाम्, अभिवन्दते; भृशे, अभिनिवेशः; इच्छायाम्; अभिलाषः, अभिकः; सौम्ये or माधुर्ये, अभिजातः; आभिमुख्ये, अभिमुखम्, अभ्यग्नि; सौरूप्ये, अभिरूपम्; वचने, अभिधत्ते; आहारे, अभ्यवहरति; स्वाध्याये, अभ्यस्यति. [cf. L. ob; Gr. amphi; Zend aibi or aiwi, Goth. bi; also umbi um]. |
| |
| abhicakṣaṇam | अभिचक्षणम् Ved. Means of defence; (magical) remedy; Av.6.127.2. -णा Viewing, indicating; Av. 9 2.21. |
| |
| abhijñā | अभिज्ञा 9 U. 1 To recognize, discern; (सा) नाभ्य- जानान्नलं नृपम् Mb. -2 To know, understand, be acquainted with, be aware of, perceive; अहं हि नाभिजानाभि भवेदेवं न वेति वा Mb.; Bg.18.55,4.14;7.13; भवदभिज्ञातं कथयतु Dk.3,78. -3 To look upon, consider or regard as, know to be. -4 To admit, own, acknowledge; न पुत्रम- भिजानामि त्वयि जातम् Mb. -5 To remember, recollect; used with the Future instead of the Imperfect. Imperfect with यत्, or both when interdependence of two actions is denoted, P.III.2.112,114; cf. Bk.6.138,139. |
| |
| abhijña | अभिज्ञ a. [ज्ञा-क्र] 1 Knowing, aware of, one who understands or is acquainted with, experiencing or having had experience of (with gen. or loc. in comp.); कान्तारवनदुर्गाणामभिज्ञा Rām.4.39.28. यद्वा कौशलमिन्द्रसूनुदमने तत्राप्यभिज्ञो जनः U.5.34; अभिज्ञाच्छेदपातानां क्रियन्ते नन्दनद्रुमाः Ku.2.41, Me.16; R.7.64; अनभिज्ञो भवान्सेवाधर्मस्य Pt.1. -2 Skilled in, conversant with, proficient, skilful, clever; यदि त्वमीदृशः कथायामभिज्ञः U.4., see अनभिज्ञ also. -ज्ञः Brahmā, The Almighty; देहाद्यपार्थमसदन्त्यमभिज्ञमात्रं विन्देत ते तर्हि सर्वमनीषितार्थम् Bhāg.12.8.44. -ज्ञा 1 Recognition. -2 Remembrance, recollection; अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III. 2.112. -3 A supernatural faculty or power of which five kinds are usually mentioned:- (1) taking any form at will; (2) hearing to any distance; (3) seeing to any distance; (4) penetrating men's thoughts; (5) knowing their state and antecedents. Monier Williams. cf. नामस्मृत्योरभिज्ञा स्यात् Nm. |
| |
| abhijñānam | अभिज्ञानम् 1 Recognition; तदभिज्ञानहेतोर्हि दत्तं तेन महात्मना Rām. (अभिज्ञान is a combination of अनुभव or direct perception and स्मृति or recollection; a sort of direct perception assisted by the memory; as when we say 'this is the same man I saw yesterday' सो$यं ह्यो दृष्टो नरः, अनुभव or direct perception leading to the identification expressed by अयम् and the memory leading to the reference to past action expressed by सः). -2 Remembrance, recollection; knowledge, ascertainment. -3 (a) A sign or token of recognition (person or thing); वत्स योगिन्यस्मि मालत्यभिज्ञानं च धारयामि Māl.9; Bk.8.118,124; R.12. 62; Me.114; उपपन्नेरभिज्ञानैर्दूतं तमवगच्छत Rām. -4 The dark portion in the dise of the moon. cf. अभिज्ञानं स्मृतावपि । गर्वे ज्ञाने च हिंसायां प्रणवे च समीरितम् Nm. -Comp. -आमरणम् a recognition-ornament, a token-ring. अभिज्ञानाभरणदर्शनेन शापो निवर्तिष्यते Ś.4. -पत्रम् a certificate, letter of recommendation. -शाकुन्तलम् N. of a celebrated drama by Kālidāsa in seven acts, in which king Duṣyanta marries Kaṇva's foster daughter Śakuntalā by the Gāndharva form of marriage, forgets all about her owing to the curse of Durvāsas, but ultimately recollects, at the sight of the token-ring (अभिज्ञान) that he had duly married her; अभिज्ञानेन स्मृता शकुन्तला अभि- ज्ञानशकुन्तला; तामधिकृत्य कृतं नाटकं˚ शाकुन्तलम्; (the reading ˚शाकुन्तलम् is grammatically indefensible). |
| |
| abhitāpaḥ | अभितापः Extreme heat, whether of body or mind; agitation, affliction, great distress or pain; Śi.9.1; Ki.9.4; बलवान्पुनर्मे मनसो$भितापः V.3. |
| |
| abhidharmaḥ | अभिधर्मः The supreme truth or Metaphysics according to Buddhistic dogmas. -Comp. -पिटकः 'basket of Metaphysics', one of the three sections (पिटक) of Buddhist holy writings which treat of अभिधर्म. |
| |
| abhinanda | अभिनन्द a. That which delights, encourages, praises &c. -न्दः 1 Rejoicing, delighting, joy, delight. Bṛi. Up. 6.2.13. -2 Praising, applauding, approving, greeting, congratulating. -3 Wish, desire. -4 Encouraging, inciting to action. -5 Very little happiness (सुखलव). -6 An epithet of परमात्मन् the Supreme Being. -7 N. of a commentator on the अमरकोश. -8 N. of the author of the योगवासिष्ठसार. -न्दा Delight; wish, desire. |
| |
| abhirāj | अभिराज् a. Reigning everywhere, supreme. |
| |
| abhivimāna | अभिविमान a. Of unlimited dimensions, an epithet of the Supreme Being; यस्त्वेतमेवम् प्रादेशमात्रमभिविमानमात्मानम् वैश्वानरमुपास्ते Chānd. Up.5.18.1. |
| |
| abhyātta | अभ्यात्त p. p. 1 Obtained, got. -2 Occupied or pervaded; epithet of the Supreme Being. |
| |
| abhyupāyaḥ | अभ्युपायः 1 A promise, an engagement, agreement. -2 A means, an expedient, remedy; अस्मिन्सुराणां विजया- भ्युपाये Ku.3.19; यैरभ्युपायैरेनांसि मानवो व्यपकर्षति Ms.11.21. |
| |
| amanas | अमनस् अमनस्क a. 1 Without the organ of desire, thought &c. -2 Devoid of intellect (as a child). -3 Inattentive, careless. -4 Having no control over the mind. -5 Devoid of affection. n. (-नः) 1 Not the organ of desire, non-perception. -2 Inattention. m. The Supreme Being. -Comp. -गत a. Unknown, unthought of. -नीत, -ज्ञ a. Disapproved, condemned; reprobate. -योगः Absence of concentration of mind, inattention. -हर a. displeasing, disagreeable. |
| |
| amala | अमल a. [न. ब.] 1 Free from dirt or impurities, pure, undefiled, stainless, spotless; कपालमेवामलशेखरश्रीः । (बभूव) Ku.7.32,33; लोकानमलान् प्रतिपद्यते Bg.14.14. अमलाः सुहृदः Pt.2.171 pure, sincere. -2 White, bright, shining; कर्णावसक्तामलदन्तपत्रम् Ku.7.23; R.6.8. -ला 1 N. of the goddess Lakṣmī. -2 The navel cord. -3 N. of a tree (Mar. आंवळा) Emblica Officinalis Gaertn; also of a plant (सातलावृक्ष) also n. in this sense. यथा वै द्वे वामलके Ch. Up.7.3.1. -लम् 1 Purity. -2 Talc. -3 The Supreme Spirit. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. Of pure or undefiled mind. -गर्भः N. of a Bodhisattva. -पतत्रिन् m. (त्री) the wild goose; माधुर्यादमलपतत्रिणां कुलानि Śi.8. 12. -रत्नम्, -मणिः a crystal. |
| |
| amātra | अमात्र a. [नास्ति मात्रा इयत्ता यस्य] 1 Boundless, immeasurable; अमात्रं त्वा धिषणा तित्विषे Rv.1.12.7. -2 Not whole or entire. -3 Not elementary. -4 Having the measure or quantity of the letter अ. -त्रम् 1 Non-measure. -2 Not a measure or quantity. -त्रः The Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| amāya | अमाय a. 1 Not cunning or sagacious, guileless, sincere, honest. -2 Immeasurable. -या 1 Absence of fraud or deceit, honesty, sincerity. -2 (In Vedānta Phil.) Absence of delusion or error, knowledge of the supreme truth. -यम् The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). |
| |
| amṛta | अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45. |
| |
| amedhya | अमेध्य a. 1 Not able or allowed to sacrifice. -2 Unfit for a sacrifice; नामेध्यं प्रक्षिपेदग्नौ Ms.4.53,56; 5.5,132. -2 Unholy, filthy, foul, dirty, impure; उच्छिष्टमपि चामेध्यं भोजनं तामसप्रियम् Bg.17.1.; Bh.3.16. -ध्यम् 1 Excrement, ordure; सुमुत्सृजेद्राजमार्गे यस्त्वमेध्यम- नापदि Ms.9.282;5.126,128;12.71. -2 An unlucky or inauspicious omen, अमेध्यं दृष्ट्वा सूर्यमुपतिष्ठेत Kāty. -Comp. -कुणपाशिन् a. feeding on carrion. -युक्त, -लिप्त a. smeared with ordure, foul, defiled, dirty; Ms.4.56. -लेपः smearing with ordure. |
| |
| ayava | अयव a. 1 Deficient. -2 Having worthless or no barley, such as a religious ceremony (also अयवक in this sense). -वः 1 Name of a worm bred in excrement -2 (अयवन् m., अयवस् n. also). The dark half of the month; पूर्वपक्षा वै यवा अपरपक्षा वा अयवास्ते हीदं सर्वं युवते चायुवते च Śat. Br. -3 An incongruous enemy. |
| |
| ayoga | अयोग a. 1 Unconnected with. -2 Indistinctly connected. -3 Making vigorous efforts. -गः 1 Separation, disjunction, interval. -2 Unfitness, impropriety, incongruity. -3 An improper conjunction. -4 Inefficacy of a remedy or medicine (as of a purgative of emetic). -5 Strong or vigorous effort. -6 Medical treatment against the symptoms. -7 Non-application or misapplication of remedies. -8 A sort of disease (cured by prescribing emetics). -9 A widower; absent lover or husband (विधुर). -1 A hammer (for अयोग्र, अयोघन). -11 Dislike. -12 A conjunction of two planets (also inauspicious). -13 Falling from the practice of Yoga; दत्तस्त्वयोगादथ योगनाथः Bhāg.6.8.16. -Comp. -वाहः a term for अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, उपध्मानीय, and जिह्वामूलीय as standing between vowels and consonants; अनुस्वारो विसर्गश्च कपौ चैव परिश्रितौ । अयोगवाहा विज्ञेया आश्रयस्थानभागिनः ॥ |
| |
| ari | अरि a. [ऋ-इन्] Moving, going, reaching; obtaining, aspiring, devoted to, zealous (Ved.). -रिः 1 An enemy, foe (cf. Uṇ.4.138); (used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', 'not worshipping or devoted', 'hostile'); विजितारिपुरःसरः R.1.59,61; 4.4. -2 An enemy of mankind (said of the six feelings which disturb man's mind); कामः क्रोध- स्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1.9. -3 A species of खदिर or Mimosa (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खैर). -4 N. of the number six (from the six enemies). -5 N. of a condition in astronomy. -6 Any part of a carriage. -7 A wheel, also a disk, अन्यो$न्यहस्तकलितैः कति मूर्तिभेदाः, शम्भोर्हरेरिव गदारिसरोजशङ्खैः Līlā. -8 A lord, master. -9 The wind. -1 A pious or religious man. -Comp. -कर्षण a. tamer or subduer of enemies. -कुलम् 1 a host of enemies. -2 an enemy, -केलिः Sport of a foe, sexual enjoyment cf. अरिकेलिः शत्रुलीला स्त्रीरत्योश्चापि कीर्तितः Nm. -गूर्त a. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers. -घ्नः destroyer of enemies. -चिन्तनम्, -चिन्ता schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs. -त्र a. protecting from enemies. -धायस् a. possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious) -नन्दन a. "an enemy's joy", affording triumph to an enemy. -निपातः invasion made by enemies. -भद्रः the foremost or most powerful enemy; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14.31. -मर्दः 'curshing enemies, N. of a plant (काममर्द; Mar. कासविंदा). -मर्दन a. crushing or trampling foes, destroying enemies. -मेदः N. of a tree (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खरै); N. of a country; Bṛi. S. 14.2. -मेदकः N. of an insect bred in excrement. -स्थानकम् consternation, defeat. -सूदनः, -हन्, -हिंसकः destroyer of enemies; पूजार्हावरिसूदन Bg.2.4. हरिहयो$रिह- योगविचक्षणः R.9.18. |
| |
| ātman | आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare. |
| |
| ātmībhāvaḥ | आत्मीभावः Identification with the Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| ātyantika | आत्यन्तिक a. (-की f.) [अत्यन्त भवार्थे ठञ्] 1 Continual, uninterrupted, endless, infinite, permanent, everlasting; स आत्यन्तिको भविष्यति Mu.4; विष्णुगुप्तहतकस्यात्यन्ति- कश्रेयसे 2.15; Ms.2.242; Bg.6.21. -2 Excessive, abundant, superlative. -3 Supreme, absolute; आत्यन्तिकी स्वत्वनिवृत्तिः Mitā. -Comp. -दुःखनिवृत्तिः f. absolution. -प्रलयः the grand or universal destruction of the world. |
| |
| ādi | आदि a. 1 First, primary, primitive; निदानं त्वादिकारणम् Ak. -2 Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below. -3 First in time existing before. -दीः 1 Beginning, commencement (opp. अन्त); अप एव ससर्जादौ तासु बीजमवासृजत् Ms.1.8; Bg.3.41; अनादि &c.; जगदादिरनादिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with', 'et cætera', 'and others', 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), 'such like'; इन्द्रादयो देवाः the gods Indra and others (इन्द्रः आदिर्येषां ते); एवमादि this and the like; भ्वादयो धातवः भू and others, or words beginning with भू, are called roots; oft. used by Pāṇini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; अदादि, दिवादि, स्वादि &c. -2 First part of portion. -3 A firstling, first-fruits. -4 Prime cause. -5 Nearness. -6 One of the seven parts of Sāma; अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत यत्किंच वाचो हुमिति स हिंकारो यत्प्रेति स प्रस्तावो यदेति स आदिः Ch. Up.2.8.1. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 having beginning and end. -2 first and last. (-तम्) beginning and end. -˚यमकम् N. of a figure in poetry. cf. Bk.1.21. ˚वत् having beginning and end, finite. ˚अन्तर्वर्तिन् a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all. -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the first syllable. -उपान्तम् ind. from first to last. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator, an epithet of Brahmā or Viṣnu; गरीयसे ब्रह्मणो$प्यादिकर्त्रे Bg.11.37; विशेषणे द्वे य इहादिकर्तुर्वदेदधीती स हि कैयटीयः Śab. Kau. -कर्मन् n. the beginning of an action. -कविः 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahmā and of Vālmīki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; (तेने ब्रह्म हृदा य आदिकवये मुह्यन्ति यत्सूरयः Bhāg.1.1.1.) and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of poets'; when he beheld one of a pair of Krauñcha birds being killed by a fowler, he cursed the wretch, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse (श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः); he was subsequently told by Brahmā to compose the life of Rāma, and he thus gave to the world the first poem in Sanskrit, the Rāmāyaṇa; cf. U.2. Viṣkambhaka. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कारणम् the first or primary cause (of the universe), which, according to the Vedāntins, is Brahman; while, according to the Naiyāyikas and particalarly the Vaiśeṣikas, atoms are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. -2 analysis. -3 algebra. -काव्यम् the first poem; i. e. the Rāmāyaṇa; see आदिकवि. -केशवः N. of Viṣṇu. -जिनः N. of Ṛiṣabha, the first तीर्थंकर. -तालः a sort of musical time or ताल; एक एव लघुर्यत्र आदितालः स कथ्यते. -दीपकम् N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence). cf. Bk.1.23. -देवः 1 the first or Supreme God; पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यं आदिदेव- मजं विभुम् Bg.1.12,11.38. -2 Nārāyaṇa or Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 Brahmā; Mb.12.188.2. -5 the sun. -दैत्यः an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu. -नाथः N. of Ādibuddha. -पर्वन् n. 'the first section or chapter', N. of the first book of the Mahābhārata. -पुराणम् the first Purāṇa, N. of the Brahma-Purāṇa. N. of a Jaina religious book. -पु (पू) रुषः 1 the first or primeval being, the lord of the creation. -2 Viṣṇu, Kṛiṣṇa, or Nārāyaṇa; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6; तमर्घ्यमर्घ्यादिकयादिपूरुषः Śi.1.14. -बलम् generative power; first vigour. -बुद्ध a. perceived in the beginning. (-द्धः) the primitive Buddha. -भव, -भूत a. produced at first. (-वः, -तः) 1 'the first-born', primeval being, an epithet of Brahmā; इत्युक्त्वादिभवो देवः Bhāg.7.3.22. -2 also N. of Viṣṇu; रसातलादादि. भवेन पुंसा R.13.8. -3 an elder brother. (-तम्) minute five elements (पञ्चमहाभूतानि); नष्टे लोके द्विपरार्धावसाने महा- भूतेष्वादिभूतं गतेषु Bhāg.1.3.25. -मूलम् first foundation, primeval cause. -योगाचार्यः 'the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Śiva. -रसः the first of he 8 Rasas, i. e. शृङ्गार or love. -राजः the first king पृथु; an epithet of Manu. -रूपम् Symptom (of disease). -वंशः primeval race, primitive family. -वराहः 'the first boar', an epithet of Visṇu, alluding to his third or boar-incarnation. -विद्वस् m. the first learned man; कपिल. -विपुला f. N. of an Āryā metre. -वृक्षः N. of a plant (Mar. आपटा). -शक्तिः f. 1 the power of माया or illusion. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -शरीरम् 1. the primitive body. -2 ignorance. -3 the subtle body. -सर्गः the first creation. |
| |
| ādāraḥ | आदारः Ved. 1 Allurement, attraction, an instigator (Sāy.). -2 N. of a plant used instead of Soma (when it is not available). |
| |
| ādhikārika | आधिकारिक a. (-की f.) 1 Supreme, superior, relating to a person or thing in authority. -2 Official, belonging to any office or duty. |
| |
| ādhirājyam | आधिराज्यम् [अधिराजस्य भावः कर्म वा ष्यञ्] Royalty, sovereignty, supreme sway; बभौ भूयः कुमारत्वादाधिराज्य- मवाप्य सः R.17.3; Mu.2. |
| |
| ādhāraḥ | आधारः [आ-धृ घञ्; आध्रियन्ते$स्मिन्क्रियाः इति Kāśi.) 1 Support, prop, stay; इत्याधारानुरोधात्त्रिपुरविजयिनः पातु वो दुःखनृत्तम् (Some annotators explain आधार as local conditions); Mu.1.2. -2 (Hence) Power of sustaining, aid, patronage, assistance; त्वमेव चातकाधारः Bh.2.5. -3 A receptacle, reservoir; तिष्ठन्त्याप इवाधारे Pt.1.67; चराचराणां भूतानां कुक्षिराधारतां गतः Ku.6.67; अपामिवाधारमनु- त्तरङ्गम् Ku.3.48; तोयाधारपथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14; आधारः क्षमाम्भसाम् K.44; Y.3.144,165. -4 That which holds or contains, a vessel, recipient. -5 A part, character (in dramas); भेदैः सूक्ष्मैरभिव्यक्तैः प्रत्याधारं विभज्यते Mv.1.3. -6 A basin round the foot of a tree; आधारबन्धप्रमुखैः प्रयत्नैः R.5.6. -7 A dike, dam, embankment. -8 A canal. -9 The sense of the locative case, location, comprehension; आधारो$धिकरणम्; (आधार is of 3 kinds. -- औपश्लेषिक, वैषयिक, and अभिव्यापक see Sk. on P.I.4.45). -1 Relation. -11 A ray. cf. आधार आलवाले$म्बुबन्धे च किरणे$पि च Nm. -Comp. -आधेयभावः the influence, relation, or action of the support or recipient upon the thing received or supported; H.3.12. -चक्रम् N. of a mystical circle on the posterior part of the body; Rasikaramaṇa. -शक्तिः f. 1 Māyā or illusion. -2 the Supreme goddess. |
| |
| ādhyātmika | आध्यात्मिक a. (-की f.) [आत्मानं अधिकृत्य भवः ठञ्] 1 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -2 Spiritual, holy; जपयज्ञप्रसिद्धर्थं्य विद्यां चाध्यात्मिकीं जपेत् Y.1.11; Ms.2.117 -3 Relating to self. -4 Caused by the mind (pain, sorrow &c.); see आधिदैविक. |
| |
| ādhyai | आध्यै 1 P. To think on, meditate, remember. |
| |
| ādhyā | आध्या [आध्या-अङ्] Remembering, especially with regret, sorrowful recollection. |
| |
| ādhyānam | आध्यानम् 1 Anxiety. -2 Remembering with regret, pensive or sorrowful recollection; आध्यानमुत्कण्ठापूर्वक- स्मरणम् Sk. -3 Meditating or reflecting upon. |
| |
| ānandaḥ | आनन्दः [आनन्द्-घञ्] 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न बिभेति कदाचन T. Up. supreme bliss of felicity; आनन्द एवास्य विज्ञानमात्मानन्दात्मनो हैवं सर्वे देवाः Śat. Br. -2 God, Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्) (said to be n. also in this sense; cf. विज्ञानमानन्दं ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 N. of Balarāma (according to Jaina doctrines). -7 N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras. -8 A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. -दा, -दी N. of two plants (Mar. भाङ्ग, रानमोगरी). -दम् 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A kind of house. -Comp. -अर्णवः the delight of Brahman. -काननम्, -वनम् N. of Kāśi. -गिरिः, -ज्ञानः, -ज्ञानगिरिः N of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya. -ज a. caused by joy (as tears). -तीर्थः N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaiśṇava school of philosophy. -द, -कर a. exhilarating, delighting. -करः The moon; दधार सर्वात्मकमात्मभूतं काष्ठा यथानन्दकरं मनस्तः Bhāg. 1.2.18. -दत्तः [आनन्दो दत्तो येन] the membrum virile. -पटः [आनन्दजनको पटः] a bridal garment. -पूर्ण a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-र्णः) the Supreme Spirit. -प्रभवः semen. -भैरव a. causing both joy and fear. (-वः) N. of Śiva. -लहरिः, -री f. 'wave of enjoyment', title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī. |
| |
| ānandamaya | आनन्दमय a. Blissful, full of joy, made up or consisting of happiness; सुषुप्तिस्थान एकीभूतः प्रज्ञानघन एवानन्दमयो ह्यानन्दभुक् Māṇḍ. Up.5. -यः The Supreme Spirit; Br. Sū.1.1.12. -या A form of Durgā. ˚कोशः the innermost wrapper or vesture of the body, causal frame enshrining the soul; see कोश. |
| |
| āpta | आप्त p. p. [आप्-क्त] 1 Got, obtained, gained; ˚कामः, शापः &c. -2 Reached, overtaken, equalled, engrossed; यदिदं सर्वं मृत्युनाप्तं सर्वं मृत्युनाभिपन्नं केन यजमानो मृत्योराप्तिमतिमुच्यते Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -3 Reaching to, extending as far as. -4 Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.). -5 Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); कुमारभृत्याकुशलैरनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैः R.3.12;5.39; आप्ताः सर्वेषु वर्णेषु Ms.8.63. -6 (a) Clever, skilful; प्राजकश्चेद्भवेदाप्तः Ms.8.294. (b) Apt, fit. -7 Full, complete, abundant; न सत्यं दानमानौ वा यज्ञो वाप्याप्तदक्षिणः Rām.2.3.35. यजेत राजा क्रतुभिर्विविधैराप्त- दक्षिणैः Ms.7.79. -8 True, exact. -9 Intimate, closely related, acquainted; कन्यायाः किल पूजयन्ति पितरो जामातुराप्तं जनम् U.4.17 relatives; Ms.5.11. -1 Appointed. -11 Generally received, commonly used; authentic. -12 Accused, prosecuted. -13 Reasonable, sensible. -14 Beneficial, useful; अधिष्ठितं हयज्ञेन सूतेनाप्तोपदेशिना Rām.6.9.1. -प्तः 1 A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; आप्तः यथार्थवक्ता T. S. -2 A relative, friend; निग्रहात्स्वसुराप्तानां वधाच्च धनदानुजः R.12.52; कथमाप्तवर्गो$यं भवत्याः M.5; Y.1.28, 2.71; Ms.2.19;8.64. -3 An Arhat. -प्ता A twisted lock of hair (जटा). -प्तम् 1 A quotient. -2 (In Math.) Equation of a degree. -Comp. -आगमः Proper knowledge परोक्षमाप्तागमात् सिद्धम् Sāṅ. K.6. -आधीन a. Dependent on trustworthy person. -उक्तिः f. 1 an augment. -2 an affix. -3 a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see आप्तवाच् also. -काम a. 1 one who has obtained his desire; येनाक्रमन्त्यृषयो ह्याप्रकामाः Muṇḍa.3.1.6. -2 one who has renounced all worldly desires and attachments. (-मः) the Supreme Soul. -कारिन् a. doing things in a fit or confidential manner; अरक्षिता गृहे रुद्धाः पुरुषैराप्तकारिभिः Ms.9.12. m. a trusty, agent or confidential servant; तस्माद्गच्छन्तु पुरुषाः स्मारणायाप्तकारिणः Mb.3.239.17. -गर्भा a pregnant woman. -दक्षिण a. having proper or abundant gifts. -वचनम् 1 received text or authority, revelation. -2 the words of a credible or trustworthy person; R.11.42, इत्याप्तवचनाद्रामो विनेष्यन्वर्णविक्रियाम् 15.48. -वाक्यम् a true or correct sentence; आप्तवाक्यं शब्दः T. S. -वचनम् above. cf. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु Sāṅ. K.5. -वाच् a. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; पराति- संधानमधीयते यैर्विद्येति ते सन्तु किलाप्तवाचः Ś.5.25. f. 1 the advice of a friend or credible person. -2 the Vedas or Śruti; a word of authority (said to apply to Smṛitis, Ithihāsas and Purāṇas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वा प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -श्रुतिः f. 1 the Vedas. -2 Smṛitis &c. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु । Sāṅ. K.5. |
| |
| āpad | आपद् f. [आ-पद्-क्विप्] A calamity, misfortune, danger, distress, adversity; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् Ki.2.3,14; प्रायो गच्छति यत्र भाग्यरहितस्तत्रैव यान्त्यापदः Bh.2.9; आपदि स्था, आपदं प्राप् to fall into difficulty. -Comp. -कल्पः an alternative to be used in times of difficulty; -कालः days of adversity, time of distress, hour of danger; अब्राह्मणादध्ययनमापत्काले विधीयते Ms.2.241,11.28. -कालिक a. (-का, -की f.) occurring in time of difficulty. -गत, -ग्रस्त, -प्राप्त 1 fallen into misfortune, involved in difficulties. -2 unfortunate, unhappy, distressed. -धर्मः [आपदि कर्तव्यो धर्मः] a practice, profession, or course of procedure, not usually proper for a caste, but allowable in times of extreme distress or calamity; Ms.1.116, एते चतुर्णां वर्णानामापद्धर्माः प्रकीर्तिताः 1.13. (-मम्) 1 N. of a पर्व in Bhārata. -2 A series of calamities; पीडा चापदकालश्च Mb.12.59.47. |
| |
| āmnāta | आम्नात p. p. 1 Considered, regarded, said to be; समौ हि शिष्टैराम्नातौ वर्त्स्यन्तावामयः स (शत्रुः) च Śi.2.1. -2 Studied, repeated. -3 Remembered, kept in mind. -4 Handed down in sacred texts or traditionally. -तम् Study. |
| |
| āyattiḥ | आयत्तिः f. [आ-यत्-क्तिन्] 1 Dependence, subjection. -2 Affection. -3 Strength, power, might. -4 Boundary, limit. -5 An expedient, remedy. -6 Majesty, dignity. -7 A day. -8 Steadiness of conduct, continuance in the right path. -9 Length. -1 Future time (These two senses should perhaps be referred to आयति q. v.). |
| |
| āyus | आयुस् n. [इ-असि-णिच्च Uṇ.2.117] 1 Life, duration of life; दीर्घमायुः R.9.62,12.48; तक्षकेणापि दष्टस्य आयुर्मर्माणि रक्षति H.2.16; आयुर्वर्षशतं नृणां परिमितम् Bh.3.17, शतायुर्वै पुरुषः Ait. Br.; प्राणो हि भूतानामायुः । तस्मात्सर्वायुषमुच्यते सर्वमेव त आयुर्यान्ति Tait. Up.2.3.1 -2 Vital power. -3 Food. -4 N. of a ceremony called आयुष्टोम performed to secure long life, together with the गो and ज्योतिस् part of the अभिप्लव ceremony. (In comp. the final स् of this word is changed to ष् before hard consonants, and to र् before soft ones). -Comp. -कर a. (-री f.) promoting long life; K.351. -काम a. wishing for long life or health. -कृत् a. giving or producing life. -द्रव्यम् 1 a medicament. -2 ghee. -योगः N. of a योग in astronomy. -वृद्धिः f. long life, longevity. -वेदः [आयुरस्मिन् विद्यते$नेन वा आयुर्विंदतीत्यायुर्वेदः Suśr.] the science of health or medicine, counted as a sacred science, and regarded as a supplement to the Atharvaveda; (it comprises 8 different departments; (1) शल्यम् surgery; (2) शालाक्यम् diagnosis of diseases belonging to the head and its organs; (3) कायचिकित्सा treatment of diseases of the whole body; (4) भूतविद्या treatment of diseases of the mind supposed to be caused by the influence of evil spirits; (5) कौमारभृत्यम् treatment of children; (6) अगदतन्त्रम् doctrine of antidotes; (7) रसायनतन्त्रम् doctrine of elixirs; and (8) वाजीकरणतन्त्रम् treatment of remedies to increase generative power); Śukra.4.277. -वेददृश्, -वेदमय, -वेदिक, -वेदिन् a. 1 belonging to medicine. -2 acquainted with medical science, medical. m. a physician. -शेषः 1 remainder of life; ˚शेषतया Pt.1; ˚जीवित Pt.4 being destined to live longer. -2 end or decline of life. -स्तोमः (आयुष्ठोमः) a sacrifice performed to obtain long life. |
| |
| ārādhanam | आराधनम् 1 Pleasing, satisfaction, entertainment, gratification; येषामाराधनाय U.1; यदि वा जानकीमपि, आरा- धनाय लोकानां मुञ्चतो नास्ति मे व्यथा 1.12.41. -2 Serving, worshipping, adoration, propitiation (as of a deity); आराधनायास्य सखीसमेताम् Ku.1.58; Bg.7.22; कृतमाराधनं रवेः Mb. -3 A means of pleasing; इदं तु ते भक्तिनम्रं सता- माराधनं वपुः Ku.6.73. -4 Honouring, respecting; सम्बन्धे विपरीतमेव तदभूदाराधनं ते मयि U.4.17. -5 Cooking. -6 Accomplishment, undertaking. -7 Acouirement, attainment; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -ना Service. -नी Worship, adoration, propitiation (of a deity). आराधनीय ārādhanīya आराध्य ārādhya आराधनीय आराध्य pot. p. 1 Fit to be worshipped or propitiated; सो$हं कथं नाम तवाचरेयमाराधनीयस्य ऋषेर्विधानम् R.16.82. -2 To become accomplished. |
| |
| āsattiḥ | आसत्तिः f. [आ-सद्-क्तिन्] 1 Meeting, junction. -2 Intimate union, nearness, close contact; किमपि किमपि मन्दं मन्दमासत्तियोगात् U.1.27. -3 Gain, profit, acquirement. -4 (In Logic) Proximity, the absence of interruption in the apprehension of what is said; relation between two or more proximate terms and the sense conveyed by them; कारणं सन्निधानं तु पदस्या- सत्तिरुच्यते Bhāṣā P.83; वाक्यं स्याद् योग्यताकाङ्क्षासत्तियुक्तः पदोच्चयः S. D.2. -5 Embarrassment, perplexity; न च ते क्वचिदासत्तिर्बुद्धेः प्रादुर्भविष्यति Mb.12.52.17. आसदनम् -1 Gain, profit. -2 Contact, union. -3 Nearness, proximity. -4 The act of sitting down. -5 A seat. |
| |
| āsthāpanam | आस्थापनम् 1 Placing, fixing, causing to stay or remain. -2 A strengthening remedy. -3 An enema of oil or ghee. |
| |
| āhāra | आहार a. (रा or री f.) 1 Bringing near, procuring, getting; भाराहारः कार्यवशात् Sk. -2 Going to fetch; अयं गच्छति भर्ता मे फलाहारो महावनम् Mb.3.296.23. -रः 1 Taking, fetching, or bringing near; निर्गतस्तु पुराद्वीरो भक्ष्याहारप्रचोदितः Rām.7.68.2. -2 Employing, using. -3 Taking food. -4 Food; (आहरन्ति रसमस्मादित्याहारः Sk.); ˚वृत्तिमकरोत् Pt.1 took his dinner; फलाहार, ˚वृत्तिः means of livelihood; भैक्षाहारः living on alms; यवाहार, निराहार &c. -Comp. -अर्थिन् a. begging or seeking for food. -तेजस् Quicksilver. -निःसरणमार्गः the posterior part, passage of voiding excrements. -पाकः 1 cooking. -2 digestion (of food). -विरहः want of food, privation, starvation. -संभवः the juice of the body, chyle, lymph. |
| |
| ita | इत p. p. [इ-क्त] 1 gone to; रुचिरं कमनीयत रागमिता Śi.6.71. -2 Returned. -3 Obtained. -4 Remembered. -5 Attended by; स खलु तुरगैः सप्तभिरितः K. P.1. -तम् 1 Course, mode of going. -2 A way. -3 Knowledge. |
| |
| ijya | इज्य pot. p. (of यज्) To be worshipped. -ज्यः 1 A teacher; हंसा य एकं बहुरूपमिज्यैर्मायामयं वेद स वेद वेदम् Bhāg.11.12.23. -2 An epithet of ब्रहस्पति, the teacher of the gods. -3 The Puṣya Nakṣatra. -4 The Supreme Being; स्वधीः कलत्रादिषु भौम इज्यधीः Bhāg.1.84.13. -5 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -ज्या 1 A sacrifice; जगत्प्रकाशं तदशेषमिज्यया R.3.48,1.68,15.2; Bg.11.53, भूतानि यान्ति भूतेज्याः 9.25. -2 A gift, donation. -3 An image. -4 Worship, reverence. -5 Meeting, union. -6 A bawd or procuress. -7 A cow. -Comp. -शीलः a constant sacrificer. |
| |
| indha | इन्ध a. [इन्ध्-अच्] Kindling, lighting. -धः [इन्ध्-घञ्] 1 Fuel. -2 The Supreme Being; इन्धो ह वै नामैष यो$यं दक्षिणे$क्षन्पुरुषः Bri. Up.4.2.2. |
| |
| īś | ईश् m. A master, lord, the Supreme Spirit. ईशा- बास्यमिदं सर्वम् Īśop.1. |
| |
| īśa | ईश a. [ईश्-क] 1 Owning, possessing, sharing, master or lord of; see below. -2 One who is completely master of anything. -3 Capable of (with gen.) -4 Powerful, supreme. -शः 1 A lord, master; with gen. or in comp.; कथंचिदीशा मनसां बभूवुः Ku.3.34 with great difficulty controlled (were masters of) their minds; so वागीश, सुरेश &c. -2 A husband. -3 A Rudra. -4 The number 11 (derived from the eleven Rudras). -5 N. of Śiva (as regent of the north-east quarter. -6 The Supreme god (परमेश्वर); व्यक्ताव्यक्तं भरते विश्वमीश- मीड्यम् Śevt. Up.1.8; प्रसादये त्वामहमीशमीड्यम् Bg.11.44. श्रीवत्सधामापररात्र ईशः Bhāg.6.8.22. -शा 1 Supremacy, power, dominion, greatness. Śvet. Up.4.7. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 A woman having supremacy; a rich lady. -Comp. -कान्तः A class of the eleven-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.1.11). -कोणः the north-east quarter. -गीता f. N. of a section of the Kūrma Purāṇa. -दण्डः Axle-pole or a car. -पुरी, -नगरी N. of Benares. -बलम् the missile पाशुपत. -सखः an epithet of Kubera. |
| |
| īśvara | ईश्वर a. (-रा, -री f.) [ईश्-वरच् P.III.2.175] 1 Powerful, able, capable of (with inf.); वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रिया- स्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11; R.15.7. -2 Rich, wealthy Pt.2.67. -रः 1 A lord, master; ईश्वरं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14; so कपीश्वरः, कोशलेश्वरः, हृदयेश्वरः &c. -2 A king, prince, ruler; राज्यमस्तमितेश्वरम् R.12.11; Ms.4.153, 9.278. -3 A rich or great man; तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम् Pt.1.71; R.3.46; Bh.3.59; मा प्रयच्छेश्वरे धनम् H.1.14; cf. "To carry coals to Newcastle." -4 A husband; नेश्वरे परुषता सखि साध्वी Ki.9.39. -5 The Supreme God (परमेश्वर); ईश एवाहमत्यर्थं न च मामीशते परे । ददामि च सदैश्वर्य- मीश्वरस्तेन कीर्तितः ॥ Skanda P.; cf. also ईश्वरस्तु पर्जन्यवद् द्रष्टव्यः Brahmasūtra-Śāṅkarabhāṣya. -6 N. of Śiva; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. -7 The god of love, cupid. -8 The Supreme Soul; the soul. -9 The eleventh year (संवत्सर) of the Śālivāhana era. -रा, -री N. of Durgā; of Lakṣmī; or of one of the śaktis; ईश्वरीं सर्वभूतानां त्वामिहोपह्वये श्रियम् (श्रीसूक्तम्); -री 1 N. of several plants and trees; लिङ्गिनीलता, वन्ध्या- कर्कटी, क्षुद्रजटा and नाकुलीवृक्ष. -2 A rich woman. -Comp. -अधीन a. subject to a lord or king, dependent on a a lord or god. -कान्तम् 1 A class of buildings. -2 A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 961 equal squares (एकषष्टिसमाधिक्यं पदं नवशतायुतम् । एव- मीश्वरकान्तं स्यात् ...... Mānasāra 7.46-48. -कृष्णः N. of the author of Sāṅkhya Kārikā. -निषेधः denial of the existence of god, atheism. -निष्ठ a. trusting in god. -पूजक a. pious, devout. -पूजा worship of god. -प्रसादः divine favour. -भावः royal or imperial state; दानमीश्वर- भावाय Bg.18.43. -विभूतिः f. the several forms of the Supreme god; for a full enumeration see Bg.1.19-42. -सद्मन् n. a temple. -सभम् a royal court or assembly. सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II.4.23. -सेवा worship of god. |
| |
| uccar | उच्चर् 1 P. 1 To go upwards, to rise; बाष्पमुच्चरति Mbh.; K.14. -2 To ascend (as the sun); issue or go forth, go up; बलैश्चलच्चरणविधूतमुच्चरद्धनावलीः Śi.17.52; Māl. 5.21. -3 To arise, appear forth, rise (as a voice), to be heard; उच्चचार निनदोम्भसि तस्याः R.9.73;15.46;16. 87; कोलाहलध्वनिरुदचरत् K.27; U.2; Ratn.1. -4 To empty the body by evacuations, void one's excrement; तिरस्कृत्योच्चरेत्काष्ठलोष्टपत्रतृणादिना Ms.4.49. -5 To emit (sounds), utter, pronounce; शब्द उच्चरित एव मामगात् R.11.73. -6 (Used in the Ātm.) (a) To quit, leave. (b) To sin against, to unfaithful (to a husband or wife), transgress against; धर्ममुच्चरते Sk. (c) To violate or transgress in general, stray or deviate from; पान- शौण्डाः पथः क्षीबा वृन्दैरुदचरन्त च Bk.8.31. (d) To rise up to, ascend (trans.); यो मघोनि दिवमुच्चरमाणे N.5.48; Śi.17 52. -Caus. 1 To cause to issue. -2 To utter, pronounce, declare. -3 To void one's excrement. -4 To emit. |
| |
| uccarita | उच्चरित p. p. 1 Gone up or out, risen. -2 Uttered. pronounced &c. -तम् Excrement, fæces. |
| |
| uccāraḥ | उच्चारः 1 Utterance, pronunciation, declaration; वर्ण˚, काम˚. -2 Excrement, dung, fæces; मातुरुच्चार एव सः H. Pr.16; मूत्रोच्चारसमुत्सर्गम् Ms.4.5. -3 Discharge (in general). -4 Passage (of heavenly bodies) to another zodiacal sign or asterism. -Comp. -प्रस्रवणम् Excrement (Jaina). -प्रस्रावस्थानम् A privy. |
| |
| uccārita | उच्चारित p. p. 1 Pronounced, uttered. -2 Having excrement. -तम् Evacuation of the bowels. |
| |
| utkṛṣ | उत्कृष् 1 P. 1 To draw or pull up, raise or lift up; उदकर्षि Śi.13.6; to draw or take out, extract, extricate; अङ्गदकोटिलग्नं प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य R.6.14. -2 To draw, attract; Śi.17.42. -3 To pull or put off. -4 To increase, enhance (opp. अपकृष्.). -5 To bend (as a bow). -6 To tear asunder. -Caus. To elevate, raise, increase. -pass. 1 To be lifted, raised. -2 To raise, be supreme or eminent. |
| |
| uttāna | उत्तान a. 1 Stretched out, spread out, expanded, dilated; उत्तानतारकस्य लोचनयुगलस्य K.143; U.3.23. -2 (a) Lying on the back, with the face upwards, supine; Māl.3; उत्तानोच्छूनमण्डूकपाटितोदरसंनिभे K. P.7; पितृपात्रं तदुत्तानं कृत्वा विप्रान्विसर्जयेत् Y.1.248. (b) Upright, erect. -3 Open, turned upwards; उत्तान आस्येन हविर्जुहोति Mb.12.245.27. उत्तानपाणिद्वयसंनिवेशात् Ku.3.45; ˚रश्मिषु Pt.3.151. -4 Open, unreserved, frank, candid; स्वभावोत्तानहृदयम् Ś5; frank-minded. -5 Elevated; Māl.7. -6 Concave; having the mouth upwards. -7 Shallow -Comp. -अर्थ a. Superficial, shallow. -कूर्मकम् a particular posture in sitting. -पट्टम् A pavement; व्यूढं चोत्तान- पट्टं सकलकनखले ... यश्चकार ... (An Abu inscription in the reign of Bhūmadeva. Ind. Ant. Vol. XI). -पत्रकः a. species of Ricinus (रक्तैरण्ड). -पद् f. 1 vegetation, the whole creation of upward germinating plants (Sāy.). -2 One whose legs are extended (in parturition). -पाद a. with extended legs (children). (-दः) 1 N. of a king, father of Dhruva. -2 the Supreme Spirit. ˚जः N. of Dhruva, the polar star. -शय a. sleeping supinely or on the back, lying with the face upwards; कदा उत्तानशयः पुत्रकः जनयिष्यति मे हृदयाह्लादम् K.62. (-यः, -या) a little child, suckling, infant. -शीवन् a. lying extended; stagnant. आप उत्तानशीवरीः Av.3.21.1. -हस्त a, having the hands stretched out in prayers. (-स्तौ) (du.) the two hands with the fingers stretched out and with the backs turned towards the ground. -हृदय Open-hearted. |
| |
| uttama | उत्तम a. [उद्-तमप्] 1 Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); उत्तमे शिखरे देवी Mahānār. Up.15.5. स उत्तमः पुरुषः Ch. Up.8.12.3. उत्तमः पुरुषस्त्वन्यः Bg.15.17. द्विजोत्तमः the best of Brāhmaṇas; so सुर˚, नर˚ &c.; प्रायेणाधममध्यमोत्तमगुणः संसर्गतो जायते Bh.2.67. -2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. हीन, जघन्य). -3 Most elevated, chief, principal. -4 Greatest, first; स गच्छत्युत्तमस्थानम् Ms.2.249. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The third person (= first person according to English phraseology). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. -मा 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb. (दुग्धिका; Mar. भुई- आंवळी, अळिता). -Comp. -उङ्गम् 'the best limb of the body', the head; कश्चिद् द्विषत्खङ्गहृतोत्तमाङ्गः R.7.51; Ms.1.93,8.3; Ku.7.41; Bg.11.27. the back; तान् क्षिप्रं व्रज सतताग्निहोत्रयाजिन् । मत्तुल्यो भव गरुडोत्तमाङ्गयानः ॥ Mb.7.143.48. -अधम a. high and low; ˚मध्यम good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. भक्षयित्वा बहून्मत्स्यानुत्तमाधम- मध्यमान् Pt.1.21. -अम्भस् n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) one of the nine kinds of तुष्टि in Sāṅ. Phil. -अरणी the plant Asparagus Racemosus (इन्दीवरी शतावरी). -अर्धः 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part. -अर्ध्य a. pertaining to the best half. -अहः the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -उपपद a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent. ऋणः, ऋणिकः (उत्तमर्णः) a creditor (opp. अधमर्णः) धारेरुत्तमर्णः P.I.4.35; अधमर्णार्थसिद्धयर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47,5; Y.2.42. Śukra.4.831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mārk. P. -ओजस् a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahābhārata; उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् Bg.1.6. -गन्धाढ्य a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. -गुण a. of the best qualities, best, highest; विघ्नैः पुनः पुनरपि प्रतिहन्यमानाः प्रारब्धमुत्तमगुणा न परित्यजन्ति Mu.2.17. (v. l.) -दशतालम् A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 12 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called उत्तमनवताल. -पदम् a high office. -पु (पू)- रुषः 1 the third person in verbal conjugation; (= first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit, verbs are conjugated by putting the English I st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an excellent man. -फलिनी f. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Mar. दुधी, दुधाणी). -लाभः an excellent profit. -वयसम् The last period of life; Śat. Br.12.9.1.8. -व्रता A wife devoted to the husband; हृदयस्येव शोकाग्निसंतप्तस्योत्तमव्रताम् Bk.9.87. -वेशः N. of Śiva. -शाखः 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region. -श्रुत a. Possessing the utmost learning. Rām. -श्लोक a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous. -कः N. of Vi&stoa;ṇu, क उत्तमश्लोक- गुणानुवादात् पुमान् विरज्येत विना पशुघ्नात् Bhāg.1.1.4. -संग्रहः (˚स्त्री˚) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. -साहसः, -सम् 1 the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1 (or according to some 8,) paṇas; Ms.9.24; Y.1.366; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः । मध्यमः पञ्च विज्ञेयः सहस्रं त्वेष चोत्तमः ॥ Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment. |
| |
| uttrāsaḥ | उत्त्रासः Extreme fear, terror, alarm. |
| |
| utpanna | उत्पन्न p. p. 1 Born, produced, arisen. -2 Risen, gone up. -3 Acquired, gained. -4 Effected, accomplished. -5 Occurred. -6 Known, ascertained. -Comp. -अधिकारः remention, restatement; समाने पूर्ववत्त्वादुत्पन्ना- धिकारः स्यात् । MS.7.1.13. (where शबर explains उत्पन्ना- धिकार as अनुवाद); Also 7.3.9. -तन्तु a. having a line of descendants. -भक्षिन् a. living from hand to mouth, (eating what is earned). -विनाशिन् a. perishing as soon as born. |
| |
| utpekṣ | उत्पेक्ष् 1 Ā. [उत्प्र-ईक्ष्] 1 To look up to; Pt.1. to expect; K.35,229; to anticipate, see in prospect; उत्प्रेक्षमाणा जघनाभिघातम् Mu.2. -2 To see, perceive, behold -3 To guess, conjecture; भगवति किमुत्प्रेक्षसे कुतस्त्यो$यमिति U.4,6; K.67.121,198-9. -4 To believe, fancy; K.18; Ve.2.1; उत्प्रेक्षामो वयं तावन्मतिमन्तं बिभीषणम् Rām. -5 To remember, think of; तदुत्प्रेक्ष्योत्प्रेक्ष्य प्रियसखि गतांस्तांश्च दिवसान् Amaru.43; U.6.37. -6 To transfer (with loc.). -7 To illustrate by a supposed simile; see उत्प्रेक्षा below. |
| |
| udāvartaḥ | उदावर्तः A disease of the bowels, 'iliac passion' (characterized by the retention of excrements). -र्ता A painful menstruation with foamy blood; सफेनिलमुदा- वर्ता रजः कृच्छ्रेण मुञ्चति Suśr. |
| |
| udgāḍha | उद्गाढ a. Deep, intense, violent, strong, excessive, much; उद्गाढरागोदयाः Māl.5.7.6.6. -ढम् Excess. -ind. Excessively, extremely. |
| |
| udgrāhita | उद्ग्राहित p. p. 1 Lifted or taken up. -2 Taken away. -3 Excellent; exalted. -4 Deposited, delivered. -5 Bound, tied. -6 Recalled, remembered. उद्ग्रीव udgrīva उद्ग्रीविन् udgrīvin उद्ग्रीव उद्ग्रीविन् a. With the neck uplifted; उद्ग्रीवैर्मयूरैः M.1.21; Amaru.99. |
| |
| udbodhaka | उद्बोधक a. 1 Reminding, that which reminds or calls to remembrance. -2 Exciting, rousing. -3 Discovering, exhibiting, showing. -कः N. of the sun. |
| |
| unmānam | उन्मानम् 1 Weighing, measuring; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानम्; Mbh. V.1.19 Vart. -2 A measure of size or quantity. -3 Price. -4 Measurement of thickness or diameter. |
| |
| upakramaḥ | उपक्रमः 1 Beginning, commencement; रामोपक्रम- माचख्यौ रक्षःपरिभवं नवम् R.12.42 begun by Rāma; किमुपक्रमो रावणः Mv.2. -2 Approach, advance; साहस˚ forcible advance Māl.7; so योषितः सुकुमारोपक्रमाः ibid. -3 An undertaking, work, enterprize. -4 A plan, contrivance, means, expedient, stratagem, remedy; सामादि- भिरुपक्रमैः Ms.7.17,159; M.3; R.18.15; Y.1.345; Śi.2.76. -5 Attendance on a patient, treatment, practice of medicine, physicking. -6 A test of honesty, trying the fidelity of a friend &c.; see उपधा. -7 A kind of ceremony preparatory to reading the Vedas. -8 Heroism, Courage. -9 Flight. -1 Behaviour, action; यद्यप्यकृतकृत्यानामीदृशः स्यादुपक्रमः Rām.5.64.3. -11 The rim of a wheel; Hch. |
| |
| upagatiḥ | उपगतिः f. 1 Approach, going near; कररुद्धनीवि दयितो- पगतौ Śi.9.75. -2 Knowledge, acquaintance. -3 Acceptance, receipt. -4 Attainment, acquirement. |
| |
| upacāraḥ | उपचारः 1 Service, attendance; honouring worshipping, entertaining; Mk.4; अस्खलितोपचाराम् R.5.2; K.344. -2 Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, (external display of courtesy); ˚परिभ्रष्टः H.1.114. devoid of civility, uncourteous; ˚विधिर्मनस्विनीनाम् M.3.3; उपचारैरुपाचरत् Ks.16.29; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानाम् H.1.75; नोपचारेण ब्रूयाः Rām.; ˚पदं न चेदिदम् Ku.4.9. a merely complimentary saying, a flattering compliment; ˚मात्रमधुरम् K.222,27; M.4; ˚क्रिया Ms. 8.357 showing marks of favour, courting, (sending perfumes &c.). -3 Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; नोपचारमर्हन्ति Ś.3.17; ˚यन्त्रणया M.4; ˚अतिक्रमम् 4,5; ˚अञ्जलिः R.3.11 folding the hands in salutation. -4 A form or mode of address or salutation; तेन वाक्योपचारेण विस्मिताः राजसत्तमाः Mb.5.162. 45; रामभद्र इत्येव मां प्रत्युपचारः शोभते तातपरिजनस्य U.1; यथा गुरुस्तथोपचारेण 6; V.5; Śi.9.78. -5 External show or form, ceremony; प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गैर्मम राजोपचारः V.4 royal service, pomp or state of royalty; भूषणाद्युप- चारेण Mu.3.23. v. l. -6 A remedy, physicking, application of cure, of remedy; शिशिर˚ Dk.15; शीत˚ Pt.1; Dk.23; K.12. -7 Practice, performance, art, conduct, management, procedure; व्रतचर्या˚ Ms.1. III; प्रसाधन˚ 1.32,9.259; कामोपचारेषु Dk.81 in the conduct of love-affairs; समन्त्रं सोपचारम् (अस्त्रम्) Mb.; अवेशसदृशप्रणयोपचाराम् Mk.8.23 course of love &c.; वाक्यो- पचारे कुशला Rām.2.44.3 skilled in the employment of words; use, usage; यत्र लौकिकानामुपचारः v. l. for व्याहारः in U.6. -8 Means of doing homage or showing respect; प्रकीर्णाभिनवोपचारम् (राजमार्गम्) R.7.4 (hanging garlands &c.); 5.41. -9 Hence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, ceremony, decoration, furniture &c.); presenting flowers, perfumes &c.; सन्मङ्गलोपचाराणाम् R.1.77; क्लृप्तोपचारां चतुरस्रवेदीम् Ku.7.88; कुसुमैः कृतोपचारः V.2; so ˚रमणीयतया Ś.6; ˚वत्सु मञ्चेषु R.6.1 the necessary decorations (canopy &c.); (the Upachāras or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 5, 1, 16, 18 or 64). -1 Behaviour, conduct, demeanour; वैश्यशूद्रोपचारं च Ms.1.116; (religious) conduct in life; साधूनामुपचारज्ञः Rām.; परिजन˚ Mk.1. -11 Use, employment; K.183. -12 Any religious performance, a ceremony; प्रयुक्तपाणिग्रहणोपचारौ Ku.7.86; Mv.1.24. -13 (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. मुख्य or primary sense); अचेतने$पि चेतनवदुपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B; कूलं पिपतिषतीत्यचेतने$पि कूले चेतनवदुपचारो दृश्यते Mbh. on P.IV. 3.86 personification; so छत्रिणो गच्छन्तीत्येकेनापि छत्रिणा बहूनां छत्रित्वोपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B.; करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् ibid.; न चास्य करधृतत्वं तत्त्वतो$स्तीति मुख्ये$पि उपचार एव शरणं स्यात् K. P.1. (b) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; उभयरूपा चेयं शुद्धा उपचारेणामिश्रि- तत्वात् K. P.2. (S. D. explains उपचार by अत्यन्तं विशकलितयोः सादृश्यातिशयमहिम्ना भेदप्रतीतिस्थगनमात्रम्). -14 A bribe. -15 A pretext; Śi.1.2. -16 A request, solicitation. -17 Occurrence of स् and ष् in the place of Visarga. -18 N. of a परिशिष्ट of the Sāmaveda. -Comp. -च्छलम् A kind of fallacious inference to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically, e. g. if any one from the sentence मञ्चाः क्रोशन्ति were to conclude that the मञ्च (platform) really cries and not persons on the platform. Nyāyadarśana. -पदम् A courteous or polite word, a mere compliment. उपचारपदं न चेदिदं त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः । Ku.4.9. |
| |
| upadhā | उपधा 1 Imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, pretence; उपधाभिश्च यः कश्चित्परद्रव्यं हरेन्नरः Ms.8.193. -2 Trial or test of honesty, (भेदोपजापौ उपधा धर्माद्यैर्यत्परी- क्षणम्); (said to be of 4 kinds:- 1 loyalty, 2 disinterestedness, 3 continence, 4 courage i. e. धर्मोपधा Religious allurement, अर्थोपधा Monetary allurement, कामोपधा Love allurement, भयोपधा Allurement under the pressure of fear. 'भिया धर्मार्थकामैश्च परीक्षा या तु सोपधा' इत्यभिधान- चिन्तामणिः); (शोधयेत्) धर्मोपधाभिर्विप्रांश्च सर्वाभिः सचिवान् पुनः Kālikā P. उपधाभिः शौचाशौचज्ञानममात्यानाम् । Kau. A.1.1; अमात्यानुपधातीनान् Mb.15.5.14. -3 A means or expedient; अयशोभिदुरा लोके कोपधा महणादृते Śi.19.58. -4 (In gram.) A penultimate letter (अन्त्याद्वर्णात्पूर्वं उपधा). अलोन्त्यात् पूर्व उपधा P.I.1.65. -Comp. -भृतः a servant who has been guilty of dishonesty. -लोपः Elision of the penultimate letter (e. g. in the case of a बहुव्रीहि compound ending in अन्) P.IV.1.28. -शुचि a. tried, of approved loyalty. |
| |
| upadhūpita | उपधूपित a. 1 Fumigated. -2 Being at the point of death; -3 Suffering extreme pain. -तः Death. -ता, उपधूमिता The quarter of the heavens to which the sun is proceeding. |
| |
| upaniṣad | उपनिषद् f. [said to be from उपनि-सद् 'knowledge derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor'; but, according to Indian authorities, it means 'to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; यथा य इमां ब्रह्मविद्यामुपयन्त्यात्मभावेन श्रद्धाभक्तिपुरःसराः सन्तस्तेषां गर्भजन्मजरारोगाद्यनर्थपूगं निशातयति परं वा ब्रह्म गमयति अविद्यादि- संसारकारणं चात्यन्तमवसादयति विनाशयतीत्युपनिषद् । उपनिपूर्वस्य सदेरेवमर्थस्मरणात्; Śaṅkara] 1 N. of certain mystical writings attached to the Brāhmaṇas, the chief aim of which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; Bv.2.4; Māl 1.7; (other etymologies also are given to explain the name:- (1) उपनीय तमात्मानं ब्रह्मापास्तद्वयं यतः । निहन्त्यविद्यां तज्जं च तस्मादुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (2) निहत्यानर्थमूलं स्वाविद्यां प्रत्यक्तया परम् । नयत्यपास्तसंभेदमतो वोपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (3) प्रवृत्तिहेतून्निःशेषास्तन्मूलोच्छेदकत्वतः । यतोवसादयेद्विद्या तस्मा- दुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ In the मुक्तकोपनिषद् 18 Upaniṣads are mentioned, but some more have been added to this number. They are said to have been the source of the six Darśanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of the Vedānta Philosophy. The more important Upaniṣads are:- ईशकेनकठप्रश्नमुण्डमाण्डूक्यतित्तिरः । ऐतरेयं च छान्दोग्यं बृहदारण्यकं तथा ॥. -2 (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, mystical meaning, words of mystery; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. (b) Mystical knowledge or instruction; मन्त्रपारायण˚ U.6; दिव्यामस्त्रोपनिषदमृषेर्यः कृशाश्वस्य शिष्यात् Mv.2.2. -3 True knowledge regarding the Supreme Spirit. -4 Sacred or religious lore. -5 Secrecy, seclusion. -6 A neighbouring mansion. -7 A lonely place. -8 A religious observance. -9 Me- ditation, यदेव विद्यया करोति श्रद्धयोपनिषदा तदेव वीर्यवत्तरं भवति Ch. Up.1.1.1. -1 One that takes to (like a boat); तस्योपनिषत्सत्यस्य सत्यमिति Bṛi. Up.2.1.2. |
| |
| upapralobhanam | उपप्रलोभनम् 1 Seducing, alluring. -2 A bribe, an inducement, allurement; उच्चावचान्युपप्रलोभनानि Dk.48. |
| |
| upasthānam | उपस्थानम् 1 Presence, proximity, nearness. -2 Approaching, coming, appearance, coming into the presence of; युगपदाचार्ययोरुपस्थानम् M.1. -3 (a) Worshipping, waiting upon (with prayers); attendance, service; सूर्योपस्थानात्प्रतिनिवृत्तं पुरूरवसं मामुपेत्य V.1; सूर्यस्योपस्थानं कुर्वः V.4; Y.1.22,3.282. (b) Obeisance; greeting; ˚स्तोत्रपद्धतिम् U.1 a form of congratulatory panegyric. (c) Accepting, agreeing (as a lover &c); सो$यं मामनु- पस्थाने व्यक्तं नैराश्यमागतः Rām.6.92.47. -4 Attending to, guarding; रावणहित˚ Mv.5. -5 An abode, abode of wrestling; चाणूरो मुष्टिकः कूटः शलस्तोशल एव च । त आसेदुरुप- स्थानं वल्गुवाद्यप्रहर्षिताः ॥ Bhāg.1.42.37. -6 The sanctuary, any sacred place (approached with respect). -7 An appeal, application; यदि कुर्युरुपस्थानं वादं तत्र प्रवर्तयेत् Śukra.4.63. -8 Remembrance, recollection, memory; तत्त्वस्मृतेरुपस्थानात् (योगः प्रवर्तते) Y.3.16. -9 Obtaining, getting; दृष्टः कश्चिदुपायो मे सीतोपस्थानकारकः Rām.6.64.21. -1 A reception room; assembly; palace; a court; उपस्थानगतः कार्यार्थिनामद्वारासङ्गं कारयेत् Kau. A.1.14; Rām.2.15.1. -11 A particular part of the संध्या. -Comp. -शाला An assembly-room (in monastery); Buddha. |
| |
| upasthāpaka | उपस्थापक a. 1 Placing or bringing near. -2 Explaining, teaching. -3 Causing to remember. |
| |
| upasthitiḥ | उपस्थितिः f. 1 Approach. -2 Proximity, presence. -3 Obtaining, getting. -4 Accomplishing, effecting. -5 Remembrance, recollectiou, -6 Service, attendance. |
| |
| upāyaḥ | उपायः 1 (a) Means, an expedient, remedy; शक्यो- वाप्तुमुपायतः Bg.6.36. उपायं चिन्तयेत्प्राज्ञस्तथापायं च चिन्तयेत् Pt.1.46; मयि क्षीणोपाये प्रणिपतनमात्रैकशरणे Amaru.25; Bhāg.1.48.2; Ms.8.48,7.177. (b) A plan, contrivance; ˚निलया Mu.1.5. (c) A mode, way, stratagem. उपायेन तु यच्छक्यं न तच्छक्यं पराक्रमैः । H. -2 A fact, circumstance; U.7. -3 Beginning, commencement. -4 Effort, exertion; वश्यात्मना तु यतता शक्यो$वाप्तुमुपायतः (योगः) Bg.6.36; Ms.9.248;1.2. -5 A means of success against an enemy; (these are four:- सामन् conciliation or negotiation, दानम् bribery; भेदः sowing dissensions; and दण्डः punishment (open attack); some authorities add three more :- माया deceit; उपेक्षा trick, deceit or neglect; इन्द्रजाल conjuring, thus making the total number 7); चतुर्थोपायसाध्ये तु रिपौ सान्त्वमपक्रिया Śi.2.54; सामादीना- मुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः Ms.7.19. -6 Joining (as in singing). -7 Approach. -8 Initiation, thread ceremony (= उपनयन); अपि वा वेदतुल्यत्वाद् उपायेन प्रवर्तेरन् MS.6.2.22 (where शबर explains उपायेन प्रवर्तेरन् as उप- नयनेन सह प्रवर्तेरन् ।). -Comp. -आक्षेपः (In Rhet.) Deprecatory speech making mention of the remedy; Kāv..2.151. -चतुष्टयम् the four expedients against an enemy; see above (5). -चिन्ता devising an expedient or scheme. -ज्ञ a. fertile in expedients. -तुरीयः the 4th expedient, i. e. दण्ड or punishment. -योगः application of means or remedy; एतैरुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1. -विकल्पः Alternative strategic means; Kau. A.9. |
| |
| ṛta | ऋत a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Proper, right. -2 Honest, true; सर्वमेतदृतं मन्ये यन्मां वदसि केशव Bg.1.14; Ms.8.82. -3 Worshipped, respected. -4 Bright, luminous (दीप्त) -5 Gone, risen, moved, affected by; सुखेन ऋतः = सुखार्तः ऋते च तृतीयासमासे Vārt. on P.VI.1.89; so दुःखः˚, काम˚. -तम् ind. Rightly, properly. -तः 1 A sacrifice. -2 The sun (n. also). -तम् (Not usually found in classical literature) 1 A fixed or settled rule, law (religious). -2 Sacred custom, pious action. यस्तनोति सतां सेतुमृतेनामृतयोनिना Mb.12.47.49. -3 Divine law, divine truth. -4 Absolution. मर्त्यानामृतमिच्छताम् Bhāg.1.16.7. -5 Water; सत्यं त्वा ऋतेन परिषिञ्चामि. -6 Truth (in general), right; ऋतं वदिष्यामि T. Up.1.1.1. ऋतानृते Ms.1.29, 2.52,8.61,14. -7 Truth (personified as an object of worship; in later Sanskrit regarded as a child of Dharma). -8 Livelihood by picking or gleaning grains in a field (as opposed to the cultivation of ground); ऋतमुञ्च्छशिलं वृत्तम् Ms.4.4. -9 The fruit of an action; एकं चक्रं वर्तते द्वादशारं षण्णाभिमेकाक्षमृतस्य धारणम् Mb.1.3. 62. -1 Agreeable speech; ऋतं च सूनृता वाणी कविभिः परिकीर्तिता Bhāg.11.19.38. -11 N. of an Āditya. -12 The Supreme Spirit. (In the Vedas ऋत is usually interpreted by Sāyaṇa to mean 'water', 'sun' or 'sacrifice', where European scholars take it in the sense of 'divine truth', 'faith' &c.). -Comp. -जा, -जात a. Ved. 1 of a true nature, sprung from sacred truth; अब्जा गोजा ऋतजा अद्रिजा ऋतम् Rv.4.4.5. -2 Well-made, excellent; Rv.3.58.8. -जातसत्य a. (Sāy.) born for the sake of sacrifice and having true result. -जित् a. Ved. gaining the right; Vāj.17.83. -ज्ञा a. (Sāy.) knowing the sacrifice, familiar with the sacred law. -द्युम्न a. shining with truth; Rv.9. 113.4. -धामन् a. 1 of a true or pure nature. -2 having an imperishable place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -धीति a. Ved. of true disposition; or receiving true praise. -ध्वजः N. of Śiva. -नी a. leading in the right way; Rv.2.27.12. -पर्णः = ऋतुपर्णः q. v. -पेयः a sacrifice lasting one day. -पेशस् a. Ved. having a perfect shape; Rv.5.66.1. -m. one whose form consits of water; i. e. Varuṇa. -प्सुः 1 a god who consumes sacrificial food; Rv.1.18.3. -2 one whose form is truth. -युक्तिः f. true application of a hymn; Rv.1.61.1. -युज् a. going to sacrifice. -वाकः Ved. true speech; Rv.9.113.2. -सद् a. dwelling in the sacrifice or truth; Rv.4.4.5. -m. fire, -सदनम् -नी the right or usual alter. -साप् a. pervading truth; steady in religious belief. -सामन् n. N. of a Sāman; Ārṣeya Br. -स्था a. standing right; स हि दिवः स पृथिव्या ऋतस्था. Av.4.1.4. |
| |
| ṛtiḥ | ऋतिः [ऋ-क्तिन्] An army. -f. 1 Going, motion. -2 Assault, combat; ऋतिर्हन्यमाना Av.12.5.25. -3 Abuse, censure. -4 Emulation, envy. -5 A road. -6 Manner of proceeding. -7 Prosperity. -8 Fitness, truth. -9 Remembrance. -1 Misfortune. -11 Protection. -12 Auspiciousness (most of these meanings are found only iu lexicons). |
| |
| ṝ | ॠ ind. An interjection of (1) terror; (2) warding off; (3) reproach or censure; (4) compassion; (5) remembrance; (6) Commencement of speech; (7) protection; (8) pride; (9) looking up. -m. (ॠः) 1 N. of Bhairava. -2 A Dānava or demon. -f. 1 The |
| |
| eḥ | एः m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The number खर्व. cf. also एः कुमारो$सुरो$रातिर्ज्ञातीयो$हित उद्धतः । आत्मा शेषो विवस्वांश्च कृतार्थो मध्वरिः शरः ॥ Enm. -ind. An interjection of (1) remembering; (2) envy; (3) compassion; (4) calling; (5) contempt or censure. |
| |
| lṝ | लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. |
| |
| aiḥ | ऐः m. N. of Śiva. -ind. An interjection of (1) calling (= Hallo, ho); (2) remembrance; (3) inviting. cf. also ऐः क्रूरो धरणीनाथः पूरो मारो$मरो$सुरः । कुलालो राधरः प्राज्ञो मन्दः पुत्रो$थवा नरः ॥ Enm. |
| |
| aikapatyam | ऐकपत्यम् 1 Sole sovereignty, supreme power. -2 Absolute monarchy. |
| |
| aikātmyam | ऐकात्म्यम् 1 Unity, unity of soul; यथैकात्म्यानुभावानां विकल्परहितः स्वयम् Bhāg.6.8.32. -2 Identity, sameness. -3 Oneness with the Supreme Soul. |
| |
| aiśa | ऐश a. (-शी f.) [ईश-अण्] 1 Belonging to Śiva; सुरसरिदिव तेजो वह्निनिष्ठपूतमैशम् R.2.75. हास्यश्रीराजहंसा हरतु तनुरिव क्लेशमैशी शरद्वः Mu.1. -2 Supreme, regal. (ऐशी) N. of the Nakṣatra रोहिणी. |
| |
| aiśvara | ऐश्वर a. [ईश्वर-अण्] (री f.) 1 Belonging to or produced by a lord or the Supreme Being, majestic. पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् Bg.9.5,11.3,9. -2 Powerful, mighty. -3 Belonging to Śiva; ऐश्वरं धनुरभाजि यत्त्वया R.11.76. -4 Supreme, royal. -5 Divine. -रम् Supremacy, power; ऐकान्तधाम यशसः श्रिय ऐश्वरस्य Bhāg.1.44.13. -री N. of Durgā. -Comp. -कारमिकः A Naiyāyika; Hch.8. |
| |
| o | ओ m. (औः) N. of Brahmā. ind. 1 A Vocative particle (oh). -2 An interjection of (1) calling; (hallo, ho); (2) remembrance; (3) compassion (ah !). -3 The number महापद्म. cf. also ओर्वेधा ज्ञो ध्रुवो$गस्त्यो गरुडो$गो$क्षयो$सुरः । आखुः काणो$थ मार्जारः साधुः सङ्गः पराशरः ॥ Enm. |
| |
| aupaniṣada | औपनिषद a. (-दी f.) [उपनिषद्-अण्] 1 Contained or taught in an Upaniṣad; scriptural, theological. तं त्वौपनिषदं पुरुषं पृच्छामि Bṛi. Up.3.9.26. -2 Based or founded on, derived from, the Upaniṣads; धनुर्गृही- त्वौपनिषदं महास्त्रम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.3. औपनिषदं दर्शनम् (another name for Vedānta Phil.). -दः 1 The supreme soul, Brahman. -2 A follower of the doctrines of the Upaniṣads. |
| |
| aupayika | औपयिक औपायिक a. (-की f.) [उपाय-ठक्] 1 Proper, fit, right; नैतदौपयिकं राम यदिदं परितप्यसे Rām.2.53.3; Bhāg.3.2.12. न वैश्यशूद्रौपयिकीः कथाः Mb.1.193.11. -2 Obtained by efforts. -कः, -कम् A means, an expedient, remedy; शिवमौपयिकं गरीयसीम् Ki.2.35. |
| |
| kaṅkaṭaḥ | कङ्कटः कङ्कटकः 1 Mail; defensive armour; military accoutrements; कङ्कटोन्मुक्तदेहैः Ve.2.27,5.1; R.7.59; Śi.18.2; उरच्छदः कङ्कटको जगरः कवचो$स्त्रियाम् Amar. ...व्यूढकङ्कटको युवा Śiva. B.24.33. -2 An iron hook to goad an elephant (अङ्कुश). -Comp. -शत्रुः N. of a plant (Mar. सालवण). |
| |
| kaṇṭh | कण्ठ् 1, 1 U. (कण्ठति-ते, कण्ठयति-ते, कण्ठित) 1 To mourn, grieve for. -2 To miss, be anxious or long for, remember with regret; (in this sense generally used with the preposition उद् and a noun in the gen., loc. or dat. case). |
| |
| kathita | कथित p. p. 1 Told, described, narrated; प्रत्येकं कथिता ह्येताः Ms.7.157. -2 Expressed. -तः The supreme being. -तम् A conversation, discourse; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः R.11.1. -Comp. -पदम् -पदता tautology, repetition, considered as a fault of composition relating to a sentence, where a word is used without any specific purpose; see K. P.7; and S. D.575 ad hoc. |
| |
| karaṇa | करण a. [कृ-ल्युट्] 1 Making, doing, effecting, producing. -2 (Ved.) Clever, skilled; रथं न दस्रा करणा समिन्वथः Rv.1.119.7. -णः 1 (Ved.) An assistant. यमस्य करणः Av.6.46.2. -2 A man of a mixed tribe. -3 A writer, जज्ञे धीमांस्ततस्तस्यां युयुत्सुः करणो नृप Mb.1.115. 43; Ms.1.22. -4 A child. cf. ...... करणः शिशौ । शूद्राविशोः सुते$पि स्यात् Nm. -णम् 1 Doing, performing, accomplishing, effecting; परहित˚, संध्या˚, प्रिय˚ &c. -2 Act, action. -3 Religious action; Y.1.251. -4 Business, trade. -5 An organ of sense; वपुषा करणोज्झि- तेन सा निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38,42; पटुकरणैः प्राणिभिः Me.5; R.14.5. -6 The body; उपमानमभूद्विलासिनां करणं यत्तव कान्तिमत्तया Ku.4.5. -7 An instrument or means of an action, न तस्य कार्यं करणं न विद्यते Śvet.6.8; करणं च पृथग्विधम् Bg.18.14.18. उपमितिकरणमुपमानम् T. S.; तस्य भोगाधिकरणे करणानि निबोध मे Mb.3.181.19. -8 (In Logic) The instrumental cause which is thus defined :- व्यापारवद- साधारणं कारणं करणम्. -9 A cause or motive (in general). -1 The sense expressed by the instrumental case (in gram.); साधकतमं करणम् P.1.4.42; or क्रियायाः परिनिष्पत्तिर्यद्- व्यापारादनन्तरम् । विवक्ष्यते यदा यत्र करणं तत्तदा स्मृतम् ॥ -11 (In law) A document, a bond, documentary proof; Ms.8.15,52,154. -12 A kind of rhythmical pause, beat of the hand to keep time; अनुगर्जितसंधिग्धाः करणै- र्मुरजस्वनाः Ku.6.4. -13 (In Astrol.) A Division of the day; (these Karaṇas are eleven). -बव, बालव, कौलव, तैतिल, गर, वणिज, विष्टि, शकुनि, चतुष्पाद, नाग and र्किस्तुघ्न. -14 The Supreme Being. -15 Pronunciation. -16 The posture of an ascetic. -17 A posture in sexual enjoyment. बोभुज्यते स्म करणेन नरेन्द्रपुत्री Bil. ch.42. वात्स्यायनोक्तकरणैर्निखिलैर्मनोज्ञै । संभुज्यते कविवरेण नरेन्द्रपुत्री ॥ Ibid.45. -18 A field. -19 Plastering with the hand. -2 The usage of the writer caste. -21 The Principle of intelligence; दृष्टाः करणाश्रयिणः Sāṅ. K.43. -22 (In Astron.) N. of a treatise of Varāhamihira on the motion of planets. -णी 1 A woman of a mixed caste. माहिष्येण करण्यां तु रथकारः प्रजायते Y.1.95. -2 Absurd or irrational number. -सुता f. An adopted daughter. -Comp. -अधिपः the soul, स कारणं करणाधिपाधिपः Śvet. 6.9. -कुतूहलम् N. of a work on practical astronomy by Bhāskara. -ग्रामः the organs of sense taken collectively. -त्राणम् the head. -विभक्तिः f. The instrumental case; सूक्तवाकेनेति करणविभक्तिसंयोगात् । ŚB. on यMS.3.2.12. -विन्ययः manner of pronunciation. |
| |
| karuṇa | करुण a. [करोति मनः आनुकूल्याय, कृ-उनन् Tv.] Tender, pathetic, pitiable, exciting pity, mournful; करुणध्वनिः V.1; Śi.9.67; विकलकरुणैरार्यचरितैः U.1.28. -णः 1 Pity, compassion, tenderness. -2 Pathetic sentiment, grief, sorrow (as one of the 8 or 9 sentiments); पुट- पाकप्रतीकाशो रामस्य करुणो रसः U.3.1,13;7.12; विलपन्... करुणार्थग्रथितं प्रियां प्रति R.8.7. -3 The Supreme Being. -4 A Jaina saint. -णम् Ved. An action, a holy or sacred rite. स विश्वस्य करुणस्येश एको Rv.1.1.7; ममेदु- कर्मन् करुणे$धि जाया Av.12.3.47. ind. mournfully, woefully; अधस्ताच्छिंशपामूले साध्वी करुणमास्थिता Rām.5.59.21. -Comp. -मल्ली the Mallikā plant. -विप्रलम्भः (in Rhet.) the feeling of love in separation. |
| |
| kartṛ | कर्तृ a. or s. [कृ-तृच्] कर्ताहमिति मन्यते Bg.3.27. 1 A doer, one who does, makes, performs &c., an agent; वंशस्य˚ R.2.64; व्याकरणस्य कर्ता author of Grammar ऋणस्य कर्ता one who incurs debt; हितकर्ता a benefactor; सुवर्णकर्ता a goldsmith &c. -2 (In gram.) An agent (the meaning of the instrumental case). -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 An epithet of Brahmā. -5 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva also. -6 A priest. -Comp. -अभिप्राय a. (P.I.3.72) accruing to the agent. -वाच्यः the active voice. |
| |
| kala | कल a. [ कल्- घञ्] 1 Sweet and indistinct (अस्पष्टमधुर); कर्णे कलं किमपि रौति H.1.78; सारसैः कलनिर्ह्रादैः R.1.41,8. 59; M.5.1. वाग्भिः कलाभिर्ललितैश्च हावैः Bu. Ch.2.3. (Hence -2 Low, soft, sweet (note &c.); melodious, pleasing, निशासु भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12. -3 Making noise, jingling, tinkling &c.; भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12; कल- किङ्किणीरवम् Śi.9.74,82; कलमेखलाकलकलः 6.14,4.57; -4 Weak. -5 Crude; undigested. -6 Vigorous. -7 Full. दीनस्य ताम्राश्रुकलस्य राज्ञः Rām.2.13.24. -ला 1 A low or soft and inarticulate tone. -2 (In poetry) Time equal to four Mātrās. -3 (-m. pl.) A class of manes. -लम् Semen. -Comp. अङ्कुरः the Sārasa bird. -अनु- वादिन् m. 1 a sparrow. -2 a bee. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अविकलः a sparrow. -आलापः 1 a sweet humming sound. -2 sweet and agreeable discourse; स्फुरत्- कलालापविलासकोमला करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकधिकम् K.2. -3 a bee. -उत्ताल a. high, sharp. -कण्ठ a. having a sweet voice. (-ण्ठः) (ण्ठी f.) 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a goose, swan. -3 a pigeon. -कलः 1 murmuring or hum of a crowd. -2 indistinct or confused noise; चलितया विदधे कलमेखलाकलकलो$लकलोलदृशान्यया Śi.6.14; नेपथ्ये कलकलः (in dramas); Bh.1.27,37; Amaru.31. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 resin, pitch. -कूजिका, -कूणिका a wanton woman. -घोषः the (Indian) cuckoo. -चु(चू)रिः N. of a royal family; B. R. -तूलिका a wanton or lascivious woman. -धूतम् silver. -धौतम् 1 silver; कलधौतधौत- शिलवेश्मनां रुचौ Śi.13.21,4.41. -2 gold; विमलकलधौत- त्सरुणा खड्गेन Ve.3. कन्येयं कलधौतकोमलरुचिः कीर्तिस्तु नातः परा Mahār. -3 a low or pleasing tone. ˚लिपि f. 1 illumination of a manuscript with gold. -2 characters written in gold; मरकतशकलकलितकलधौतलिपेरिव रतिजय- लेखम् Gīt.8. -ध्वनिः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a pigeon. -3 a peacock. -4 the (Indian) cuckoo. -नाद a. having a low and sweet tone. (-दः) a swan; see कलध्वनि. -भाषणम् lisping, the prattle of childhood. -रवः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a dove. -3 the (Indian) cuckoo. -विशुद्ध a. soft and clear; Ś.5. -व्याघ्रः a mongrel breed between a tigress and panther. -हंसः 1 a gander, a swan; वधूदुकूलं कलहंस- लक्षणम् Ku.5.67. -2 a duck, drake; Bk.2.18; कलमन्य- भृतासु भाषितं कलहंसीषु मदालसं गतम् R.8.59. -3 the supreme soul. -4 an excellent king. |
| |
| kāmaḥ | कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8. |
| |
| kāmin | कामिन् a. (-नी f.) [कम्-णिनि] 1 Lustful. -2 Desirous. -3 Loving, fond. -m. 1 A lover, a lustful person (paying particular attention to ladies); त्वया चन्द्रमसा चातिसन्धीयते कामिजनसार्थः Ś.3; त्वां कामिनो मदनदूतिमुदाहरन्ति V.4.11; Amaru.2; M.3.14. -2 A luxurious husband. -3 The ruddy goose or चक्रवाक bird. -4 A sparrow. -5 An epithet of Śiva. -6 The moon. -7 A pigeon. -8 The Supreme Being. -नी 1 A loving, affectionate, or fond woman; Ms.8.112. -2 A lovely or beautiful woman; उदयति हि शशाङ्कः कामिनीगण्डपाण्डुः Mk.1.57; केषां नैषा कथय कविताकामिनी कौतुकाय P. R.1.22. -3 A woman (in general); मृगया जहार चतुरेव कामिनी R.9.69; Me.65; Ṛs.1.28. -4 A timid woman. -5 Spirituous liquor. |
| |
| kāyaḥ | कायः यम् [चीयते$स्मिन् अस्थ्यादिकमिति काय; चि-घञ् आदेः ककारः P.III.3.41. Sk.] 1 The body; विभाति कायः करुणापराणां परोपकारैर्न तु चन्दनेन Bh.2.71; कायेन मनसा बुद्ध्या Bg.5.11; so कायेन, वाचा, मनसा &c. -2 The trunk of a tree. -3 The body of a lute (the whole lute except the wires). -4 A multitude, assemblage, collection. -5 Principal, capital. -6 Home, residence, habitation. -7 A butt, a mark. -8 Natural temperament. -यम् (with or without तीर्थ) The part of the hand just below the fingers, especially the little finger, or the last two fingers (this part being considered sacred to Prajāpati is called प्रजापतितीर्थ; cf. Ms.2.58-59). -यः One of the eight forms of marriage, generally known as प्राजापत्य q. v.; स कायः पावयेत्तज्जः Y.1.6; Ms.3.38. -Comp. -अग्निः the digestive faculty. मनः कायाग्निमाहन्ति Maitri. Up.7.11. -क्लेशः bodily suffering or pain; कायक्ले- शभयात्त्येजत् Bg.18.8. -उत्सर्गः a kind of religious austerity in Jainas. -चिकित्सा the third of the eight departments of medical science, treatment of diseases affecting the whole body. -दण्डः a complete command over one's body; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -मानम् measurement of the body. -बन्धनम् 1 girdle. -2 the union of semen virile and blood. -वलनम् an armour. -स्थः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the writer-caste (born from a क्षत्रिय father and a शूद्र mother). कायस्थेनोदरस्थेन मातु- र्मांसं न भक्षितम् । दयावृत्तिर्न चैवात्र दन्ताभावो हि कारणम् ॥ Subhāṣ. -3 a man of that caste; कायस्थ इति लध्वी मात्रा Mu.1; Y.1.336; Mk.9. (-स्था) 1 a woman of that caste. -2 the Myrobalan tree (Mar. हिरडा). (-स्थी) the wife of a कायस्थ. -स्थित a. corporeal, bodily. |
| |
| kāla | काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16. |
| |
| kāliyaḥ | कालियः N. of a tremendously large serpent who dwelt at the bottom of the Yamunā (which was a ground forbidden to Garuḍa, the enemy of serpents, owing to the curse of the sage Saubhari). He was crushed to death by Kṛiṣṇa when he was but a boy; R.6.49; Śi.17.69. -याः (pl.) The family of black serpents; Śi.19.28. -Comp. -दमनः, -मर्दनः epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. |
| |
| kiṭṭam | किट्टम् किट्टकम् Secretion, excrement, sediment, dirt; अग्नौ विवर्णं परितप्यमानं किट्टं यथा राघव जातरूपम् Rām. 4.24.18. अन्न˚. -Comp. cf. स्यात् किट्टं केशलोमास्थ्नोर्मज्ज्ञः स्नेहो$क्षिविट्त्वचाम् charak. -वर्जितम् semen virile. |
| |
| kūṭa | कूट a. 1 False; as in कूटाः स्युः पूर्वसाक्षिणः Y.2.8; दुस्तोषः कूटयोगिनाम् Bhāg.2.9.19. -2 Immovable, steady. -3 Despised. -टः, -टम् 1 Fraud, illusion, deception. -2 A trick, fraudulent or roguish scheme; अक्षकूटमधि- ष्ठाय हृतं दुर्योधनेन वै Mb.3.33.3. -3 A puzzling question, knotty or intricate point, as in कूटश्लोक, कूटान्योक्ति; वाचः कूटं तु देवर्षेः स्वयं विभमृशुर्धिया Bhāg.6.5.1. -4 Falsehood, untruth; oft. used in comp. with the force of an adjective; ˚वचनम् false or deceitful words; ˚तुला, ˚मानम् &c. -5 A summit or peak of a mountain; वर्धयन्निव तत्कूटानु- द्धतैर्धातुरेणुभिः R.4.71, Me.115; Māl.5.32. -6 Any projection or prominence. -7 The bone of the forehead with its projections, the crown of the head. -8 A horn, सम्परेतमयःकूटैश्छिन्दन्त्युत्थितमन्यवः Bhāg.4.25.8. -9 End, corner; Y.3.96. -1 Head, chief. -11 A heap, mass, multitude; अभ्रकूटम् 'a heap of clouds'; so अन्नकूटम् 'a heap of food'; Mv.6.32. -12 A hammer, an iron mallet. -13 A plough-share, the body of a plough. -14 A trap for catching deer; नश्येदभिमृशन्सद्यो मृगः कूट- मिव स्पृशन् Mb.12.68.52. -15 A concealed weapon, as a dagger in a woollen case or a sword in a stick. -16 A water-jar. -17 The door of a city; निर्ययुर्भवनात्त- स्मात्कूटमुद्गरपाणयः Rām.5.42.25. -18 A false coin; कूटं हि निषादानामेवोपकारकं न आर्याणाम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.52. -टः 1 A house, dwelling. -2 An ox whose horns are broken. -3 An epithet of Agastya. -Comp. -अक्षः a false or loaded die; कूटाक्षोपधिदेविनः Y.2.22. -अगारम् an apartment on the top of a house; कूटागारैश्च संपूर्णामि- न्द्रस्येवामरावतीम् Rām.1.5.15. -अर्थः ambiguity of meaning. ˚भाषिता a tale, fiction. -उपायः a fraudulent plan, trick, stratagem. -कारः, -कारकः a rogue, a false witness; Ms.3.158. -कृत् a. 1 cheating, deceiving. -2 forging a document; Y.2.7. -3 bribing. (-m.) 1 a man of the writer caste (कायस्थ). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -कार्षापणः a false कार्षापण q. v. -कोष्ठम् a. compartment on the top of a building (Kāmikāgama 55.123-3); (कूटशाला and कूटागार are synonyms). -खङ्गः a sword-stick. -च्छद्मन् m. a cheat; पीड्यमानाः प्रजा रक्ष्याः कूटच्छद्मादिभिस्तथा Pt.1.343. -तुला a false pair of scales. -धर्म a. where falsehood is considered a duty (as a place, house, country, &c.). -पाकलः, -पर्वः -पूर्वः bilious fever to which elephants are subject (हस्तिवातज्वर); अचिरेण वैकृतविवर्तदारुणः कलभं कठोर इव कूट- पाकलः (अभिहन्ति Māl.1.39); (also sometimes written as कूटपालक). -पालकः a potter; a potter's kiln. -पाशः, -बन्धः a trap, snare, समाधिभीतेन किलोपनीतः पञ्चाप्सरोयौवन- कूटबन्धम् R.13.39. -मानम् false measure or weight. -मोहनः an epithet of Skanda. -यन्त्रम् a trap, a snare for deer, birds &c. -युद्धम् treacherous or unfair warfare; कूटयुद्धविधिज्ञे$पि तस्मिन्सन्मार्गयोधिनि R.17.69. -रचना 1 a trap laid; Pt.2.85. -2 artifice, trick; अतर्क्या कुट्टनीकूटरचना हि विधेरपि Ks.57.115. -लेखः a falsified document; कृत्वाथ कूटलेखं सा विदग्धा मह्यमर्पयत् Ks.124.197. -शाल्मलिः f., m. 1 a species of the Śālmali tree. -2 a kind of tree with sharp thorns (regarded as one of the several instruments-perhaps a club-with which the wicked are tortured in the world of Yama); see R.12.95 and Malli. thereon. -शासनम् a forged grant or decree; Ms.9.232. -संक्रान्तिः the passing of the sun into another zodiac when half the night is over. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -स्थ a. 1 standing at the top, occupying the highest place (said of a person who stands at the head in a geneological table). -2 silent; not at all moving or working; Mb.12.179.6. (-स्थः) the Supreme Soul (immovable, unchangeable, and perpetually the same); क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.6.8;12.3. (-स्थः, -स्थम्) a kind of perfume (Mar. नखला). -स्वर्णम् counterfeit gold; Y.2.297. -हेमन् (as above); रज्यत्तुषारद्युतिकूटहेम तत्पाण्डु जातं रजतं क्षणेन N.22.52. |
| |
| kṛ | कृ I. 5 U. (कृणोति-कृणुते) To hurt, injure, kill. -II. 8 U. (करोति-कुरुते, चकार-चक्रे, अकार्षीत्-अकृत; कर्तुम्, करिष्यति-ते कृत) 1 To do (in general); तात किं करवाण्यहम् -2 To make; गणिकामवरोधमकरोत् Dk; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; युवराजः कृतः &c. -3 To manufacture, shape, prepare; कुम्भकारो घटं करोति; कटं करोति &c. -4 To build, create; गृहं कुरु; सभां कुरु मदर्थे भोः. -5 To produce, cause, engender; रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -6 To form, arrange; अञ्जलिं करोति; कपोतहस्तकं कृत्वा. -7 To write, compose; चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -8 To perform, be engaged in; पूजां करोति. -9 To tell, narrate; इति बहुविधाः कथाः कुर्वन् &c. -1 To carry out, execute, obey; एवं क्रियते युष्मदादेशः Māl.1; or करिष्यामि वचस्तव or शासनं मे कुरुष्व &c. -11 To bring about, accomplish, effect; सत्सं- गतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -12 To throw or let out, discharge, emit; मूत्रं कृ to discharge urine, make water; so पुरीषं कृ to void excrement. -13 To assume, put on, take; स्त्रीरूपं कृत्वा; नानारूपाणि कुर्वाणः Y.3. 162. -14 To send forth, utter; मानुषीं गिरं कृत्वा, कलरवं कृत्वा &c. -15 To place or put on (with loc.); कण्ठे हारम- करोत् K.212; पाणिमुरसि कृत्वा &c. -16 To entrust (with some duty), appoint; अध्यक्षान् विविधान्कुर्यात्तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms.7.81. -17 To cook (as food) as in कृतान्नम्. -18 To think, regard, consider; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6. 19. -19 To take (as in the hand); कुरु करे गुरुमेकमयोघनं N.4.59. -2 To make a sound, as in खात्कृत्य, फूत्कृत्य भुङ्क्ते; so वषट्कृ, स्वाहाकृ &c. -21 To pass, spend (time); वर्षाणि दश चक्रुः spent; क्षणं कुरु wait a moment. -22 To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); नाधर्मे कुरुते मनः Ms.12.118; नगरगमनाय मतिं न करोति Ś.2. -23 To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury); प्राप्ताग्निनिर्वापणगर्वमम्बु रत्नाङ्- कुरज्योतिषि किं करोति Vikr.1.18; यदनेन कृतं मयि, असौ किं मे करिष्यति &c. -24 To use, employ, make use of; किं तया क्रियते धेन्वा Pt.1. -25 To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in धा); द्विधा कृ to divide into two parts; शतधा कृ, सहस्रधा कृ &c. -26 To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in सात्); आत्मसात् कृ to subject or appropriate to oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात्प्रयतन्ते नृपसूनवो हि यत् R.8.2; भस्मसात् कृ to reduce to ashes. -27 To appropriate, secure for oneself. -28 To help, give aid. -29 To make liable. -3 To violate or outrage (as a girl). -31 To begin. -32 To order. -33 To free from. -34 To proceed with, put in practice. -35 To worship, sacrifice. -36 To make like, consider equal to, cf. तृणीकृ (said to be Ātm. only in the last 1 senses). -37 To take up, gather; आदाने करोतिशब्दः Ms.4.2.6; यथा काष्ठानि करोति गोमयानि करोति इति आदाने करोतिशब्दो भवति एवमिहापि द्रष्टव्यम् ŚB. on MS.4.2.6. This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. g. कृष्णीकृ to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; so श्वेतीकृ to whiten; घनीकृ to solidify; विरलीकृ to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; e. g. क्रोडीकृ 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace; भस्मीकृ to reduce to ashes; प्रवणीकृ to incline, bend; तृणीकृ to value as little as straw; मन्दीकृ to slacken, make slow; so शूलीकृ to roast on the end of pointed lances; सुखीकृ to please' समयाकृ to spend time &c. N. B.- This root by itself admits of either Pada; but it is Ātm. generally with prepositions in the following senses :--(1) doing injury to; (2) censure, blame; (3) serving; (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly; (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into; (6) reciting; (7) employing, using; see P.I.3.32 and गन्धनावक्षेपणसेवनसाहसिक्यप्रतियत्नप्रकथनोपयोगेषु कृञः ''Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition" 338. Note. The root कृ is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e. g. पदं कृ to set foot (fig. also); आश्रमे पदं करिष्यसि Ś.4.19; क्रमेण कृतं मम वपुषि नव- यौवनेन पदम् K.141; मनसा कृ to think of, meditate; मनसि कृ to think; दृष्ट्वा मनस्येवमकरोत् K.136; or to resolve or determine; सख्यम्, मैत्रीं कृ to form friendship with; अस्त्राणि कृ to practise the use of weapons; दण्डं कृ to inflict punishment; हृदये कृ to pay heed to; कालं कृ to die; मतिं-बुद्धिं कृ to think of, intend, mean; उदकं कृ to offer libations of water to manes; चिरं कृ to delay; दर्दुरं कृ to play on the lute; नखानि कृ to clean the nails; कन्यां कृ to outrage or violate a maiden; विना कृ to separate from, to be abandoned by, as in मदनेन विनाकृता रतिः Ku.4.21; मध्ये कृ to place in the middle, to have reference to; मध्येकृत्य स्थितं क्रथकौशिकान् M.5.2; वेशे कृ to win over, place in subjection, subdue; चमत्कृ to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; सत्कृ to honour, treat with respect; तिर्यक्कृ to place aside. -Caus. (कारयति-ते) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; आज्ञां कारय रक्षोभिः Bk.8.84; भृत्यं भृत्येन वा कटं कारयति Sk. -Desid. (चिकीर्षति- ते) To wish to do &c.; Śi.14.41. |
| |
| kṛta | कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41. |
| |
| kṛpā | कृपा [क्रप्-भिदा ˚अङ् संप्र.] Pity, tenderness, compassion; कृपया परयाविष्टः Bg.1.28; चक्रवाकयोः पुरो वियुक्ते मिथुने कृपावती Ku.5.26; Śānti.4.19; सकृपम् kindly. -Comp. -अन्वित a. merciful. -आकरः, -सागरः -सिन्धुः extremely compassionate. -दृष्टिः f. a look with favour, a kind of look. |
| |
| kṛṣṇa | कृष्ण a. [कृष्-नक्] 1 Black, dark, dark-blue. -2 Wicked, evil; मनो गुणान्वै सृजते बलीयस्ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि । शुक्लानि कृष्णान्यथ लोहितानि तेभ्यः सवर्णाः सृतयो भवन्ति ॥ Bhāg. 11.23.44. -ष्णः 1 The black colour. -2 The black antelope; Bhāg.1.35.19. -3 A crow. -4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon); Bg.8.25. -6 The Kali age. -7 Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛiṣna is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kaṁsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā, by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kaṁsa, and performed many other feats of surprising strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kaṁsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛiṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāmā, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. बहिरिव मलिनतरं तव कृष्ण मनो$पि भविष्यति नूनं Gīt.8. His son was Pradyumna]. -8 N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata; कुतः सञ्चोदितः कृष्णः कृतवान्संहितां मुनिः Bhāg.1.4.3. -9 N. of Arjuna. -1 Aloe wood. -11 The Supreme spirit. -12 Black pepper. -13 Iron. -14 A Śūdra; कृष्णस्तु केशवे व्यासे कोकिले$र्जुनकाकयोः । शूद्रे तामिस्रपक्षे$ग्निकलिनीलगुणेषु च ॥ Nm. -15 The marking nut (भल्लातक); विरक्तं शोध्यते वस्त्रं न तु कृष्णोपसंहितम् Mb.12.291.1. -ष्णा 1 N. of Draupadī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; तेजो हृतं खलु मयाभिहतश्च मत्स्यः सज्जीकृतेन धनुषाधिगता च कृष्णा Bhāg.1.15.7; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26. -2 N. of a river in the Deccan that joins the sea at Machhalipaṭṭaṇa. -3 A kind of poisonous insect. -4 N. of several plants. -5 A grape. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Durgā Bhāg.4.6.7. -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -9 N. of the river Yamunā; विलोक्य दूषितां कृष्णां कृष्णः कृष्णाहिना विभुः Bhāg.1.16.1. -ष्णी A dark night; रिणक्ति कृष्णीर- रुषाय पन्थाम् Rv.7.71.1. -ष्णम् 1 Blackness, darkness (moral also); शुक्रा कृष्णादजनिष्ट श्वितीची Rv.1.123.9. -2 Iron. -3 Antimony. -4 The black part of the eye. -5 Black pepper. -6 Lead. -7 An inauspicious act. -8 Money acquired by gambling. -Comp. -अगुरु n. a kind of sandal-wood. -अचलः an epithet of the mountain Raivataka. -अजिनम् the skin of the black antelope. -अध्वन्, -अर्चिस् m. an epithet of fire; cf. कृष्ण- वर्त्मन्. -अयस्, n. -अयसम्, -आमिषम् iron, crude or black iron. -कृष्णायसस्येव च ते संहत्य हृदयं कृतम् Mb.5.135. 1; वाचारम्भणं विकारो नामधेयं कृष्णायसमित्येव सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.1.6. -अर्जकः N. of a tree. -अष्टमी, -जन्माष्टमी the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛiṣṇa, was born; also called गोकुलाष्टमी. -आवासः the holy fig-tree. -उदरः a kind of snake. -कञ्चुकः a kind of gram. -कन्दम् a red lotus. -कर्मन् a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful. -काकः a raven. -कायः a buffalo. -काष्ठम् a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum. -कोहलः a gambler. -गङ्गा the river कृष्णावेणी. -गति fire; ववृधे स तदा गर्भः कक्षे कृष्णगतिर्यथा Mb.13.85.56; आयोघने कृष्णगतिं सहायम् R.6.42. -गर्भाः (f. pl.) 1 the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛiṣṇa; यः कृष्णगर्भा निरहन्नृजिश्वना Rv.1.11.1. -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds. -गोधा a kind of poisonous insect. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -चञ्चुकः a kind of pea. -चन्द्रः N. of Vasudeva. -चर a. what formerly belonged to Kṛiṣṇa. -चूर्णम् rust of iron, iron-filings. -च्छविः f. 1 the skin of the black antelope. -2 a black cloud; कृष्णच्छविसमा कृष्णा Mb.4.6.9. -ताम्रम् a kind of sandal wood. -तारः 1 a species of antelope. -2 an antelope (in general) -तालु m. a kind of horse having black palate; cf. शालिहोत्र of भोज, 67. -त्रिवृता N. of a tree. -देहः a large black bee. -धनम् money got by foul means. -द्वादशी the twelfth day in the dark half of Āṣaḍha. -द्वैपायनः N. of Vyāsa; तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे Ve.1.4. -पक्षः 1 the dark half of a lunar month; रावणेन हृता सीता कृष्णपक्षे$- सिताष्टमी Mahān. -2 an epithet of Arjuna; -पदी a female with black feet, -पविः an epithet of Agni. -पाकः N. of a tree (Mar. करवंद). -पिङ्गल a. dark-brown. (-ला) N. of Durgā. -पिण्डीतकः (-पिण्डीरः) N. of a tree (Mar. काळा गेळा). -पुष्पी N. of a tree (Mar. काळा धोत्रा). -फलः (-ला) N. of a tree (Mar. काळें जिरें). -बीजम् a watermelon. -भस्मन् sulphate of mecury. -मृगः the black antelope; शृङ्गे कृष्णमृगस्य वामनयनं कण्डूयमानां मृगीम् Ś.6.17. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः the black-faced monkey. -मृत्तिका 1 black earth. -2 the gunpowder. -यजुर्वेदः the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda. -यामः an epithet of Agni; वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तम् Rv.6.6.1. -रक्तः dark-red colour. -रूप्य = ˚चर q. v. -लवणम् 1 a kind of black salt. -2 a factitious salt. -लोहः the loadstone. -वर्णः 1 black colour. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a Śūdra; विडूरुङ्घ्रिश्रितकृष्णवर्णः Bhāg.2.1.37. -वर्त्मन् m. 1 fire; श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42; Ms.2.94. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a low man, profligate, black-guard. -विषाणा Ved. the horns of the black antelope. -वेणी N. of a river. -शकुनिः a crow; Av.19.57.4. -शारः, -सारः, -सारङ्गः the spotted antelope; कृष्णसारे ददच्चक्षुस्त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6; V.4.31; पीयूषभानाविव कृष्णसारः Rām. Ch.1.3. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -सखः, -सारथिः an epithet of Arjuna. (-खी) cummin seed (Mar. जिरें). -स्कन्धः N. of a tree (Mar. तमाल). |
| |
| kṛṣṇaśa | कृष्णश a. Extremely black. |
| |
| keśava | केशव a. [केशाः प्रशस्ताः सन्त्यस्य; केश-व P.V.2.19] Having much, fine or luxuriant hair. -वः An epithet of Viṣṇu; केशव जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; केशवं पतितं दृष्ट्वा पाण्डवा हर्षनिर्भराः Subhās. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The month of मार्गशीर्ष. -Comp. -आयुधः the mango tree. (-धम्) a weapon of Viṣṇu. -आलयः, -आवासः the Aśvattha tree. -दैवज्ञः N. of an astronomer. -स्वामिन् N. of a grammarian. |
| |
| kaivalyam | कैवल्यम् [केवलस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Perfect isolation, soleness, exclusiveness. -2 Individuality; Bhāg.5.3.17. -3 Detachment of the soul from matter, identification with the supreme spirit. -4 Final emancipation or beatitude; Bhāg.1.8.27. -5 Everlasting disappearance of the three pains; कैवल्यं माध्यस्थ्यम् Sā&ndot. K.19.; कैवल्यार्थं प्रवृत्तेश्च ibid. 17. |
| |
| kriyā | क्रिया [कृ भावे करणादौ वा श cf. P.III] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; उपचार˚, धर्म˚; प्रत्युक्तं हि प्रणयिषु सतामीप्सितार्थक्रियैव Me.116. -2 An action, act, business, undertaking; प्रणयिक्रिया V.4.15; Ms.2.4. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विनयति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16. -6 Practice (opp. शास्त्र theory). -7 A literary work, composition; शृणुत मनोभिर- वहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य V.1.2; कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms.1.43. -9 An expiatory rite, expiation. -1 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (श्राद्ध). (b) Obsequies. -11 Worship; त्रैतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः 'कृता Bhāg.7.14.39. -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; शीतक्रिया M.4 cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see कर्मन्. -16 (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; क्रिया स्याद्वादिनोर्द्वयोः, द्वयो- रपि वादिनोः क्रिया प्राप्नोति V. May. -18 A verb. -19 A noun of action. -2 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A construction; कूपप्रपापुष्करिणीवनानां चक्रुः क्रियास्तत्र च धर्मकामाः Bu. Ch.2.12. -25 Spirit (अध्यात्म) ?; द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -Comp. -अन्वित a. practising ritual observances. -अपवर्गः 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; क्रियापवर्गे- ष्वनुजीविसात् कृताः Ki.1.14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. -अभ्युपगमः a special agreement; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतत् बीजार्थं यत्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53; -अर्थ a. 1 (a Vedic injunction) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशम् Ku.5.33. -अव- सन्न a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -आरम्भः Cooking; आत्मार्थं च क्रिया- रम्भः Ms.11.64. -इन्द्रियम् see कर्मेंन्द्रिय. -कलापः 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business. -कल्पः a particular mode of diognosis. -काण्डम् The portion of a श्रुति text treating of the sacrifices. -कारः 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. -तन्त्रम् one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -द्वेषिन् m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses). -द्वैतम् efficient cause. -निर्देशः evidence. -पटु a. dexterous. -पथः mode of medical treatment. -पदम् a verb. -पर a. diligent in the performance of one's duty. -पादः the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -माधुर्यम् beauty of art and architecture; अहो क्रियामाधुर्यं पाषाणानाम् Pratimā 3. -यज्ञः religious rites (such as गर्भाधानसंस्कार); Mb.1.18.5. -योगः 1 connection with the verb. -2 the employment of expedients or means; तदा तत्प्रतिकाराच्च सततं वा विचिन्तनात् । आधिव्याधिप्रशमनं क्रियायोगद्वये न तु ॥ Mb. 3.2.23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i. e. active devotion. -लोपः omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; क्रिया- लोपाद् वृषलत्वं गताः Ms.1.43. -वशः necessary influence of acts done. -वाचक, -वाचिन् a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun. -वादिन् m. a plaintiff, complainant. -विधिः a rule of action, manner of any rite; अयमुक्तो विभागो वः पुत्राणां च क्रियाविधिः Ms.9.22. -विशेषणम्, 1 an adverb. -2 a predicative adjective. -शक्तिः f. the power of god (in creating this world). -संक्रान्तिः f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19. -समभिहारः [cf. P.III.1.22] the repetition of any act; क्रियासम- भिहारेण विराध्यन्तं क्षमेत कः Śi.2.43. |
| |
| krodhaḥ | क्रोधः [क्रुध्-भावे घञ्] 1 Anger, wrath; कामात्क्रोधो$भिजा- यते Bg.2.62; so क्रोधान्धः, क्रोधानलः &c. -2 (In Rhet.) Anger considered as the feeling which gives rise to the raudra sentiment. -3 N. of the mystic syllable हुम् or ह्रुम्. -4 (also क्रोधन) N. of the 59th year of the संवत्सर cycle. -धा N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -Comp. -इद्ध a. inflamed with anger, darting out fire; क्रोधेद्धैर्द्दष्टिपातै- र्मुहुरुपशमिता वह्नयो$मी त्रयो$पि Ratn.1.3. -उज्झित a. free from anger, composed, cool. -कृत् a. angry. (-m.) the Supreme Being. -ज a. proceeding from wrath (as the eight vices; पैशुन्यं साहसं द्रोह ईर्ष्यासूयार्थदूषणम् । वाग्दण्डजं च पारुष्यं क्रोधजो$पि गणोष्टकः ॥ Ms.7.48). -मूर्च्छित a. overcome or infatuated with anger; ततो ज्ञातिवधं श्रुत्वा रावणः क्रोधमूर्च्छितः Rām.1.1.49. -तः a kind of perfume. -वश a. passionate, violent. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. |
| |
| kṣara | क्षर a. [क्षरति स्यन्दते मुञ्चति वा, क्षर्-अच्] 1 Melting away. -2 Movable. -3 Perishable; क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$ क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16. -रः A cloud. -रम् 1 Water. -2 The body; ततः सवेदनः सद्यो जीवः प्रच्यवते क्षरात् Mb.14.17.17. -3 Ignorance. -4 The Supreme Being. -5 Cause and effect. -6 The natural form (प्रकृति); अक्षरक्षरयोरेव द्वयोः सम्बन्ध इष्यते Mb.12.35.1. -Comp. -आत्मक a. Of a perishable nature, perishable; Mārk. P.23.33. -जः (also क्षरेज) a. produced by distillation or from a cloud. -भाव a. mutable. |
| |
| kṣetram | क्षेत्रम् [क्षि-ष्ट्रन्] A fiield, ground, soil; चीयते बालिश- स्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3. -2 Landed property, land. -3 Place, abode, region, repository; कपटशतमयं क्षेत्रमप्रत्ययानाम् Pt.1.191; Bh.1.77; Me.16. -4 A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; क्षेत्रं क्षत्रप्रधनपिशुनं कौरवं तद्भजेथाः Me.5; Bg.1.1. -5 An enclosed spot of ground, portion or space, superficies, circuit. -6 Fertile soil. -7 Place of origin; Bhāg.2.6.1. -8 A wife; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ms.3.175; वृद्धस्तु व्याधितो वा राजा ... क्षेत्रे बीजमुत्पादयेत् Kau. A.1.17. -9 The sphere of action, the body (regarded as the field of the working of the soul); योगिनो यं विचिन्वन्ति क्षेत्राभ्यन्तर- वर्तिनम् Ku.6.77; Bg.13.1,2,3. -1 The mind. -11 A house; a town. -12 A plane figure, as a triangle. -13 A diagram. -14 A sign of the zodiac. -15 (in chiromancy) A certain portion marked out on the palm; क्षेत्रं मृजां च विधिवत्कुशलो$वलोक्य सामुद्रविद्वदति यातमनागतं च Bṛi. S.68.1. -Comp. -अंशः a degree of the ecliptic. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground. -आजीवः, -करः, -कृत m. a cultivator, peasant. -इक्षुः N. of a corn (यवनाल- Mar. जोंधळा). -गणितम् geometry. -गत a. geometrical. ˚उपपत्तिः f. geometrical proof. -ज a. 1 produced in a field. -2 born from the body. (-जः) 1 one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by a kinsman duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms.9.167,18; Y.1.69,2.128. -जात a. begotten on the wife of another. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing places. -2 clever, dexterous; क्षेत्रज्ञवद्भाषसे त्वं हि धर्मान् Mb.1.89.14. (-ज्ञः) 1 the soul; cf. क्षेत्रज्ञं चापि मां विद्धि सर्वक्षेत्रेषु भारत Bg. 13.1,3; Ms.12.12. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 a libertine. -4 a husbandman. -5 a form of Śiva. -6 a witness. (-ज्ञा) a girl fifteen years old personating Durgā at a festival. -देवता the deity of the fields; N. of a serpant. -पतिः a land-owner, a landlord. -पदम् a place sacred to a deity; पादौ हरेः क्षेत्रपदानुसर्पणे Bhāg. 9.4.2. -पालः 1 a man employed to guard a field. -2 a deity protecting fields. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -फलम् the area or superficial contents of a figure (in math.) -भक्तिः f. the division of a field. -भूमिः f. cultivated land. -राशिः quantity represented by geometrical figures. -लिप्ता a minute of the ecliptic. -विद् a. = क्षेत्रज्ञ q. v. (-m.) 1 a husbandman. -2 a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुः Ku.3.5. -3 the soul; यः क्षेत्रवित्तपतया हृदि विष्वगाविः Bhāg.4.22.37. -व्यवहारः 1 drawing a figure in geometry. -2 geometrical demonstration. -स्थ a. residing at a sacred place. |
| |
| kṣetrin | क्षेत्रिन् a. [क्षेत्र-इनि] 1 Owing a field; cultivating land. -2 Agricultural. -m. 1 An agriculturist, a cultivator; यावत्सस्यं विनश्येत्तु तावत्स्यात्क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -2 A (nominal) husband; आहुरुत्पादकं केचिदपरे क्षेत्रिणं विदुः Ms.9.32. Ś.5. -3 The soul. -4 The Supreme Soul; क्षेत्रं क्षेत्री तथा कृत्स्नं प्रकाशयति भारत Bg.13.33. |
| |
| kṣetriya | क्षेत्रिय a. [क्षेत्र-घ cf. P.V.2.92 Vārt.1,2.] 1 Relating to a field. -2 Curable in a future body, or incurable in the present life, irremediable; दण्डो$यं क्षेत्रियो येन मय्यपातीति सा$ब्रवीत् Bk.4.32 क्षेत्रियरोगं सखि हृदन्तः -यम् 1 An organic disease. -2 Meadow grass, pasturage. -3 (pl.) The surrounding parts of any place; यदि स्थ क्षेत्रियाणाम् Av.2.14.5. -यः 1 A medicament. -2 An incurable disease. -3 An adulterer. -4 Physicking, operating. |
| |
| khaḍgaḥ | खड्गः [खड्-भेदने गन् Uṇ.1.121] 1 A sword; न हि खड्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् Udb.; खड्गं परामृश्य &c. -2 The horn of a rhinoceros. -3 A rhinoceros; प्रायो विषाण- परिमोषलघूत्तमाङ्गान्खड्गांश्चकार नृपतिर्निशितैः क्षुरप्रैः R.9.62; Ms.3. 272,5.18; ... खङ्गशृङ्गं चामरं च ... Śiva. B.3.12. -ड्गम् Iron. -Comp. -आघातः a sword-cut. -आधारः a sheath, scabbard. -आमिषम् a buffalo's flesh. -आह्वः a rhinoceros. -कोशः a scabbard. -धरः a swordsman. -धारा a sword-blade; खड्गधारा हता मे$य दीप्यमाना इवाग्नयः Rām.2.23.34. ˚व्रतम् an extremely difficult task. -धेनुः, -धेनुका 1 a small sword. -2 a female rhinoceros. -पत्रम् the blade of a sword. (-त्रः) a tree in hell having swords for leaves; cf. असिपत्र. -पाणि a. sword in hand. -पात्रम् a vessel made of buffalo's horns. -पिधानम्, -पिधानकम् a scabbard. -पुत्रिका a knife, small sword. -प्रहारः a sword-cut. -फलम् a sword-blade. -बन्धः a kind of artificial composition, the words being arranged in the form of a sword; see K. P.9 ad loc. -विद्या swrodsmanship. |
| |
| gaṇyamānam | गण्यमानम् The comparative height of the component members of an architectural structure. In the sculptural measurement the similar height is called the तालमान. |
| |
| gabhīra | गभीर m. [गच्छति जलमत्र, गभ् ईरन् भान्तादेशश्च Uṇ.4.35] 1 Deep (in all senses); उत्तालास्त इमे गभीरपयसः पुण्याः सरित्संगमाः U.2.3; Bv.2.15. -2 Deepsounding (as a drum). -3 Thick, dense, impervious (as a forest); Ki.14.39. -4 Profound, sagacious. -5 Grave, serious, solemn, earnest. -6 Secret, mysterious. -7 Inscrutable, difficult to be perceived or understood; गभीरमर्थं कति- चित्प्रकाशताम् (नयन्ति) Ki.14.4. -Comp. -आत्मन् the Supreme Soul. -वेध a. very penetrating. |
| |
| gam | गम् 1 P. (गच्छति, जगाम, अगमत्, गमिष्यति, गन्तुम्, गत desid.; जिगमिषति, जिगांसते Ātm.; freq. जङ्गम्यते; जङ्गमीति or जङ्गन्ति) 1 To go, move in general; गच्छत्वार्या पुनर्दर्शनाय V.5; गच्छति पुरः शरीरं धावति पश्चादसंस्तुतं चेतः Ś.1.33; क्वाधुना गम्यते 'where art thou going'. -2 To depart, go forth, go away, set forth or out; उत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं जगाम Ś.5.3. -3 To go to, reach, resort to, arrive at, approach; यदगम्यो$पि गम्यते Pt.1.7; एनो गच्छति कर्तारम् Ms.8.19 the sin goes to (recoils on) the doer; 4.199; so धरणिं मूर्ध्ना गम् &c. -4 To pass, pass away, elapse (as time); दिनेषु गच्छत्सु R.3.8 as days rolled on, in course of time; Me.85; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1; गच्छता कालेन in the long run. -5 To go to the state or condition of, become, undergo, suffer, partake of &c. (usually joined with nouns ending in. -ता, -त्व &c, or any noun in the acc.); गमिष्या- म्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3; पश्चादुमाख्यां सुमुखी जगाम Ku.1.26 went by or received the name of Umā; so तृप्तिं गच्छति becomes satisfied; विषादं गतः became dejected; कोपं न गच्छति does not become angry; आनृण्यं गतः became released from debt; मनसा गम् to think of, remember; Ku.2.63; वृषेण गच्छतः riding a bull; Ku.5.8. -6 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; गुरोः सुतां ... यो गच्छति पुमान् Pt.2.17; Y.1.8. -Caus. (गमयति-ते) 1 To cause to go, lead or reduce to (as a state); गमितः गतिम् Ku.4.24; Bh.3.38; Ki.2.7. -2 To spend, pass (as time). -3 To make clear, explain, expound. -4 To signify, denote, convey an idea or sense of; द्वौ नञौ प्रकृतार्थ गमयतः 'two negatives make one affirmative'. -5 To send to. -6 To bring to a place (acc.). -7 To impart, grant, bestow. -8 To intend, mean. |
| |
| gahana | गहन a. 1 Deep, dense, thick; वनान्निष्क्रम्य गहनाद्बहवः कुरुसैनिकाः Mb.4.67.2. -2 Impervious, impenetrable, impassable, inaccessible. -3 Hard to be understood, inexplicable, mysterious; सेवाधर्मः परमगहनो योगिनामप्यगम्यः Pt.1.11,285; Bh.2.58; गहना कर्मणो गतिः Bg.4.17; Śānti.1.8. -4 Grave, dignified; भूम्ना रसानां गहनाः प्रयोगाः Māl.1.4. -5 Impassioned, replete with love, strong; क्व च नु गहनाः कौतुकरसाः U.6.33. -6 Hard, difficult, causing pain or trouble; गहनसंसारः Śānti.3.15; U.7.6. (v. l.). -7 Deepened, intensified; महामोहगहनः (विकारः) Māl.1.3. -नम् 1 An abyss, depth; अम्भः किमासीद्गहनं गभीरम् Rv.1.129.1. -2 A wood, thicket, deep or impenetrable forest; यदनुगमनाय निशि गहनमपि शीलितम् Gīt.7; Bv.1.25. -3 A hiding-place. -4 A cave. -5 Pain, distress. -6 An ornament. -7 Water. -8 An inaccessible place; धिष्ण्यानामस्म्यहं मेरुर्गहनानां हिमालयः Bhāg.11.16.21. -नः The Supreme Being. |
| |
| gu | गु I. 6 P. (गुवति, गून) To void by stool, void excrement, discharge fæces. -II. 1 Ā. Ved. (गवते) To speak indistinctly. |
| |
| guṇaḥ | गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food). |
| |
| guru | गुरु a. (-रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ) 1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -2 Great, large, long, extended. -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85. -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35. -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1. -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food). -9 Best, excellent. -1 Dear, beloved. -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech). -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.). -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1. -14 Mighty; powerful. -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3. -16 Grievous; Me.85. -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29. -2 Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46. -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ. -4 Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34). -5 A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68. -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23. -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2. -8 The propounder of a new doctrine. -9 The lunar asterism called पुष्य. -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara). -12 The supreme spirit. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable. -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru. -2 A woman entitled to great respect. -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (-र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17. -उत्तम a. highly revered. (-मः) the Supreme soul. -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82. -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor. -कण्ठः a peacock. -कारः worship, adoration. -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair. -2 the office of a spiritual teacher. -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82. -कृत a. 1 worshipped. -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2. -क्रमः instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction. -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन). -घ्नः white mustard. -चर्या attendance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51. -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7. -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher. -2 violation or violator of a teacher's bed; Mb.12.56.32. -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m. 1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6. -2 one who defiles his step-mother. -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1. -दानम् a Guru's gift. -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य. -पत्रा the tamarind tree. -त्रम् tin. -पाक a. difficult of digestion. -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. -2 the worship of one's spiritual preceptor. -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning. -भम् 1 the constellation पुष्य. -2 a bow. -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -भावः importance, weight. -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor. -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद). -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus. -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5. -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house. -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful behaviour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2. -व्यथ a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9. -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya. -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6. -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or property; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35. |
| |
| guhā | गुहा 1 A cave, cavern, hiding-place; गुहानिबद्धप्रतिशब्द- दीर्घम् R.2.28.51; धर्मस्य तत्त्वं निहित गुहायाम् Mb. -2 Hiding, concealing. -3 A pit, hole in the ground. -4 The heart; Śvet. Up.3.2; भगवान्सर्वभूतानामध्यक्षो$वस्थितो गुहाम् Bhāg.2.9.24. -5 Intellect; विद्धि त्वमेतन्निहितं गुहायाम् Kaṭh.1.14; भद्रं वो$स्तु निहितं यद्गुहायाम् Mb.1.191.25. -Comp. -आहित a. placed in the heart. -चरम् Brahman. -मुख a. 'cave-mouthed', wide-mouthed, openmouthed. -शयः 1 a mouse. -2 a tiger or lion. -3 the Supreme soul. |
| |
| gūḍha | गूढ p. p. [गुह्-क्त] 1 Hidden, concealed, kept secret. -2 Covered. -3 Invisible, latent. -4 Secret, private. -5 Disguised. -ढम् 1 A solitary or private place. -2 A private part. -3 A mystery. -4 One of the शब्दालङ्कारs. ind. Secretly; संवत्सरं तत्र विहृत्य गूढम् Mb.3.176.1. -Comp. -अङ्गः a tortoise. -अङ्घ्रिः a snake. -अर्थ a. having a hidden meaning (cf. ˚चन्द्रिका-तत्त्वदीपिका-दीपिका &c. N. of different commentaries). -र्थः the hidden or mystic sense; A. L. -आत्मन् (the compound word being गूढोत्मन् thus accounted for in Sk.; भवेद् वर्णागमाद् हंसः सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् । गूढोत्मा वर्णविकृतेर्वर्णलोपात्पृषोदरः) the Supreme soul. -आलेख्यम् Cipher writing; Kau. A.1.12. -उत्पन्नः, -जः one of the 12 kinds of sons in Hindu-law; he is a son born secretly of a woman, when her husband is absent, the real father being unknown; गृहे प्रच्छन्न उत्पन्नो गूढजस्तु सुतः स्मृतः Y.2.129; Ms.9.159,17. -चार -चारिन् a. going about secretly; Y.2.268. (-m.) a spy, secret emissary. -नीडः the wag-tail. -पथः 1 a hidden path. -2 a by-path. -3 the mind, intellect. -पाद्, -पादः a snake. -पुरुषः a spy, secret emissary, disguised agent; गूढपुरुषोत्पत्तिः Kau. A.1.11. -पुष्पकः the Bakula tree. -भाषितम् secret intelligence, private communication. -मार्गः 1 a passage under-ground. -2 a defile. -मैथुनः a crow. -वर्चस् m. 1 'a concealed witness', one placed to overhear secretly what has been said by the defendant. -2 a frog. -a. of concealed glory; तल्लक्षणज्ञा अपि गूढवर्चसम् Bhāg. 1.19.28. |
| |
| gūḥ | गूः f. 1 Dirt. -2 Ordure, excrement. |
| |
| grasiṣṇu | ग्रसिष्णु a. Accustomed to swallow; भूतभर्तृ च यज्ज्ञेयं ग्रसिष्णु प्रभविष्णु च Bg.13.16. -m. The Supreme Soul. |
| |
| ghana | घन a. [इन् मूर्तौ अप् घनादेशश्च Tv.] 1 Compact, firm, hard, solid; संजातश्च घनाघनः Māl.9.39.; नासा घनास्थिका Y.3.89; R.11.18. -2 Thick, close, dense; घनविरलभावः U.2.27; R.8.91; Amaru.59. -3 Thick-set, full, fully developed (as breasts); घटयति सुघने कुचयुगगगने मृगमदरुचि रूषिते Gīt.7; अगुरु-चतुष्कं भवति गुरू द्वौ घनकुचयुग्मे शशिवदना$सौ Śrut.8; Bh.1.8; Amaru.31. -4 Deep (as sound); दधानः सौधानामलघुषु निकुञ्जेषु घनताम् Māl.2.12; Mu.1.21. -5 Uninterrupted, permanent. -6 Impenetrable. -7 Great, excessive, violent. -8 Complete; अभ्यङ्गभङ्ग्या पापस्य न्यस्तं घनमपश्यतः Ks.4.53. -9 Auspicious, fortunate. -1 Coarse, gross. -11 Engrossed by, full or replete with; मा ते मलीमसविकारघना मतिर्भूत् Māl.1.32; निर्वृति˚ U.6.11. -नः A cloud; घनोदयः प्राक् तदनन्तरं पयः Ś.7.3; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$स्य जातः V.4.22. -2 An iron club, a mace; प्रतिजघान घनैरिव मुष्टिभिः Ki.18.1. -3 The body. -4 The cube of a number (in math.). -5 Extension, diffusion. -6 A collection, multitude, quantity, mass, assemblage. -7 Talc. -8 Phlegm. -9 Any compact mass or substance. -1 Hardness, firmness. -11 A particular manner of reciting Vedic texts : thus the padas नमः रुद्रेभ्यः ये repeated in this manner would stand thus :-- नमो रुद्रेभ्यो रुद्रेभ्यो नमो नमो रुद्रेभ्यो ये ये रुद्रेभ्यो नमो नमो रुद्रेभ्यो ये. -नम् 1 A cymbal, a bell, a gong. -2 Iron. -3 Tin. -4 Skin, rind, bark. -5 A mode of dancing; (neither quick nor slow). ind. closely; घटयति घनं कण्ठा- श्लेषे रसान्न पयोधरौ Ratn.3.9. -Com. -अत्ययः, -अन्तः 'disappearance of the cloud', the season succeeding the rains, autumn (शरद्); घनव्यपायेन गभस्तिमानिव R.3.37. -अज्ञानी N. of Durgā. -अम्बु n. rain; घनाम्बुभिर्भूरि विलम्बिनो घनाः Subhās. -आकरः the rainy season. -आगमः, -उदयः 'the approach of clouds', the rainy season; घनागमः कामिजनप्रियः प्रिये Ṛs.2.1. -आमयः the date-tree. -आश्रयः the atmosphere, firmament. -उत्तमः the face. -उदधिः a particular sea (hell ?). -उपलः hail. -ऊरू a woman having thick thighs; कुरु घनोरु पदानि शनैः शनैः Ve.2.2. -ओघः gathering of clouds. -कफः hail. -कालः the rainy season. -क्षम a. what may be hammered; Bhāvapr. 5.26.53. -गर्जितम् 1 thunder, peal or thundering noise of clouds, roar of thunder. -2 a deep loud roar. -गोलकः alloy of gold and silver. -घनः the cube of a cube. -जम्बाल thick mire. -ज्वाला lightning. -तालः a kind of bird (सारंग). -तोलः the Chātaka bird. -धातुः lymph. -ध्वनि a. roaring. (-निः) 1 a deep or low tone. -2 the muttering of thunder clouds; अनुहुंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केशरी Śi.16.25. -नाभिः smoke (being supposed to be a principal ingredient in clouds; Me.5). -नीहारः thick hoar-frost or mist. -पदम् the cube root. -पदवी 'the path of clouds', firmament, sky; क्रामद्भिर्घनपदवीमनेकसंख्यैः Ki.5.34. -पाषण्डः a peacock. -फलम् (in geom.) the solid or cubical contents of a body or of an excavation. -मानम् the measurement by the exterior of a structure; Māna. 39-64. -मूलम् cube root (in math.) -रसः 1 thick juice. -2 extract, decoction. -3 camphor. -4 water (m. or n.). -रूपा candied sugar. -वरम् the face. -वर्गः the square of a cube, the sixth power (in math). -वर्त्मन् n. the sky; घनवर्त्म सहस्रधेव कुर्वन् Ki.5.17. -वल्लिका, -वल्ली lightning. -वाच् a raven. -वातः 1 a thick oppressive breeze or air. -2 N. of a hell; Jaina. -वीथिः the sky; घनवीथिवीथिमवतीर्णवतः Śi.9.32. -शब्दः thunder, peal of thunder. -वासः a kind of pumpkin gourd. -वाहनः 1 Śiva. -2 Indra. -श्याम a. 'dark like a cloud', deep-black, dark. (-मः) an epithet (1) of Rain (2) of Kṛiṣṇa. -संवृत्तिः profound secrecy. -समयः the rainy season. -सारः 1 camphor; घनसारनीहारहार &c. Dk.1 (mentioned among white substances). -2 mercury. -3 water. -4 a big cloud; घनसारस्तु कर्पूरे महामेघे च चन्दने Nm. -स्वनः, -शब्दः, -रवः the roaring of clouds. -हस्त- संख्या the contents of an excavation or of a solid in math.). |
| |
| catur | चतुर् num. a. [चत्-उरन् Uṇ.5.58] (always in pl.; m. चत्वारः; f. चतस्रः; n. चत्वारि) Four; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः Ve.1.25; चतस्रो$वस्था बाल्यं कौमारं यौवनं वार्धकं चेति; चत्वारि शृङ्गा त्रयो अस्य पादाः &c.; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मील- यित्वा Me.11. -ind. Four times. [cf. Zend chathru; Gr. tessares; L. quatuor.] [In Comp. the र् of चतुर् is changed to a Visarga (which in some cases becomes श्, ष् or स्, or remains unchanged) before words beginning with hard consonants.] -Comp. -अंशः a fourth part. -अङ्ग a. having 4 members, quadripartite. (-ङ्म्) 1 a complete army consisting of elephants, chariots, cavalry and infantry; चतुरङ्गसमायुक्तं मया सह च तं नय Rām.1.2. 1; एको हि खञ्जनवरो नलिनीदलस्थो दृष्टः करोति चतुरङ्गबलाधिपत्यम् Ś. Til.4; चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चाङ्गबलवाना- काशं वशमानये ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 a sort of chess. -अङ्गिकः A kind of horse, having four curls on the forehead; यस्य ललाटे भ्रमरचतुष्टयं स चतुरङ्किको नाम । Śālihotra of Bhoj.25. -अङ्गिन् a. having four parts. (-नी) a complete army, see चतुरङ्ग. -अङ्गुलम् 1 the four fingers of the hand. -2 four fingers broad. -अन्त a. bordered on all sides; भूत्वा चिराय चतुरन्तमहीसपत्नी Ś.4.19. -अन्ता the earth. -अशीत a. eighty-fourth. -अशीति a. or f. eighty four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. (for अश्रि-स्रि) 1 four cornered, quardrangular; R.6.1. A quality of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -2 symmetrical, regular or handsome in all parts; बभूव तस्याश्चतुरस्रशोभि वपुः Ku.1.32. (-श्रः, स्रः) 1 a square. -2 a quardrangular figure. -3 (in astr.) N. of the fourth and eighth lunar mansions. -अहन् a period of four days. -आत्मन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -आननः, -मुखः an epithet of Brahmā; इतरतापशतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb. -आश्रमम् the four orders or stages of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -उत्तर a. increased by four. -उषणम् the four hot spices, i. e. black pepper, long pepper, dry ginger, and the root of long pepper. -कर्ण (चतुष्कर्ण) a. heard by two persons only; Pt.1.99. -ष्काष्ठम् ind. In four directions. चतुष्काष्ठं क्षिपन् वृक्षान् ... Bk.9.62. -कोण (चतुष्कोण) a. square, quadrangular. (-णः) a square, tetragon, any quadrilateral figure. -गतिः 1 the Supreme Soul. -2 a tortoise. -गवः a carriage drawn by four oxen. -गुण a. four times, four-fold, quadruple. -चत्वारिंशत् (चतुश्च- त्वारिंशत्) a. forty-four; ˚रिंश, ˚रिंशत्तम forty-fourth. -चित्यः A pedestal, a raised square; चतुश्चित्यश्च तस्यासी- दष्टादशकरात्मकः Mb.14.88.32. -णवत (चतुर्नवत) a. ninety-fourth, or with ninety-four added; चतुर्णवतं शतम् 'one hundred and ninety four'. -दन्तः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -दश a. fourteenth. -दशन् a. fourteen. ˚रत्नानि (pl.) the fourteen 'jewels' churned out of the ocean; (their names are contained in the following popular Maṅgalāṣṭaka :-- लक्ष्मीः कौस्तुभपारिजातकसुरा धन्वन्तरिश्चन्द्रमा गावः कामदुघाः सुरेश्वरगजो रम्भादिदेवाङ्गनाः । अश्वः सप्तमुखो विषं हरिधनुः शङ्खो$मृतं चाम्बुधे रत्नानीह चतुर्दश प्रतिदिनं कुर्युः सदा मङ्गलम् ॥). ˚विद्या (pl.) the fourteen lores; (they are:-- षडङ्गमिश्रिता वेदा धर्मशास्त्रं पुराणकम् । मीमांसा तर्कमपि च एता विद्याश्चतुर्दश ॥). -दशी the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -दिशम् the four quarters taken collectively. -दिशम् ind. towards the four quarters, on all sides. -दोलः, -लम् a royal litter. -द्वारम् 1 a house with four entrances on four sides. -2 four doors taken collectively. -नवति a. or f. ninety-four. -पञ्च a. (चतुपञ्च or चतुष्पञ्च) four or five. -पञ्चाशत् f. (चतुःपञ्चाशत् or चतुष्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-four. -पथः (चतुःपथः or चतुष्पथः) (-थम् also) a place where four roads meet, a crossway; Ms.4.39,9,264. (-थः) a Brāhmaṇa. -पद or -पद् a. (चतुष्पद) 1 having four feet; यथा चतुष्पत्सु च केसरी वरः Rām.4.11.93. -2 consisting of four limbs. (-दः) a quadruped. (-दी) a stanza of four lines; पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा Chand. M.1. -पाटी A river. L. D. B. -पाठी (चतुष्पाठी) a school for Brāhmaṇas in which the four Vedas are taught and repeated. -पाणिः (चतुष्पाणिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पाद्-द (चतुष्पद्-द) a. 1. quadruped. -2 consisting of four members or parts. (-m.) 1 a quadruped. -2 (in law) a judicial procedure (trial of suits) consisting of four processes; i. e. plea, defence, rejoinder, and judgment. -3 The science of archery consisting of ग्रहण, धारण, प्रयोग and प्रतिकारः; यो$स्त्रं चतुष्पात् पुनरेव चक्रे । द्रोणः प्रसन्नो$भिवाद्यस्त्वया$सौ Mb.5.3.12-13; प्रतिपेदे चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं नृपात्मजः ibid 192.61. -पार्श्वम् the four sides of a square. -बाहुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-हु n.) a square. -भद्रम् the aggregate of the four ends of human life (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -भागः the fourth part, a quarter. -भावः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. 1 quadrangular. -2 having four arms; Bg.11.46. (-जः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; R.16.3. -2 a quadrangular figure. -3 square. (-जम्) a square. -मासम् a period of four months; (reckoned from the 11th day in the bright half of आषाढ to the 11th day in the bright half of कार्तिक). -मुख having four faces. (-खः) an epithet of Brahmā; त्वत्तः सर्वं चतु- र्मुखात् R.1.22. (-खम्) 1. four faces; Ku.2.17. -2 a house with four entrances. -मण्डलम् a four-fold arrangement (of troops &c.) -मेधः One who has offered four sacrifices, namely अश्वमेध, पुरुषमेध, सर्वमेध, and पितृमेध. -युगम् the aggregate of the four Yugas or ages of the world. -युज् a. Consisting of four; चतुर्युजो रथाः सर्वे Mb.5.155.13. -रात्रम् (चतूरात्रम्) an aggregate of four nights. -वक्त्रः an epithet of Brahmā. -वर्गः the four ends of human life taken collectively (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्षः; चतुर्वर्गफलं ज्ञानं कालावस्थाश्चतुर्युगाः R.1.22. -वर्णः 1. the four classes or castes of the Hindus; i. e. ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र; चतुर्वर्णमयो लोकः R.1.22. -2 four principal colours. -वर्षिका a cow four years old. -विंश a. 1 twenty fourth. -2 having twenty-four added; as चतुर्विंशं शतम् (124). -विंशति a. or f. twenty-four. -विंशतिक a. consisting of twenty-four. -विद्य a. one who has studied the four Vedas. -विद्या the four Vedas. -विध a. of four sorts or kinds, four-fold. -वेद a. familiar with the four Vedas. (-दः) the Supreme Soul. -व्यूङः N. of Viṣṇu. (-हम्) medical science. a. having four kinds of appearance; hence ˚वादिन् 'asserting the four forms of पुरुषोत्तम viz. वासुदेव, संकर्षण, प्रद्युम्न and अनिरुद्ध.' -शालम् (चतुःशालम्, चतुश्शालम्, चतुःशाली, चतुश्शाली) a square of four buildings, a quadrangle enclosed by four buildings; अलं चतु शालमिमं प्रवेश्य Mk.3.7; देवीनां चतुःशालमिदम् Pratimā 6. -षष्टि a. or f. 1 sixty-four. -2 N. for the Ṛigveda consisting 64 Adhyāyas. ˚कलाः (pl.) the sixty-four arts. -सनः N. of Viṣṇu having four embodiments of सनक, सनन्दन, सनत्कुमार and सनातन; आदौ सनात् स्वतपसः स चतुःसनो$भूत् Bhāg.2.7.5. -सप्तति a. or f. seventy-four. -समम् an unguent of four things, sandal, agallochum, saffron and musk; L. D. B. -सीमा the boundaries on all four sides. -हायन, -ण a. four years old; (the f. of this word ends in आ if it refers to an inanimate object, and in ई if it refers to an animal). -होत्रकम् the four priests taken collectively. |
| |
| cala | चल a. [चल्-अच्] 1 (a) Moving trembling, shaking, tremulous, rolling (as eyes &c.); चलापाङ्गां दृष्टिं स्पृशसि Ś.1.24; चलकाकपक्षकैरमात्यपुत्रैः R.3.28 waving; Bh.1.16. (b) Movable (opp. स्थिर), moving; चले लक्ष्ये Ś.2.5; परिचयं चललक्ष्यनिपातने R.9.49. -2 Unsteady, fickle, inconstant, loose, unfixed; दयितास्वनवस्थितं नृणां न खलु प्रेम चलं सुहृज्जने Ku.4.28; प्रायश्चलं गौरवमाश्रितेषु 3.1. -3 Frail, transitory, perishable; चला लक्ष्मीश्चलाः प्राणाश्चलं जीवितयौवनम् Bh.3.128. -4 Confused. -लः 1 Trembling, shaking, agitation. -2 Wind. -3 Quicksilver. -4 The supreme being. -ला 1 Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 Lightning. -3 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अचल a. 1 movable and immovable. -2 fickle, unsteady, very transitory (= अतिचल); चलाचले च संसारे धर्म एको हि निश्चलः Bh.3.128; लक्ष्मीमिव चलाचलाम् Ki.11.3 (चलाचला = चञ्चला Malli.); कस्य न भवति चलाचलं धनम् Mk.2.14; N.1.6; चलाचलैरनुपदमाहताः खुरैः Śi. (-लः) a crow. -आतङ्कः rheumatism. -आत्मन् a. inconstant, fickle-minded. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 sensitive. -2 sensual. -इषुः one whose arrow flies unsteadily or misses the mark, a bad archer. -कर्णः the true distance of a planet from the earth. -चञ्चुः the Chakora bird. -चित्त a. fickle-minded. -दलः, -पत्रः the Aśvattha tree; बिल्वै- श्चलदलैरपि Parṇāl.4.62; लीलाचलाचलं भाले हैमं चलदलच्छदम् (Mar. पिंपळपान) Śiva. B.6.83. ˚च्छदः An ornament worn on the forehead, having the shape of the leaf of the Aśvattha tree. -सन्धिः movable articulation of the bones. |
| |
| cikitsā | चिकित्सा [कित् स्वार्थे सन् भावे अ] 1 Administering remedies or medicine, medical treatment, curing, healing. -2 (In the system of medicine) Therapeutics, one of the six sections (or स्थानानि) of medicine. -3 Control, punishment; प्रमत्तस्य ते करोमि चिकित्सां दण्ड- पाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. |
| |
| cit | चित् f. [चित्-संपदा˚ भावे क्विप्] 1 Thought, preception. -2 Intelligence, intellect, understanding; Bh.2.1;3.1. -3 The heart, mind; मुक्ताफलैश्चिदुल्लासैः Bhāg.9.11.33. -4 The soul, spirit, the animating principle of life. -5 Brahman. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 the thinking principle or faculty. -2 pure intelligence, the Supreme Spirit. -आत्मकम् consciousness. -आभासः the individual soul (जीव) (which still sticks to worldly defilements). -उल्लासः gladdening the heart or spirit. -घनः the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -प्रवृत्तिः f. reflection, thinking. -रूप a. 1 consisting of intelligence. -2 wise, intelligent, of a liberal mind. -3 amiable, good-hearted. (-पम्) pure intelligence, the Supreme Being. -शक्तिः f. mental power, intellectual capacity. -स्वरूपम् the Supreme Spirit. -ind. 1 A particle added to किम् and its derivatives (such as कद्, कथम्, क्व, कदा, कुत्र, कुतः &c.) to impart to them an indefinite sense; कुत्रचित् somewhere; केचित् some &c. -2 The sound चित्. |
| |
| cinmaya | चिन्मय a. Consisting of pure intelligence, spiritual (as the Supreme spirit). -यम् 1 Pure intelligence. -2 The Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| cetana | चेतन a. (-नी f.) [चित् -ल्यु] 1 Animate, alive, living, sentient, feeling; चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5 animate and inanimate. -2 Visible, conspicuous, distinguished. -नः 1 A sentient being, a man. -2 Soul, mind. -3 The supreme soul. -4 An animal in general. -ना 1 Sense, consciousness; चुलुकयति मदीयां चेतनां चञ्चरीकः R. G.; U.3.31; Māl.9.12; R.12.74; चेतनां प्रतिपद्यते regains one's consciousness. -2 Understanding, intelligence; पश्चिमाद्यामिनीयामात्प्रसादमिव चेतना R.17.1; ... शास्ताखानो$ल्प- चेतनः Śiva. B.29.9. -3 Life, vitality, animation; Bg.13.6. -4 Wisdom, reflection. -नम् Appearance. -2 The thinking principle, the mind; अच्युतचेतनः Bhāg.9.15.41. |
| |
| cint | चिन्त् 1 U. (चिन्तयति-ते, चिन्तित) 1 To think, consider, reflect, ponder over; तच्छ्रुत्वापिङ्गलकश्चिन्तयामास Pt.1; चिन्तय तावत्केनापदेशेन पुनराश्रमपदं गच्छामः Ś.2. -2 To think of, have an idea of, bring before the mind; तस्मादेतत् (वित्तं) न चिन्तयेत् H.1; तस्मादस्य वधं राजा मनसापि न चिन्तयेत् Ms.8.381;4.258; Pt.1.135; Ch. P.1. -3 To mind, take care of, look to; तातस्त्वां चिन्तयिष्यति Ś.4.; cf. also R.1.64; U.1.19. -4 To call to mind, remember. -5 To find out, devise, discover, think out; को$प्युपायश्चिन्त्यताम् H.1. -6 To regard as, esteem. -7 To weigh, discriminate. -8 To discuss, treat of, consider. |
| |
| caitanyam | चैतन्यम् [चेतनस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Spirit, life, intelligence, vitality, sensation. -2 Soul, spirit, mind; U.1.36. -3 Consciousness, feeling, sensation, sense; U.1.48. -4 (In Vedānta phil.) The Supreme Spirit considered as the essence of all being and source of all sensation. -Comp. -भैरवी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -न्यः N. of a modern reformer of the Vaiṣṇava faith. |
| |
| jagat | जगत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Moving, movable; सूर्य आत्मा जगत- स्तस्थुषश्च Rv.1.115.1; इदं विश्वं जगत्सर्वमजगच्चापि यद्भवेत् Mb. -m. Wind, air. -n. The world, the universe; जगतः पितरौ वन्दे पार्वतीपरमेश्वरो R.1.1. -2 'The world of the soul', body; Māl.5.2. -3 A multitude of animals. ...... स्याज्जगद्विष्टपे पुमान् । इङ्गे वायौ ना जङ्गमे मृगषण्डे$ प्ययं त्रिषु । Nm. -ती (dual) Heaven and the lower world. -Comp. -अम्बा, -अम्बिका N. of Durgā. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिः, -आदिजः the Supreme deity. -आदिजः an epithet of Śiva. -आधारः1 time. -2 air, wind. -आयुः, -आयुस् m. wind. -ईशः, -पतिः 'the lord of the universe', the Supreme deity; an epithet of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -उद्धारः salvation of the world. -कर्तृ, -धातृ m. 1 the creator of the world. -2 Brahmā. -कारणम् the cause of the universe. -गुरुः छोटिन् chōṭin छोटिन् m. [छुट्-णिनि] A fisherman. |
| |
| chyu | छ्यु 1 Ā. (छयवते) To go, move, approach. 1 the Supreme deity. -2 Śiva. -3 Nārada. -4 Brahmās -5 Viṣṇu. -चक्षुस् m. the sun. -चन्द्रिका Bhaṭṭotpala'. commentary on Bṛihatsaṁhitā (also called चिन्तामणि). -चित्रम् a wonder of the universe; पश्येदानीं जगच्चित्रम् Rām.7.34.9. -जीवः a living being; एक एको जगज्जीवैरियेष स्वात्मपोषणम् Rāj. T.2.25. -त्रयम् the three worlds i. e. heaven, earth and the lower world. -दीपः the sun. -धात्री 1 Durgā. -2 Sarasvatī. -नाथः 1 the lord of the universe. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Dattātreya. -4 N. of a country. -5 N. of an idol at Jagannātha. -6 N. of a poet. (-थौ) Viṣṇu and Śiva. (-था) N. of Durgā. -निवासः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; जगन्निवासो वसुदेवसद्मानि Śi.1.1. -3 wordly existence. -पतिः God, Lord of the universe; यदा च तस्याधिगमे जगत्पतेः Ku. -प्रभुः 1 an epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -2 an Arhat of the Jainas. -प्राणः, -बलः wind. -बीजम् N. of Śiva. -मातृ f. 1 Durgā. -2 Lākṣmī. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Brahmā. (-निः f.) the earth. -वन्द्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. विनाशः the expiration of Yugas. -वहा the earth. -साक्षिन् m. 1 the Supreme spirit. -2. the sun. -सेतुः the Supreme Being. -स्रष्टृ m. 1 the creator of the world. -2 Brahmā. -3 Śiva. -स्वामित्वम् the sovereignty of the world; जगत्स्वामित्वलाभः प्रभोः Ratn. 4.19. |
| |
| janaḥ | जनः [जन्-अच्] 1 A creature, living being, man. -2 An individual or person (whether male or female); क्व वयं क्व परोक्षमन्मथो मृगशावैः सममेधितो जनः Ś.2.18; तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः U.2.19; so सखीजनः a female friend; दासजनः a slave, अबलाजनः &c. (In this sense जनः or अयं जनः is often used by the speakerwhether male or female, in the sing. or pl. --instead of the first personal pronoun to speak of himself in the third person); अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4 (male); भगवन् परवानयं जनः प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81 (female); पश्यानङ्गशरातुरं जनमिमं त्रातापि नो रक्षसि Nag.1.1. (female and pl.). -3 Men collectively, the people, the world (in sing. or pl.); एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; सतीमपि ज्ञातिकुलैक- संश्रयां जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17. -4 Race, nation, tribe. -5 The world beyond Maharloka, the heaven of deified mortals. -6 A low man, the mob; L. D. B. -ना Birth, production. -Comp. -अतिग a. extraordinary, uncommon, superhuman. -अधिपः, -अधिनाथः 1 a king -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अन्तः 1 a place removed from men, an uninhabited place. -2 a region. -3 an epithet of Yama. -4 personal proximity. -अन्तिकम् secret communication, whispering or speaking aside (to another). (-ind.) aside to another (in dramas); the S. D. thus defines this stage direction:-- त्रिपताककरेणान्यानप- वार्यान्तरा कथाम् । अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत् स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् ॥ 425. -अर्णवः a large concourse of people, caravan. -अर्थशब्दः a family appellation. -अर्दनः an epithet of Visnu or Krisna. -अशनः a. wolf. -आकीर्ण a. thronged or crowded with people; Ś.5.1. -आचारः 1 a popular usage or custom. -2 propriety, decorum. -आश्रमः an asylum for people, an inn, caravansary. -आश्रयः a pavilion. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः a king. -इष्ट a. desired or liked by the people. (-ष्टः) a kind of jasmine. (-ष्टा) turmeric. -उदाहरणम् glory, fame. -ओघः a concourse of people, crowd, mob. -कारिन् m. lac. -चक्षुस् n. 'the people's eye', the sun. -जन्मादिः the the Supreme Being. -जल्पः A rumour. -त्रा an umbrella, a parasol. -देवः a king. -पदः 1 a community, race, nation; Y.1.361 v. l. -2 A kingdom, an empire, an inhabited country; जनपदे न गदः पदभादधौ R.9.4; दाक्षि- णात्ये जनपदे Pt.1; Me.48. -3 the country (opp. the town पुर, नगर); जनपदवधूलोचनैः पीयमानः Me.16. -4 the people, subjects (opp. the sovereign); जनपदहितकर्ता त्यज्यते पार्थिवेन Pt.1.131. -5 mankind. -6 a. considering his subjects as authority; आपौरप्रकृतिजनपदो राजा Bhāg.5.4.5. -पदिन् m. the ruler of a country or community. -प्रवादः 1 rumour, report. -2 scandal, calumny. -प्रिय a. 1 philanthropic. -2 liked by the people, popular. (-यः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 coriander-seed. -मरकः an epidemic disease. -मर्यादा established custom or usage, popular custom. -मारः an epidemic; Av. Pariś.72.84. -योपन a. perplexing or vexing men; कमगञ्जनयोपनः Rv.1.86.22. -रञ्जनम् gratifying the people, courting popular favour. -रवः 1 rumour. -2 calumny, scandal. -लोकः one (i. e. the fifth) of the seven divisions of the universe situated above Maharloka; यो ब्रह्मवादः पूर्वेषां जनलोकनिवासिनाम् Bhāg.1.87.8. -वादः (also जनेवादः) 1 news, rumour. -2 a scandal; द्यूतं च जनवादं च Ms.2.179. -व्यवहारः popular usage. -श्चुत a. well-known among people, famous -श्रुतिः f. a rumour, report; अभिचारं चकारास्येत्य- विगाना जनश्रुतिः Rāj. T.7.133. (-नं) सह a. subduing men; सत्रासाहो जनभक्षो जनंसहः Rv.2.21.3. -संबाध a. densely crowded with people. -स्थानम् N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest; R.12.42;13.22; U.1.28;2.17. |
| |
| janana | जनन a. [जन्-भावे ल्युट्] Producing, causing &c.; भुजगानां जननीं जजाप विद्याम् Śi.2.41. -नः The Supreme Being. -नम् 1 Birth, being born; यावज्जननं तावन्मरणम् Moha M.13. -2 Causing, production, creation; शोभा- जननात् Ku.1.42. -3 Appearance, manifestation, rise. -4 Life, existence; यदैव पूर्वे जनने शरीरं सा दक्षरोषात्सुदती ससर्ज Ku.1.53; भावस्थिराणि जननान्तरसौहृदानि Ś.5.2. -5 Race, family, lineage. -6 Preparation for a religious ceremony (दीक्षा). |
| |
| jātiḥ | जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35. |
| |
| ji | जि 1 P. (Ātm. when preceded, by परा and वि) (जयति, जिगाय, जिग्ये, अजैषीत्-अजेष्ट, जेतुम्, जित) 1 To conquer, defeat, overcome, vanquish, subjugate; जयति तुलामधिरूढो भास्वानपि जलदपटलानि Pt.1.33; Bk.15.76, 19.2. -2 To surpass, excel; गर्जितानन्तरां वृष्टिं सौभाग्येन जिगाय सा Ku.2.53; R.3.34; Ghaṭ.22; Śi.1.19. -3 To win (by conquest; in gambling or in a law-suit), acquire by conquest, प्रागजीयत घृणा ततो मही R.11.65; (where जि means 'to conquer' also); Ms.7.96. -4 To curb, restrain, control, conquer (as passions). -5 To be victorious, be supreme or pre-eminent (generally used in benedictory stanzas or salutations); जयतु जयतु महाराजः (in dramas); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; जितमुडुपतिना नमः सुरेभ्यः Ratn.1.5; Bh.2.24; Gīt.1.1. -6 To convict. -7 To overcome or get the better of (as a disease &c.). -8 To expect from (with abl.). -Caus. (जापयति) To cause to win or conquer. -Desid. (जिगीषति) To wish to win, acquire or excel, to vie with, emulate, to seek for; चलति नयान्न जिगीषतां हि चेतः Ki.1.29. With अधि to conquer, defeat, vanquish; Bk.19.2. |
| |
| jayaḥ | जयः [जि भावे अच्] 1 Conquest, triumph, victory, success, winning (in battle, game or a law-suit); सप्त वित्तागमा धर्म्या दायो लाभः क्रयो जयः Mb.1.115. -2 Restraint, curbing, conquest as in इन्द्रियजय. -3 N. of the sun. -4 N. of Jayanta, son of Indra; जगृहे च धनुधीता मुसलं तु जयस्तथा Mb.1.227.34. -5 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the first Pāndava prince. -6 N. of an attendant of Visnu. -7 An epithet of Arjuna; संस्मरन् भ्रातरं जयम् Mb.3.158.2. -8 N. of the Mahābhārata; देवीं सरस्वतीं चैव ततो जयमुदीरयेत् Mb.1.1.1; Bhāg.1.2.4; -9 The heroic sentiment; सहजेतरौ जयशमौ दधती Ki.6.22. -1 Words of victory; जयेन वर्धयित्वा च मारीचप्रमुखास्ततः Rām.7.23.3. -या 1 N. of Durgā. -2 N. of an attendant of the goddess Durgā. -3 A kind of banner. -4 The third, eighth or thirteenth lunar days of any of the two lunar fortnights. -Comp. -अजयौ Victory and defeat; सुखदुःखे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ Bg.2.38. -आवह a. conferring victory. -आशिस् f. 1 a prayer for victory. -2 congratulations after victory; a cheer of victory. -उद्धुर a. exulting in victory. -कुञ्जरः a victorious elephant; आक्षिप्तो जयकुञ्जरेण Ratn.4.12. -कोलाहलः 1 a shout of victory. -2 a kind of game with dice. -गतः a. Conquering, victorious; उक्तविपरीत- लक्षणसंपन्नो जयगतो विनिर्दिष्टः Bṛi. S.17.1. -घोषः, -घोषणम्, -णा a proclamation of victory. -ढक्का a kind of drum beaten as a sign of victory. -दम् A height which is 1 1/2 of the breadth; Māna.35.22-26. -दत्तः N. of Jayanta, Indra's son. -देवः N. of the author of Gītagovinda; यावच्छृङ्गारसारस्वतमिह जयदेवस्य विष्वग्वचांसि Gīt. last stanza. -पत्रम् a record of victory. -पालः 1 a king. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रकः a kind of dice. -मङ्गलः 1 a royal elephant. -2 a remedy for fever. (-लम्) a cheer of victory; ततो$ ब्धिवीचिनिर्घोषैरुद्गीतजयमङ्गलः Rāj. T.4.158. -यज्ञः the अश्वमेध sacrifice -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः the goddess of victory; जयलक्ष्म्या बबन्धास्थां श्वश्रूः Rāj. T.5.246; बभार यद्भुजस्तम्भो जयश्री- सालभञ्जिकाम् ibid 2.64; Ku.2.52. -लेखम् record of victory; ...... रतिजयलेखम् Gīt.8.3. -वाहिनी an epithet of Śachī. -शब्दः 1 a shout of victory. -2 the exclamation 'jaya' (hail ! glory !) uttered by bards &c. -शृङ्गम् a horn blown to announce a victory. -स्तम्भः a trophy, a column erected to commemorate a victory, a triumphal column; निचखान जयस्तम्भान् गङ्गास्रोतो$न्तरेषु सः R.4.36; यस्याद्यापि जयस्तम्भाः सन्ति ते पूर्ववारिधौ Rāj. T.3. 479. -स्थलम् N. of a village, ibid 5.121. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. |
| |
| jīva | जीव a. [जीव्-कर्तरि क] Living, existing; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व Rām.4.19.11; असच्च सज्जीवमजीवमन्यत् Bhāg.5.1.12. -वः 1 The principle of life, the vital breath, life, soul; गतजीव, जीवत्याग, जीवाशा &c. -2 The individual or personal soul enshrined in the human body and imparting to it life, motion and sensation (called जीवात्मन् as opposed to परमात्मन् the Supreme Soul); Y.3.131; Ms.12.22-23; सम्पद्यते गुणैर्मुक्तो जीवो जीवं विहाय माम् । जीवो जीवविनिर्मुक्तो गुणैश्चाशयसंभवैः ॥ Bhāg.11.25.36. (here जीव = लिङ्गशरीर). -3 Life, existence. -4 A creature, living being. -5 Livelihood, profession. -6 N. of Karṇa. -7 N. of one of the Maruts. -8 The constellation पुष्य. -9 N. of Bṛihaspati. -1 The third lustrum in the cycle of Jupiter. -11 Association of cause and effect. -12 N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अन्तकः 1 a birdcatcher, fowler. -2 a murderer, slayer. -अजीवाधारः the world of organic and inorganic creation. -आत्मन् m. the individual soul enshrined in the human body (as opposed to परमात्मन् 'the Supreme Soul'). -आदानम् abstracting healthy blood, bleeding (in medic.). -आधानम् preservation of life. -आधारः the heart. -इन्धनम् glowing fire-wood, burning wood. -उत्सर्गः 'casting off life,' voluntary death, suicide. -उपाधिः the three states, i. e. waking, dreaming and sleeping. -ऊर्णा the wool of a living animal. -कोशः The subtle body (लिङ्गशरीर);. तदनुस्मर<णध्वस्तजीवकोशास्तमध्ययन् Bhāg. 1.82.48. -गृहम्, -मन्दिरम् 'the abode of the soul', the body. -ग्राहः a prisoner taken alive; -ग्राहम् ind. in an alive condition; जीवग्राहं निगृह्णीमो वयमेनं नराधिपाः Mb.6.77.1. -घनः Brahmā. -ज a. born alive. -जीवः, -जीवकः (also जीवंजीवः) the Chakora bird; रक्तानि हृत्वा वासांसि जायते जीवजीवकः Ms.12.66. According to Arthaśāstra, however, it means a pheasant; विषाभ्याशे ग्लायति जीवंजीवकः । चकोरस्याक्षिणी विरज्येते Kau. A.1.2.17. -तोका a woman whose children are living. -दः 1 a physician. -2 an enemy. -दशा mortal existence. -धनम् 'living wealth', property in the shape of living creatures, live-stock. -धानी the earth. -निकायः a being endowed with life. -पतिः f., -पत्नी a woman whose husband is alive. -पत्रम् a fresh leaf. -पितृ, -पितृक a. (a son or daughter) whose father is still alive. -पुत्रा, -वत्सा a woman whose son is living; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व पुत्रं रक्षस्व चाङ्गदम् Rām.4.19.11. -मन्दिरम् The body; L. D. B. -मरणम् Death in life; जीवन्मरण- मेतद् इति कौटिल्यः Kau. A.1.17. -मातृका the seven mothers or female divinities; (कुमारी धनदा नन्दा विमला मङ्गला बला । पद्मा चेति च विख्याताः सप्तैता जीवमातृकाः ॥). -योनिः a sentient being. -रक्तम् menstrual blood. -लोकः 1 the world of living beings, the world of mortals, the world or worldly existence; आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35; त्वत्प्रयाणे शान्तालोकः सर्वतो जीवलोकः Māl. 9.37; जीवलोकतिलकः प्रलीयते 21; so स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; Bg.11.7; U.4.17. -2 living beings; दिवस इवाभ्रश्यामस्तपात्यये जीवलोकस्य Ś.3.12; or आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35. -वृत्तिः f. breeding or keeping cattle. -शेष a. one to whom only life is left, escaping only with life and nothing more. -शोणितम् living, i. e. healthy blood. -संक्रमणम् transmigration of the soul. -साधनम् grain, corn. -साफल्यम् realization or attainment of the chief end of human existence. -सूः 'the mother of living beings', a woman whose children are living. -स्थानम् 1 a joint, an articulation. -2 the vital parts, heart. |
| |
| jīvat | जीवत् a. (-न्ती f.) Living, alive. -Comp. -तोका a woman whose children are living. -पतिः f., -पत्नी f. a woman whose husband is living. -पितृकः one whose father is alive. -मुक्त a. 'liberated while living', a man who, being purified by a true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit, is freed from the future birth and all ceremonial rites while yet living. -मुक्तिः f. final liberation in the present state of life. -मृत a. 'dead while alive', one who, though alive, is as good as dead and useless to the world (said of a mad man or one whose character is lost). |
| |
| jīvana | जीवन a. (-नी f.) [जीव् भावे ल्युट्] Enlivening, giving life. -नः 1 A living being. -2 Wind. -3 A son. -4 The Supreme Being; बीजानां प्रभव नमो$स्तु जीवनाय Ki.18. 39. -नम् 1 Life, existence; (fig. also) त्वमसि मम भूषणं त्वमसि मम जीवनम् Gīt.1. -2 The principle of life, vital energy; Bg.7.9. -3 Water; बीजानां प्रभव नमो$स्तु जीव- नाय Ki.18.39; or जीवनं जीवनं (life) हन्ति प्राणान् हन्ति समी- रणः Udb. -4 Livelihood, profession, means of existence (fig. also); Ms.11.77; विदुषां जीवनं मूर्खः H.3.33. -5 Butter made from milk one day old. -6 Marrow. -7 Enlivening, making alive. -Comp. -अन्तः death. -आघातम् poison. -आवासः 1 'residing in water', epithet of Varuṇa, the regent of water. -2 the body. -उपायः livelihood. -ओषधम् 1 elixir of life. -2 a life-giving medicine. -पञ्चमूलानि (Āyurveda) The five medicinal herbs called वीरा, जीवन्ती, गुरुशतावरी, जीवक and ऋषभक. |
| |
| jñānam | ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7. -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22. -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously. -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3. -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18. -6 Conscience. -7 The Supreme spirit. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The Vedas taken collectively. -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5. -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3. -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37. -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly. -अपोहः forgetfulness. -अभ्यासः 1 study. -2 thinking, reflection. -आत्मन् a. all wise. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय). -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड). -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally. -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding. -घन m. pure or mere knowledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24. -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man. -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God. -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge. -दः a preceptor. -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge. -निश्चयः certainty, ascertainment. -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134. -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a teacher, preceptor. -पूर्व a. preceded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89. -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise. -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise. -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge. -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher. -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3. -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge. -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41. -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c. -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8. -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling. -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. -2 an organ of perception. |
| |
| jñānamaya | ज्ञानमय a. 1 Consisting of knowledge, spiritual; इतरो दहने स्वकर्मणां ववृते ज्ञानमयेन वह्निना R.8.2. -2 Containing knowledge. -यः 1 The Supreme spirit. -2 An epithet of Śiva. |
| |
| jyeṣṭha | ज्येष्ठ a. (Superl. of प्रशस्य or वृद्ध) 1 Eldest, most senior. -2 Most excellent, best. -3 Pre-eminent, first, chief, highest. -ष्ठः 1 An elder brother; R.12.19,35. -2 An epithet of the Supreme Being. -3 Life. -4 N. a lunar month (= ज्यैष्ठ q. v.). -ष्ठा 1 An eldest sister. -2 N. of the eighteenth lunar mansion (consisting of the three stars). -3 The middle finger. -4 A small house-lizard. -5 An epithet of the Ganges. -6 The goddess of misfortune, elder sister of Lakṣmī; ज्येष्ठा च माया कलहश्च दम्भः Bhāg.1.17.32. -ष्ठी A small houselizard. -ष्ठम् 1 The most excellent, the first or head. -2 Tin. -Comp. -अंशः 1 eldest brother's share. -2 the right of the eldest brother to a larger share of the patrimonial property. -3 the best share. -अम्बु n. 1 water in which grain has been washed. -2 the scum of boiled rice. -आश्रमः 1 the highest or most excellent order in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. that of a householder; तस्माज्ज्येष्ठाश्रमो गृही Ms.3.78. -2 a householder. -कलशः N. of Bilhaṇa's father. -तातः a father's eldest brother. -तातिः f. Ved. superiority. -राज् m. a Sovereign; ज्येष्ठराजं ब्रह्मणां ब्रह्मणस्पते Rv.2.23.1. -ललिता A particular vow to be observed in the month of Jye&stodṭha. -वर्णः 1 the highest caste (that of Brāhmaṇas). -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -वृत्तिः f. the duties of seniority. -श्वश्रूः f. 1 a wife's eldest sister. -2 the eldest mother-in-law. -सामन् n. N. of a particular Sāman; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. ज्येष्ठामूल jyēṣṭhāmūla मूलीयः mūlīyḥ ज्येष्ठामूल मूलीयः The month ज्यैष्ठ q. v.; ततो मध्याह्न- मारूढे ज्येष्ठामूले दिवाकरे Mb.13.95.9. |
| |
| jyotis | ज्योतिस् n. [द्युत्-इसुन् आदेर्दस्य जः. ज्युत्-इसुन् वा] 1 Light, lustre, brightness, flash; ज्योतिरेकं जगाम Ś.5.3; R.2. 75; Me.5. -2 Light of Brahman, light regarded as the Supreme spirit; Bg.5.24;13.17; अथ यदतः परो दिवो ज्योतिर्दीप्यते Ch. Up.3.13.7; U.4.18. -3 Lightning. -4 A heavenly body. -5 A heavenly body, a luminary (planet, star &c.); ज्योतिर्भिरुद्यद्भिरिव त्रियामा Ku.7.21; Bg.1.21; H.1.21; Ku.2.19; Ś.7.6. -6 Brightness of the sky, day-light (opp. तमस्). -7 The sun and moon (dual). -8 Light as the divine principle of life, intelligence. -9 The science of the course of heavenly bodies; astronomy. See ज्योतिष. -1 The faculty of seeing. -11 The celestial world. -12 A Cow; ŚB. on MS.1.3.49. -m. 1 The sun. -2 Fire; ज्योति- ष्कल्पोरुकेशरः (मारुतिः) Bk.9.6. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -इङ्गः, -इङ्गणः the fire-fly. -कणः a spark of fire. -गणः the heavenly bodies collectively; -चक्रम् the zodiac. -ज्ञः an astronomer of astrologer. -मण्डलम् the stellar sphere. -मिलिन् m. -वी(बी)जम् a fire-fly. -रथः (ज्योतीरथः) the polar star. -लोकः the supreme spirit. -विद् m. an astronomer or astrologer. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् (ज्योतिःशास्त्रम्) astronomy or astrology. -स्तोमः (ज्योतिष्टोमः) a Soma sacrifice considered as the type of a whole class of sacrificial ceremonies. -ज्योतिष्टोमः A kind of soma sacrifice requiring sixteen priests for its performance. -हस्ता N. of Durgā. |
| |
| tattvam | तत्त्वम् (Sometimes written as तत्वम्) 1 True state or condition, fact; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हतास्त्वं खलु कृती Ś.1. 23. -2 Truth, reality; न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते Bg.9.24. -3 True or essential nature; संन्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् Bg.18.1;3.28; Ms.1.3;3.96; 5.42. -4 The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe. -5 A true or first principle. -6 An element, a primary substance; तत्त्वान्य- बुद्धाः प्रतनूनि येन, ध्यानं नृपस्तच्छिवमित्यवादीत् Bk.1.18. -7 The mind. -8 Sum and substance. -9 Slow time in music. -1 An element or elementary property. -11 The Supreme Being. -12 A kind of dance. -13 The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्). -14 The body; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb.12.267.9. -Comp. -अभियोगः a positive charge or declaration. -अभ्यासः The study of the reality; एवं तत्त्वाभ्यासात् Sān. K.64. -अर्थः truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 a philosopher. -2 knowing the true nature of Brahman. -3 knowing the true nature of anything; Ms.12.12. -4 acquainted with the true principles of science. (-ज्ञः) a Brāmaṇa. -ज्ञानम् 1 knowledge of the truth. -2 a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. -3 philosophy. -दर्शिन्, दृश् perceiving truth. -निकषग्रावन् m. the touch-stone of truth. -न्यासः N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated. -भावः true being or nature; Kaṭh.6. -शुद्धिः ascertainment of truth; Ks.75.194. -संख्यानम् Sāṅkhya philosophy; तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1. तत्त्वतः tattvatḥ तत्त्वेन tattvēna तत्त्वतः तत्त्वेन ind. Truly, really, accurately; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Ms.7.1. |
| |
| tad | तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun. |
| |
| tantuḥ | तन्तुः [तन्-तुन्] 1 A thread, cord, wire, string, line; चिन्तासंततितन्तु Māl.5.1; Me.7. -2 A cob-web R.16.2. -3 filament; विसतन्तुगुणस्य कारितम् Ku.4. 29. -4 An offspring, issue, race; स्वमायया$वृणोद्गर्भं वैराट्याः कुरुतन्तवे Bhāg.1.8.14; Mb.6.43.98. -5 A shark. -6 The Supreme Being; Bhāg.8.16.31. -7 A snare, fetter (पाश); ते तानावारयिष्यन्ति ऐणेयानिव तन्तुना Mb.5. 57.41. -Comp. -करणम् spinning. -कार्यम् a web. -काष्ठम् a piece of wood or brush used by weavers for cleaning threads. -कीटः a silk-worm. -कृन्तनम् cutting off the propagation of a family; तन्तुकृन्तन यन्नस्त्वमभद्रमचरः पुनः Bhāg.6.5.43. -नागः a (large) shark. -निर्यासः the palmyra tree. -नाभः a spider. -पर्वन् n. the anniversary of the day of full-moon in the month of Srāvaṇa when Krisna was invested with the sacred thread. -भः 1 the mustard seed. -2 a calf. -वर्धनः 'increasing the race', N. of Viṣṇu, also of Śiva. -वाद्यम् any stringed musical instrument. -वानम् weaving. -वापः 1 a weaver. -2 a loom. -3 weaving. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; तन्तुवायो दशपलं दद्यादेकपलाधिकम् Ms.8.397; तन्तुवायास्तुन्नवायाः ... Śiva. B.31.19. -3 weaving. ˚दण्डः a loom. -विग्रहा a plantain. -शाला a weaver's workshop. -संतत a. woven, sewn. (तम्) woven cloth. -संततिः f., -संतानः weaving. -सारः the betel-nut tree. |
| |
| tantram | तन्त्रम् 1 A loom; तदा$पश्यत् स्त्रियौ तन्त्रे अधिरोप्य सुवेमे पटं वयन्त्यौ Mb.1.3.144. -2 A thread. -3 The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom; सिरीस्तन्त्रं तन्वते अप्रजज्ञयः Rv.1.71.9. -4 Posterity. -5 An uninterrupted series. -6 The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; कर्मणां युगपद्भावस्तन्त्र Kāty.; अशक्यं हि उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् । ŚB. on MS.1.2.57. -7 Main point; प्रकर्षतन्त्रा हि रणे जयश्रीः Ki.3.17. -8 Principal doctrine, rule, theory, science; विधिनोपचरेद्देवं तन्त्रोक्तेन च केशवम् Bhāg. 11.3.47; जितमनसिजतन्त्रविचारम् Gīt.2. -9 Subservience, dependence; as in स्वतन्त्र, परतन्त्र; दैवतन्त्रं दुःखम् Dk.5. -1 A scientific work. -11 a chapter, section, as of a work; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -12 A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power; Ks.23.63; Bṛi. S.16.19. -13 The cause of more than one effect. -14 A spell. -15 A chief remedy of charm; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिम् Ms.2.1. -16 A drug, medicament. -17 An oath, ordeal. -18 Raiment. -19 The right way of doing anything. -2 Royal retinue, train, court. -21 A realm, country, authority. -22 (a) Government, ruling, administration; लोकतन्त्रविधानम् Mb.3.162.1;13.63.5; लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5. (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; सर्वमेव तन्त्रमाकुली- भूतम् Mu.1;2.1. -23 An army; पराजिताः फल्गुतन्त्रैः Bhāg.1.54.15. -24 A heap, multitude. -25 A house. -26 Decoration. -27 Wealth. -28 Happiness. -29 Model. -3 Supporting a family; Mv.2.17. -31 Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom; Mb.1.13. 26. -32 A group of acts or subsidiaries common to several प्रधानकर्मs or things; यत् सकृत्कृतं बहूनामुपकरोति तत् तन्त्रमित्युच्यते । तथा बहूनां ब्राह्मणानां मध्ये कृतः प्रदीपः ŚB. on MS.11.1.1; तन्त्रं साधारणो धर्मग्रामः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. (Opp. आवापः) -33 The order of the world; यतः प्रवर्तते तन्त्रं यत्र च प्रतितिष्ठति Mb.14.2.14. -34 A detail (matter or thing) which is subservient to (i. e. serves the purpose of) several things simultaneously; साधारणं भवेत् तन्त्रम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -Comp. -काण्ठम् = तन्तु- काष्ठ q. v. -ज्ञः an expert, scientist; Bhāg.1.36.28. -भावः Simultaneity; यथा एकैकस्य सत्त्वस्य हस्तिनो$श्वस्य वा दर्शनमेकैकेन कृत्स्नमभिनिर्वर्त्यते एवमेव सत्रे तन्त्रभावो भवेत् । ŚB. on. MS.6.2.2. -युक्तिः The plan of a treatise; Kau. A. 15. -वापः, -पम् 1 weaving. -2 a loom. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; (तन्त्रवापः also). |
| |
| tapas | तपस् n. [तप्-असुन्] 1 Warmth, heat, fire, light; एकः सूर्यस्तपसो योनिरेका Mb.12.351.1. -2 Pain, suffering; न तपः कुतश्चन Rv.7.82.7. -3 Penance, religious austerity, mortification; तपः किलेदं तदवाप्तिसाधनम् Ku.5.64. -4 Meditation connected with the practice of personal self-denial or bodily mortification; गीरा वा$$शंसामि तपसा ह्यनन्तौ Mb.1.3.57.; Bhāg.12.11.24. -5 Moral virtue, merit. -6 Special duty or observance (of any particular caste); यत्सप्तान्नानि मेधया तपसाजनयत्पिता Bṛi. Up. 1.5.1. -7 One of the seven worlds; i. e. the region above the world called जनस्. -8 The month of religious austerities. -9 A long period of time, Kalpa. -1 (In astrol.) The ninth lunar mansion. -11 Chastisement (दण्ड); आयुः शक्तिं च कालं च निर्दिश्य तप आदिशेत् Mb. 12.267.35. -m. 1 The month of Māgha; तपसि मन्द- गभस्तिरभीषुमान् Śi.6.63. -2 An epithet of Agni. -m., -n. 1 The cold season (शिशिर). -2 The winter (हेमन्त). -3 The hot season (ग्रीष्म). -Comp. -अनुभावः the influence of religious penance. -अर्थीय a. destined for austerities; तपोर्थीयं ब्राह्मणी धत्त गर्भम् Mb.11.26.5. -अवटः the Brahmāvarta country. -कर a. undergoing penance; also तपस्कर> -करः the mango-fish (Polynemus Risua). -कृश a. emaciated by austerities. -क्लेशः the pain of religious austerity. -गच्छः (also तपागच्छः) the 6th गच्छ of the Śvetāmbara Jainas. -चरणम्, -चर्या the practice of penance. -तक्षः, -तङ्कः an epithet of Indra. -धन a. 1 rich in religious penance. -2 pious, ascetic. -3 consisting in penance, (-नः) 'rich in penance', an ascetic, devotee; रम्यास्तपोधनानां क्रियाः Ś.1.13; शमप्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु 2.7;4.1; Śi.1.23; R.14.19; Ms.11.242. -निधिः an eminently pious man, an ascetic; R.1.56. -निष्ठ a. performing penance; Ms.3.134; Y.1.221. -पतिः N. of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.4.24.14. -प्रभावः, -बलम् the power acquired by religious austerities; efficacy or potency of devotion. -भृत् a. ascetic, pious. -मूर्तिः 1 an ascetic. -2 the Supreme spirit. -मूल a. founded on religious austerity; तपोमूलमिदं सर्वं दैवमानुषकं सुखम् Ms.11.234. -यज्ञः sacrificing by austerites; Bg.4.28. -राजः the moon. -राशिः 1 an ascetic. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (पुरुषोत्तम). -लोकः the region above the world called जनस्; Bhāg.2.5.4. -वनम् a penance-grove, a sacred grove in which ascetics practise penance; कृतं त्वयोपवनं तपोवनमिति प्रेक्षे Ś1; R.1.9;2.18. -वासः a place of penance or religious austerities. -विशेषः excellence of devotion, pre-eminent religious austerities. -वृद्ध a. very ascetic or devout. -शील a. inclined to practise penance. -समाधिः the practice of penance or religious austerities; तपःसमाधेः प्रतिकूलवर्ती Ku.3.24;5.6,18. -सुतः N. of Yudhiṣṭhira; Mb.3.313.19. -स्थली 1 a seat of religious austerity. -2 N. of Benares. |
| |
| tapomaya | तपोमय a. 1 Consisting in religious penance; एतान्य- दर्शन्गुरवः पुराणाः स्वान्येव तेजांसि तपोमयानि Mv.1.42. -2 Practising penace, devout. -यः The Supreme Being. |
| |
| tamas | तमस् n. [तम्-असुन्] 1 Darkness; किं वा$भविष्यदरुण- स्तमसां विभेत्ता तं चेत्सहस्रकिरणो धुरि नाकरिष्यत् Ś.7.4.; V.1.7; Me.39. -2 The gloom or darkness of hell; धर्मेण हि सहायेन तमस्तरति दुस्तरम् Ms.4.242. -3 Mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error, मुनिसुताप्रणयस्मृतिरोधिना मम च मुक्त- मिदं तमसा मनः Ś.6.8. -4 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Darkness or ignorance, as one of the three qualities or constitutents of every thing in nature (the other two being सत्त्व and रजस्); अन्तर्गतमपास्तं मे रजसो$पि परं तमः Ku.6.6; Ms. 12.24. -5 Grief, sorrow; Bhāg.5.14.33. -6 Sin; Bhāg.1.15.5. -7 Stupefaction, swoon; तथा भिन्नतनु- त्राणः प्राविशद्विपुलं तमः Rām.7.8.14. -8 Anger; Bhāg. 1.59.42. -m., -n. An epithet of Rāhu; तमश्चन्द्रमसीवेद- मुपरज्यावभासते Bhāg.4.29.7. -Comp. -अपह a. removing darkness or ignorance, illumining, enlightening; आगमादिव तमोपहादितः संभवन्ति मतयो भवच्छिदः Ki.5.22. (-हः) 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 fire. -4 a Buddha. -अरिः 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 fire. -काण्डः, -ण्डम् great or spreading darkness. -गुः an epithet of Rāhu. -गुणः see तमस् above (4). -घ्नः 1 the sun. -2 the moon -3 fire. -4 Viṣṇu. -5 Śiva. -6 Knowledge. -7 a Buddha. -ज्योतिस् m. a fire-fly. -ततिः spreading darkness. -निष्ठ a. taking to hell (नरकप्रद); Ms.12. 95. -नुद् m. 'तमोनुदो$ग्निचन्द्रार्का' इति विश्वः; 1 a shining body. -2 the sun. -3 the moon; नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः R.3.33. -4 fire. -5 a lamp, light. -नुदः 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 the Supreme Being. -प्रभा a sort of hell. -प्रवेशः 1 groping in the dark. -2 mental gloom. -भिद्, -मणिः 1 a fire-fly. -2 a sapphire. -3 a star. -4 the moon; तमोमणिस्तु खद्योते नीलमण्यामुडौ शशौ Nm. -राजः a kind of sugar; L. D. B. -विकारः sickness, disease. -विशाल a. abounding in gloom; तमोविशालश्च मूलतः सर्गः Sāṅ. K.54. -वृत a. 1 obscured, clouded. -2 affected with anger, fear &c. -हन्, -हर a. dispersing darkness. (-m.) 1 the sun. -2 the moon. |
| |
| tīrtham | तीर्थम् [तॄ-थक् Un.2.7] 'तीर्थं शास्त्राध्वरक्षेत्रोपायोपाध्याय- मन्त्रिषु' इति विश्वः. 1 A passage, road, way, ford; सुप्र- तारां दृढा तीर्थे शीघ्रं नावमुपाहर Rām.2.52.6; Bhāg.9.19.4. -2 A descent into a river, the stairs of a landing-place (Mar. घाट); विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3 (where तीर्थ means 'a remedy' or 'means' also); तीर्थं सर्वविद्यावताराणाम् K.44. -3 A place of water. -4 A holy place, place of pilgrimage, a shrine &c. dedicated to some holy object (especially on or near the bank of a sacred river &c.); तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13; शुचि मनो यद्यस्ति तीर्थेन किम् Bh.2.55; R.1.85. -5 A channel, medium means; तदनेन तीर्थेन घटेत &c. Māl.1. -6 A remedy, expedient; नाध्यगच्छद्बलिर्लोके तीर्थ- मन्यत्र वै द्विजात् Mb.3.26.12. -7 A sacred or holy personage, worthy person, an object of veneration, a fit recipient; क्व पुनस्तादृशस्य तीर्थस्य साधोः संभवः U.1; Ms.3. 136; H.2.8; R.5.15; वृद्धस्य तीर्थेषु प्रतिपादिनी Kau. A.1. -8 A sacred preceptor, a teacher; मया तीर्थादभिनयविद्या शिक्षिता M.1. -9 Source, origin. -1 A sacrifice. -11 A minister; Rām.2.1.36; Pt.3.68. -12 Advice, instruction; विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3. -13 Right place or moment; प्रादात्स्वन्नं च विप्रेभ्यः प्रजातीर्थे स तीर्थवित् Bhāg.1.12.14. -14 The right or usual manner; गौतम तीर्थेनेच्छासा इत्युपैम्यहं भवन्तम् Bṛi. Up.6. 2.7. -15 Certain parts of the hand sacred to deities, manes &c. -16 A school of philosophy. -17 Pudendum muliebre. -18 Menstrual courses of a woman. -19 A Brāhmaṇa. -2 (In liturgical language) The path to the altar between the चात्वाल q. v. and उत्कर q. v. -21 Fire. -22 Ascertainment of a disease. -23 A science (शास्त्र). -24 An auxiliary, a help; a person or official connected with the king and being in close attendance on him; (the number being 15 on one's side and 18 on the enemy's side); cf. Pt.3.69. -र्थः One of the ten orders of ascetics founded by शंकराचार्य, An honorary affix added to the names of ascetics, saints &c.; e. g. आनन्दतीर्थ. -a 1 Sacred. -2 Liberator, saviour; वार्तां सखे कीर्तय तीर्थकीर्तेः Bhāg.3.1.45. -Comp. उदकम् holy water; तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13. -कमण्डलु -m., -n. a pot filled with water from a holy place. -करः 1 a Jaina Arhat, sanctified teacher or saint of the Jainas; (also तीर्थकर in this sense). -2 an ascetic. -3 the founder of a new religious or philosophical school. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -काकः an unsteady pupil; P.II.1.42 Vārt.; -काकः, -ध्वाङ्क्षः, -वायसः 'a crow at a sacred bathing-place', i. e. a very greedy person (लोलुप). -चर्या pilgrimage. -देवः an epithet of Śiva. -पाद् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; Bhāg.1.7.34. -भूत a. sacred, holy. -यात्रा a visit to a holy place, a pilgrimage. -राजः N. of Prayāga. -राजिः, -जी f. an epithet of Benaras. -वाकः the hair of the head. -विधिः rites observed at a place of pilgrimage (such as क्षौर). -शिला the stone-steps leading to a bathingplace. -सेविन् a. a pilgrim. (-m.) a crane. |
| |
| turīya | तुरीय a. 1 The fourth. 2 Consisting of four parts. 3 Mighty. -यम् 1 A quarter, a fourth part, fourth. -2 (In Vedānta. phil.) The fourth state of the soul in which it becomes one with Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -Comp. -वर्णः, -जातिः a man of the fourth caste, a Śūdra; तुरीयजातिं तिलकयन् कुलोत्तुङ्ग इति यथार्थनामा बभूव शूद्रः । चोलचम्पू p.6. |
| |
| tejas | तेजस् n. [तिज्-भावे करुणादै असुन्] 1 Sharpness. -2 The sharp edge (of a knife &c.). -3 The point or top of a flame. -4 Heat, glow. glare. -5 Lustre, light, brilliance, splendour; दिनान्ते निहितं तेजः R.4.1; तेजश्चास्मि विभावसौ Bg.7.9,1. -6 Heat or light considered as the third of the five elements of creation (the other four being पृथिवी, अप्, वायु and आकाश). -7 The bright appearance of the human body, beauty; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा सुजन्मनस्तस्य निजेन तेजसा R.3.15. -8 Fire of energy; शतप्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु गूढं हि दाहात्मकमस्ति तेजः Ś. 2.7; U.6.14. -9 Might, prowess, strength, courage, valour; martial or heroic lustre; तेजस्तेजसि शाम्यतु U. 5.7; Ś.7.15. -1 One possessed of heroic lustre; तेजसां हि न वयः समीक्ष्यते R.11.1; Pt.1.328;3.33. -11 Spirit, energy. -12 Strength of character, not bearing insult or ill-treatment with impunity. -13 Majestic lustre, majesty, dignity, authority, consequence; तेजोविशेषानुमितां (राजलक्ष्मीं) दधानः R.2.7. -14 Semen, seed, semen virile; स्याद्रक्षणीयं यदि मे न तेजः R.14.65; 2.75; दुष्यन्तेनाहितं तेजो दधानां भूतये भुवः Ś.4.3. -15 The essential nature of anything. -16 Essence, quintessence. -17 Spiritual, moral, or magical power. -18 Fire; यज्ञसेनस्य दुहिता तेज एव तु केवलम् Mb.3.239.9. -19 Marrow. -2 Bile. -21 The speed of a horse. -22 Fresh butter. -23 Gold. -24 Clearness of the eyes. -25 A shining or luminous body, light; ऋते कृशानोर्न हि मन्त्रपूतमर्हन्ति तेजांस्यपराणि हव्यम् Ku.1.51; Ś.4.2. -26 The heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile (पित्त). -27 The brain. -28 Violence, fierceness. -29 Impatience. -3 Anger; मित्रैः सह विरोधं च प्राप्नुते तेजसा वृतः Md.3.28.18. -31 The sun; उपप्लवांस्तथा घोरान् शशिनस्तेजसस्तथा Mb.12. 31.36. -Comp. -कर a. 1 illuminating. -2 granting vital power or strength. -पदम् a mark of dignity; तेजःपदं मणिमयं च हृतं शिरोभ्यः Bhāg.1.15.14. -बीजम् marrow. -भङ्गः 1 disgrace, destruction of dignity. -2 depression, discouragement. -भीरः f. shadow. -मण्डलम् a halo of light; सर्वा एतस्मिंस्तेजोमण्डल एकीभवन्ति Praśna. Up.4.2. -मात्रा sense-organ; स एतास्तेजोमात्राः समभ्याददानो हृदयमेवान्ववक्रामति Bṛi. Up.4.4.1. -मूर्तिः the sun; Ms.3.93. -रूपम् 1 the Supreme Spirit, Brahman. -2 the nature of light. -वृत्तम् 1 noble behaviour; Ms.9.33. -2 superior power or lustre. तेजस्वत् tējasvat तेजोवत् tējōvat तेजस्वत् तेजोवत् a. 1 Bright, brilliant, splendid. -2 Sharp, pungent. -3 Brave, heroic. -4 Energetic. |
| |
| toyam | तोयम् 1 Water; Ś.7.12. -2 The constellation पूर्वाषाढा or its regent. -Comp. -अग्निः submarine fire; Mb.12. -अञ्जलिः see तोयकर्मन्. -अधिवासिनी trumpetflower. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. -आधारः, -आशयः a lake, well, any reservoir of water; तोयाधार- पथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14. -आलयः the ocean, sea. -ईशः 'lord of waters', an epithet of Varuṇa. (-शम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -उत्सर्गः discharge of water, raining; तोयोत्सर्गस्तनितमुखरो मा च भूर्विक्लवास्ताः Me.39. -कर्मन् n. 1 ablutions of various parts of the body performed with water. -2 libations of water to the deceased; तोयकर्मणि तं कुन्ती कथयामास सूर्यजम् Mb.12.1.22. -काम a. 1 fond of water. -2 thirsty. (-मः) a sort of crane. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, drinking nothing but water for a fixed period. -क्रीडा sporting in water; Me.35. -गर्भः the cocoanut. -चरः an aquatic animal. -डिम्बः, -डिम्भः hail. -दः a cloud; R.6.65; V.1.14. ˚अत्ययः the autumn. -दम् ghee; 'तोयदो मुस्तके मेघे पुमानाज्ये नपुंसकम्' Medinī. -धरः a cloud. -धारः 1 a cloud. -2 raining. -धिः, -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. ˚प्रियम् cloves. -नीवी the earth. -पाषाणजमलम् oxide of zinc. -पुष्पी, -प्रष्ठा trumpet-flower. -प्रसादनम् the clearingnut tree or its nut, see अम्बुप्रसादन or कतक. -मलम् seafoam. -मुच् m. a cloud. -यन्त्रम् 1 a water-clock. -2 an artificial jet or fountain of water. -रसः moisture. -राज् m. 1 the ocean. -2Varuṇa, the regent of waters. -राशिः 1 the ocean. -2 a pond, lake, Rām.2. -वेला the edge of water, shore. -व्यतिकरः confluence (as of rivers); तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरय्वोः R.8.95. -शुक्तिका an oyster. -सर्पिका, -सूचकः a frog. |
| |
| tri | त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old. |
| |
| tūrṇi | तूर्णि a. Quick. -र्णिः f. Speed. -m. 1 The mind. 2 A Śloka. -3 Dirt, excrement. |
| |
| daṇḍaḥ | दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama. |
| |
| daśan | दशन् Num. a. (pl.) Ten; स भूमिं विश्वतो वृत्वा अत्य- तिष्ठद्दशाङ्गुलम् Rv.1.9.1. -Comp. -अङ्गुल a. ten fingers long; Ms.8.271. (-लम्) 1 a length of 1 fingers; Rv.1.9.1. -2 a water-melon. -अधिपतिः a commander of ten men. Mb.12. -अर्ध a. five, (-र्धम्) five; अण्व्यो मात्रा विनाशिन्यो दशार्धानां तु याः स्मृताः Ms.1.27. (-र्धः) an epithet of Buddha. -अर्हः 1 an epithet of Krisna or Visnu. -2 Buddha. -अवताराः m. (pl.) the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; see under अवतार. -अवर a. consisting of at least ten; दशावरा वा परिषद्यं धर्मं परिकल्पयेत् Ms.12.11. -अश्वः the moon. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Rāvaṇā; दशाननकिरीटेभ्यस्तत्क्षणं राक्षसप्रियः R.1.75. -आमयः an epithet of Rudra. -इन्द्रियाणि The five कर्मेन्द्रियs and five ज्ञानेन्द्रियs. -ईशः a superintendent of 1 villages; Ms.7.116. -एकादशिक a. who lends 1 and receives 11 in return; i. e. who lends money at ten per cent. -कण्ठः, -कन्धरः epithets of Rāvaṇa; सप्तलोकैकवीरस्य दशकण्ठ- कुलद्विषः U.4.27. ˚अरिः, ˚जित् m., ˚रिपुः epithets of Rāma; दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29. -कर्मन् n. the ten ceremonies prescribed to the three twice-born classes. -कुमार- चरितम् a prose work by Dandin. -क्षीर a. mixed with 1 parts of milk. -गुण a. ten-fold, ten times larger. -गुणित a. multiplied by 1; दशगुणितमिव प्राप्तवान् वीरधर्मम B. R.9.53. -ग्रन्थाः (pl.) संहिता, ब्राह्मण, आरण्यक, शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निघण्टु, छन्द and निरुक्त; hence दशग्रन्थिन् = A person who has learnt by heart all these ten books. -ग्रामपतिः, -ग्रामिकः, -ग्रामिन् m., -पः a superintendent of ten villages. -ग्रामी a collection or corporation of ten villages. -ग्रीवः = दशकण्ठ q.v. -चतुष्कम् N. of a sport; Sinhās.27. -धर्मः unfavourable condition, distress; अभ्यस्तो बहुभिर्बाणैर्दशधर्मगतेन वै Mb.7.147.2. (see com.). -पारमिताध्वरः 'possessing the ten perfections', an epithet of Buddha. -पुरम् N. of an ancient city, capital of king Rantideva; पात्रीकुर्वन्दशपुरवधूनेत्रकौतू- हलानाम् Me.49. -बन्धः a tenth part; Ms.8.17; also ˚बन्धक; Y.2.76. -बलः, -भूमिगः epithets of Buddha. -बाहुः an epithet of Śiva. -भुजा, -महाविद्या N. of Durgā. -मालिकाः (pl.) 1 N. of a country. -2 the people or rulers of this country. -मास्य a. 1 ten months old; एवा ते गर्भ एजतु निरैतु दशमास्यः Rv.5.78.7-8. -2 ten months in the womb (as a child before birth). -मुखः an epithet of Rāvaṇa. ˚रिपुः an epithet of Rāma; सीतां हित्वा दशमुखरिपुर्नोपयेमे यदन्याम् R.14.87. -मूत्रकम् The urine of 1 (elephant, buffalo, camel, cow, goat, sheep, horse, donkey, man and woman). -मूलम् a tonic medicine prepared from the roots of ten plants; (Mar. सालवण, पिटवण (पृष्टिपर्णी), रिंगणी, डोरली, गोखरूं, बेल, ऐरण, टेंटू, पहाडमूळ, शिवण). -योजनम् a distance of 1 Yojanas; पादाङ्गुष्ठेन चिक्षेप संपूर्णं दशयोजनम् Rām.1.1.65; also दशयोजनी; मोहितेन्द्रियवृत्तिं तं व्यतीत्य दशयोजनीम् Ks.94.14. -रथः N. of a celebrated king of Ayodhyā, son of Aja, and father of Rāma and his three brothers. [He had three wives Kausalyā, Sumitrā, and Kaikeyī, but was for several years without issue. He was therefore recommended by Vasiṣṭha to perform a sacrifice which he successfully did with the assistance of Ṛiṣyaśṛiṅga. On the completion of this sacrifice Kausalyā bore to him Rāma, Sumitrā Laksmana and Śatrughna, and Kaikeyī Bharata. Daśaratha was extremely fond of his sons, but Rāma was his greatest favourite 'his life, his very soul.' Thus when Kaikeyī at the instigation of Mantharā demanded the fulfilment of the two boons he had previously promised to her, the king tried to dissuade her mind from her wicked resolve by threats, and, failing these, by the most servile supplications. But Kaikeyī remained inexorable, and the poor monarch was obliged to send his beloved son into exile. He soon afterwards died of a broken heart]. Bhāg.9.1.1 ˚ललिता The fourth day of the dark fortnight of Āśvina. -रश्मिशतः the sun; दशरश्मिशतोपमद्युतिम् R.8.29. -रात्रम् a period of ten nights. (-त्रः) a particular sacrifice lasting for ten days. -रूपकम् the 1 kinds of drama. -रूपभृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -लक्षण a. relating to 1 objects; इदं भागवतं पुराणं दक्षलक्षणम् Bhāg.2.9.43. -णम् ten marks or attributes. -लक्षणकः religion; cf. धृतिः क्षमा दमो$स्तेयं शौचमिन्द्रियनिग्रहः । धीर्विद्या सत्यमक्रोधो दशकं धर्मलक्षणम् ॥ Ms.7. 92. -वक्त्रः, -वदनः see दशमुख; Bk.9.137. -वर्गः the double five classes of अमात्य, राष्ट्र, दुर्ग, कोश and दण्ड; वेत्ता च दशवर्गस्य स्थानवृद्धिक्षयात्मनः Mb.12.57.18 (com. 'अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गाणि कोशो दण्डश्च पञ्चमः' इति प्रकृतिपञ्चकं स्वपक्षे परपक्षे चेति दशको वर्गः). -वाजिन् m. the moon. -वार्षिक a. happening after, or lasting for, ten years; Y.2.24. -विध a. of ten kinds. -शतम् 1 a thousand; ये सहस्रम- राजन्नासन् दशशता उत Av.5.18.1. -2 one hundred and ten. ˚रश्मिः the sun. ˚अक्षः, ˚नयनः Indra; दशशताक्षककुब्दरि- निःसृतः Mb 7.184.47. -शती a thousand. -स (सा)- हस्रम् ten thousand. -हरा 1 an epithet of the Ganges (taking away the 1 sins). -2 a festival in honour of the Ganges held on the 1th day of Jyeṣṭha. -3 a festival in honour of Durgā held on the tenth of Āśvina. |
| |
| div | दिव् f. [दीव्यन्त्यत्र दिव्-बा˚ आधारे डिवि Tv.] (Nom. sing. द्यौः) 1 The heaven; दिवं मरुत्वानिव भोक्ष्यते भुवम् R.3. 4,12; Me.3. -2 The sky; दिव्यन्तरिक्षे भूमौ च घोरमुत्पात- जं भयम् Rām.2.1.43. -3 A day; अत्र भोक्तव्यमस्माभिर्दिवा- रूढं क्षुधार्दिताः Bhāg.1.13.6. -4 Light, brilliance. -5 Fire, glow of fire. N. B. The compounds with दिव् as first member are mostly irregular; e. g. दिवस्पतिः an epithet of Indra (of the 13th मन्वन्तर); Bhāg.8.13.32; अनतिक्रमणीया दिवस्पतेराज्ञा Ś.6; दिवस्पृथिव्यौ heaven and earth. दिविज्ञः, दिविष्ठः, दिविस्थः, दिविस (ष) द् m., दिवोकस् m., दिवौकस्, -सः 'inhabitant of the heaven', a god; Ś.7; R.3.19,47; दिविषद्वृन्दैः Gīt.7. दिवस्पृश m. the Supreme Being. दिविस्पृश् a. reaching or pervading the sky. दिवोद्भवा cardamoms. दिवोल्का a meteor. दिवौकस् m. 1 a god. -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a deer. -4 a bee. -5 an elephant. |
| |
| dīptiḥ | दीप्तिः f. [दीप्-भावे-क्तिन्] 1 Brightness, splendour, brilliance, lustre. -2 Brilliancy of beauty, extreme loveliness; (for the difference between दीप्ति and कान्ति see under कान्ति). -3 Lac. -4 Brass. -5 The flash-like flight of an arrow. |
| |
| dur | दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense. |
| |
| dus | दुस् A prefix to nouns and sometimes to verbs meaning 'bad, evil, wicked, inferior, hard or difficult, &c.' (N. B. The स् of दुस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants, see दुर्; to a Visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्.) -Comp. -उपस्थान a. difficult to be approached; यो रणे दुरुपस्थानो हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -कर a. 1 wicked, acting badly; काँल्लोकांस्तु गमिष्यामि कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् Mb.12. 27.18. -2 hard to be done or accomplished, arduous, difficult; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं दुष्करम् 'sooner said than done'; Amaru.46; Mk.3.1.; Ms.7.55. (-रम्) 1 a difficult or painful task or act, difficulty. -2 atmosphere, ether. -कर्मन् n. 1 any bad act, sin, crime. -2 any difficult or painful act. -3 A wicked man; ततो वसति दुष्कर्मा नरके शाश्वतीः समाः Mb. -कालः 1 bad times; दुष्काले$पि कलाव- सज्जनरुचौ प्राणैः परं रक्षता Mu.7.5. -2 the time of universal destruction. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -कुलम् a bad or low family; (आददीत) स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि Ms.2.238. -कुलीन a. low-born. -कुह a. hypocritical; अतीन्द्रियेणात्मनि दुष्कुहो$यं मया जनो योजयितुं न शक्यः Bu. Ch.1.18. -कृत्, -कृतिन् m. a wicked person; विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् Bg.4.8; पुनः पुनर्दुष्कृतिनं निनिन्द R.14.57. -कृतम्, -कृतिः f. a sin, misdeed; उभे सुकृतदुष्कृते Bg.2.5; (ददर्श) ततस्तान् भिद्यमानांश्च कर्मभिः दुष्कृतैः स्वकैः Rām.7.21.21. -क्रम a. ill-arranged, unmethodical, unsystematic. -क्रिया a misdemeanour, bad act. -क्रीत a. not properly purchased; क्रीत्वा मूल्येन यो द्रव्यं दुष्क्रीतं मन्यते क्रयी Nārada Smṛiti. -चर a. 1 hard to be performed or accomplished, arduous, difficult; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपस्तृण- बिन्दोः परिशङ्कितः पुरा R.8.79; Ku.7.65. -2 inaccessible, unapproachable. -3 acting ill, behaving wickedly. (-रः) 1 a bear. -2 a bi-valve shell. ˚चारिन् a. practising very austere penance. -चरित a. wicked, ill-behaved, abandoned. (-तम्) misbehaviour, ill-conduct; तथा दुश्चरितं सर्वं वेदे त्रिवृति मज्जति Ms.11.263. -चर्मन् a. affected with a disease of the skin, leprous. (-m.) 1 a circumcised man, or one whose prepuce is naturally wanting. -चिकित्स्य a. difficult to be cured, incurable. सुदुश्चिकि- त्स्यस्य भवस्य मृत्योर्भिषक्तमं त्वाद्य गतिं गताः स्म Bhāg.4.3.38. -चिक्यम् the third लग्नराशि; दुश्चिक्यं स्यात्तृतीयकम् Jyotistattvam. -चित्त a. melancholy, sad. -चेष्टितम् misconduct, error. -च्यवनः an epithet of Indra; अत्तुं महेन्द्रियं भागमेति दुश्च्यवनो$धुना Bk.5.11. -च्यावः an epithet of Śiva. -च्छद a difficult to be clothed, tattered. -तर a. (दुष्टर or दुस्तर) 1 difficult to be crossed; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ms;4.242; प्रविशेन्मुखमाहेयं दुस्तरं वा महार्णवम् Pt.1.111. -2 difficult to be subdued, insuperable, invincible. -3 not to be surpassed or excelled. -4 difficult to be borne or endured. -तर्कः false reasoning. -पच (दुष्पच) a. difficult to be digested. -पतनम् 1 falling badly. -2 a word of abuse, abusive epithet (अपशब्द). -परिग्रह a. difficult to be seized, taken, or kept; Pt.1.67. लोकाधाराः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Kām. (-हः) a bad wife. -पान a. difficult to be drunk. -पार a. 1 difficult to be crossed. -2 difficult to be accomplished. -पूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; दुष्पूरो- दरपूरणाय पिबति स्रोतःपतिं वाडवः Bh.; Bg.3.39. -प्रकाश a. obscure, dark, dim. -प्रक्रिया little authority; Rāj. T.8.4. -प्रकृति a. ill-tempered. evilnatured. -प्रजस् a. having bad progeny. -प्रज्ञ (दुष्प्रज्ञ) a. weakminded, stupid. -प्रज्ञानम् bad intellect. -प्रणीत a. ill-arranged or managed. (-तम्) impolitic conduct; Mb.8.5.2. -प्रतर a. difficult to be overcome or understood; धर्मं सूक्ष्मतरं वाच्यं तत्र दुष्प्रतरं त्वया Mb.12.19.7. -प्रतीक a. difficult to know or recognise; दुष्प्रतीकमरण्ये$स्मिन्किं तात वनमागतः Rām.2.1.5. -प्रद a. causing pain or sorrow; अद्य भीताः पलायन्तु दुष्प्रदास्ते दिशो दश Rām.2.16.29. -प्रधर्ष, -प्रधृष्य 1 un assailable; see दुर्धर्ष; सा दुष्प्रधर्षा मनसापि हिंस्रैः R.2.27. -2 secure from assault, intangible. -प्रमेय a. immeasurable. -प्रवादः slander, calumnious report, scandal. -प्रवृत्तिः f. bad news, evil report; तेषां शूर्पणखैवैका दुष्प्रवृत्तिहराभवत् R.12.51. -प्रसह (दुष्प्रसह) a. 1 irresistible, terrible. -2 hard to bear or endure; M.5.1; R.3.58. -प्राप, -प्रापण a. unattainable, hard to get; R.1.48; असंयता- त्मना योगो दुष्प्राप इति मे मतिः Bg.6.36. -प्रीति f. displeasure. -मरम् a sad demise; अकाले दुर्मरमहो यज्जीवामस्तया विना Bk.6.14. -शंस a. Ved. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked. -शक, -शक्त a.powerless, weak. -शकुनम् a bad omen. -शला N. of the only daughter of धृतराष्ट्र given in marriage to Jayadratha. -शासन a. difficult to be managed or governed, intractable. (-नः) N. of one of the 1 sons of धृतराष्ट्र. [He was brave and warlike, but wicked and intractable. When Yudhiṣṭhira staked and lost even Draupadī, Duhśāsana dragged her into the assembly by her hair and began to strip her of every clothing; but Krisna, ever ready to help the distressed, covered her from shame and ignominy. Bhīma was so much exasperated at this dastardly act of Duhśāsana that he vowed in the assembly that he would not rest till he had drunk the villain's blood. On the 16th day of the great war Bhīma encountered Duhśāsana in a single combat, killed him with ease, and drank, according to his resolution, his blood to his heart's content.] -शील (दुश्शील) a. ill-mannered or ill behaved, reprobate. -शृङ्गी a disloyal wife. -ष्ठु see दुस्थ a. unsettled, in calamity; कथं दुष्ठुः स्वयं धर्मे प्रजास्त्वं पालयिष्यसि Bk.6.132. -संचार a. difficult to be passed; दुःसंचारासु नगरवीथीषु; Pt.1.173. -षम (दुःषम or दुष्षम), -सम (दुःसम or दुस्सम) a. 1 uneven, unlike, unequal. -2 adverse, unfortunate, -3 evil, improper, bad. -षमम्, -समम् ind. ill, wickedly. -सत्त्वम् an evil being. -सथः 1 a dog. -2 a cock; L. D. B. -संधान, -संधेय a. difficult to be united or reconciled. -मृद्धटवत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसन्धानश्च दुर्जनो भवति Subhāṣ. -संस्थित a. very sinful or ugly to look at; Rām.2.9.4. -सह (दुस्सह) a. unbearable, irresistible, insupportable. भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहात् Ku. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -साध, -साध्य a. 1 difficult to be accomplished or managed. -2 difficult to be cured. -3 difficult to be conquered. -साधिन् m. door-keeper; L. D. B. -सुप्त a. having bad dreams (in one's sleep). -स्थ, -स्थित a. (written also दुस्थ and दुस्थित) 1 ill-conditioned, poor, miserable. -2 suffering pain, unhappy, distressed; कल्पान्तदुःस्था वसुधा तथोहे Bk. -3 unwell, ill. -4 unsteady, disquieted. -5 foolish, unwise, ignorant. -स्थम् ind. badly, ill, unwell; दुःस्थं तिष्ठसि यच्च पथ्यमधुना कर्तास्मि तच्छ्रो- ष्यसि; Amaru. -स्थितिः f. 1 bad condition or situation, unhappiness, misery. -2 instability. -स्पृष्टम् (दुः-दुस्पृ- ष्टम्) 1 slight touch or contact. -2 slight touch or action of the tongue which produces the sounds य्, र्, ल् and व्; दुस्पृष्टश्चेति विज्ञेयो लृकारः प्लुत एव च. -स्फाटः a kind of weapon; L. D. B. -स्मर a. hard or painful to remember; U.6.34. -स्वप्नः a bad dream. |
| |
| deva | देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon. |
| |
| dehaḥ | देहः हम् [दिह्-घञ्] 1 The body; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 A form, shape, bulk, mass, -3 A person, an individual. -4 An appearance, a manifestation. -हः Anointing, smearing. -ही A rampart, wall, mound. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another body; किं नु तद् दुष्कृतं कर्म पुरा देहान्तरे कृतम् Rām.7.24.15. ˚प्राप्तिः f. transmigration. -आत्मवादः materialism, the doctrines of Chārvāka. -आत्मवादिन् m. a materialist, a Chārvāka. -आवरणम् armour, dress. -आसवः urine. -ईश्वरः the soul. -उद्भव, -उद्भूत a. born in the body, inborn, innate. -करः a father. -कर्तृ m. 1 the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 father. -कृत् 1 the five elements. -2 the God; देहकृत् देहभृत् देही Mb. -3 father; त्रसदस्युः पौरुकुत्सो यो$नरण्यस्य देहकृत् Bhāg.9.7.4. -कोषः 1 the covering of the body. -2 a feather, wing &c. -3 skin. -क्षयः 1 decay of the body. -2 sickness, disease. -गत a. incarnate, embodied. -जः 1 son. -2 a. Belonging to the body; मनोवाग्देहजैर्नित्यं कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1.14. -जा a daughter. -तन्त्र a. whose chief kind of existence is corporeal; त्वं देहतन्त्रः प्रशमाय पाप्मनां निदेशभाजां च विभो विभूतये Bhāg.3.33. 5. -त्यागः 1 death (in general). -2 voluntary death; resigning the body; तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरष्वोर्देह- त्यागात् R.8.95; Ms.1.62. -दः quick-silver. -दीपः the eye. -धर्मः the function of the body (आहारनिद्रामैथु- नादि); Rām.4.35.9. -धारकम् a bone. -धारणम् living, life. -धिः a wing. -धृष् m. air, wind. -पातः death. -बद्ध a. embodied, incarnate; देहबद्धमिव धर्ममभ्यगात् R. 11.35; Ku.2.47. -बन्ध bodily frame; ध्वंसते देहबन्धः U.3.38; Māl.9.2. -भाज् a. embodied, corporeal. (-m) any being possessed of a body or life, especially a man; नायं देवो देहभाजां नृलोके Bhāg.5.5.1. -भुज् m. 1 the soul. -2 the sun. -भृत् m. 1 living being, especially a man; धिगिमां देहभृतामसारताम् R.8.51; देहभ्रतां वर Bg.8.4; 14.14. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 life, vitality. -भेदः death. -मध्यम् waist. -यात्रा 1 dying, death. -2 nourishment, food. -यापनम् fostering the body (शरीरपोषण); देवतातिथिशेषेण कुरुते देहयापनम् Mb.3.26.6. -लक्षणम् a mole, a black or dark spot upon the skin. -वर्मन् n. the skin. -वायुः one of the five vital airs of lifewinds; see प्राण. -विसर्जनम् death. -वृन्तम् the navel. -संचारिणी a daughter. -सारः marrow. -स्वभावः bodily temperament. |
| |
| draviṇam | द्रविणम् [द्रु-इनन् Uṇ.2.5] 1 Wealth, money, property, substance; Ve.3.22; Pt.3.174; निमग्नानां यासु द्रविणमदिराघूर्णितदृशाम् Bv.4.29. -2 Gold; R.4.7; ज्ञातिभ्यो द्रविणं दत्त्वा कन्यार्थे चैव शक्तितः Ms.3.31. -3 Strength, power. -4 Valour, prowess; श्रोतुमिच्छामि चरितं भूरिद्रविणतेजसाम् Mb.3.1.8. -5 A thing, matter, material. -6 That of which anything is made. -7 A wish, desire. -Comp. -अधिपतिः, -ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera. -उदयः acquirement of wealth; पराङ्मुखे विधौ चेत् स्यात् कथंचिद् द्रविणोदयः Pt.2.11. -उदस् m. fire. -नाशनः the plant Hyperanthera Moriaga (Mar. शेवगा). -प्रदः an epithet of Viṣṇu. सुधन्वा खण्डपरशुर्दारुणो द्रविणप्रदः V. Sah. |
| |
| dvaitam | द्वैतम् [द्विधा इतं द्वितं तस्य भावः स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Duality. -2 Dualism in philosophy, the assertion of two distinct principles, such as the maintenance of the doctrine that, spirit and matter, Brahman and the Universe, or the Individual and the Supreme Soul, are different from each other; cf. अद्वैत; किं शास्त्रं श्रवणेन यस्य गलति द्वैतान्ध- कारोत्करः Bv.1.86. -3 N. of a forest. -Comp. -अद्वैतमार्गः the path of dualism and non-dualism. -वनम् N. of a forest; भीमं प्रशस्याथ गुणैरनेकैर्हृष्टास्ततो द्वैतवनाय जग्मुः Mb.3. 11.68. Ki.1.1. -वादः the doctrine of dualism; see above. -वादिन् m. a philosopher who maintains the dvaita doctrine. |
| |
| dhātuḥ | धातुः [धा-आधारे तुन्] 1 A constituent or essential part, an ingredient. -2 An element, primary or elementary substance, i. e. पृथिवी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; Bhāg.7.15.6. -3 A secretion, primary fluid or juice, essential ingredients of the body (which are considered to be 7:-- रसासृङ्मांसमेदो$स्थिमज्जाशुक्राणि धातवः, or sometimes ten if केश, त्वच् and स्नायु be added); Mb.3.213.1. -4 A humour or affection of the body, (i.e. वात, पित्त and कफ); यस्यात्मबुद्धिः कुणपे त्रिधातुके Bhāg.1.84.13. -5 A mineral, metal, metallic ore; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7; त्वामालिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17; R.4.71; Ku.6.51. -6 A verbal root; भूवादयो धातवः P.I.3.1; पश्चादध्ययनार्थस्य धातोरधिरिवाभवत् R.15.9. -7 The soul. -8 The Supreme Spirit; धातुप्रसादान्महिमानमात्मनः Kaṭha. -9 An organ of sense. -1 Any one of the properties of the five elements, i. e. रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द; तत्र तत्र हि दृश्यन्ते धातवः पाञ्चभौतिकाः । तेषां मनुष्यास्तर्केण प्रमाणानि प्रचक्षते Mb.6.5.11. -11 A bone. -12 A part, portion. -13 A fluid mineral of a red colour. -14 Ved. A supporter. -15 Anything to be drunk, as milk &c. -f. A milch cow. -Comp. -उपलः chalk. -काशीशम्, -कासीसम् red sulphate of iron. -कुशल a. skilful in working in metals, metallurgist. -क्रिया metallurgy, mineralogy -क्षयः waste of the bodily humours, a wasting disease, a kind of consumption. -गर्भः, -स्तपः a receptacle for ashes, Dagoba; Buddh. ˚कुम्भः a relic urn. -ग्राहिन् m. calamine. -घ्नम्, -नाशनम् sour gruel (prepared from the fermentation of rice-water). -चूर्णम् mineral powder. -जम् bitumen -द्रावकः borax. -पः the alimentary juice, the chief of the seven essential ingredients of the body. -पाठः a list of roots arranged according to Pāṇini's grammatical system (the most important of these lists called धातुपाठ being supposed to be the work of Pāṇini himself, as supplementary to his Sūtras). -पुष्टिः f. nutrition of the bodily humours. -प्रसक्त a. devoted to alchemy; -भृत् m. a mountain. -मलम् 1 impure excretion of the essential fluids of the body; कफपित्तमलाः केशः प्रस्वेदो नखरोम च । नेत्रविट् चक्षुषः स्नेहो धातूनां क्रमशो मलाः ॥ Suśruta. -2 lead. -माक्षिकम् 1 sulphuret of iron. -2 a mineral substance. -मारिणी borax. -मारिन् m. sulphur. -रसः a mineral or metalic fluid; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र (भूर्जत्वचः) Ku.1.7. -राजकः, -कम् semen. -वल्लभम् borax. -वादः 1 mineralogy, metallurgy. -2 alchemy. -वादिन् m. a mineralogist. -विष् f. lead. -वैरिन् m. sulphur. -शेखरन् green sulphate of iron, green vitriol. -शोधनम्, -संभवम् lead. -साम्यम् good health, (equilibrium of the three humours). -हन् m. sulphur. |
| |
| dhṛ | धृ I. 6 Ā. (Supposed by some to be a passive form of धृ); (ध्रियते, धृत) 1 To be or exist, live, continue to live, survive; आर्यपुत्र ध्रिये एषा ध्रिये U.3; ध्रियते यावदेको$पि रिपु- स्तावत्कुतः सुखम् Śi.2.35;15.89; नष्टा शरीरैः क्रतुभिर्धरन्ते Pt.1. -2 To be maintained or preserved, remain, continue; सुरतश्रमसंभृतो मुखे ध्रियते स्वेदलवोद्गमो$पि ते R.8.51; Ku.4.18. -3 To resolve upon. -II. 1. P., 1 U. (धरति, usually धारयति-ते, धृत, धारित) 1 To hold, bear, carry; भुजङ्गमपि कोपितं शिरसि पुष्पवद्धारयेत् Bh.2.4; वैणवीं धारयेद्यष्टिं सोदकं च कमण्डलुम् Ms.4.36; Bk.17.54; V.4.36. -2 To hold or bear up, maintain, support, sustain; अभिनवजलधरसुन्दर धृतमन्दर...... Gīt.1.2.7; यथा सर्वाणि भूतानि धरा धारयते समम् Ms.9.311; Pt.1.126; प्रातःकुन्दप्रसवशिथिलं जीवितं धारयेथाः Me.115; चिरमात्मना धृताम् R.3.35; U.3.29. -3 To hold in one's possession, possess, have, keep; या संस्कृता धार्यते Bh.2.19. -4 To assume, take (as a form, disguise &c.); केशव धृतसूकररूप Gīt.1.1.4; धारयति कोकनदरूपम् 1.4. -5 To wear, put on, use (clothes, ornaments &c.); श्रितकमलाकुचमण्डल धृत- कुण्डल ए Gīt.1.2.1. -6 To hold in check, curb, restrain, stop, detain; त्वया हि धर्मो विधृतः कृत्स्नं धारयते जगत् Mb.1. 63.5; दधार द्रोणमायान्तं वेलेव सरितां पतिम् Mb.7.16.21. -7 To fix upon, direct towards; (with dat. or loc.) ब्राह्मण्ये धृतमानसः, मनो दध्रे राजसूयाय &c. -8 To suffer, undergo. -9 To assign anything to any person, allot, assign. -1 To owe anything to a person (with dat.; rarely gen. of person, 1 only in this sense); वृक्षसेचने द्वे धारयसि मे Ś.1; तस्मै तस्य वा धनं धारयति &c. -11 To hold, contain. -12 To observe, practise. -13 To cite, quote. -14 To keep, retain (in one's service). -15 To preserve, maintain. -16 To seize, lay hold of. -17 To hold out or on, endure. -18 To fix, place, deposit. -19 To intend in mind; स यद्यदेवासृजत तत्तदत्तुमध्रियत Bṛi. Up.1.2.5. (The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. मनसा धृ to bear in mind, remember; शिरसा, मूर्ध्नि धृ to bear on the head, respect highly; अन्तरे धृ to pledge, deposit anything as surety; समये धृ to bring to terms or agreement; दण्डं धृ to punish, chastise, use force; जीवितम्, प्राणान्, गात्रम्, शरीरम्, देहम् &c. धृ to continue to live, maintain the soul &c.; preserve the vital spirits; व्रतं धृ to observe a vow; इत्थं व्रतं धारयतः प्रजार्थम् R.2.25; तुलया धृ to hold in a balance, weigh &c.; मनः, मतिम्, चित्तम्, बुद्धिम् धृ to bend the mind to a thing, fix the mind upon, think of, resolve upon; गर्भं धृ to become pregnant, conceive; धारणां धृ to practise concentration or selfcontrol &c.) |
| |
| dhṛta | धृत p. p. [धृ-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Held, carried, borne, supported. -2 Possessed. -3 Kept, preserved, retained. -4 Seized, grasped, laid, hold of. -5 Worn, used, put on; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -6 Placed, deposited. -7 Practised, observed. -8 Weighed. -9 (Actively used) Holding, bearing. -1 Intent upon. -11 Prepared, ready. -12 Resolved, firm; रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47; see धृ also. -तम् 1 Falling. -2 State, existence. -3 Taking, seizing. -4 Wearing, putting on. -5 A particular manner of fighting. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. firm minded, steady, calm, collected. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्सेक a. haughty, arrogant; Rāj. T. -एकवेणि a. bearing a single braid of hair (as a sign of mourning); नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś7.21. -गर्भ a. pregnant; Ks.7.83. -दण्ड a. 1 inflicting punishment. -2 one on whom punishment is inflicted; राजभिर्धृतदण्डास्तु कृत्वा पापानि मानवाः । निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा ॥ Ms.8.318. -दीधितिः fire. -पट a. covered with a cloth. -मानस a. firm-minded, bent upon; तपसे धृतमानसः Rām.7.9.46. -राजन् a. ruled by a good king (as a country). -राष्ट्रः 1 a good king. -2 a country ruled by a good king. -3 N. of the eldest son of Vyāsa by a widow of विचित्रवीर्य. [As the eldest son he was entitled to the throne, but being blind from birth, he renounced the sovereignty in favour of Pāṇḍu; but on his retirement to the woods, he undertook it himself, making Duryodhana, his eldest son, the virtual ruler. When Duryodhana, was killed by Bhīma, the old king thirsted for revenge, and expressed his desire to embrace Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma. K&rtod.;iṣṇa readily discovered his object, and convinced that Bhīma was marked out by the king as his prey, he caused an iron image of Bhīma to be made. And when the blind king rushed forward to embrace Bhīma, Kṛiṣṇa substituted the iron image which the revengeful old man pressed with so much force that it was crushed to pieces, and Bhīma escaped. Thus dis comfited, he, with his wife, repaired to the Himālaya and there died after some years.] -4 N. of a bird; L. D. B. -वर्मन् a clad in armour, mailed; -m. N. of a reputed king. -व्रत a. 1 observing vows, performing religious rites. -2 devoted, attached. -3 of a fixed law or order. (-तः) an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Varuṇa. (3) Agni. (4) A king in the Puru dynasty. |
| |
| dhvṛ | ध्वृ 1 P. (ध्वरति) 1 to bend. -2 To kill [ध्वृ हूर्च्छने । हूच्छी कौटिल्ये]; ध्वृषीष्ठा युधि मायाभिः ...... Bk.9.27. requesting, or commanding, but not in prohibition before the imperative mood. (b) Used with the potential mood न may sometimes have the force of 'lest', 'for fear lest', 'that not'; क्षत्रियैर्धार्यते शस्त्रं नार्तशब्दो भवेदिति Rām. (c) In agrumentative writings न often comes after इति चेत् and means 'not so.' (d) When a negative has to be repeated in successive clauses of the same sentence or in different sentences, न may be simply repeated or may be used with particles like उत, च, अपि, चापि, वा &c.; नाधीयीताश्वमारूढो न वृक्षं न च हस्तिनम् । न नावं न खरं नोष्ट्रं नेरिणत्थो न यानगः ॥ Ms.4.12; प्रविशन्तं न मां कश्चिदपश्यन्नाप्यवारयत् Mb.; Ms.2.195; 3.8,9;4.15; न वा शरच्चन्द्रमरीचिकोमलं मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.16.17. Sometimes न may not be expressed in the second and other clauses, but represented only by च, वा, अपि वा; संपदि यस्य न हर्षो विपदि विषादो रणे च धीरत्वम् Pt.2.175. (c) न is frequently joined with a second न or any other negative particle to intensify or emphasize an assertion; प्रत्युवाच तमृषिर्न तत्त्वतस्त्वां न वेद्मि पुरुषं पुरातनम् R. 11.85; न च न परिचितो न चाप्यगम्यः M.1.11; न पुनरलंकार- श्रियं न पुष्यति Ś1.19/2; नादण्ड्यो नाम राज्ञो$स्ति Ms.8.335; Me.65,18; नासो न काम्यो न च वेद सम्यग् द्रष्टुं न सा R. 6.3; Śi.1.55; Ve.2.1. (f) In a few cases न is retained at the beginning of a negative Tatpuruṣa compound; as नाक, नासत्य, नकुल; see P.VI.3.75. (g) न is often joined with other particles; नच, नवा, नैव, नतु, न चेद्, न खलु &c. (h) It is also used, especially in early Vedic literature, in the sense of 'like', 'as', 'as it were'; यद्वां नरा सनये दंस उग्रमाविष्कृणोमि तन्यतुर्न वृष्टिम् Bṛi. Up.2.5.16; गावो न गव्यूतीरनु; Śi.2.4. (v. l.) -Comp. -अधीत a. unread. -अनुरक्त a. unkind, not loving; Pt.2.46 (v. l.). -आदरः disrespect. -एकः a. 1 'not one', more than one, several, various; नैकः सुप्तेषु जागृयात् Viduranīti. -2 Not anyone, nobody; नैको मुनिर्यस्य वचः प्रमाणम् Pt. (-कः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚आत्मन् a. of a manifold or diverse nature. (-m.) N. of the Supreme Being. ˚चर a. 'not living alone', gregarious, living in society. ˚जः the Supreme Being. ˚धा ind. in many ways, diversely. ˚भेद, ˚रूप a. various, multiform. -माय a. using many artifices or stratagems. ˚शस् ind. repeatedly, often. -किंचन a. very poor, beggarly. सर्वकामरसैर्हीनाः स्थानभ्रष्टा नकिंचनाः Mb. |
| |
| naraḥ | नरः [नॄ-नये-अच्] 1 A man, male person; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्यमतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5; Ms.1.96;2.213. -2 A man or piece at chess. -3 The pin of a sun-dial. -4 The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man. -5 Man's length (= पुरुष. q. v.). -6 N. of a primitive sage. -7 N. of Arjuna; see नरनारायण below. -8 A horse. -9 (In gram.) A personal termination. -1 The individual soul (जीवात्मा); Mb.12.28.5. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the penis. -2 eruption on the face. -अधमः a wretch, miscreant. -अधिपः, अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -देवः, -पतिः, -पालः a king; नरपतिहितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt. नराणां च नराधिपम् Bg.1.27; Ms.7.13; R.2.75;3.42;7.62; Me.39; Y.1.311. -अन्तकः death. -अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. नराणामयनं यस्मात् तेन नारायणः स्मृतः Brav.P. -अशः a demon, goblin. -आधारः N. of Śiva. (-रा) the earth. -इतरः 1 a being higher than a man, a god; Bhāg.4.6.9. -2 an animal. -इन्द्रः 1 a king; R.2.18. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः 3.33;6.8; Ms.9.253. -2 a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; तेषु कश्चि- न्नरेन्द्राभिमानी तां निर्वर्ण्य Dk.51; सुनिग्रहा नरेन्द्रेण फणीन्द्रा इव शत्रवः Śi.2.88. (where the word is used in both senses). ˚मार्गः a high street, main road. -3 a mineralogist; L. D. B. -उत्तमः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Buddha. -ऋषभः 'the chief of men', a prince, king. -कपालः a man's skull. -कीलकः the murderer of a spiritual preceptor. -केश(स)रिन् m. 1 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. नरसिंह below. -2 the chief of men. -चिह्नम् the moustaches. -देवः 1 the warrior class (क्षत्रिय); शिष्ट्वा वा भूमि- देवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -2 a king. -धिः the world. -द्विष् m. a demon, goblin; तेन मूर्धानमध्वंसन्नरद्विषः Bk.15. 94. -नारायणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. (-णौ dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poetry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identified with Nara and Kṛiṣṇa with Nārāyaṇa. [In some places they are called देवौ, पूर्वदेवौ, ऋषी or ऋषिसत्तमौ. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their austerities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśī from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. स्थाने खलु नारायणमृषिं विलोभयन्त्यस्तदूरुसंभवामिमां दृष्ट्वा व्रीडिताः सर्वा अप्सरस इति V.1.] -पशुः 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form. -पुङ्गवः 'best of men', an excellent man; शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गवः Bg.1.5. -बलिः a human sacrifice. -भुज् a. man-eating, cannibal. -भूः f. the Bharatavarṣa, i. e. India. -मानिका, मानिनी, -मालिनी 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon. -माला a girdle of skulls. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -यन्त्रम् sun-dial. -यानम्, -रथः, -वाहनम् a vehicle drawn by men, a palanquin; नरयानादवातीर्य Parṇāl.4.17; Bhāg.1.59.37. -लोकः 1 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world. -2 mankind. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera; विजयदुन्दुभितां ययुरर्णवा घनरवा नर- वाहनसंपदः R.9.11. -विष्वणः a demon, goblin. -वीरः a brave man, hero. -व्याघ्रः, -शार्दूलः an eminent man. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity. -संसर्गः human society. -सखः an epithet of Nārayaṇa; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -सिंहः, -हरिः 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. तव करकमलवरे नखमद्भुतशृङ्गं दलितहिरण्यकशिपुतनुभृङ्गम् । केशव धृत- नरहरिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ Gīt.1. -सिंहद्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of फाल्गुन. -स्कन्धः a multitude or body of men. -हयम् a fight or enmity between man and horse. |
| |
| nāsti | नास्ति ind. 'It is not', non-existence, as in नास्तिक्षीरा &c. -Comp. -वादः assertion of the non-existence of God or a Supreme Ruler, atheism, infidelity; बौद्धेनेव सर्वदा नास्तिवादशूरेण K. |
| |
| nāstika | नास्तिक a. (-कः) [नास्ति परलोकस्तत्साधनमदृष्टं तत्साक्षी- श्वरो वा इति मतिरस्य ठन्] An atheist, unbeliever, one who denies the authority of the Vedas and a future life or the existence of a Supreme Ruler or Creator of the Universe; अतिमात्रोज्झितभीरनास्तिकः Śi.16.7; Ms.2.11; 8.22. नासाचूर्णे नास्ति कस्याभिलाषः नासाचूर्णे नास्तिकस्याभिलाषः Subhāṣ. -Comp. -मतम् an atheistical opinion. -वृत्ति a. leading the life of an atheist. |
| |
| niḥsaraṇam | निःसरणम् 1 Going out, exit. -2 An egress or outlet from a house, a gate. -3 Final departure, death. -4 A means, expedient, remedy. -5 Final beatitude. |
| |
| nikāyaḥ | निकायः [नि-चि-घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 A heap, an assemblage, a class, multitude, flock, group in general; Mv.1. निकाय इति सङ्घात् औत्तराधर्येणावस्थित उच्यते । ŚB. on MS. 8.1.19; तप्तहेमनिकायाभं शितिकण्ठं त्रिलोचनम् (वीक्ष्य) Bhāg. 4.24.25. -2 A congregation, school, an association of persons who perform like duties. -3 A house, habitation dwelling-place; Ms.1.36; काशीनिकायः &c. -4 The body. -5 Aim, butt, mark. -6 The Supreme Being. -7 Ved. Air, wind; Vāj.15.5. |
| |
| nigu | निगु a. Pleasing. -गुः 1 The mind. -2 Dirt, excrement. -3 A root. -4 Painting. |
| |
| nigrahaḥ | निग्रहः 1 Keeping in check, restraint, curbing, subjection; as in इन्द्रियनिग्रह Ms.6.92; Y.1.222; Bh.1.66; चञ्चलं मनः...... तस्याहं निग्रहं मन्ये वायोरिव सुदुष्करम् Bg.6.34; तस्य ता वपुषाक्षिप्ता निग्रहार्थं जजृम्भिरे Bu. Ch.4.6. -2 Suppression, obstruction, putting down; तथेन्द्रियाणां दह्यन्ते दोषाः प्राणस्य निग्रहात् Ms.6.71. -3 Overtaking, capturing, arresting; त्वन्निग्रहे तु वरगात्रि न मे प्रयत्नः Mk.1. 22; Śi.2.88. -4 Confinement, imprisonment. -5 Defeat, overthrow, vanquishing. -6 Dispelling, destruction, removing; दिनमुखानि रविर्हिमनिग्रहैर्विमलयन् मलयं नगम- त्यजत् R.9.25;15.6; Ku.5.53. -7 Arresting of disease, cure. -8 Punishment (opp. अनुग्रह) निग्राहानु- ग्रहस्य कर्ता Pt.1; निग्रहो$प्ययमनुग्रहीकृतः R.11.9,55;12. 52,63. -9 Rebuke, reprimand, blame. -1 Aversion, dislike, disgust. -11 (In Nyāya phil.) A flaw in an argument, a fault in a syllogism (by which a disputant is put down in argument); cf. Mu.5.1. -12 A handle. -13 A limit, boundary. -14 The Supreme Being. -15 Transgressing (अतिलङ्घन); निग्रहाद्धर्मशास्त्राणा- मनुरुद्ध्यन्नपेतभीः Mb.12.24.13. -Comp. -स्थानम् the reason of defeat, unfitness to be argued with, one of the 16 categories of the Naiyāyikas; एवमपि प्रकृतं दूषयितुमशक्नु- वतस्तत्सिद्धान्तान्तरदूषणे निग्रहस्थानमापद्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. |
| |
| nitya | नित्य a. [नियमेन नियतं वा भवं नि-त्य-प्; cf. P.IV.2.14. Vārt.] 1 (a.) Continual, perpetual, constant, everlasting, eternal, uninterrupted; यथा त्वमसि दुर्धर्षो धर्मनित्यः प्रजाहितः Rām.7.37.8; यदि नित्यमनित्येन लभ्यते H.1.48; नित्यज्योत्स्नाः प्रतिहततमोवृत्तिरम्याः प्रदोषाः Me. (regarded by Malli. as an interpolation); Ms.2.26. (b) Imperishable, indestructible; पृथिवी द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च Tarka K. -2 Invariable, regular, fixed, not optional, regularly prescribed (opp. काम्य). -3 Necessary, obligatory, essential. -4 Ordinary, usual (opp. नौमित्तिक). -5 (At the end of comp.) Constantly dwelling in, perpetually engaged in or busy with; जाह्नवीतीर˚, अरण्य˚, आदान˚, ध्यान˚ &c. -त्यः The ocean. -स्या 1 An epithet of the goddess Durgā. -2 A plough-share. -त्यम् An indispensable or inevitable act. -त्यम् ind. Daily, constantly, always, ever, perpetually, enternally. -Comp. -अनध्यायः invariable suspension of Vedic studies; नित्यानध्याय एव स्याद् ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Ms.4.17. -अनित्य a. eternal and perishable. -अनुबद्ध a. always approached or resorted to. -अनुवादः a bare statement of fact; स्याज्जुह्वप्रतिषेधान्नित्यानुवादः MS.4.1.45. -अभियुक्त a. One who is completely absorbed in yogic practices. -ऋतु a. regularly recurring at the seasons. -कर्मन् n., -कृत्यम्, क्रिया any daily and necessary rite, a constant act or duty, as the five daily Yajñas. -कालम् ind. always, at all times; ब्राह्मेण विप्रस्तीर्थेन नित्यकालमुपस्पृशेत् Ms.2.58,73. -गतिः air, wind. -जात a. constantly born; अथ चैनं नित्यजातं नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् Bg.2.26. -दानम् daily alms-giving. -नियमः an invariable rule. -नैमित्तिकम् an occasional act regularly recurring, or any ceremony constantly performed to accomplish a particular object, e. g. (a पर्वश्राद्ध). -पुष्ट a. always well-supplied. -प्रलयः 1 the constant dissolution of living beings. -2 sleep. -बुद्धिः a. considering anything as constant or eternal. -भावः eternity. -मुक्तः the Supreme Spirit. -युक्त a. always busy or intent upon. -युज् a. having the mind always fixed upon one object; दृग्भिर्हृदीकृतमलं परिरभ्य सर्वास्तद्भावमापुरपि नित्ययुजां दुरापम् Bhāg.1.82.4. -यौवना (ever youthful) an epithet of Draupadī. -व्रतम् a perpetual observance (lasting for life). -शङ्कित a. perpetually alarmed, ever suspicious. -समः the assertion that all things remain the same; Sarva. S. -समासः 'a necessary compound', a compund the meaning of which cannot be expressed by its constituent members used separately (the separate ideas having merged in one); e. g. जमदग्नि, जयद्रथ &c.; इवेन नित्यसमासः &c. |
| |
| nidhā | निधा 3 U. 1 To place, put, put or set down; शिरसि निदधानो$ञ्जलिपुटम् Bh.3.123; R.3.5,62;12.52; Si. 1.13. -2 To confide, or entrust, commit to the care of; निदधे विजयाशंसां चापे सीतां च लक्ष्मणे R.12.44;15.36. -3 To give, impart to, deposit with; दिनान्ते निहितं तेजः सवित्रेव हुताशनः R.4.1. -4 To put down, lay, allay, restrain; सलिलैर्निहितं रजः क्षितौ Gha&ttod.1. -5 To bury, conceal or hide (as under ground); ऊनद्विवार्षिकं प्रेतं निदध्युर्बान्धवा बहिः Ms.5.68. -6 To fix or direct the thoughts upon; cf. निध्यै. -7 To determine, resolve. -8 To direct one's labours, endeavour. -9 To appoint. -1 To remove, relinquish. -11 To lay up, treasure up. -12 To remember, keep or bear in mind. -13 To end, close. |
| |
| nidhyai | निध्यै 1 P. 1 To think of, meditate upon, remember; बिभीषणादिति श्रुत्वा तं निदध्यौ सघूत्तमः Bk.14.65. -2 To meditate deeply upon, look steadfastly or intently at; अङ्गुलीयकं निध्यायन्ती M.1; Śi.8.69;12.4; Ki.1.46;14.58. निदिध्यासः nididhyāsḥ निदिध्यासनम् nididhyāsanam निदिध्यासः निदिध्यासनम् Profound and repeated meditation, constant musing. |
| |
| niyantṛ | नियन्तृ m. 1 A charioteer, driver; नियन्तरि व्याकुलमुक्त- रज्जुके Śi.12.24. -2 A governor, ruler, master, regulator; न व्यतीयुः प्रजास्तस्य नियन्तुर्नेमिवृत्तयः R.1.17;15.51. -3 A punisher, chastiser. -4 The Supreme Being. |
| |
| nir | निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring. |
| |
| nirvāṇa | निर्वाण p. p. 1 Blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire); निर्वाणवैरदहनाः प्रशमादरीणाम् Ve.1.7; Ku.2.23. -2 Lost, disappeared. -3 Dead, deceased. -4 Liberated from existence. -5 Set (as the sun). -6 Calmed, quieted. -7 Plunged. -णम् 1 Extinction; अपि निर्वाणमायाति नानलो याति शीतताम् H.1.131; शनैर्निर्वाणमाप्नोति निरिन्धन इवानलः Mb. -2 Vanishing from sight, disappearance. -3 Dissolution, death. -4 Final liberation or emancipation from matter and reunion with the Supreme Spirit, eternal bliss; निर्वाणं नाधिगच्छेयुर्जीवेयुः पशु- जीविकाम् Mb.3.31,26; निर्वाणमपि मन्ये$हमन्तरायं जयश्रियः Ki.11.69; R.12.1. -5 (With Buddhists) Absolute extinction or annihilation, complete extinction of individual or worldly existence. -6 Perfect and perpetual calm, repose; निर्वाणं समुपगमेन यच्छते ते (नमः) Ki.18.39. -7 Complete satisfaction or pleasure, supreme bliss, highest felicity; स योगी ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं ब्रह्मभूतो$धिगच्छति Bg.5.24; अये लब्धं नेत्रनिर्वाणम् Ś.3; M.3.1; Śi.4.23; V.3.21. -8 Cessation, desisting. -9 Vacuity. -1 Union, association, confluence. -11 The bathing of an elephant; as in अनिर्वाण R.1.71. -12 Instruction in sciences. -13 Finis, completion; प्राप्य संकल्पनिर्वाणं नातिप्रीतो$भ्यगात् पुरम् Bhāg.4.9.27. -Comp. -पुराणम् offering oblations to the dead (?); Rāj. T. -भूयिष्ट a. almost vanished or departed; see under निर्वा (3) above. -मस्तकः final emancipation or deliverance, final beatitude. |
| |
| nirvyathanam | निर्व्यथनम् 1 Extreme pain, paining, afflicting. -2 Freedom from pain. -3 A hole, chasm. |
| |
| nirhādaḥ | निर्हादः Evacuation, voiding excrement. |
| |
| nirhāraḥ | निर्हारः 1 Taking away, removing, removal. -2 Drawing out, extracting. -3 Rooting up, destruction; कर्मणा कर्मनिर्हारो न ह्यात्यन्तिक इष्यते Bhāg.6.1.11. -4 Carrying out a dead body to be burnt; एवं विलपतीनां वै परिगृह्य मृतं पतिम् । अनिच्छतीनां निर्हारमर्को$स्तं संन्यवर्तत ॥ Bhāg.7.2.35. -5 Accumulation of a private store of wealth, private hoard; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -6 Evacuation of the natural excrements of the body (opp. आहार). -7 Putting forth or out. -8 Setting aside, excluding, leaving. -9 Deduction. -1 Diffusive fragrance. |
| |
| nis | निस् ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्). -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्. -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a. 1 thornless. -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (-कः) N. of Śiva. -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots. -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere. -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, immovable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48. -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt. -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive. -कल (निष्कल) a. 1 without parts, undivided, whole. -2 waned, decayed, diminished. -3 impotent, barren. -4 maimed. -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16. -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि). -(लः) 1 a receptacle. -2 the pudendum muliebre. -3 N. of Brahmā. (-ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless. -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions. -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly. -काम (निष्काम) a. 1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (-मम् ind.) 1 without wish or desire. -2 unwillingly. -कारण (निष्कारण) a. 1 causeless, unnecessary. -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः. -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (-णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a. 1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य). -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb. -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless. -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ 1 to exterminate one's family -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.) -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family. -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16. -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a. 1 mere, pure, absolute. -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन). -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed. -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a. 1 inactive. -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58. -3 knowing higher knowledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43. -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe. -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v. -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1. -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest. -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless. -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty. -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a. 1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. -2 thoughtless, unthinking. -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious. -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad. -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless. -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid). -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7. -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a. 1 without holes. -2 without defects or weak points. -3 uninterrupted, unhurt. -तन्तु a. 1 having no offspring, childless. -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16. -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. -तमस्क -तिमिर a. 1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -2 freed from sin or moral impurities. -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable. -तल a. 1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9. -2 moving, trembling, shaking. -3 bottomless. -4 down, below. (-ला) a pill, round ball. -तुल a. matchless, incomparable. -तुष a. 1 freed from chaff. -2 purified, cleansed. -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal. -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8. -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7. -तुषित a. 1 husked. -2 made thin. -3 abandoned. -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P. -2 spiritless, dull. -3 obscure. -त्रप a. impudent, shameless. -त्रिंश a. 1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk. -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (-शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer. -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45. -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled. -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure. -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner. -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons. -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a. 1 leafless. -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.] -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (-दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship). -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless. -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3 -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations. -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (-हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings. -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train. -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incombustible. -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means. -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately. -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a. 1 not avoiding. -2 not observing caution. -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft. -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded. -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order. -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure. -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless. -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new. -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7. -2 not male, feminine, neuter. -षः 1 a eunuch. -2 a coward. -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff. -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly. -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immovable, motionless. -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute. -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S. -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a. 1 not moving away, remaining in one place. -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17. -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid. -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold. -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94. -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a. 1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151. -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (-रम्) ind. uninterruptedly. -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts. -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78. -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed. -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led. -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a. 1 devoid of splendour. -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. -3 apathetic. -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. cowardly, timid. -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a. 1 looking straightforward, not turned backwards. -2 unconcerned (as a look). -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despondent. -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam. -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a. 1 without extension. -2 without deceit, honest. -प्रभ (निःप्रभ or -निष्प्रभ) a. 1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -2 powerless. 3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority. -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull. -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a. 1 without motive, not influenced by any motive. -2 causeless, groundless, -3 useless. -4 needless, unnecessary. (-नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3. -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.) -प्राण (निष्पाण) a. 1 lifeless, dead. -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12. -फल (निष्फल) a. 1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56. -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13. -3 barren (as a tree). -4 meaningless (as a word). -5 seedless, impotent. (-ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing. -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium. -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (-निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily. -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (-ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm. -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety. -शरण a. (-निःशरण) helpless, forlorn. -शर्कर (-निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place). -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (-कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147. -शल्य a. 1 free from arrows. -2 free from thorns or darts. -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (-कः) beardless rice. -शेष (निःशेष) a. without remainder (either finished or passed away). -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean. -श्रीकः a. 1 deprived of lustre, beauty. -2 unhappy. -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (-सः) an epithet of Śiva. (-सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also. -2 devotion, faith, belief. -3 apprehension, conception. -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16. -संशय (निःसंशय) a. 1 undoubted, certain. -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (-यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered. -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable. -संग (निःसंग) a. 1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24. -2 one who has renounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14. -3 unconnected, separated, detatched. -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (-गम्) ind. unselfishly. -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl. -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious. -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a. 1 unenergetic, weak, impotent. -2 mean, insignificant, low. -3 non-existent, unsubstantial. -4 deprived of living beings. (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy. -2 non-existence. -3 insignificance. -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless. -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय. -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close, -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a. 1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1. -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. -3 having no foes. -समम् (निःसमम्) ind. 1 unseasonably, at a wrong time. -2 wickedly. -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (-तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large. -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed. -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless. -सह (निःसह) a. 1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2. -2 intolerable, irresistible. -सार (निःसार) a. 1 sapless, pithless. -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता 1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16. -2 worthlessness. -3 vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97. -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars. -2 having no support. -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24. -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69. -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a. 1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82. -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (-हा) lin-seed. -स्पन्द (निःस्पन्द or निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4. -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough. -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्. -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh. -3 content, unenvious. -4 free from any worldly ties. -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9. -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless. -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities. -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid. |
| |
| nisargaḥ | निसर्गः 1 Bestowing, granting, presenting, giving away; न चाधेः कालसंरोधान्निसर्गो$स्ति न विक्रयः Ms.8.143. -2 A grant. -3 Evacuation, voiding excrement. -4 Abandoning, relinquishing. -5 Creation; प्रजा निसर्गाद् विप्रान् वै क्षत्रियाः पूजयन्ति ह Mb.14.58.5. -6 Nature, natural character, natural state or condition; निसर्ग दुर्बोधम् Ki.1.6;18.31; R.3.35; Ku.4.16; निसर्गतः, निसर्गेण 'by nature', or 'naturally'. -7 Exchange, barter. -Comp. -ज, -सिद्ध a. innate, inborn, natural; निसर्गजं तु तत्तस्य कस्तस्मात्तदपोहति Ms.8.414. -निपुण a. naturally clever. -भिन्न a. different by nature; निसर्ग- भिन्नास्पदमेकसंस्थम् R.6.29. -विनीत a. 1 naturally discreet. -2 naturally well-behaved. |
| |
| nītiḥ | नीतिः f. 1 Guidance, direction, management. -2 Conduct, manner of conducting oneself, behaviour, course of action. -3 propriety, decorum. -4 Policy, prudence, wisdom, right course; आर्जवं हि कुटिलेषु न नीतिः N.5.13; R.13.69; Ku.1.22. -5 A plan, contrivance, scheme; भूयः स्नेहविचेष्टितैर्मृगदृशो नीतस्य कोटिं पराम् Māl.6.3. -6 Politics, political scicence, statesmanship, political wisdom; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3; दण्डो दमयतामस्मि नीतिरस्मि जिगीषताम् Bg.1.38. -7 Righteousness, moral conduct, morality. -8 The science of morality, morals, ethics, moral philosophy; निन्दन्तु नीति- निपुणा यदि वा स्तुवन्तु Bh.2.83. -9 Acquirement, acquisition. -1 Giving, offering, presenting. -11 Relation, support. -Comp. -कुशल, -ज्ञ, -निपुण, -निष्ण, -विद् a. 1 one versed in policits, a statesman, politician. -2 prudent, wise; किं चित्रं यदि राजनीतिकुशलो राजा भवेद्धार्मिकः Udb. -घोषः N. of the car of Bṛihaspati. -दोषः error of conduct, mistake in policy. -बीजम् a germ or source of intrigue; ˚निवार्पणं कृतम् Pt.1. -विद्या 1 political science, political economy. -2 moral science, ethics. -विषयः the sphere of morality or prudent conduct. -व्यतिक्रमः 1 transgression of the rules of moral or political science. -2 error of conduct, mistake in policy. -शतकम् the 1 verses on morality by Bhartṛihari. -शास्त्रम् the science of ethics or of politics; morality. -सन्धिः method of policy; सुकृत्यं विष्णुगुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च । बृहस्पतेर- विश्वासो नीतिसन्धिस्त्रिधा स्थितः ॥ Pt.2.41. |
| |
| nṛ | नृ [नी-ऋन् डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.2.11.] (Nom. sing. ना, gen. pl. नृणाम् or नॄणाम्) 1 A man, a person whether male or female; Ms.3.81;4.61;7.61; नॄन् प्रशंसत्यजस्रं यो घण्टाताडोरुणोदये 1.33. -2 Mankind. -3 A piece at chess. -4 The pin of a sun-dial. -5 A masculine word; संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानम् Ak. -6 A leader. -Comp. -अस्थि- मालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -कपालम् man's skull. -कलेवरः a dead human body. -कारः manly deed, heroism. -केसरिन् m. 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his Narasimha incarnation; cf. नरसिंह. -चक्षस् a. Ved. 1 seeing or observing men. -2 leading or guiding men; अस्तभ्नात् सिन्धुमर्णवं नृचक्षाः Rv.3.53.9. (-m.) 1 a god. -2 a demon, goblin. -जग्ध a. a man-eater; ......नृजग्धो माल्यधारयः Bk.5.38. -जलम् human urine. -दुर्गः a fort protected by army on all sides; Ms.7.7. -देवः a king. -धर्मन् m. an epithet of Kubera. -नमन a. to be saluted by men (as gods). -पः [नॄन् पाति रक्षति, पा-क] a ruler of men, king, sovereign; चतुर्योजनपर्यन्तमधिकारो नृपस्य च Brav. P. (श्रीकृष्णजन्मखण्डे). ˚अंशः 1 royal portion of revenue, i. e. a sixth, eighth &c. part of grain; काले नृपाशं विहितं ददद्भिः Bk.2.14. -2 a prince. ˚अङ्गनम् (णम्) a royal court. ˚अध्वरः N. of a sacrifice (Rājasūya) performed by an emperor or lord paramount, in which all the offices are performed by tributary princes. ˚आत्मजः a prince, crown-prince. ˚आभीरम्, ˚मानम् music played at the royal meals. ˚आमयः consumption. ˚आसनम् 'royal-seat', a throne, the chair of state. ˚गृहम् a royal palace. ˚द्रुमः N. of some trees (Mār. बाहवा, रांजणी). ˚नीतिः f. politics, royal policy, state-craft; वेश्याङगनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Bh.2.47. ˚प्रियः the mango tree. ˚लक्ष्मन् n., लिङ्गम् a royal symbol, an emblem of royalty, any one of the royal insignia; particularly, the white umbrella. ˚लिङ्गधर a. 1 assuming the insignia of royalty. -2 assuming the royal insignia (as a disguise). ˚वल्लभः 1 the friend or favourite of a king. -2 a kind of mango. (-भा) a queen. ˚शासनम् a royal grant or edict. ˚संश्रय a. seeking the protection of a king. ˚सुता the musk-rat. ˚सभम्, सभा an assembly of kings. -पः, -पतिः, -पालः 1 a king; जाताभिषङ्गो नृपतिः R.2.3; विद्वत्वं च नृपत्वं च नैव तुल्यं कदाचन Subhāṣ. -2 N. of Kubera. -3 Kṣatriya. ˚पथः a royal or main road. ˚संश्रयः 1 royal support; नृपसंश्रयमिष्यते जनैः Pt. -2 service of princes. -पशुः 1 a beast in the form of a man, a brute of a man; वचस्पस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Bv.4.38. -2 a man serving as a sacrificial victim. -पाय्यम् a large edifice, hall. -पीतिः f. Ved. protection of men. -मिथुनम् the sign Gemini (twins) of the zodiac. -मेध a human sacrifice. -यज्ञः 'the sacrifice to be offered to men', hospitality, reception of guests (one of the five daily Yajñas; see पञ्चयज्ञ). -युग्मम् = नृमिथुन q. v. -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth. -वराहः Viṣṇu in the boar-incarnation. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera. -वाह्यम् a palanquin. -वेष्टनः N. of Śiva. -शंस a. A vile and cruel man; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनम् Ms. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn'; i. e. an impossibility. -सदनम् (नृषदनम्) the hall of sacrifice. -सद् (षद्) m. the Supreme Being. -f. intellect (बुद्धि); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे हंसं गृध्राणं नृषदिं गिरामिमः Bhāg. 5.8.14; -a. sitting or dwelling among men. -सिंहः, हरिः 1 'a lion-like man' a chief among men, an eminent or distinguished man. -2 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; अस्त्राण्यमोघमहिमानि निरूपितानि नो पस्पृशुर्नृहरिदास- मिवासुराणि Bhāg.1.15.16; cf. नरसिंह. -3 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. ˚चतुर्दशी fourteenth day of the bright half of Vaiśākha. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day of the light half of Phālguna. ˚पुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण. -सेनम्, -सेना an army of men. -सोमः an illustrious man, great man; सोमोद्भवाया सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59. |
| |
| naika | नैक a. (-न-एक) 1 Not one or alone (mostly in comp.); नैको मुनिर्यस्य वचः प्रमाणम्. -2 Various, manifold; नैकरागस्फुरितमणिरुचः Mu.3.19. See under न. ˚आत्मन् m., ˚रूपः, ˚शृगः epithets of the Supreme Being. -कः An epithet of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -कोटिसारः a millionaire, one possessing crores of rupees (Mar. कोट्यधीश). -चर a. living in society, gregarious; नैकचर एकचरो वा भक्षयति Bhāg. 5.8.18. -भावाश्रय a. fickle, changeable. -भेद a. manifold, various. See under न also. |
| |
| pañcan | पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old. |
| |
| para | पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh. |
| |
| parama | परम a. [परं परत्वं माति-क Tv.] 1 Most distant, last. -2 Highest, best, most excellent, greatest; प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.4.14;7.1;2.13. -3 Chief, principal, primary, supreme; सर्वथा ब्राह्मणाः पूज्याः परमं दैवतं हि तत् Ms.9.319. -4 Exceeding, extreme. -5 Adequate, sufficient; परमं यत्नमातिष्ठेत् स्तेनानां निग्रहे नृपः Ms.8.32. -6 Worst. -7 Higher than, superior to; न मन्ये वाणि- ज्यात् किमपि परमं वर्तनमिह Pt.1.11. -मम् The utmost or highest; the chief or prominent part; (at the end of comp.) consisting principally of, solely occupied with; कामोपभोगपरमा एतावदिति निश्चिताः Bg.16.11; Ms.6.96. -मम् ind. 1 A particle of assent, acceptance or agreement (well, very well, yes, be it so); ततः परममित्युक्त्वा प्रतस्थे मुनिमण्डलम् Ku.6.35. -2 Exceedingly, very much; परमक्रुद्धः &c. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable 'om' or Brahmā. -अङ्गना an excellent woman. -अणुः an infinitesimal particle, an atom; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे पर- माणुताम् R.15.22; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78; पृथ्वी नित्या परमाणुरूपा T. S; (a परमाणु is thus defined:-- जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । भागस्तस्य च षष्ठो यः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥ Tarka K., or less accurately:-- जाला- न्तरगते रश्मौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । तस्य त्रिंशत्तमो भागः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥) ˚अङ्गकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अद्वैतम् 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 pure unitarianism. -अन्नम् rice boiled in milk with sugar. -अपमः the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic. -अर्थः 1 the highest or most sublime truth, true spiritual knowledge, knowledge about Brahman or the Supreme Spirit; इदं हि तत्त्वं परमार्थभाजाम् Mv.7.2. -2 truth, reality, earnestness; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; oft in comp. in the sense of 'true' or 'real'. ˚मत्स्याः R.7.4. Mv.4.3. -3 any excellent or important object. -4 the best sense. -5 the best kind of wealth. ˚दरिद्र really poor; Mk. ˚भाज a. partaking of the highest truth; Mv. ˚विद् a philosopher. -अर्थतः ind. truly, really, exactly, accurately; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.4; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; Pt.1.136. -अहः an excellent day. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् R.8.22; स्वर्गापवर्गयो- र्मार्गमामनन्ति मनीषिणः । यदुपास्तिमसावत्र परमात्मा निरूप्यते ॥ Kusum. -आनन्दः 'supreme felicity', Supreme Spirit. -आपद् f. the greatest calamity or misfortune. -आयु- धम् the wheel (चक्र); शूलैः प्रमथिताः केचित् केचित्तु परमायुधैः Rām.6.58.12. -आर्यः a Bodhisattva (q. v.). -इष्वासः an excellent archer. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -3 of Śiva. -4 the Almighty god, the Supreme Being. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 a universal monarch, sovereign of the world; see चक्रवर्तिन्. -ऋषिः a great sage. -ऐश्वर्यम् supremacy. -काण़्डः, -ण्डम् a very auspicious moment. -क्रान्तिः f. the sine of the greatest declination. -गतिः f. 1 any chief object or refuge (as a god). -2 final beatitude, emancipation. -गवः an excellent bull or cow. -गहन a. very myserious, profound. -तत्त्वम् the highest truth. -धर्मात्मन् a. very dutiful, virtuous. -पदम् 1 the best position, highest rank. -2 final beatitude; विष्णोः पदे परमे मध्व उत्सः Rv.1.154.5. -परम a. most excellent of all. -पुंस् the Supreme Spirit; N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -पूरुषः the Supreme Spirit. -प्रख्य a. celebrated, renowned. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -मुद्रा f. One of the poses of goddess त्रिपुरा. -रसः butter-milk mixed with water. -राजः a supreme monarch. -समुदय a. very auspicious or successful; परमसमुदयेनाश्वमेधेन चेष्ट्वा Mk.1.4. -सम्मत a. highly esteemed; much revered. -हंसः an ascetic of the highest order, one who has controlled and subdued all his senses by abstract meditation; cf. कुटीचक; कुटीचको बहूदकः हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परमो हंसो यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Hārītāsmṛiti. ˚परिव्राजकाचार्यः N. of Śaṅkarāchārya. |
| |
| parameṣṭha | परमेष्ठ a. Superior, supreme. -ष्ठः 1 An epithet of Brahman. -2 A deity. |
| |
| parātparaḥ | परात्परः The Supreme Being. -a. Supreme; परात्परं पुरुषमुपैति दिव्यम्. |
| |
| parādhiḥ | पराधिः 1 Hunting, chase. -2 Extreme mental pain. |
| |
| parāmarśanam | परामर्शनम् 1 Remembrance. -2 Consideration, reflection, thought. |
| |
| parikal | परिकल् 1 U. 1 To know, consider, regard. -2 To be aware of, remember. |
| |
| parigata | परिगत p. p. 1 Surrounded, enclosed, encircled; परिगततटभूमिः स्नानमात्रोत्थिताभिः (वधूभिः) Māl.4.1. -2 Diffused, spread around; ममापि च क्षपयतु नीललोहितः पुनर्भवं परिगतशक्तिरात्मभूः Ś.7.35. -3 Known, understood; R. 7.71; परिगतपरिगन्तव्य एव भवान् Ve.3; Mv.3.47. -4 Filled or covered with, possessed of (usually in comp.); Śi.9.26. -5 Got, obtained; भ्रमणपरिगतं भैक्षमक्षय्यमन्नम् Bh.3.52. -6 Remembered. -7 Overcome, over-whelmed. -8 Affected by, afflicted with; अपि स्थाणुवदासीनः शुष्यन् परिगतः क्षुधा । न त्वेवानात्मसंपन्नाद् वृत्तिमीहेत पण्डितः ॥ Pt. 1.49. -9 Performed. -1 Forgotten. -11 Obstructed, hindered. परिगमः parigamḥ परिगमनम् parigamanam परिगमः परिगमनम् 1 round, surrounding. -2 Spreading, diffusing. -3 Obtaining. -4 Knowing, determining, ascertaining. |
| |
| paricint | परिचिन्त् 1 U. 1 To think, consider, judge; त्वमेव तावत् परिचिन्तय स्वयं कदाचिदेते यदि योगमर्हतः Ku.5.67; कथं विद्यामहं योगिंस्त्वां सदा परिचिन्तयन् Bg.1.17. -2 To think of, remember, call to mind. -2 To devise, find out. |
| |
| paricintanam | परिचिन्तनम् Thinking of, remembering. |
| |
| paricchid | परिच्छिद् 7 U. 1 To tear, cut off, tear to pieces. -2 To wound, mutilate. -3 To separate, divide, part; शतेन परिच्छिद्य Sk. -4 To fix accurately, set limits to, define, decide, distinguish or discriminate; मध्यस्था भगवती नौ गुणदोषतः परिच्छेत्तुमर्हति M.1; (न) यशः परिच्छेत्तु- मियत्तयालम् R.6.77;17.59; Ku.2.58. -5 To avert, obviate, remedy. |
| |
| paricchinna | परिच्छिन्न p. p. 1 Cut off, divided. -2 Accurately defined, determined, ascertained; परिच्छिन्नप्रभावर्धिर्न मया न च विष्णुना Ku.2.58. -3 Limited, circumscribed, confined. -4 Remedied. |
| |
| paricchedaḥ | परिच्छेदः 1 Cutting, separating, dividing, discriminating (between right and wrong). -2 Accurate, definition or distinction, decision, accurate determination, ascertainment; परिच्छेदव्यक्तिर्भवति न पुरःस्थे$पि विषये Māl.1.31; परिच्छेदातीतः सकलवचनानामविषयः 1.3 'transcending all definition or determination'; इत्यारूढबहुप्रतर्कम- परिच्छेदाकुलं मे मनः Ś.5.9. -3 Discrimination, judgment, discernment; परिच्छेदो हि पाण्डित्यं यदापन्ना विपत्तयः । अपरि- च्छेदकर्तॄणां विपदः स्युः पदे पदे H.1.128; किं पाण्डित्यं परिच्छेदः 1.127. -4 A limit, boundary, setting limits to, circumscribing; अलमलं परिच्छेदेन M.2. -5 A section, chapter or division of a work (for the other names for section &c. see under अध्याय). -6 A segment. -7 Remedying. -8 A measure. |
| |
| paritāpaḥ | परितापः 1 Extreme or scorching heat; (पादपः) शमयति परितापं छायया संश्रितानाम् Ś.5.7; गुरुपरितापानि गात्राणि 3.18; Ṛs.1.22. -2 Pain, agony, anguish, grief; प्रसक्ते निर्वाणे हृदय परितापं वहसि किम् M.3.1. -3 Lamentation, wailing; विरचितविविधविलापं सा परितापं चकारोच्चैः Gīt.7. -4 Trembling, fear. -5 N. of a hell. |
| |
| parinirviṇṇa | परिनिर्विण्ण a. Extremely disgusted with. |
| |
| pariniṣṭhā | परिनिष्ठा 1 Complete knowledge or acquaintance (of anything). -2 Complete accomplishment. -3 Extreme limit. -4 Final emancipation (मोक्ष); बुद्धिश्च परिनैष्ठिकी Mb.1.62.17. |
| |
| paribhāvin | परिभाविन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Humiliating, despising, treating with contempt; आ अतिथिपरिभाविनी Ś.4. -2 Putting to shame, surpassing, excelling. -3 Setting at naught, defying; वैद्ययत्नपरिभाविनं गदम् R.19.53 'defying medical remedies'. |
| |
| parimanthara | परिमन्थर a. Extremely slow; Śi.9.78. |
| |
| parivihvala | परिविह्वल a. Extremely confused, agitated or bewildered. |
| |
| parovarīyas | परोवरीयस् a. Ved. 1 Broader on the outside. -2 Most excellent of all. -m. 1 The Supreme Being. -3 The highest happiness. |
| |
| paryāyata | पर्यायत a. Fxtremely long or extended. |
| |
| paśuḥ | पशुः [सर्वमविशेषेण पश्यति, दृश्-कु पशादेशः] 1 Cattle (both singly and collectively); प्रजापतिर्हि वैश्याय सृष्ट्वा परिददे पशून् Ms.9.327,331. -2 An animal in general; a being; सर्वथा यत् पशून् पाति तैश्च यद् रमते पुनः तेषामधिपतिर्यच्च तस्मात् पशुपतिः स्मृतः ॥ Mb.7.22.123. -3 A sacrificial animal, such as a goat; an oblation, a victim. -4 A brute, beast; often added to words meaning 'man' to show contempt; a fool; भूतानि चात्मन्यपृथग्दिदृक्षतां प्रायेण रोषो$भिभवेद् यथा पशुम् Bhāg.4.6.46; पुरुषपशोश्च पशोश्च को विशेषः H.1; cf. नृपशु, नरपशु &c. -5 N. of a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers. -6 An uninitiated person. -7 The soul, the Supreme Spirit. -8 A sacrifice in which an animal is killed. -9 Fire. -Comp. -अवदानम् a sacrifice of animals. -एकत्वन्यायः the rule that the number is intended to be expressed and enjoined when the sense conveyed by the verb forms the principle matter of a sentence. Thus पशुमालभते means एकत्वपुंस्त्वविशिष्टं पशु- मालभते. This न्याय is established by जैमिनि in MS.4.1. 11-16 and 17 an explained by शबर in his भाष्य thereon discussing the text पशुमालभते. (This न्याय is to be contrasted with ग्रहैकत्वन्याय where the लिङ्ग and वचन are अविवक्षित q. v.). -कर्मन, क्रिया 1 the act of animalsacrifice. -2 copulation. -Comp. -गायत्री a Mantra whispered into the ear of an animal which is about to be sacrificed; it is a parody of the celebrated Gāyatrī q. v.; पशुपाशाय विद्महे शिरश्छेदाय (विश्वकर्मणे) धीमहि । तन्नो जीवः प्रचोदयात्. -घातः slaughter of animals for sacrifice. -घ्न a. slaughtering cattle; वृथापशुध्नः प्राप्नोति प्रेत्य जन्मनि जन्मनि Ms.5.38. -चर्या copulation. -देवता the deity to whom an animal is offered. -धर्मः 1 the nature or characteristics of cattle. -2 treatment of cattle. -3 promiscuous cohabitation; अयं (नियोगः) द्विजैर्हि विद्वद्भिः पशुधर्मो विगर्हितः Ms.9.66. -4 the marrying of widows. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva. -पः a herdsman. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; Me.38,58; पशुपतिरपि तान्यहानि कृच्छ्रादगमयदद्रिसुतासमा- गमोत्कः Ku.6.95. कस्त्वं ? शूली,.........पशुपतिर्नैव दृश्ये विषाणे Subhāṣ. -2 a herdsman, owner of cattle. -3 N. of a philosopher who taught the philosophical doctrine called पाशुपत; see Sarva. S. ad loc. -पालः, -पालकः a herdsman. पालनम्, -रक्षणम् the tending or rearing of cattle -पाशः 1 the cord with which the sacrificial animal is bound. -2 an animal sacrifice. -3 the bonds which enchain the individual soul, the world of sense. -पाश- कम् kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment; स्त्रियमानतपूर्वाङ्गीं स्वपादान्तःपदद्वयम् । ऊर्ध्वांशेन रमेत् कामी बन्धो$यं पशुपाशकः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -प्रेरणम् the driving of cattle. -बन्धः an animal-sacrifice. -बन्धकः a rope for tethering cattle. -मतम् an erroneous or false doctrine. -मारम् ind. according to the manner of slaughtering animals; निष्पिष्यैनं बलाद्भूमौ पशुमारममारयत् Mb.1.154.3; Bhāg. 4.13.41; इष्टिपशुमारं मारितः Ś.6. -यज्ञः, -यागः, -द्रव्यम् an animal-sacrifice. -रज्जुः f. a cord for tethering cattle. -राजः a lion. -लोहितपः a fly. -ष a. Ved. giving cattle. -समाम्नायः a collection of names for animals. -संभवः a. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter, etc.); Ms.8.328. -हव्यम् an animal sacrifice; Ms.4.28. |
| |
| pāramārthika | पारमार्थिक a. (-की f.) [परमार्थाय हितं ठक्] 1 Relating to परमार्थ or the highest truth or spiritual knowledge. -2 Real, essential, truly or really existent; सत्ता त्रिविधा पारमार्थिकी, व्यावहारिकी, प्रातीतिकी च Vedānta. -3 Caring for truth, loving truth or right; न लोकः पारमार्थिकः Pt. 1.342. -4 Excellent, supremely good, best. |
| |
| pāramika | पारमिक a. (-की f.) Supreme, best, chief, principal. |
| |
| pārameśvara | पारमेश्वर a. Relating, belonging or coming from the supreme god. |
| |
| piñjala | पिञ्जल a. [पिञ्ज् कलच्] 1 Overcome with grief or terror, extremely confounded or perplexed. -2 Panicstruck (as an army). -लम् 1 Yellow orpiment. -2 The leaf of the Kuśa grass. -ली Two blades of Kuśa. grass used in holding certain articles at a sacrifice; एतदेव पिञ्जल्या लक्षणं समुदाहृतम् Karmapradīpa. पिञ्जालम् (-नम्) Gold. |
| |
| puṇḍaryam | पुण्डर्यम् 1 A plant, creeper. -2 A kind of medicinal plant (used as a remedy for diseased eyes). |
| |
| purīṣam | पुरीषम् [पॄ-ईषन् किच्च Uṇ.4.27] 1 Feces, excrement, ordure; तस्याः पुरीषे तन्मांसं पितरस्तस्य शेरते Ms.3.25;4. 56;5;123;6,76. -2 Rubbish, dirt. -ष्यम् excremental dirt; द्रवत्पुरीष्याः पुलिनैः समन्ततः Bhāg.1.18.6. -3 Ved. Water. -Comp. -आधानम् the rectum. -उत्सर्गः voiding excrement. -निग्रहणम् obstruction of the bowels. -भेदः diarrhœa. |
| |
| purīṣaṇaḥ | पुरीषणः Feces, ordure. -णम् 1 Evacuation by stool, voiding of excrement. -2 The rectum or anus. |
| |
| purīṣayati | पुरीषयति Den. P. To void excrement. |
| |
| puruṣaḥ | पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn). |
| |
| pūtika | पूतिक a. Stinking, fetid, foul; यस्त्वं श्मशाने मृतकान् पूतिकानत्सि कुत्सितान् Mb.13.9.11. -कम् Ordure, excrement. |
| |
| pūrṇa | पूर्ण p. p. [पुर्-क्त नि˚] 1 Filled, filled with, full of; opt. in comp; तं तथा कृपयाविष्टमश्रुपूर्णाकुलेक्षणम् Bg.2.1; so शोक˚, जल˚ &c. -2 Whole, full, entire, complete; पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते Īśop.1; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः R.3.38. -3 Fulfilled, accomplished. -4 Ended, completed. -5 Past, elapsed. -6 Satisfied, contented. -7 Full-sounding, sonorous. -8 Strong, powerful. -9 Selfish, or self-indulgent. -1 Drawn, bent (as a bow) आकर्णपूर्णै- रहनदाक्षेपैराहतं पुनः Bhāg.8.11.1. -11 Allpervading; पूर्णमप्रवर्तीति वा अहमेतमुपास Bṛi. Up.2.1.5; Mb.14.2.28. -र्णा 1 An epithet of the fifteenth digit of the moon. -2 N. of the fifth, tenth, and fifteenth lunar days or tithis. -र्णम् Ved. 1 Abundance, plenty. -2 Water. -Comp. -अङ्कः an integer. -अञ्जलिः two handfuls. -अभिलाष a. satisfied, contented. -अभिषिक्ताः a particular sect of the Śāktas. -अभिषेकः a kind of अभिषेकः known in tantraśāstra as belonging to कौलपन्थ. -अमृता epithet of the sixteenth digit of the moon. -अवतारः N. of the fourth, seventh and eighth incarnations of Viṣṇu. -आनकम् 1 a drum. -2 the sound of a drum. -3 a vessel. -4 a moon-beam. -5 = पूर्णपात्र q. v.; (sometimes read पूर्णालक also). -आनन्दः the Supreme Being. -आश a. one whose all desires are fulfilled; पूर्णाशा बहवः कृता वितरणैर्येन त्वया याचकाः -आहुतिः f. an offering made with a full ladle; पूर्णाहुतिभिरापूर्णास्त्रिभिः पूर्यन्ति तेजसा Mb.14.2.28. -इन्दुः the full moon. -उत्सङ्ग a. far advanced in pregnancy. -उपमा a full or complete simile, i. e. one in which the four requisites उपमान, उपमेय, साधारणधर्म and उपमाप्रतिपादक are all expressed; (opp. लुप्तोपमा); e. g. अम्भोरुहमिवाताम्नं मुग्धे करतलं तव; see K. P.1 under उपमा. -ककुद a. full-humped. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled, satisfied, contented. (-मः) N. of the Supreme Being. -कुम्भः 1 a full jar. -2 a vessel full of water; (placed at the door as an auspicious mark); पूर्णकुम्भौ चक्रवाकानुकारौ पयोधरौ DK.1.1. -3 a particular mode of fighting; बाहुपाशादिकं कृत्वा पादाहत- शिरावुभौ । उरोहस्तं ततश्चक्रे पूर्णकुम्भौ प्रयुज्य तौ ॥ Mb.2.23.14 (com. ग्रथिताङ्गुलिभ्यां हस्ताभ्यां पदशिरसः पीडनं पूर्णकुम्भः). -4 a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a water-jar; तदत्र पक्वेष्टके पूर्णकुम्भ एव शोभते Mk.3. -पर्वेन्दु f. the day of full moon. -पात्रम् 1 a full cup or jar. -2 a cup-ful. -3 a measure of capacity (equal to 256 handfuls); (अष्टमुष्टि भवेत् किञ्चित् किञ्चिदष्टौ तु पुष्कलम् । पुष्कलानि तु चत्वारि पूर्णपात्रं प्रचक्षते ॥); पूर्णपात्रमयीमाहुः पाकयज्ञस्य दक्षिणाम् Mb.12.6.38. -4 a vessel (or a box or basket) filled with valuable things (such as clothes, ornaments &c.) and scrambled for by servants or relatives on festive occasions or distributed as presents; hence, the word is often used to denote 'a present made to one who brings a happy news'; कदा मे तनयजन्ममहोत्सवानन्दनिर्भरो हरिष्यति पूर्णपात्रं परि- जनः K.62,7,73,165; सखीजनेनापह्रियमाणपूर्णपात्रम 299; तत् कामं प्रभवति पूर्णपात्रवृत्त्या स्वीकर्तुं मम हृदयं च जीवितं च Māl. 4.1; किं पूर्मपात्रस्य न पात्रमासीत् Rām. champū. (पूर्णपात्र is thus defined:-- हर्षादुत्सवकाले च यदलंकारांशुकादिकम् । आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं स्यात् पूर्णकं च तत् ॥ or वर्धापकं यदानन्दादलंकारा- दिकं पुनः ॥ आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं पूर्णानकं च तत् ॥ Hārāvalī). -5 a vessel full of rice presented to the priests at the end of the sacrifice. -प्रज्ञ a. one whose prajñā is fully developed. -ज्ञः N. of Madhava, the founder of a kind of Vaiṣṇava cult. -बी (वी) जः the citron. -मानस a. contented. -मास् m. 1 the sun. -2 the moon. (-f.) the day of full moon. -मासः 1 the moon. -2 a monthly sacrifice performed on the day of full moon; (comprising the आग्नेय, अग्नीषोमीय and उपांशुयाज sacrifices); कानि पुनर्दर्शपूर्णमासशब्दकानि । येषां वचने पौर्णमासीशब्दो$मावास्य- शब्दो वा आग्नेयादीनि तानि ॥ ŚB. on MS.4.4.34. -मासी the day of full moon. -रथः a complete warrior. -वपुस् a. full (the moon). -होमः = पूर्णाहुतिः q. v. |
| |
| pūrva | पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.) 1 Being in front of, first, foremost. -2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1. -3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276. -4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1. -5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1. -6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned. -7 Initial. -8 Established, customary, of long standing -9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life. -1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8. -11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c. -र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17. -र्वम् The forepart; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4. -र्वा 1 The east -2 N. of a country to the east of Madhyadeśa. -र्वम् ind. 1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्. -2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, beforehand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.' -3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto'; पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'firstthen, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently', पूर्वम् -अधुना or -अद्य 'formerly-now.' -Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य). -अङ्गः the first day in the civil month. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise. -अधिकारिन् m. the first occupant, a prior owner. -अन्तः the end of a preceding word. -अपर a. 1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1. -2 first and last. -3 prior and subsequent, preceding and following. -4 connected with another. (-रम्) 1 what is before and behind. -2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56. -3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity. -अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east. -अभ्यासः former practice or experience. -अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean. -अर्जित a. attained by former works. (-तम्) ancestral property. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c. -2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6. -3 the first half of a hemistich. -अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34. -अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon). -आवेदकः a plaintiff. -आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion consisting of two stars. -इतर a. western. -उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid, -उत्तर a. north-eastern. (-रा) the north-east. (-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent. -कर्मन् n. 1 a former act or work. -2 the first thing to be done, a prior work. -3 actions done in a former life. -4 preparations, preliminary arrangements. -कल्पः former times. -कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7. -2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45. -काल a. belonging to ancient times. (-लः) former or ancient times. -कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient. -काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter. -कृत a. previously done. (-तम्) an act done in a former life. -कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v. -क्रिया preparation. -गा N. of the river Godāvarī. -गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183. -चोदित a. 1 aforesaid, above-mentioned. -2 previously stated or advanced (as an objection. -ज a. 1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11. -2 ancient, old. -3 eastern. (-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36. -2 the son of the elder wife. -3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34. -4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind. -5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (-जा) an elder sister. -जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95. -जातिः f. a former birth. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life. -तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्. -दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (-णा) the south-east. -दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east. -दिनम् the forenoon. -दिश् f. the east. -दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern. -दिष्टम् the award of destiny. -दृष्ट a. 1 primæval. -2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -देवः 1 an ancient deity. -2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58. -3 a progenitor (पितृ). -4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख). -देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192. -देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India. -द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region. -निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात. -निमित्त an omen. -निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281. -पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side. -2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5. -3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्. -4 the first objection to an argument. -5 the statement of the plaintiff. -6 a suit at law. -7 an assertion, a proposition. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding. -पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence. -पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. -पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west. -पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañchālas. -पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra. -पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21. -पीठिका introduction. -पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā. -2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89. -3 an ancestor in general. -पूर्व a. each preceding one. (-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers. -प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13. -फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter. -बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk. -भवः a former life. -भागः 1 the forepart. -2 the upper part. -भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars. -भावः 1 priority. -2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K. -3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention. -भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous. -भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252. -भूत a. preceding, previous. -मध्याह्नः the forenoon. -मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167. -मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा. -मुख a. having the face turned towards the east. -याम्य a. south-eastern. -रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. thereon). -रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214. -रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight). -रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen. -2 a symptom of occuring disease. -3 the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants that is retained. -4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state. -लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness. -वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth. -वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous. -वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance. -वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā. -वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff. -विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44. -विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other. -विहित a. deposited before. -वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1. -2 previous conduct. -वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an aggressor. -शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn. -शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत. -सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98. -संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15. -सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4. -सर a. going in front. -सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32. -साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281. -स्थितिः f. former or first state. |
| |
| pauṇḍaryam | पौण्डर्यम् A kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes. |
| |
| prakṛtiḥ | प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare. |
| |
| pragṛhyam | प्रगृह्यम् 1 A vowel which is not liable to the rules of Sandhi or euphony and which is allowed to be written and pronounced separately; ईदूदेद्द्विवचनं प्रगृह्यम् P.I.1.11 (i. e. the final ई, ऊ and ए of the dual terminations of a word or any grammatical form). -2 Remembrance. -3 A sentence. |
| |
| praṇavaḥ | प्रणवः 1 The sacred syllable om; आसीन्महीक्षितामाद्यः प्रणवश्छन्दसांमिव R.1.11; Ms.2.74; Ku.2.12; प्रणवः सवेदेषु Bg.7.8; तस्य वाचकः प्रणवः, Pātañjala S.27; प्राणदः प्रणवः प्रभुः Viṣṇu Sahasranāma. -2 A kind of musical instrument (drum or tabor). -3 An epithet of Viṣṇu or the Supreme Being. |
| |
| prati | प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2. |
| |
| pratikṛ | प्रतिकृ 8 U. 1 To requite, pay back, repay, return; पूर्वं कृतार्थो मित्राणां नार्थं प्रतिकरोति यः Rām. -2 To remedy, cure; व्याधिमिच्छामि ते ज्ञातुं प्रतिकुर्यां हि तत्र वै Mb. -3 To give back, restore, replace; प्रतिकुर्याच्च तत् सर्वम् Ms.9.285 (com. विनाशितं सर्वं पुनर्नवं कुर्यात्). -4 To retaliate; R.12 94. -5 To counteract. -6 To repair, mend. |
| |
| pratikarman | प्रतिकर्मन् n. 1 Requital, retaliation; उषिता स्मो वने वासं प्रतिकर्म चिकीर्षवः Mb.4.58.18. -2 Redress, remedy, counter-action; पश्येव कृतव्रणप्रतिकर्मा वत्सराजः Pratijñā 2. -3 Personal decoration, dress, toilet; (अबलाः) प्रतिकर्म कर्तुमुपचक्रमिरे समये हि सर्वमुपकारि कृतम् Śi.9.43;5.27; Ku.7.6; आविष्कृताङ्गप्रतिकर्मरम्यं बिभीषणं वाचमुवाच माता Bk. 12.1.; विभूषितेयं प्रतिकर्मनित्या Rām.2.37.35. -4 Opposition, hostility. -5 Bodily suffering; सा कृष्णमाराधय सौहृदेन प्रेम्णा च नित्यं प्रतिकर्मणा च Mb.3.224.4. -6 Expiatory, and welfare rituals (शान्तिकपौष्टिकादि कर्म); प्रतिकर्म पराचार ऋत्विजां स्म विधीयते Mb.12.79.2. |
| |
| prati | प्रति (ती) कारः 1 Requital, reward, return; उप- कारेण वीरस्तु प्रतिकारेण युज्यते Rām.4.27.45. -2 Revenge, retaliation, retribution. -3 Counter-action, obviating, prevention, remedy, application of a remedy; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.3; प्रतीकारो व्याधे; सुखमिति विपर्यस्यति जनः Bh.3.92. -4 Opposition, obstruction. -5 Help. -6 A kind of treaty where one party requites the services of the other. -7 Imitating; नैव स्म सीता विनिवृत्तभावा प्रियस्य भर्तुः प्रतिकारकामा Rām.2.37.37 (com. भर्तुः प्रतिकारकामा वेषादिभिस्तदवस्थासदृशावस्थासंपादनकामा). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. making reparation or amends. -विधानम् application of a remedy, medical treatment; प्रतिकारविधानमायुषः सति शेषे हि फलाय कल्पते R.8.4. |
| |
| pratikārin | प्रतिकारिन् a. 1 Retaliating, opposing, counteracting. -2 Applying or using remedies. |
| |
| pratikṛta | प्रतिकृत p. p. 1 Returned, repaid, requited, retaliated. -2 Counteracted, remedied. -3 Obliged (कृतोपकार); तदेवं शक्तियुक्तस्य पूर्वं प्रतिकृतस्तथा । रामस्यार्हसि पिङ्गेश कर्तुं सर्वात्मना प्रियम् ॥ Rām.4.29.25; also 4.29.2. -4 Hurt, offended; केन वा ते प्रतिकृतम् Bhāg.1.18.4. -तम् 1 Recompense. -2 Opposition; कृतप्रतिकृतैश्चित्रैर्बाहुभिश्च सुसङ्कटैः Mb.4.13.27. |
| |
| pratikriyā | प्रतिक्रिया 1 Recompense, requital. -2 Retaliation, revenge, retribution. -3 Counteracting, remedying, removal; पूरोत्पीडे तडागस्य परीवाहः प्रतिक्रिया U.3.29; अहेतुः पक्षपातो यस्तस्य नास्ति प्रतिक्रिया U.5.17; R.15.4. -4 Opposition. -5 Personal decoration, embellishment, dress. -6 Protection. -7 Help, succour. -8 A fence. -9 Behaviour (आचरण); नहि युक्ता तवैतस्य रूपस्यैवं प्रतिक्रिया Rām. 7.17.4. |
| |
| praticodanā | प्रतिचोदना 1 Remembrance; तस्मात् त्वमुद्धवोत्सृज्य चोदनां प्रतिचोदनाम् Bhāg.11.12.14. -2 Prevention. |
| |
| pratijñā | प्रतिज्ञा 9 Ā. 1 To promise, declare solemnly, engage, agree, vow; हरचापारोपणेन कन्यादानं प्रतिजानीते P. R.4. -2 To state, affirm, assert, maintain, allege. -3 To bring forward or introduce, adduce. -4 To admit, own, acknowledge. -5 To confirm. -6 To approve, consent. -7 To observe, learn, discern. -8 To propose. -9 To remember with regret. -1 To become aware of; कौन्तेय प्रतिजानीहि न मे भक्तः प्रणश्यति Bg.9.31. |
| |
| pratipattiḥ | प्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Getting; acquirement, gain; चन्द्रलोक- प्रतिपत्तिः; स्वर्ग˚ &c. -2 Perception, observation, consciousness, (right) knowledge; वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1; तयोरभेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3.99; गुणिनामपि निजरूपप्रतिपत्तिः परत एव संभवति Vās. -3 Assent, compliance, acceptance; प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95 'averse from compliance, unyielding'. -4 Admission, acknowledgment. -5 Assertion, statement. -6 Undertaking, beginning, commencement. -7 Action, proceeding, course of action, procedure; वयस्य का प्रतिपत्तिरत्र M.4; Ku.5.42; विषाद- लुप्तप्रतिपत्तिविस्मितं सैन्यम् R.3.4 'which did not know what course of action to follow through dismay'. -8 Performance, doing, proceeding with; प्रस्तुतप्रतिपत्तये R.15.75. -9 Resolution, determination; कैकेय्याः प्रतिपत्तिर्हि कथं स्यान्मम वेदने Rām.2.22.16; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -1 News, intelligence; कर्मसिद्धावाशु प्रतिपत्तिमानय Mu.4; Ś.6. -11 Honour, respect, mark of distinction, respectful behaviour; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17;7.1; R.14.22;15.12; तत् कस्मादेतस्मिन् महानुभावे प्रतिपत्तिमूढा तिष्ठसि Nāg.1; यत्स महानुभावो वाङ्मात्रेणापि अकृतप्रतिपत्तिः अदक्षिणेति मां संभावयिष्यति Nāg.2. -12 A method, means. -13 Intellect, intelligence. -14 Use, application. -15 Promotion, preferment, exaltation. -16 Fame, renown, reputation. -17 Boldness, assurance, confidence. -18 Conviction, proof. -19 A rite from which no advantage accrues. -2 The concluding portion of an action. (In Daṇḍaviveka, G. O. S.52, p.259, it means punishment of an offence.) -21 Disposing of a matter or a thing which has served the purpose of something else; यद् येन प्रयोजनेन सम्बद्ध- मुत्पद्यते तत् तदर्थमेव न्याय्यम् । तस्यान्यत्र गमने प्रतिपत्तिरित्येतदुपपद्यते ŚB. on MS.4.2.19. Also cf. यष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थ- मन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यत इति ŚB. on MS.4.2.22; cf. also प्रतिपत्तिश्च विविक्तकरणेन उपकरोति ŚB. on MS.6.4.3. Hence प्रतिपत्ति- कर्मन् means 'a mere disposal' (as opposed to अर्थकर्मन्); किं शाखाप्रहरणं प्रतिपत्तिकर्म उतार्थकर्मेति ŚB. on MS.4.2.1. -22 giving (दान); अपात्रे प्रतिपत्तिः; Mb.12.26.31; दानवारि- रसिकाय विभूतेर्वश्मि ते$स्मि सुतरां प्रतिपत्तिम् N.21.63. -23 Remedy (प्रतिविधान); प्रतिपत्तिं कां प्रत्यपद्यन्त मामकाः Mb.7.46. 3. -Comp. -दक्ष a. knowing how to act. -पटहः a kind of kettle drum. -पराङ्मुख a. obstinate, unyielding; Bk. -प्रदानम् Conferring promotion. -भेदः difference of view. -विशारद a. knowing how to act, skilful, clever; वायव्यमभिमन्त्र्याथ प्रतिपत्तिविशारदः Mb.1.227.16. |
| |
| pratiyogaḥ | प्रतियोगः 1 Being or forming a counter-part of anything. -2 Opposition, resistance; यत्तः परेषां प्रतियोगशङ्कितः Bhāg.4.1.22;5.14.1. -3 Contradiction. -4 Cooperation. -6 An antidote, a remedy. -6 A rejoinder; प्रतियोगार्थिनी काचित् गृहीत्वा चूतवल्लरीम् Bu. Ch.4.41. |
| |
| pratividhā | प्रतिविधा 3 U. 1 To counteract, correct, repair, retaliate, remedy, take steps against; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित् कथय येन स प्रतिविधीयेत U. 1; क्षिप्रमेव कस्मान्न प्रतिविहितमार्येण Mu.3. -2 To dispose, arrange, prepare. -3 To despatch, send. -4 To doom, condemn; U.4. |
| |
| pratividhiḥ | प्रतिविधिः 1 Retaliation. -2 A remedy, means of counteracting; तत्र प्रतिविधिं सम्यगात्मयोगेन साधये Bhāg. 1.25.16. |
| |
| pratisaṃruddha | प्रतिसंरुद्ध p. p. Shrunk, contracted. प्रतिसंलयनम् pratisaṃlayanam संलीनम् saṃlīnam प्रतिसंलयनम् संलीनम् Complele retirement. |
| |
| pratisaṃdhānam | प्रतिसंधानम् 1 Joining together, uniting again; नैको$पि (उपायः) च्छिन्नकण्ठप्रतिसंधानपूर्वस्य प्राणलाभस्य Dk.2.2. -2 The period of transition between two ages. -3 A means, remedy. -4 Self-command, restraint of feelings or passion. -5 Praise. -6 Memory, recollection. -7 Remedy. |
| |
| pratisamādhānam | प्रतिसमाधानम् Cure, remedy; दोषे प्रतिसमाधानमज्ञाते क्रियतां कथम् Bk.6.2. |
| |
| pratisargaḥ | प्रतिसर्गः 1 Secondary creation (as by the agents of one Supreme Being); संग्रहेण मया ख्यातः प्रतिसर्गस्तबानघ Bhāg.4.8.5; आदिसर्गस्तु यः सूत कथितो विस्तरेण च । प्रति- सर्गश्च ये येषामधिपास्तान् वदस्व नः ॥ Kālikā P. -2 Dissolution. -3 Continued creation out of primitive matter. -4 The portion of a Purāṇa which treats of the destruction and renovation of the world; सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ |
| |
| pratihan | प्रतिहन् 2 P. 1 To strike back or in return; (तं) विध्यन्तमुद्धृतसटाः प्रतिहन्तुमीषुः R.9.6. -2 To ward off, keep off, prevent, oppose, resist; तोयस्येवाप्रतिहतरयः सैकतं सेतुमोघः U.3.36; प्रतिहतविघ्नाः क्रियाः समवलोक्य Ś.1.13; Me.2; Ku.2.48; V.2.1. -3 To repel, drive back, repulse; अग्निवेगवहः प्राणो गुदान्ते प्रतिहन्यते Mb.3.213.14. -4 To remove, destroy; यद्यत् पापं प्रतिजहि जगन्नाथ नम्रस्य तन्मे Māl.1.3. -5 To counter-act, remedy. -6 To disown, disavow. |
| |
| pratyagra | प्रत्यग्र a. 1 Fresh, young, new, recent; प्रत्यग्रहतानां मांसम् Ve.3; कुसुमशयनं न प्रत्यग्रम् V.3.1; Me.4; R.1. 54; Ratn.1.21. -2 Repeated. -3 Pure. -Comp. -वयस् a. young in age, in the prime of life, youthful. प्रत्यञ्च् pratyañc प्रत्यच् pratyac प्रत्यञ्च् प्रत्यच् a. (-प्रतीची f. or according to Vopadeva प्रत्यञ्ची also) 1 Turned or directed towards; turned inward; मनः प्रत्यक् चित्ते सविधमवधायात्तमरुतः Śivamahimna 25. -2 Being behind. -3 Following, subsequent; समेत्य तरसा प्रत्यग्द्वाभ्यां तद्भ्यां बलं बली । निहत्य Bhāg. 1.15.3. -4 Averted, turned away, turning back; Pt.3.181. -5 Western, westerly. -6 Inner, interior. -7 Equal to, a match for. -m. 1 The individual soul. -2 Future time. -Comp. -अक्षम् (प्रत्यगक्षम्) an inner organ. -आत्मन् m. (प्रत्यगात्मन्) the individual soul; कश्चिद्धीरः प्रत्यगात्मानमैक्षदावृत्तचक्षुरमृतत्वमिच्छन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -आनन्द a. inwardly joyful. -आशापतिः (प्रत्यगाशापतिः) 'The lord of the western direction', an epithet of Varuṇa. -उदच् f. (प्रत्यगुदच्) the north-west. -चेतन a. 1 whose thoughts are turned upon himself. -2 intelligent. (-नः) 1 the supreme soul; the Puruṣa in the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -2 the soul. -दक्षिणतः (प्रत्यग्दक्षिणतः) ind. towards the south-west. -दृश् f. (प्रत्यग्दृश्) an inward glance, a glance directed inwards; स्वांशेन सर्वतनुभृन्मनसि प्रतीतप्रत्यग्दृशे भगवते बृहते नमस्ते Bhāg.8.3.17. -धामन् a. internally illuminated. -पुष्पा Achyranthes aspera (Mar. आघाडा); Mātaṅga L.11.26. -प्रवण a. devoted to the individual soul. -मुख a. (प्रत्यङ्मुख) 1 facing the west; श्रियं प्रत्यङ्मुखो भुङ्क्ते Ms.2.52. -2 having the face averted. -रथाः (Pl.) (प्रत्यग्रथाः) N. of the Ahichchhatra country; L. D. B. -स्रोतस् (प्रत्यक्स्रोतस्) flowing towards the west; Malli. on Śi.4.66. (-f.) an epithet of the river Narmadā. |
| |
| pradhāna | प्रधान a. 1 Chief, principal, pre-eminent, main, best, most excellent; as in; प्रधानामात्य, प्रधानपुरुष &c.; रत्नैश्च पूजयेदेनं प्रधानपुरुषैः सह Ms.7.23; प्रधानफलं वा आनुषङ्गिकं वा सर्वमेव आधातरि समवेतुमर्हति ŚB. on. MS.6.2.1; 'यस्मिन् कुले यः पुरुषः प्रधानः स सर्वयत्नेन हि रक्षणीयः'. -2 Principally inherent, prevalent, predominant. -नम् 1 The chief thing or object, most important thing; head, chief; न परिचयो मलिनात्मनां प्रधानम् Śi.7.61; G. L.18; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रम् M.1; शमप्रधानेषु तपो- धनेषु Ś.2.7; गुणैश्च तैस्तैर्विनयप्रधानैः R.6.79. -2 The first evolver, originator, or source of the material world, the primary germ out of which all material appearances are evolved, according to Sāṅkhya philosophy; न पुनरपि प्रधानवादी अशब्दत्वं प्रधानस्या सिद्धमित्याह Ś. B.; see प्रकृति also; प्रधानक्षेत्रज्ञपतिर्गुणेशः Śvet. Up.6.16; एतस्याद्या प्रवृत्तिस्तु प्रधानात् संप्रवर्तते Mb.12.25.25. -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 Intellect, understanding; एको मयेह भगवान् विबुधप्रधानैश्चित्तीकृतः प्रजननाय कथं नु यूयम् Bhāg.4.1.28. -5 The principal member of a compound. -नः, -नम् 1 The principal attendant or companion of a king (his minister or confidant). -2 A noble, courtier. -3 An elephant-driver. -4 The commander-in-chief. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the principal branch or part of anything. -2 the chief member of the body. -3 the principal or most eminent person in a state. -अमात्यः the prime-minister, premier. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्तम a. 1 eminent, most illustrious. -2 warlike, brave. -कर्मन् n., कार्यम् 1 the chief business, the principal act; यस्यैव प्रधानकर्मफलं तस्यैवानुषङ्गिकमपि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1. -2 (Medic.) the principal mode of treatment. -कारणवादः the doctrine that प्रधान is the original cause (according to Sāṅkhyas). -धातुः the chief element of the body; i. e. semen virile. -पुरुषः 1 the principal or most eminent person (in a state &c.) Ms.7.23; Pt.3.138. ˚अतीतः transcending प्रधान and पुरुष (matter and spirit). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -भाज् a. 1 most distinguished. -2 receiving the chief share. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister. -वादिन् m. one who asserts the Sāṅkhya doctrine (of प्रधान). -वासस् n. a principal garment; (du.) the two chief garments. -वृष्टिः f. a heavy shower of rain. -शिष्ट a. taught or prescribed as of primary importance. -सभिकः the chief of a gambling house. |
| |
| pradhmāpanam | प्रध्मापनम् A remedy for assisting respiration in any obstruction of the air-passages. |
| |
| prapitāmahaḥ | प्रपितामहः 1 A paternal great-grandfather. -2 An epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रजापतिस्त्वं प्रपितामहश्च Bg.11.39. -3 Of Brahman. -4 Of the Supreme Spirit. -ही A paternal great-grandmother; पितामही च स्वेनैव स्वेनैव प्रपितामही Dāyabhāga. |
| |
| prapūrvagaḥ | प्रपूर्वगः 1 The Supreme Being. -2 N. of the two Aśvins. |
| |
| prabhu | प्रभु a. (भु-भ्वी f.) 1 Mighty, strong, powerful. -2 -2 Able, competent, having power to (with inf. or in comp.); ऋषिप्रभावान्मयि नान्तको$पि प्रभुः प्रहर्तुं किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -3 A match for; प्रभुर्मल्लो मल्लाय Mbh. -4 Abundant. -5 Everlasting, eternal. -भुः 1 A lord, master; प्रभुर्बुभूषुर्भुवन- त्रयस्य यः Śi.1.49. -2 A governor, ruler, supreme authority. -3 An owner, proprietor. -4 Quick-silver. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 Of Śiva. -7 Of Brahmā; cf. समीक्ष्य प्रभवस्त्रयः Bhāg.4.1.21; (also applied to various gods as Indra; Sūrya, Agni). -8 Word, sound. -Comp. -भक्त a. attached or devoted to one's lord, loyal; बह्वाशी, स्वल्पसंतुष्टः, सुनिद्रः, शीघ्रचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षड्गुणाः शुनः ॥ Chāṇakyanītidarpaṇa. (-क्त) a good horse. -भक्तिः f. devotion to one's lord, loyalty, faithfulness. |
| |
| pramitiḥ | प्रमितिः f. 1 Measurement, a measure. -2 True or certain knowledge, accurate notion or conception. -3 Knowledge obtained by any one of the Pramāṇas or means of knowledge. -4 True inference or analogy. -5 Manifestation; इतिरेशे$तर्क्ये निजमहिमनि स्वप्रमितिके Bhāg. 1.13.57. |
| |
| pramud | प्रमुद् 1 Ā. To be extremely glad, be very much delighted; प्रमुदितवरपक्षमेकतस्तत् R.6.86; Māl.5.23; -Caus. To gladden, delight, exhilarate; प्रमोदय चातकान् Māl.9.41. |
| |
| pramud | प्रमुद् f. Extreme joy. |
| |
| prayogaḥ | प्रयोगः 1 Use, application, employment; as in शब्दप्रयोगः, अयं शब्दो भूरिप्रयोगः- अल्पप्रयोगः 'this word is generally or rarely used'. -2 A usual form, general usage. -3 Hurling, throwing, discharging, (opp. संहारः); प्रयोगसंहारविभक्तमन्त्रम् R.5.57. -4 Exhibition, performance, representation (dramatic), acting; देव प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रम् M.1; नाटिका न प्रयोगतो दृष्टा Ratn.1 'not seen acted on the stage'; आ परितोषाद्विदुषां न साधु मन्ये प्रयोग- विज्ञानम् Ś.1.2. -5 Practice, experimental portion (of a subject); (opp. शास्त्र 'theory'); तदत्रभवानिमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -6 Course of procedure, ceremonial form. -7 An act, action. -8 Recitation, delivery. -9 Beginning, commencement. -1 A plan, contrivance, device, scheme. -11 A means, instrument; नयप्रयोगाविव गां जिगीषोः Ki.17.38. -12 Consequence, result. -13 Combination, connection. -14 Addition. -15 (In gram.) A usual form. -16 Offering, presenting. -17 (a) Principal, loan bearing interest. (b) Lending money on usury; प्रतिबन्धः प्रयोगो व्यवहारो$वस्तारः ...... कोशक्षयः Kau. A.2.7.26; also कोशद्रव्याणां वृद्धिप्रयोगः -18 Appointment. -19 A sacred text or authority. A text which brings together the various धर्मs of a विकृति. A प्रयोगवचन, however, does this only when धर्मs are made available by the चोदक which, therfore, is said to be the stronger of the two. चोदको हि प्रयोग- वचनाद् बलवत्तरः । ŚB. on MS.5.1.8. -2 A cause; motive. -21 An example. -22 Application of magic, magical rites. -23 A horse. -Comp. -अतिशयः One of the five kinds of प्रस्तावना or prologue, in which a part of performance is superseded by another in such a manner that a character is suddenly brought on the stage; i. e. where the Sūtradhāra goes out hinting the entrance of a character and thus performs a part superseding that which he has apparently intended for his own, viz. dancing; the S. D. thus defines it:-- यदि प्रयोग एकस्मिन् प्रयोगो$न्यः प्रयुज्यते । तेन पात्रप्रवेशश्चेत् प्रयोगातिशयस्तदा ॥ 29. -अर्थः (= प्रत्युत्क्रमः q. v.). -ग्रहणम् acquirement of practice. -चतुर, -निपुण a. 1 skilled in practice; M.3; चतुःषष्टिकलागमप्रयोगचतुरः Dk.2. 5. -2 practically experienced. -वीर्यम् (with Buddhists) energy in practice. -शास्त्रम् the कल्पसूत्र, which lays down the प्रयोग of various sacrificial acts; प्रयोगशास्त्रमिति चेत् MS.1.3.11. |
| |
| pralobhaḥ | प्रलोभः 1 Cupidity, greediness, covetousness. -2 Allurement, seduction. |
| |
| pralobhanam | प्रलोभनम् 1 Attracting. -2 An allurement, seduction, temptation. -3 A lure, bait. |
| |
| praharṣaḥ | प्रहर्षः 1 Extreme joy, exultation, rapture; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17. -2 Erection of the male organ; तं विचिन्तयतः शापं प्रहर्षः समजायत Mb.1.125.2. |
| |
| praharṣaṇam | प्रहर्षणम् 1 Enrapturing, making extremely glad. -2 The attainment of a desired object. -णः The planet Mercury. प्रहर्ष praharṣa (र्षि rṣi) णी ṇī प्रहर्ष (र्षि) णी 1 Turmeric. -2 N. of a metre; see App. म्नो ज्रौ गस्त्रिदशयतिः प्रहर्षणीयम् V. Ratna. |
| |
| prākāmyam | प्राकाम्यम् 1 Freedom of will; प्राकाम्यं ते विभूतिषु Ku.2. 11. -2 Wilfulness. -3 Irresistible will, considered as one of the eight attributes or siddhis of Śiva or the Supreme Being; see सिद्धि. |
| |
| prājña | प्राज्ञ a. (-ज्ञा, -ज्ञी f.) [प्रज्ञ एव स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Intellectual. -2 Wise, learned, clever; किमुच्यते प्राज्ञः खलु कुमारः U.4. -ज्ञः 1 A wise or learned man; तेभ्यः प्राज्ञा न बिभ्यति Ve.2.14; देवद्विजगुरुप्राज्ञपूजनं शौचमार्जवम् ब्रह्मचर्यमहिंसा च शारीरं तप उच्यते ॥ Bg.17.14. -2 A kind of parrot. -3 Intelligence dependent on individuality; Vedāntasāra. -4 Supreme Being (Almighty); अयं पुरुषः प्राज्ञेनात्मना संपरिष्वक्तो न बाह्यं किंचन वेद नान्तरम् Bṛi. Up.4.3.21. -ज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding. -2 A clever or intelligent woman. -ज्ञी 1 A clever or learned woman. -2 The wife of a learned man. -3 N. of a wife of the sun (सूर्यपत्नी). -Comp. -कथा a story about a wise man. -मन्य, -मानिन् or प्राज्ञंमानिन् a. fancying oneself to be wise, conceited; न तु चिन्तयतश्चित्ते जनस्य प्राज्ञमानिनः Bu. Ch.4.52. -मानः respect for learned men. |
| |
| prāṇaḥ | प्राणः 1 Breath, respiration. -2 The breath of life, vitality, life, vital air, principle of life (usually pl. in this sense, the Prāṇas being five; प्राण, अपान, समान, व्यान and उदान); प्राणैरुपक्रोशमलीमसैर्वा R.2.53;12.54; (हृदि प्राणो गुदे$पानः समानो नाभिसंस्थितः । उदानः कण्ठदेशस्थो व्यानः सर्वशरीरगः ॥). -3 The first of the five life-winds or vital airs (which has its seat in the lungs); अपाने जुह्वति प्राणं प्राणे$पानं तथापरे । प्राणापानगती रुद्ध्वा प्राणायाम- परायणाः ॥ Bg.4.29. -4 Wind, air inhaled. -5 Energy, vigour, strength, power; as in प्राणसार q. v.; युद्धातिथ्यं प्रदास्यामि यथाप्राणं निशाचर Rām.3.5.28; Bhāg.8.2.29; सर्वप्राणप्रवणमघवन्मुक्तमाहत्य वक्षः Mv.1.45. -6 The spirit or soul (opp. शरीर). -7 The Supreme Spirit; इमानि भूतानि प्राणमेवाभिसंविशन्ति Bṛi. Up.1.11.5. -8 An organ of sense; स्पृष्ट्वैतानशुचिर्नित्यमद्भिः प्राणानुपस्पृशेत् । गात्राणि चैव सर्वाणि नाभिं पाणितलेन तु ॥ Ms.4.143; मरीचिमिश्रा ऋषयः प्राणेभ्यो$हं च जज्ञिरे Bhāg.1.6.31. -9 Any person or thing as dear and necessary as life, a beloved person or object; कोशः कोशवतः प्राणाः प्राणाः प्राणा न भूपतेः H.2.9; अर्थपतेर्विमर्दको बहिश्चराः प्राणाः Dk. -1 The life or essence of poetry, poetical talent or genius; inspiration. -11 Aspiration; as in महाप्राण or अल्पप्राण q. v. -12 Digestion. -13 A breath as a measure of time. -14 Gum-myrrh. -15 Life, living (जीवन); दैवं च दैवसंयुक्तं प्राणश्च प्राणदश्च ह । अपेक्षापूर्वकरणादशुभानां शुभं फलम् ॥ Mb.12.36.14. -16 Food (अन्न); अनस्तिकानां भूतानां प्राणदाः पितरश्च ये Mb.12.12.4. -17 N. of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and other gods. -Comp. -अतिपातः killing a living being, taking away life. -अत्ययः loss of life. -अधिक a. 1 dearer than life. -2 superior in strength or vigour. -अधिनाथः a husband. -अधिपः the soul. -अन्तः death; capital punishment; अब्राह्मणः संग्रहणे प्राणान्तं दण्डमर्हति Ms.8.359. -अन्तिक a. 1 fatal, mortal. -2 lasting to the end of life, ending with life. -3 dangerous. -4 capital (as a sentence); अज्ञानात् वारुणीं पीत्वा संस्कारेणैव शुद्ध्यति । मतिपूर्वमनिर्देश्यं प्राणान्तिकमिति स्थितिः ॥ Ms. 11.146. (-कम्) murder. -अपहारिन् a. fatal, destructive to life. -अपानम्, -नौ air inhaled and exhaled; प्राणापाना- न्तरे देवी वाग्वै नित्यं प्रतिष्ठिता Mañjūṣā. -अयनम् an organ of sense; (सुप्तिमूर्च्छोपतापेषु प्राणायनविघाततः । नेहते$हमिति ज्ञानं मृत्युप्रज्वारयोरपि ॥ Bhāg.4.29.72. -आघातः destruction of life, killing a living being; प्राणाघातान्निवृत्तिः Bh.3.63. -आचार्यः a physician to a king. -आत्मन् m. the vital or animal soul. -आद a. fatal, mortal, causing death. -आबाधः injury to life; प्राणाबाधयुक्तास्वापत्सु Kau. A.1.8. -आयामः restraining or suspending the breath during the mental recitation of the names or attributes of a deity. -आहुतिः f. an oblation to the five Prāṇas. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a lover, husband; नीचैः शंस हृदि स्थितो हि ननु मे प्राणेश्वरः श्रोष्यति Amaru.67; बाला लोलविलोचना शिव शिव प्राणेशमालोकते Bv.2.57. -2 wind. -ईशा, -ईश्वरी a wife, beloved, mistress. -उत्क्रमणम्, -उत्सर्गः departure of the soul, death. -उपहारः food. -कर a. refreshing or reviving the spirits; सद्यो मांसं नवान्नं च बाला स्त्री क्षीरभोजनम् । क्षीर- मुष्णोदकं चैव सद्यः प्राणकराणि षट् ॥ Chāṇakya. -कर्मन् n. Vital function. -कृच्छ्रम्, -बाधा peril of life, a danger to life. -ग्रहः the nose. -घातक a. destructive to life. -घोषः the sound from the ears when the fingers are put therein; छिद्रप्रतीतिश्छायायां प्राणघोषानुपश्रुतिः Bhāg.1.42.29. -घ्नः a. fatal, life-destroying. -चयः increase of strength. -छिद् a. 1 murderous. -2 destructive. -छेदः murder. -त्यागः 1 suicide; वरं प्राणत्यागो न च पिशुनवाक्येष्वभिरुचिः H.1. -2 death. -द a. life-giving. (-दम्) 1 water. -2 blood. (-दः) 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Brahmā. -3 Terminalia Tomentosa (Mar. ऐन). -दा Terminalia Chebula (Mar. हिरडा). -दक्षिणा gift of life; प्राणदक्षिणां दा 'to grant one his life'. -दण्डः capital punishment. -दयितः a husband. -दातृ a. 'life-giver', saviour, deliverer. -दानम् 1 resigning life. -2 the gift of life, saving one's life. -दुरोदरम्, -द्यूतम् fighting for life. -दृह् a. Sustaining or prolonging the breath. -द्रोहः an attempt upon any body's life. -धार a. living, animate. (-रः) a living being. -धारणम् 1 maintenance or support of life. -2 vitality. -3 a means of supporting life. -नाथः 1 a lover, husband. -2 an epithet of Yama. -निग्रहः restraint of breath, checking the breath. -पतिः 1 a lover, husband. -2 the soul; बुद्धिं समाच्छाद्य च मे समान्युरुद्भूयते प्राणपतिः शरीरे Mb.3. 269.4. -3 a physician. -पत्नी the voice. -परिक्रयः staking one's life. -परिक्षीण a. one whose life is drawing to a close. -परिग्रहः possession of life, life, existence. -प्रद, -दायक, -दायिन् a. restoring or saving life. -प्रयाणम् departure of life, death. -प्रियः 'as dear as life', a lover, husband. -भक्ष a. feeding on air only. -भास्वत् m. the ocean. -भृत् a. possessed of life, living, animate, sentient. (-m.) a living being; अन्तर्गतं प्राणभृतां हि वेद R.2.43. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -मोक्षणम् 1 departure of life, death. -2 suicide. -यमः = प्राणायाम q. v. -यात्रा 1 support of life; maintenance, livelihood; पिण्डपात- मात्रप्राणयात्रां भगवतीम् Māl.1. -2 the act of breathing. -यात्रिक requisite for subsistence; प्राणयात्रिकमात्रः स्यात् Ms.6.57. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 wind. (-f.) the source of life. -रन्ध्रम् 1 the mouth. -2 a nostril. -रोधः 1 suppressing the breath. -2 danger to life. -वल्लभा a mistress, wife. -विद्या the science of breath or vital airs. -विनाशः, -विप्लवः loss of life, death. -वियोगः separation of the soul from the body, death. -वृत्तिः f. a vital function. -व्ययः cost or sacrifice of life. -शरीरः the Supreme Being; स क्रतुं कुर्वीत मनोमयः प्राणशरीरः Ch. Up. -संयमः suspension of breath. -संशयः, -संकटम्, -संदेहः risk or danger to life, peril of life, a very great peril. -संहिता a manner of reciting the Vedic text. -सद्मन् n. the body. -सम a. as dear as life. (-मः) a husband, lover. (-मा) a wife; नूनं प्राणसमावियोगविधुरः स्तम्बेरमस्ताम्यति Māl.9.33. -सार a. 'having life as the essence', full of strength and vigour, muscular; गिरिचर इव नागः प्राणसारं (गात्रं) विभर्ति Ś.2.4. -हर, -हारिन् a. causing death, taking away life, fatal; पुरो मम प्राणहरो भविष्यसि Gīt.7. -2 capital. -हारक a. fatal. (-कम्) a kind of deadly poison. |
| |
| prādhānika | प्राधानिक a. (-की f.) 1 Most eminent or excellent, pre-eminent, supreme, most distinguished. -2 Relating to or derived from Pradhāna, q. v. |
| |
| prāntaḥ | प्रान्तः [प्रकृष्टो$न्तः] 1 Edge, margin, border, skirt, verge; प्रान्तसंस्तीर्णदर्भाः Ś.4.8. -2 Corner (as of the lips, eyes &c.); ईषत्तिर्यग्वलनविषमं कूणितप्रान्तमेतत् Māl.4.2; ओष्ठ˚, नयन˚. -3 Boundary, extremity. -4 Extreme verge, end; यौवनप्रान्त Pt.4. -5 A point, tip. -6 The back part. -Comp. -ग a. living close by. -दुर्गम् a suburb outside the walls of a town, a town near a fort. -निवासिन् a. dwelling near the boundaries. -भूमिः final place or term. -भूमौ ind. finally, at last. -विरस a. tasteless in the end. -वृत्तिः the horizon. -शून्य a. see प्रान्तरशून्य. -स्थ a. one who inhabits the borders. |
| |
| bibhīṣaṇa | बिभीषण a. 1 Terrifying, frightening, intimidating. -2 Formidable, terrible. -3 Bullying of blustering (as language). -णम्, -णा 1 Terrifying. -2 A means of terrifying, terror. -णः N. of a demon and brother of Rāvaṇa. [Though a demon by birth, he was extremely sorry for the abduction of Sītā by Rāvaṇa, and severely reprimanded him for his wicked act. He several times advised Rāvaṇa to restore Sītā to Rāma if he cared to live; but the proud demon turned a deaf ear to his warnings. At last seeing that the ruin of his brother was inevitable, he repaired to Rāma and became his staunch friend. After the death of Rāvaṇa, Rāma installed him on the throne of Laṅkā. He is believed to be one of the seven Chirajīvins; see चिरजीविन्.] |
| |
| buddha | बुद्ध p. p. [बुध्-क्त] 1 Known, understood, perceived. -2 Awakened, awake. -3 Observed. -4 Enlightened, wise; एवमेव मनुष्येन्द्र धर्मं त्यक्त्वाल्पकं नरः । बृहन्तं धर्ममाप्नोति स बुद्ध इति निश्चितम् ॥ Mb.3.33.67; (see बुध्). -5 Expanded (विकसित); सरःसु बुद्धाम्बुजभूषणेषु विक्षोभ्य विक्षोभ्य जलं पिबन्ति Rām.4.3.41;5.14.24. -द्धः 1 A wise or learned man, a sage. -2 (With Buddhists) A wise or enlightened person who, by perfect knowledge of the truth, is absolved from all existence, and who reveals to the world the method of obtaining the Nirvāṇa or final emancipation before obtaining it himself; -3 'The enlightened', N. of Śākyasimha, the celebrated founder of the Bauddha religion; (he is said to have been born at Kapilavastu and to have died in 543 B. C.; he is sometimes regarded as the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu; thus Jayadeva says :-- निन्दसि यज्ञविधेरहह श्रुतिजातं सदयहृदय दर्शितपशुघातं केशव धृतबुद्धशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1); क्वचिद्बुद्धः कल्किर्विहरसि कुभारापहतये Viṣṇu-mahimna 4; ततः कलौ संप्रवृत्ते संमोहाय सुरद्विषाम् । बुद्धो नाम्नाञ्जनसुतः कीकटेषु भविष्यति Bhāg. -4 The Supreme Soul (परमात्मा); अथ बुद्धमथा- बुद्धमिमं गुणविधिं शृणु Mb.12.38.1. -द्धम् Knowledge. -Comp. -अन्तः waking condition, the being awake; स वा एष एतस्मिन् बुद्धान्ते रत्वा Bṛi. Up.4.3.17. -आगमः the doctrines and tenets of the Bauddha religion. -उपासकः a worshipper of Buddha. -गया N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -गुरुः a Buddhist spiritual teacher. -मार्गः the doctrines and tenets of Buddha, Buddhism. |
| |
| buddhiḥ | बुद्धिः f. [बुध्-क्तिन्] 1 Perception, comprehension. -2 Intellect, understanding, intelligence, talent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi.2.19; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19. -3 Information, knowledge; बुद्धिर्यस्य बलं तस्य H.2.122 'knowledge is power'; P.I.4.52. -4 Discrimination, judgement, discernment; विदेशेष्वपि विज्ञाताः सर्वतो बुद्धिनिश्चयाः Rām.1.7.17. -5 Mind; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2; so कृपण˚, पाप˚ &c. -6 Presence of mind, readiness of wit. -7 An impression, opinion, belief, idea, feeling; दूरात्तमवलोक्य व्याघ्रबुद्ध्या पलायन्ते H.3; अनया बुद्ध्या Mu.1 'in this belief'; अनुक्रोशबुद्ध्या Me.117. -8 Intention, purpose, design; मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45. (बुद्ध्या 'intentionally', 'purposely', deliberately'). -9 Returning to consciousness, recovery from a swoon; Māl.4.1. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Intellect, the second of the 25 elements of the Sāṅkhyas; एषा ते$भिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु Bg.2.39. -11 Nature (प्रकृति); Bhāg.3.27.18. -12 A means, way (उपाय); किं करिष्याम भद्रं ते बुद्धिरत्र विचार्यताम् Rām.1.4.9. -13 N. of the 5th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अतीत a. beyond the range or reach of the intellect. -अधिक a. superior in intellect. -अवज्ञानम् contempt or low opinion for one's understanding; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् । प्रोप्नोति बृद्ध्यवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् ॥ Pt.1.63. -इन्द्रि- यम् an organ of perception (opp. कर्मेन्द्रिय); (these are five :-the ear, skin, eye, tongue, and nose; श्रोत्रं त्वक् चक्षुषी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी; to these sometimes मनस् is added). -कृत् a. supposing, conjecturing. -कृत a. acted wisely. -गम्य, -ग्राह्य a. within the reach of, or attainable to, intellect, intelligible. -चिन्तक a. one who thinks wisely. -च्छाया reflex action of the understanding on the soul. -जन्मन् a perception that arises; सत्सं- प्रयोगे पुरुषस्येन्द्रियाणां बुद्धिजन्म तत् प्रत्यक्षम् MS.1.1.4. -जीविन् a. 1 employing the reason, rational. -2 Subsisting by intelligence; भूतानां प्राणिनः श्रेष्ठाः प्राणिनां बुद्धिजीविनः Ms.1. 96. -तत्त्वम् the second element of the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -द्यूतम् game at chess. -पूर्व a. purposed, intentional, wanton, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम्, -पुरःसरम् ind. intentionally, purposely, wilfully. -प्रागल्भी soundness of judgment. -बलम् a kind of play. -भेदः, -भ्रमः distraction ar aberration of mind; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -मोहः confusion of mind. -युक्त a. intelligent. -योगः intellectual communion with the Supreme Spirit. -लक्षणम् a sign of intellect or wisdom; प्रारब्धस्यान्तगमनं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम्. -लाघवम् lightness or levity of judgment; Rām. -वर्जित a. foolish, ignorant. -विध्वंसक a. destroying consciousness or reason. -विलासः play of the mind or fancy. -विषयः matter apprehensible by reason. -वृद्धिः development of intellect, understanding or wisdom; बुद्धिवृद्धिकराणि (शास्त्राणि) Ms.4.19. -वैभवम् strength of intellect. -शक्तिः intellectual faculty. -शस्त्र a. armed with understanding. -शालिन्, -संपन्न a. intelligent, wise. -शुद्ध a. honest in purpose, frank-minded. -संकीर्णम् a kind of pavilion. -सखः, -सहायः a counsellor. -हीन a. devoid of intellect, silly, foolish. |
| |
| bodhiḥ | बोधिः [बुध्-इन्] 1 Perfect wisdom or enlightenment; इत्यभिहितो बोधौ जिनः पातु वः Nāg.1.1. स रतिमुपसिषेवे बोधि- मापन्न यावत् Bu. Ch.2.56. -2 The enlightened intellect of a Buddha. -3 The sacred fig-tree. -4 A cock. -5 An epithet of Buddha. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a requisite for attaining perfect knowledge. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -वृक्षः the sacred fig-tree, -दः an arhat (of the Jainas). -मण्डलम् N. of the place where Gautama Buddha attained to perfect wisdom. -सत्त्वः 1 a Buddhist saint, one who is on the way to the attainment of perfect knowledge and has only a certain number of births to undergo before attaining to the state of a Supreme Buddha and complete annihilation (this position could be attained by a long series of pious and virtuous deeds); एवंविधैर्विलसितैरतिबोधिसत्त्वैः Māl.1.21; उद्योतयन्नुत्त- मबोधिसत्त्वः Bu. Ch.1.16. -2 N. of the principal Buddha of the present era. |
| |
| brahman | ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella). |
| |
| brahmam | ब्रह्मम् The Supreme Spirit, the Absolute. |
| |
| brahmatā | ब्रह्मता त्वम् 1 Absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -2 Divine nature. -3 Godhead. -4 The state of a Brāhmaṇa, Brāhmaṇahood. |
| |
| brahmasāt | ब्रह्मसात् ind. 1 To the state of Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. -2 To the care of Brāhmaṇas. |
| |
| brāhma | ब्राह्म a. (-ह्मी f.) [ब्रह्मण इदं तेन प्रोक्तं वा अण् टिलोपः] 1 Relating to Brahman or the creator, or to the Supreme Spirit; R.13.6; Ms.2.4; एषा ब्राह्मी स्थितिः पार्थ नैनां प्राप्य विमुह्यति Bg.2.72. -2 Brahmanical, belonging to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मं रथवरं युक्तमास्थाय सुधृतव्रतः Rām. 2.5.4; न विशेषो$स्ति वर्णानां सर्वं ब्राह्ममिदं जगत् Mb.12.188. 1. -3 Relating to sacred knowledge or study; ब्राह्मं वेदमधीयाना वेदाङ्गानि च सर्वशः Mb.1.156.5. -4 Prescribed by the Vedas, Vedic; scriptural; ब्राह्मस्य जन्मनः कर्ता Ms.2.15. -5 Holy, sacred, divine. -6 Presided over by Brahman as a मुहूर्त (see ब्राह्ममुहूर्त), or a missile. -7 Fit for a divine state or godhead. -8 Belonging to the ब्रह्मलोक; ददर्शाप्सरसं ब्राह्मीं पञ्चचूडामनिन्दिताम् Mb.13.38.3. -ह्यः 1 one of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu law, in which the bride decorated with ornaments is given away to the bridegroom, without requiring any gift or present from him (this is the best of the 8 forms); ब्राह्मो विवाह आहूय दीयते शक्त्यलंकृता Y.1.58; Ms.3.21,27. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 Quicksilver. -4 The duty or prescribed course of conduct of a king; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलात् विप्राणां पूज्यको भवेत् । नृपाणामक्षयो ह्येष ब्राह्मो धर्मो विधीयते ॥ -ह्मम् 1 The part of the hand under the root of the thumb; अङ्गुष्ठमूलस्य तले ब्राह्मं तीर्थं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.59. -2 Holy or sacred study. -3 N. of a Purāṇa. -4 N. of the constellation Rohiṇī. -Comp. -अहोरात्रः a day and night of Brahman (a period of 2 Kalpas of mortals). -देया a girl to be married according to the Brāhma form. -निधिः m. money bestowed on the sacerdotal class. -मुहूर्तः a particular period of the day, the early part of the day (रात्रेश्च पश्चिमे यामे मुहूर्तो ब्राह्म उच्यते); cf. ब्राह्मे मुहूर्ते किल तस्य देवी कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; ब्राह्मे मुहूर्ते बुध्येत Ms.4.92. |
| |
| brāhmya | ब्राह्म्य a. (-ह्म्यी f.) [ब्रह्मण इदं ष्यञ्] 1 Relating to Brahman, the creator. -2 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -3 Relating to the Brāhmaṇas. -ह्म्यम् 1 Wonder, astonishment (विस्मय). -2 Worship of the Brāhmaṇas. -Comp. -मुहूर्त = ब्राह्ममुहूर्त q. v. -हुतम् hospitality to guests; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ; cf. Ms.3.74; ब्राह्म्यहुतशब्देन मनुष्य- यज्ञाख्यो ब्राह्मणश्रेष्ठस्यार्चा Kull. |
| |
| bhagavat | भगवत् a. 1 Glorious, illustrious. -2 Revered, venerable, divine, holy (an epithet applied to gods, demigods and other holy or respectable personages); स्वर्गप्रकाशो भगवान् प्रदोषः Rām.5.5.8; अथ भगवान् कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; भगवन् परवानयं जनः R.8.81; so भगवान् वासुदेवः &c.; उत्पत्तिं च विनाशं च भूतानामागतिं गतिम् । वेत्ति विद्यामविद्यां च स वाच्यो भगवानिति ॥ -3 Fortunate (Ved.). -m. 1 A god, deity. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Śiva. -4 Of Jina. -5 Of Buddha. -Comp. -गीता N. of a celebrated sacred work; (it is an episode of the great Bhārata and purports to be a dialogue between Kṛiṣṇa and Arjuna). -दृश a. resembling the Supreme. -पदी N. of the source of Gaṅgā साक्षाद्भगवत्पदीत्यनुपलक्षितवचः Bhāg. 5.17.1. |
| |
| bhava | भव a. [भवत्यस्मात्, भू-अपादाने अप्] (At the end of comp.) Arising or produced from, originating in. -वः 1 Being, state of being, existence, (सत्ता); तथाप्यहं योषिदतत्त्वविच्च ते दीना दिदृक्षे भव मे भवक्षितिम् Bhāg.4. 3.11. -2 Birth, production; भवो हि लोकाभ्युदयाय तादृशाम् R.3.14; S.7.27. -3 Source, origin. -4 Worldly existence; mundane or worldly life, life; as in भवार्णव, भवसागर &c.; कर्मबन्धच्छिदं धर्मं भवस्येव मुमुक्षवः Ku.2.51; भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74; Śi.1.35. -5 The world. -6 Well-being, health, prosperity; भवाय युष्मच्चरणानु- वर्तिनाम् Bhāg.1.27.9; कालेनानुगृहीतैस्तैर्यावद्वो भव आत्मनः Bhāg.8.6.19; Rām.5.27.6. -7 Excellence, superiority. -8 N. of Śiva; तमब्रवीद् भवो$सीति तद्यदस्य तन्नामाकरोत पार्जन्यं तद्रूपमभवत् पर्जन्यो वै भवः Śat. Br.; दक्षस्य कन्या भवपूर्व- पत्नी Ku.1.21;3.72. -9 A god, deity. -1 Acquisition (प्राप्ति). -वौ (dual) Śiva and Bhavānī. -Comp. -अग्रम् the farthest end of the world; Buddh. -अतिग a. overcoming worldly existence. -अन्तकृत् m. 1 N. of Buddha. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -अन्तरम् another existence (previous or future); शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवा- द्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121. -अब्धिः, -अर्णवः, -समुद्रः, -सागरः, -सिन्धुः the ocean of worldly life. -अभवौ (m. dual.) 1 existence. -2 prosperity and adversity. -अभीष्टम् bdellium. -अयना, -नी the Ganges. -अरण्यम् 'a forest of worldly life,' a dreary world. -आत्मजः an epithet of Gaṇeśa or Kārtikeya. -आर्त a. sick of the world, disgusted with worldly cares and troubles. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -उच्छेदः destruction of worldly existence; सतां भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74. -क्षितिः f. the place of birth. -घस्मरः a forest-conflagration. -छिद् a. cutting the (bonds of) worldly life, preventing recurrence of birth; भवच्छिदस्त्र्यम्बकपादपांशवः K.1. -छेदः prevention of recurring birth; मनुष्यजन्मापि सुरासुरान् गुणैर्भवान् भवच्छेद- करैः करोत्यधः Śi.1.35. -जलम् the water (or ocean) of worldly existence. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -नाशिनी N. of the river Sarayū -प्रतिसंधिः coming into being. -बन्धेशः N. of Śiva. -भङ्गः delivery from births or transmigration. -भाज् a. living in the world of mortals. -भावन a. conferring welfare. -भीरु a. afraid of worldly existence. -भूतम् the source of all beings, i. e. the Supreme Being. -भूतिः N. of a celebrated poet (see App.II.); भवभूतेः संबन्धाद् भूधरभूरेव भारती भाति । एतत्कृतकारुण्ये किमन्यथा रोदिति ग्रावा ॥ Āryā. S.36. (-f.) welfare, prosperity. -भोगः the enjoyment or pleasure of the world. -मन्युः the resentment against the world. -मोचनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -रुद् m. a drum beaten at funeral ceremonies. -वीतिः f. 1 liberation from worldly existence; भववीतये हतबृहत्तमसामवबोधवारि रजसः शमनम् Ki.6. 41. -2 end of the world. -व्ययः (du.) birth and dissolution. -शेखरः the moon. -संगिन् a. attached to worldly existence. -संततिः an uninterrupted series of births and transmigrations. |
| |
| bhāmaḥ | भामः [भाम्-घञ्] 1 Brightness, lustre, splendour, -2 The sun. -3 Passion, wrath, anger. -4 A sister's husband; अहो भगिन्यहो भाम मया वां बत पाप्मना । पुरुषाद इवापत्यं बहवो हिंसिताः सुताः ॥ Bhāg.1.4.15. -मा 1 A passionate woman. -2 N. of one of the wives of Kṛiṣṇa, usually called सत्यभामा. -Comp. -नी m. the Supreme Being; एष उ एव भामनीरेष हि सर्वेषु लोकेषु भाति य एवं वेद Ch. Up. |
| |
| bhāvana | भावन a. (-नी f.) [भू-णिच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Effecting &c.; भूतभव्यभविष्याणां भावानां भुवि भावनाः Mb.14.37.15; यत् पृच्छसे भागवतान् धर्मांस्त्वं विश्वभावनान् Bhāg.11.2.11;8.1.16; see भावक above. -नः 1 An efficient cause. -2 A creator; जय देव भुवनभावन Māl.9.4. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 Of Viṣṇu. -नम्, -ना 1 Creating, manifesting; भावनं ब्रह्मणः स्थानम् Bhāg.3.26.46. -2 Promoting any one's interests. -3 Conception, imagination, fancy, thought, idea; मधुरिपुरहमिति भावनशीला Gīt.6; or भावनया त्वयि लीना 4; Pt.3.162. -4 Feeling of devotion, faith; नास्ति बुद्धिरयुक्तस्य न चायुक्तस्य भावना Bg.2.66; यादृशी भावना यस्य सिद्धिर्भवति तादृशी Pt.5.15. -5 Meditation, contemplation, abstract meditation. -6 A supposition, hypothesis. -7 Observing, investigating. -8 Settling, determining; विभागभावना ज्ञेया Y.2.149. -9 Remembering, recollection. -1 Direct knowledge, perception or cognition. -11 The cause of memory which arises from direct perception (in logic); see भावना and स्मृति in T. S; भावनाख्यस्तु संस्कारो जीववृत्तिरतीन्द्रियः Bhāṣā. P. -12 Proof, demonstration, argument. -13 Steeping, infusion, saturating a dry powder with fluid; द्रवेण यावन्मानेन चूर्णं सर्वं प्लुतं भवेत् । भावनायाः प्रमाणस्तु चूर्णे प्रोक्तं भिषग्वरैः Bhāva. P. -14 Scenting; decorating with flowers and perfumes. -15 (In arith.) Finding by combination or composition. -16 Nature, essence (at the end of comp.). -17 Reason, cause; परावरेशं प्रकृतिमस्योत्पत्त्यन्तभावनम् Bhāg.3.32.7. -18 Growth, prosperity (वर्धन); तस्यैषा निष्कृतिः कृत्स्ना भूतानां भावनं पुनः Mb.12.97.7. -ना 1 A crow. -2 Water. -नम् Apprehension; perception. -Comp. -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -मय a. imaginary. -युक्त a. 1 thoughtful -2 anxious. |
| |
| bhāvita | भावित p. p. [भू-णिच् कर्मणि-क्त] 1 Created, produced; obtained, got. -2 Manifested, displayed, exhibited; भावितविषवेगविक्रियः Dk.; (भजे) भक्तेष्वलं भावितभूतभावनम् Bhāg. 5.17.18. -3 Cherished, fostered; तेषां दृष्ट्वा भावितानीङ्गितानि प्रोवाच राजा जनमेजयो$थ Mb.1.55.17. -4 (a) Conceived, imagined, supposed, presented to the imagination; तं तमेवैति कौन्तेय सदा तद्भावभावितः Bg.8.6. (b) Known, recognized, acknowledged. -5 Thought of, meditated upon. -6 Made to become, transformed into. -7 Sanctified by meditation; अनन्यभावे निजधर्मभाविते मनस्यवस्थाप्य भजस्व पूरुषम् Bhāg.4.8.22; see भावितात्मन्. -8 Proved, established. -9 Pervaded by, filled or saturated with, inspired by. -1 Soaked, steeped, infused in; किञ्चित् स्निग्धं यथा च स्याच्छुष्कचूर्णमभावितम् Mb.12.195.18. -11 Perfumed, scented. -12 Mixed with. -13 (In math.). Involving the products of unknown quantities. -14 Directed towards, fixed upon; यदीश्वरे भगवति कर्म ब्रह्मणि भावितम् Bhāg.1.5.32. -15 Possessed, captured (वशीकृत); ततो$न्ये यथाकामं दुदुहुः पृथुभाविताम् Bhāg.4.18.13. -16 Engrossed, filled; रथाङ्गपाणेरनुभावभावितम् Bhāg.12.1. 42. -17 Pleased, gladdened; इष्टान् भोगान् हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविताः Bg.3.12. -तम् Product obtained by multiplication, a factum. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -बुद्धि a. 1 one whose soul is purified by meditating on the Supreme Spirit, one who has perceived the Supreme Soul; तस्य देवप्रभावस्य तपसा भावितात्मनः Rām.3.5.4. -2 pure, devout, holy; एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भावितात्मनाम् Pt.3.65. -3 thoughtful, meditative; भावितात्मा भुवो भर्तुरथैनं प्रत्यबोधयत् R.1. 74. -4 engaged in, occupied with; स्वगोत्रसंकीर्तनभावितात्मनः Śi.12.38. (-m.) a sage, saint. -भावन a. being one's self furthered and furthering others. |
| |
| bhinna | भिन्न p. p. [भिद्-क्त] 1 Broken, torn, split, rent; संछिन्नभिन्नसर्वाङ्गाः सर्त्विक्सभ्या भयाकुलाः । स्वयंभुवे नमस्कृत्य Bhāg. 4.6.2. -2 Divided, separated. -3 Detached, disunited, disjoined; scattered; भिन्नं च वानरानीकम् Rām.6.67.8. -4 Expanded, blown, opened; भिन्नैलासुरभिमुवाह गन्धवाहः Ki.7.38. -5 Different from, other than (with abl.); तस्मादयं भिन्नः. -6 Different, varied; भिन्नरुचिर्हि लोकः R.6. 3. -7 Loosened. -8 Mingled, mixed, blended; एकत्र स्फटिकतटांशुभिन्ननीरा नीलाश्मद्युतिभिदुराम्भसो$परत्र Śi.4.26. -9 Deviating from. -1 Changed. -11 Furious; दुरुक्तैर्भिन्न- मात्मानं यः समाधातुमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.23.2. -12 Without, deprived of. -13 Undutiful, vicious; भिन्नवृत्तिता Ms.12. 33; नैतत् खलायोपदिशेत् ...... न भिन्नाय Bhāg.3.32.39. -14 Stood up (as hair); खरोष्ट्राश्वतरा राजन् भिन्नरोमाः स्रवन्ति च Rām.6.1.18. -15 Seduced, bribed; H. (See भिद्). -न्नः 1 A defect or flaw in a gem. -न्नम् 1 A bit, fragment, part. -2 A blossom. -3 A wound, stab; शक्तिकुन्तेषुखड्गाग्रविषाणैराशयो हतः । यत् किंचित् प्रसवेत् तद्धि भिन्न- मित्यभिधीयते Bhāva. P. -4 A fraction. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a kind of mixed collyrium, made of many pounded ingredients; प्रयान्ति ...... भिन्नाञ्जनवर्णतां घनाः Śi.12.68; Me.61; Ṛs.3.5. -अर्थ a. clear, evident, intelligible; स्फुटभिन्नार्थमुदाहरद् वचः Śi.16.1. (-र्थम्) ind. clearly, distinctly, unenigmatically; न खल्ववगच्छामि भिन्नार्थमभि- धीयताम् Ś.2. -उदरः 'born of a different womb or mother', a half-brother. -कट a. furious, in rut; भेजे भिन्नकटै- र्नागैरन्यानुपरुरोध यैः R.4.83. -करटः an elephant in rut (from whose temples ichor exudes). -कर्ण a. having divided ears (said of particular animals); P.VI.3. 115. -कुम्भः a person who has regained his liberty by redeeming his pledge. -कूट a. 1 deprived of a leader (as an army). -2 employing a different stratagem. -क्रम a. out of order, disordered. -गति a. 1 going with broken steps. -2 going quickly. -गर्भ a. broken up (in the centre), disorganized. -गात्रिका Cucumis Usitatissimus (Mar. चिबूड). -गुणनम् multiplication of fractions; अंशाहतिश्छेदवधेन भक्ता लब्धं विभिन्ने गुणने फलं स्यात् Līlā. -घनः the cube of a fraction. -दर्शिन् a. making or seeing a difference, partial. -देश a. belonging to different places; कृत्ययोर्भिन्नेदशत्वाद् द्वैधीभवति मे मनः । Ś.2.18. -देह a. wounded. -नौ a. ship-wrecked. -परिकर्मन् n. any one of the arithmetical operations with fractions. -प्रकार a. of a different kind or sort. -भागहरः division of fractions. -भाजनम् a potsherd. -मन्त्र a. one who has betrayed a plan; Rām. -मर्मन् a. wounded in vital parts, mortally wounded. -मर्याद a. 1 one who has transgressed the due limits, disrespectful; आः, तातापवादभिन्नमर्याद U.5. -2 unrestrained, uncontrolled. -रुचि a. having different tastes; भिन्नरुचिर्हि लोकः R.6.3. -लिङ्गम्, -वचनम् incongruity of gender or number in a composition; see K.P.1. -वर्गः the square of a fraction. -वर्चस्, वर्चस्क a. voiding excrement. -वर्ण a. 1 discoloured, pale. -2 of a different caste or tribe. -वृत्त a. 1 leading a bad life, abandoned. -2 containing a metrical fault. -वृत्ति a. 1 leading a bad life, following evil courses; तदन्तःपुरेषु चामी भिन्नवृत्तेषु मन्दत्रासा बहुसुखैरवर्तन्त Dk.2.8. -2 having different feelings or tastes or emotions. -3 having different occupations. -व्यवकलितम् subtraction of fractions. -संहति a. disunited, dissolved. -संकलनम्, -संकलितम् addition of fractions. -स्वर a. 1 having a changed voice, faltering. -2 discordant. -हृतिः f. division of fractions. -हृदय a. pierced through the heart; बाणभिन्नहृदया निपेतुषी R.11.19. |
| |
| bhiṣaj | भिषज् m. [बिभेत्यस्मात् रोगः, भी-षुक् ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.134] 1 A physician, doctor; भिषजामसाध्यम् R.8.93; गतस्पृहो धैर्यधरः कृपालुः शुद्धो$धिकारी भिषगीदृशः स्यात् । -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 Medicine, a remedy. -m. dual. The two Aśvins (physicians of gods). -Comp. -जितम् a drug or medicine. -पाशः a quack doctor. -प्रिया f. A species of moonseed (Mar. गुळवेल). -मातृ f. N. of a plant. (Mar. अडुळसा). -वरः an excellent physician. (-रौ) the two Aśvins. -वरा N. of a plant (Mar. हिरडा). -विद् m. a physician. |
| |
| bhiṣajyam | भिषज्यम् 1 Healing, curing. -2 A remedy, cure. भिष्मा, भिष्मिका, -टा, भिस्सटा, भिस्सिटा Parched or fried grain. |
| |
| bhīma | भीम a. [बिभेत्यस्मात्, भी अपादाने मक] Fearful, terrific, terrible, dreadful, formidable; न भेजिरे भीमविषेण भीतिम् Bh.2.8; R.1.16;3.54. -मः 1 An epithet of Śiva. and Viṣṇu; भीमो भीमपराक्रमः V. Sah. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The sentiment of terror (= भयानक q. v.). -4 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. [He was begotten on Kuntī by the god Wind. From a child he showed that he was possessed of extraordinary strength and hence he was called Bhīma. He had too a most voracious appetite, and was called Vṛikodara, or 'wolf bellied'. His most effective weapon was his mace (गदा). He played a very important part in the great war, and, on the last day of the battle, smashed the thigh of Duryodhana with his unfailing mace, Some of the principal events of his earlier life are his defeat of the demons Hiḍimba and Baka, the overthrow of Jarāsandha, the fearful vow which he uttered against the Kauravas and particularly against Duhśāsana for his insulting conduct towards Draupadī, the fulfilment of that vow by drinking Duhśāsana's blood, the defeat of Jayadratha, his duel with Kīchaka while he was serving as headcook (बल्लव) to king Virāṭa, and several other exploits in which he showed his usual extraordinary strength. His name has become proverbial for one who possesses immense strength and courage]. -मम् Horror, terror. -Comp. -अञ्जस् a. having terrible strength. -उदरी an epithet of Umā. -एकादशी the eleventh day in the light half of Māgha. -कर्मन् a. of terrific prowess; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं भीमकर्मा वृकोदरः Bg.1.15. -तिथिः f. = भीमैकादशी. -दर्शन, -मुख a. frightful in appearance, hideous. -नाद a. sounding dreadfully. (-दः) 1 a loud or dreadful sound; भीमनादमयमाहतोच्चकैः Śi.15.1. -2 a lion. -3 N. of one of the seven clouds that will appear at the destruction of the world. -पराक्रम a. of terrific prowess. (-मः) N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरम् N. of Kuṇḍinapura q. v. -रथः 1 N. of one of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of one of the kings born in the family of Dhanvantarī and in the family of Daśārha. -3 N. of one of the sons of Śrīkṛiṣṇa. -रथी 1 N. of the 7th night in the 7th month of the 77th year of a man's life (said to be a very dangerous period); (सप्तसप्ततितमे वर्षे सप्तमे मासि सप्तमी । रात्रिर्भीमरथी नाम नराणामतिदुस्तरा). -2 N. of a river in the Himālayas. -रूप a. of terrific form; केनापि भीमरूपेण ब्रह्मराक्षसेनाभिपत्य Dk.2.6. -विक्रम a. of terrific prowess. -विक्रान्त a. fearfully powerful. (-तः) a lion. -विग्रह a. gigantic, of terrific form. -वेग a. terribly swift. -शङ्करम् one of the 12 most sacred Liṅgas (in the Poona District). -शासनः an epithet of Yama. -सेनः 1 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. -2 a kind of camphor. -हासम् the flocculent down blown about in the air in summer. |
| |
| bhūta | भूत p. p. [भू-क्त] 1 Become, being, existing. -2 Produced, formed. -3 Actually being, really happened, true; भूताश्चार्था विरुद्ध्यन्ति देशकालविरोधिताः Rām.5.3.37. -4 Right, proper, fit; अभूतेनापवादेन कीर्तीं निपतितामिव Rām. 5.15.34; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -5 Past, gone. -6 Obtained. -7 Mixed or joined with. -8 Being like, similar, (see भू); मग्नां द्विषच्छद्मनि पङ्कभूते Ki.3.39. -तः 1 A son, child. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 The fourteenth day of the dark half of a lunar month (also भूता). -4 A great devotee. -5 N. of a priest of the gods. -6 The dark fortnight of a month (कृष्णपक्ष). -7 see भूतगण. -तम् 1 Any being (human, divine or even inanimate); इत्थं रतेः किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपं मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45; Pt.2. 87. -2 A living being, an animal, a creature; क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16; भूतेषु किं च करुणां बहुली- करोति Bv.1.122; U.4.6. -3 A spirit, ghost, an imp, a devil (m. also in these senses); ततो रक्षां महातेजः कुरु भूतविनाशिनीम् Rām.7.66.3. -4 An element; (they are five, i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु, and आकाश); तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29. -5 An actual occurrence, a fact, a matter of fact. -6 The past, past time. -7 The world. -8 Well-being, welfare. -9 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -1 Fitness, propriety. -Comp. -अनुकम्पा compassion for all beings; भूतानुकम्पा तव चेत् R.2.48. -अनुवादः a mention of established facts, a variety of अर्थवाद (q. v.); भूतानुवादमात्रमनर्थकम् ŚB. on MS.1.2.4. -अन्तकः the god of death, Yama. -अभिषङ्गः possession by evil spirits. -अरिः Asa Fœtida. -अर्थः 1 the fact, real fact, true state, truth, reality; आर्ये कथयामि ते भूतार्थम् Ś.1; भूतार्थशोभाह्नियमाणनेत्रा Ku.7.13; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24. -2 an element of life. ˚कथनम्, ˚व्याहृतिः f. a statement of facts; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -अवमानिन् m. despiser of all; भूतावमानी हैहयश्चार्जुनः Kau. A.1.6. -आत्मक a. consisting or composed of the elements. -आत्मन् 1 one whose soul is purified. -2 composed of the five elements (as the body); cf. Ms.12.12. (-m.) 1 the individual (as opposed to the Supreme Soul); विद्यातपोभ्यां भूतात्मा बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुद्ध्यति Ms.5.19; विधमिष्यति ते देहे भूतात्मानं चिरोषितम् Rām.6.59. 55. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Viṣṇu; भूतात्मा भूतभावनः V. Sah. -5 an elementary substance. -6 the body. -7 war, conflict. -8 the elementary or vital principle. -9 a soul which clings to the elements, a carnal mind; भूतात्मनस्तपोविद्ये बुद्धेर्ज्ञानं विशोधनम् Y.3.34. -आदिः 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 an epithet of Ahaṁkāra (in Sāṅkhya phil.). -आर्त a. possessed by a devil. -आवासः 1 the body. -2 an epithet of &Scute;iva. -3 of Viṣṇu; वसन्ति त्वयि भूतानि भूतावासस्ततो हरिः Hariv. -आविष्ट a. possessed by a devil or evil spirit. -आवेशः demoniac possession. -इज्यम्, -इज्या making oblations to the Bhūtas. -इन्द्रियजयिन् m. a kind of ascetic. -इष्टा the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva; भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2; भूतेशप्रीति- हेतोः Udb. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Śiva; भूयः स भूतेश्वर- पार्श्ववर्ती R.2.46. -उन्मादः demoniac possession. -उपदेशः a reference to past things or such as already exist. -उपसृष्ट, -उपहत a. possessed by a devil. -ओदनः a dish of rice (eaten to counteract the influence of demons). -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. an epithet of Brahman; सर्वलोकप्रभुर्ब्रह्मा भूतकर्तृ तथर्षयः Rām.2.25.25; ततस्थानाह भूत- कृत् 7.4.12. -कला f. a power which produces the five elements; धरादिपञ्चभूतानां निवृत्त्याद्याः कलाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -कालः 1 past time. -2 (in gram.) the past or preterite time. -केशी the holy basil. -कोटिः absolute non-entity; Bhddh. -क्रान्तिः f. possession by a devil. -गणः 1 the collection of created beings. -2 the whole class of spirits or devils; प्रेतान् भूतागणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जनाः Bg.17.4. -गत्या truthfully; तदखिलमिह भूतं भूतगत्या ...... अभिलषति स्म N.9.159. -गुणः a quality of the elements; शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा भूतगुणाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -ग्रस्त possessed by a devil. -ग्रामः 1 the whole multitude or aggregate of living beings; U.7; भूतग्रामः स एवायं भूत्वा भूत्वा प्रलीयते Bg.8.19. -2 a multitude of spirits. -3 the body. -घ्नः 1 a kind of birch tree. -2 a camel. -3 garlic. (-घ्नी) the holy basil. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Kārtika. -चारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चिन्तकः = स्वभाववादिन् q. v.; दैवमित्यपरे विप्राः स्वभावं भूतचिन्तकाः Mb.12.232.19. -चिन्तनिकः an adherent to the doctrine that the mind or intellect is produced from material elements. -चिन्ता an enquiry into the elements, investigation into their nature. -चैतन्यम् intellectuality of matter. -जननी the mother of all beings. -जयः victory over the elements. -तन्त्रम् the doctrine of spirits. -तन्मात्रम् a subtle element. -दया compassion towards all beings, universal benevolence. -द्रुमः Cordia Latifolia (Mar. भोंकर). -द्रुह्, -ध्रुक् a. injurious, malicious. -धरा, -धात्री, -धारिणी the earth. -धात्री sleep. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वम् R.2.58. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -नाशनः 1 the marking-nut plant. -2 mustard. -3 pepper. (-नम्) 1 Asa Fœtida. -2 a bead used for rosaries (रुद्राक्ष). -निचयः the body. -पक्षः the dark fortnight. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ध्यानास्पदं भूतपतेर्विवश Ku.3.43,74. -2 of Agni. -3 the sacred basil. -4 the sky; ज्वलसि यन्निशि भूतपतिं श्रितः N.4.55. -पत्री the holy basil. -पालः the guardian of living beings. -पूर्णिमा the day of fullmoon in the month of Āśvina. -पूर्वम् ind. formerly. a. 1 former, ancient, old; पश्यामि च जनस्थानं भूतपूर्वखरा- लयम् U.2.17. -2 deceased. -प्रकृतिः f. the origin of all beings; यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1 (v. l.). -बलिः = भूतयज्ञ q. v. -ब्रह्मन् m. a low Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself with the offerings made to an idol; see देवल. -भर्तृ a. sustaining all beings; भूतभर्तृ च तज्ज्ञेयं ग्रसिष्णु प्रभविष्णु च Bg.13.16. -m. an epithet of Śiva. -भव a. existing in all beings. -भव्यम् past and future. -भावनः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -भाविन् a. 1 creating living beings. -भाषा, -भाषितम् the language of devils. -भृत् a. sustaining the elements or creatures; भूतभृन्न च भूतस्थो ममात्मा भूतभावनः Bg.9.5. -भौतिक a. consisting of the elements. -महेश्वरः an epithet of Śiva. -मातृ f. an epithet of Gaurī. -मातृका the earth. -मात्रम्, -त्रा the rudiment of an element. -मात्रा f. pl. the coarse and subtile elements; तास्वेव भूतमात्रासु प्रलीयन्ते विभागशः Ms.12.17. -यज्ञः an oblation or offering to all created beings, one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder. -योनिः the origin of all created beings. -रयाः a. a class of gods under the 5th Manu; Bhāg. -राज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -लिपिः a particular magic formula. -वर्गः the whole class of spirits. -वादिन् a. telling the real fact or truth. -वासः the Bibhītaka tree. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -विक्रिया 1 epilepsy. -2 possession by a devil. -विज्ञान, -विद्या demonology (भूतविद्या); Ch. Up.7.1.2. -विनायकः a leader of evil beings; Bhāg. -विभुः a king; शाहभूविभुः Śāhendra. 2.93. -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree. -वेशी a white flowering Vitex Negundo (Mar. निर्गुडी). -शुद्धिः f. purification of the elements (of the body). -संसारः 1 the world of mortals. -2 the course of existence; घोरे$स्मिन् भूतसंसारे नित्यं सततयायिनि Ms.1.5. -संघः the totality of beings or of the elements. -संचारः demoniac possession. -संचारिन् m. a forest conflagration. -संप्लवः universal deluge or destruction; आभूतसंप्लवस्थानममृतत्वं हि भाषते. -समागमः the meeting of mortals; यथा काष्ठं च ... समेत्य च व्यपेयातां तद्वद् भूतसमागमः Mb.12.28.36. -सर्गः 1 the creation of the world, the class or order of created beings. -2 creation of the elements. -साक्षिन् m. 'allseeing', an eye-witness of created beings. -साधनी the earth. -सूक्ष्मम् a subtle element. -सृज् m. an epithet of Brahman; बहुधा गतां जगति भूतसृजा कमनीयतां समभिहृत्य पुरा Ki.6.42. -सृष्टिः f. 1 the illusion effected by the power of Bhūtas. -2 the whole class of Bhūtas taken collectively. -स्थानम् 1 the abode of living beings. -2 the abode of demons. -हत्या destruction of living beings. -हन्त्री a species of Dūrvā grass. -हरः bdellium. -हासः a kind of fever. |
| |
| bhūman | भूमन् m. [बहोर्भावः बहु इमनिच् इलोपे भ्वादेशः Tv.] 1 A great quantity, abundance, plenty, large number; भूम्ना रसानां गहनाः प्रयोगाः Māl 1.4; संभूयेव सुखानि चेतसि परं भूमान- मातन्वते 5.9; Ch. Up.1.5.4. -2 Wealth. -3 Virāṭ Puruṣa, the Supreme Being (ब्रह्मन्); यो वै भूमा तत् सुखम् Ch. Up.7.23.1; Bhāg.5.18.3. -n. 1 The earth. -2 A territory, district, piece of ground. -3 A being, creature. -4 Plurality (of number); आपः स्त्रीभूम्नि Ak.; cf. पुंभूमन्. |
| |
| bhedaḥ | भेदः [भिद् घञ्] 1 Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark). -2 Rending, tearing. -3 Dividing, separating. -4 Piercing through, perforation. -5 (a) Breach, rupture. (b) Breaking open, bursting; V.2.7. -6 Disturbance, interruption. -7 Division, separation. -8 A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft. -9 A hurt, injury, wound. -1 Difference, distinction; तयोर्न भेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3. 99; अगौरवभेदेन Ku.6.12; Bg.18.19,22. रस˚, काल˚ &c.; भेदाभेदयोर्भेदो ग्रहीतव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -11 A change, modification; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -12 Dissension, disunion. -13 Disclosure, betrayal; as in रहस्यभेदः. -14 Treachery, treason; भेदाधीनं कृतं शत्रोः सैन्यं शत्रुबलं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.876. -15 A kind, variety; भेदाः पद्मशङ्खादयो निधेः Ak.; शिरीषपुष्पभेदः &c. -16 Dualism. -17 (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see उपाय and उपायचतुष्टय; परम्परं तु ये द्विष्टाः क्रुद्धभीतावमानिताः । तेषां भेदं प्रयुञ्जीत परमं दर्शयेद् भयम् ॥ Agni P. -18 Defeat. -19 (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels. -2 Shooting pain (in the limbs). -21 Paralysis. -22 Contraction. -23 A conjunction of the planets. -24 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -Comp. -अभेदौ (dual) 1 disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. -2 difference and sameness; भेदाभेद- ज्ञानम्. -उन्मुख a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7. -कर, -कृत् sowing dissensions. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि, -बुद्धि a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit. -प्रत्ययः belief in dualism. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism. -विधिः the faculty of discriminating. -सह a. 1 capable of being divided or separated. -2 corruptible, seducible. |
| |
| bheṣaja | भेषज a. [भेषं रोगमयं जयति जि-ड Tv.] Making well or healthy, curative. -जम् 1 A medicine, medicament, or drug; नरानम्ब त्रातुं त्वमिह परमं भेषजमसि G. L.15; अतिवीर्य- वतीव भेषजे बहुरल्पीयसि दृश्यते गुणः Ki.2.4; व्याधिर्भेषजसंग्रहैश्च Bh.1.11. -2 A remedy or cure in general. -3 A kind of fennel. -4 Any spell against diseases. -5 Water (Ved.). -Comp. -अ(आ)गारः, -रम् an apothecary's shop. -अङ्गम् anything taken after medicine. -करणम् preparation of drugs. -कृत a. healed, cured; भेषजकृतो ह वा एष यज्ञः Ch. Up.4.17.8. -वीर्यम् the healing power of medicine. |
| |
| bhairava | भैरव a. (-वी f.) [भीरोरिदम् अण्] 1 Terrible, frightful, horrible, formidable; वेल्लद्भैरवरुण्डमुण्डनिकरैर्वीरो विधत्ते भुवम् U.5.6. -2 Miserable. -3 Relating to Bhairava. -वः 1 A form of Śiva (of which 8 kinds are enumerated). -2 The sentiment of terror (भयानक). -3 Fear, terror. -4 N. of a musical mode (राग) calculated to excite emotions of fear or terror. -5 A mountain. -वी 1 A form of the goddess Durgā. ˚चक्रम् a disc of the goddess भैरवी; प्रवृत्ते भैरवीचक्रे सर्वे वर्णा द्विजोत्तमाः । निवृत्ते भैरवीचक्रे सर्वे वर्णाः पृथक् पृथक् ॥ Utpattitantra. -2 N. of a Rāgiṇī in the Hindu musical system. -3 A girl of 12 or a young girl representing the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -वम् Terror, horror. -Comp. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu (or Śiva ?); so भैरवतर्जकः. -यातना a sort of purificatory torment inflicted by Bhairava of Benares on those who die there, to make their spirits fit for absorption into the Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| maṇṭh | मण्ठ् 1 Ā. (मण्ठते) 1 To long for. -2 To remember with regret, think of sorrowfully. |
| |
| matiḥ | मतिः f. [मन् भावे क्तिन्] 1 Intellect, understanding, sense, knowledge, judgment; मतिरेव बलाद्गरीयसी H.2.86; अल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2. -2 Mind, heart; मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् Bv.4.26; so दुर्मति, सुमति. -3 Thought idea, belief, opinion, notion, supposition, impression, view; ध्रुवा नीतिर्मतिर्मम Bg.18.78; विधिरहो बलवानिति मे मतिः Bh.2.98; Pt.2.19. -4 Intention, design, purpose; see मत्या. -5 Resolution, determination. -6 Esteem, regard, respect; बहुमतिमधिकां ययावशोकः Ki.1.9. -7 Wish, desire, inclination; तस्य तासु मतिं ज्ञात्वा धर्मात्मा वाक्य- मब्रवीत् Rām.7.25.17; प्रायोपवेशनमतिर्नृपतिर्बभूव R.8.94. -8 Counsel, advice. -9 Remembrance, recollection. -1 Ved. Devotion, prayer. -11 An adviser. -12 = प्राणः q. v.; केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb.14.21. 11 (com.). -13 Activity or disposition of the mind; न मतेर्मन्तारं मन्वीथाः Bṛi. Up.3.4.2. -14 Blessing. (मतिं कृ, -धा, -आधा 'to set the heart on', 'resolve upon', 'think of'. मत्या is used adverbially in the sense of 1 knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; मत्या भुक्त्वाचरेत् कृच्छ्रम् Ms.4.222;5.19. -2 under the impression that; व्याघ्रमत्या पलायन्ते). -Comp. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Viṣvakarman. -कर्मन् a matter of the intellect. -गतिः f. mode of thought. -गर्भ a. full of intelligence, intelligent, clever. -दर्शनम् the faculty of seeing into the thoughts (of others). -द्वैधम् difference of opinion. -निश्चयः a settled belief, firm conviction. -पथः the path of reflection. -पूर्व a. intentional, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. purposely, intentionally, wilfully, willingly. -प्रकर्षः superiority of intellect, cleverness. -भेदः change of views. -भ्रमः, -भ्रान्तिः, -विपर्यासः 1 delusion, mental illusion, confusion of mind; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.9. -2 an error, a mistake, misapprehension. -विभ्रमः, -विभ्रंशः confusion or infatuation of mind, madness, frenzy. -शालिन् a. intelligent, clever. -हीन a. stupid, senseless, foolish. |
| |
| mad | मद् I. 4 P. (माद्यति, मत्त) 1 To be drunk or intoxicated; वीक्ष्य मद्यमितरा तु ममाद Śi.1.27. -2 To be mad. -3 To revel or delight in. -4 To be glad or rejoiced. -5 Ved. To satisfy, delight, gladden. -6 To enjoy supreme felicity. -Caus. (मादयति) 1 To intoxicate; inebriate, madden. -2 (मदयति) To exhilarate, gladden, delight; मायूरी मदयति मार्जना मनांसि M.1.21; प्रकृतिमधुराः सन्त्येवान्ये मनो मदयन्ति ये Māl.1.36; Śi.13.38; Ki.5.26. -3 To inflame with passion; मदयति हृदयम् Māl.3.6. -4 (Ātm.) To be glad, rejoice, be pleased. -II. 1 Ā. (मादयते) To please, gratify. -III. 1 P. (मदति) 1 To be proud. -2 To be poor. |
| |
| manas | मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P. |
| |
| mantraḥ | मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns. |
| |
| mala | मल a. [मृज्यते शोध्यते मृज्-कल टिलोपः Tv.] 1 Dirty, foul; आमिषं यच्च पूर्वेषां राजसं च मलं भृशम् Rām.7.74.16. -2 Mean, covetous. -3 Unbelieving, infidel, godless. -4 Wicked. -लः, -लम् 1 Dirt, filth, impurity, dust, any impure matter; मलदायकाः खलाः K.2; छाया न मूर्छति मलोपहतप्रसादे शुद्धे तु दर्पणतले सुलभावकाशा Ś.7.32. -2 Dregs, refuse, sediment, excrement, feces, dung. -3 Dross (of metals), rust, alloy. -4 Moral taint or impurity, sin; फलैधःकुसुमस्तेयमधैर्यं च मलावहम् Ms.11.7. -5 Any impure secretion of the body; (according to Manu these excretions are twelve:-- वसा शुक्रमसृङ् मज्जा मूत्रविड् घ्राणकर्णविट् । श्लेष्माश्रुदूषिका स्वेदो द्वादशैते नृणां मलाः Ms.5.135). -6 Camphor. -7 Cuttle-fish bone. -8 Tanned leather; a leather-garment. -9 The three humours of the body (वात, पित्त and कफ). -लम् A kind of base metal. -Comp. -अपकर्षणम् 1 removing the dirt, purification. -2 removal of sin. -अपहा 1 a particular preparation. -2 N. of a river; नन्दिनी नलिनी सीता मालती च मलापहा. -अयनम् the rectum. -अरिः a kind of natron. -अव- रोधः constipation of the bowels. -आकर्षिन् m. a sweeper, a scavenger. -आभ a. dirty-looking. -आवाह a. 1 causing dirt, dirtying, soiling. -2 defiling, polluting; Ms.11.7. -आशयः the stomach; bowels. -उद्भवम् the rust of iron (मण्डूर). -उत्सर्गः evacuation of the feces, voiding the excrement. -उद्वासा a woman who has put off her soiled clothes. -उपहत a. soiled, tarnished with dirt; Ś7.32. -कर्षण a. cleansing. -घ्न a. cleansing, detergent. (-घ्नः) the bulbous root of शाल्मली. (-घ्नी) N. of a plant (नागदमनी). -जम् pus, matter. -दूषित a. dirty, foul, soiled. -द्रवः purging, diarrhœa. -द्राविन् a. purging. (-m. the Jayapāla tree. -धात्री a nurse who attends to a child's necessities. -धारिन् m. a religious mendicant of the Jaina sect. -पङ्किन् a. covered with dust and mire; निराहारा कृशा रुक्षा जटिला मलपङ्किनी Mb.5.186. 2. -पूः (यूः) Ficus Oppositifolia (Mar. काळा किंवा धेड- उंबर). -पृष्ठम् the first (or outer) page of a book. -भुज् m. a crow. -मल्लकः a strip of cloth covering the privities (कौपीन); Dk.2.2. -मासः an intercalary month (so called because during that month religious ceremonies are not performed); 'अमावास्याद्वयं यत्र रवि- संक्रान्तिवर्जितम् । मलमासः स विज्ञेयः...' -मूत्रपरित्यागः evacuation of feces and urine. -वासस् f. a woman in her courses. -विशोधन a. cleansing away filth. -विष्टम्भः constipation. -विसर्गः, -विसर्जनम्, -शुद्धिः f. evacuation of the bowels. -हन्तृ m. = मलघ्नः. -हारक a. removing dirt or sin. |
| |
| mahat | महत् a. [मह्-अति] (compar. महीयस्; superl. महिष्ठ; nom. महान्, महान्तौ, महान्तः; acc. pl. महतः) 1 Great, big, large, huge, vast; महान् सिंहः, व्याघ्रः &c. -2 Ample, copious, abundant, many, numerous; महाजनः, महान् द्रव्यराशिः. -3 Long, extended, extensive; महान्तौ बाहू यस्य स महाबाहुः; so महती कथा, महानध्वा. -4 Strong, powerful, mighty; as महान् वीरः. -5 Violent, intense, excessive; महती शिरोवेदना, महती पिपासा. -6 Gross, thick, dense; महानन्धकारः. -7 Important, weighty, momentous; महत्कार्यमुपस्थितम्, महती वार्ता. -8 High, lofty, eminent, distinguished, noble; महत्कुलम्, महाञ् जनः. -9 Loud; महान् घोषः-ध्वनिः. -1 Early or late; महति प्रत्यूषे 'early in the morning'; महत्यपराह्णे 'late in the afternoon'. -11 High; महार्घ्र. -m. 1 A camel. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The great principle, the intellect (distinguished from मनस्), the second of the twenty-five elements or tattvas recognized by the Sāṅkhyas; Ms.1.15;12.14; महदाद्याः प्रकृतिविकृतयः सप्त Sāṅ. K.3,8,22 &c. -4 The superior of a monastery. -n. 1 Greatness, infiniteness, numerousness. -2 Kingdom, dominion; 'महद्राज्यविशालयोः' Viśva; इन्द्रियाणि महत्प्रेप्सुः Mb.5.129.26. -3 Sacred knoweldge. -4 The Supreme Being (परमात्मा); बुद्धेः परतरं ज्ञानं ज्ञानात् परतरं महत् Mb.12.24.1. -ind. Greatly, excessively, very much, exceedingly; त्रैलोक्योद्वेगदं महत् Rām.6.111.48. (Note : महत् as the first member of a Tatpuruṣa compound and a few other cases, remains unchanged, while in Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi comp. it is changed to महा q. v.) -Comp. -आयुधम् a great weapon; नाना- विधमहदायुधनैपुण्य ...... Dk.1.1. -आवासः a spacious or large building. -आशा a high hope; महदाशापूर्णमानसः Dk.1.3. -आश्चर्य a. very wonderful. -आश्रयः dependence on or seeking protection with the great. -उन्मदः a kind of fish; L. D. B. -औषधिः f. a herb of wonderful power. On the Himālaya there are trees of the Devadāru family which have got resinous stems. These stems burn like oil-lamps. These sticks of pinewood, therefore, are the natural lamps of the Himālaya. cf. सरलासक्तमातङ्गग्रैवेयस्फुरितत्विषः । आसन्नोषधयो नेतुर्नक्तमस्नेहदीपिकाः ॥ R.4.75; ज्वलितमहौषधिदीपिकासनाथाम् R.9.7. -कथ a. talked of or mentioned by the great, in great men's mouths. -कार्तिकी full moon of Kārtika combined with the asterism Rohiṇī; L. D. B. -कुलम् a noble family. -कूपः a deep well. -क्षेत्र a. occupying a wide territory. -गदः fever. -जवः 1 Bos gavaeus. -2 a kind of antelope; L. D. B. -ज्यैष्ठी f. full-moon of ज्येष्ठ under certain combinations. -गुण a. having the qualities of the great. -तत्त्वम् the second of the 25 principles of the Sāṅkhyas. -दोष a. highly criminal; महादोषमबुद्ध- बोधनम् Kau. A.1.17. -द्वन्द्वः 1 loud uproar. -2 martial band of music; L. D. B. -फलः the Bilva tree; L. D. B. -बिलम् the atmosphere. -भद्रा the river Gaṅgā; L. D. B. -भीष्मः N. of Śantanu; L. D. B. -मण्डूकः a kind of yellow frog; L. D. B. -व्यतिक्रमः a great transgression. -सिंहः the lion of Durgā; L. D. B. -सिद्धिनिलयः a mosque (the word is used by परमानन्द in Śivabhārata 18.52). -सेवा service of the great. -स्थानम् a high place, lofty station. |
| |
| mahā | महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw |
| |
| mānaḥ | मानः [मन्-घञ्] 1 Respect, honour, regard, respectful consideration; दारिद्र्यस्य परा मूर्तिर्यन्मानद्रविणाल्पता Pt.2.159; Bg.6.7; so मानधन &c. -2 Pride (in a good sense), self-reliance, self-respect; जन्मिनो मानहीनस्य तृणस्य च समा गतिः Pt.1.16; R.19.81. -3 Haughtiness, pride, conceit, self-confidence, vanity; मानाद् रावणः परदारान् अप्र- यच्छन् (विननाश) Kau. A.1.6. -4 A wounded sense of honour. -5 Jealous anger, anger excited by jealousy (especially in women); anger in general; मुञ्च मयि मान- मनिदानम् Gīt.1; माधवे मा कुरु मानिनि मानमये 9; त्यजत मानमलं बत विग्रहैः R.9.47; Śi. 9.84; Bv.2.56; Dk.2.3. -6 Opinion, conception. -7 Ved. Object, purpose. -नम् [मा-ल्युट्] 1 Measuring. -2 A measure, standard; माना- धीना मेयसिद्धिः Mīmāṁsā; निराकृतत्वाच्छ्रुतियुक्तिमानतः A. Rām. 7.5.57. -3 Dimension, computation. -4 A standard of measure, measuring rod, rule; परिमाणं पात्रमानं संख्यै- कद्यादिसंज्ञिका Śukra.2.344. -5 Proof, authority, means of proof or demonstration; ये$मी माधुर्यौजः प्रसादा रसमात्र- धर्मतयोक्तास्तेषां रसधर्मत्वे किं मानम् R. G.; मानाभावात् (frequently occurring in controversial language) Pad. D.4. 3. -6 Likeness, resemblance. -Comp. -अन्ध a. blinded by pride. -अर्ह a. worthy of honour; Ms.2.137. -अवभङ्गः destruction of pride or anger. -आसक्त a. given to pride, haughty, proud. -उत्साहः energy arising from self-confidence; Pt.1.226. -उन्नतिः f. great respect or honour; (सत्संगतिः) मनोन्नतिं दिशति पापमपाकरोति Bh.2.23. -उन्मादः infatuation of pride. -कलहः, -कलिः a quarrel caused by jealous anger; Amaru. -क्षतिः f., -भङ्गः, -हानिः f. injury reputation or honour, humiliation, mortification, insult, indignity. -ग्रन्थिः 1 injury to honour or pride. -2 violent anger. -ग्रहणम् fit of sulkiness. -द a. 1 showing respect. -2 proud; इत्थं मानद नातिदूरमुभयोरप्यावयोरन्तरम् Bh.3.24. -3 destroying pride. -4 a giver of honour (a mode of addressing lovers &c.). (-दः) a mystical name for the letter आ. (-दा) N. of the second digit of the moon. -दण्डः a measuring-rod; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. -धन a. rich in honour; महौजसो मान- धना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. -धानिका a cucumber. -ध्मात a. puffed up with pride. -परिखण्डनम् mortification, humiliation. -भङ्गः see मानक्षति. -भाज् a. receiving honour from; राजस्नातकयोश्चैव स्नातको नृपमानभाक् Ms.2.139. -भृत्, पर a. possessing pride, extremely proud; प्रथमे मानभृतां न वृष्णयः Ki.2.44. -महत् a. rich or great in pride, greatly proud; किं जीर्णं तृणमत्ति मानमहतामग्रेसरः केसरी Bh.2. 29. -योगः the correct mode of measuring or weighing; मानयोगं च जानीयात्तुलायोगांश्च सर्वशः Ms.9.33. -रन्ध्रा a sort of clepsydra, a perforated water-vessel, which, placed in water and gradually filling, serves to measure time. -वर्जित a. 1 disgraced, dishonoured. -2 humble, lowly. -3 slanderous, libellous. -वर्धनम् indicating, increasing respect; यत्किंचिदेव देयं तु ज्यायसे मानवर्धनम् Ms.9.115. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely making use of false weights and measures; Kau. A.2.8.26. -सारः, -रम् a high degree of pride. -सूत्रम् 1 a measuring-cord; Dk.2.2. -2 a chain (of gold &c.) worn round the body. |
| |
| māyā | माया [मा-यः बा˚ नेत्वम्] 1 Deceit, fraud, trick, trickery; a device, an artifice; रथचर्यास्त्रमायाभिर्मोहयित्वा परंतप Mb. 7.46.24; यो मायां कुरुते मूढः प्राणत्यागे धनादिके Pt.1. 359. -2 Jugglery, witchcraft, enchantment, an illusion of magic; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.1; मायायोगविदां चैव न स्वयं कोपकारणात् Kau. A.1.19. -3 (Hence) An unreal or illusory image, a phantom, illusion, unreal apparition; मायां मयोद्भाव्य परीक्षितो$सि R.2.62; विकृतिः किं नु भवेदियं नु माया Ki.13.4; R.12.74; oft. as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'false', 'phantom', 'illusory'; e. g. मायावचनम् false words; मायामृग &c. -4 A political trick or artifice, diplomatic feat. -5 (In Vedānta phil.) Unreality, the illusion by virtue of which one considers the unreal universe as really existent and as distinct from the Supreme Spirit; मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The Pradhāna or Prakṛiti. -7 Wickedness. -8 Pity, compassion. -9 N. of the mother of Buddha. -1 Ved. Extraordinary power, wisdom (प्रज्ञा). -11 (With Śaivas) One of the four snares (पाश) which entangle the soul. -12 N. of the city Gayā. -13 N. of Lakṣmī. -14 N. of Durgā; देवीं मायां तु श्रीकामः Bhāg.2.3.3. -15 Skill, art; दधारैको रणे राजन् वृषसेनो$स्त्रमायया Mb.7.16.1. -Comp. -आचार a. acting deceitfully. -आत्मक a. false, illusory. -उप- जीविन् a. living by fraud; बहवः पण्डिताः क्षुद्राः सर्वे मायो- पजीविनः Pt.1.288. -कारः, -कृत्, -जीविन् m.) a conjurer, juggler. -चण a. 1 noted for juggling. -2 deceptive. -जलम् artificial water; स्निग्धत्वमायाजललेपलोपसयत्न- रत्नांशुमृजांशुकाभाम् N.1.93. -दः a crocodile. -देवी N. of the mother of Buddha. ˚सुतः Buddha. -धर a. deceitful, illusive. -पटु a. skilled in deception, fraudulent, deceitful. -प्रयोगः 1 deceitfulness, employment of tricks or fraud; मायाप्रयोगः प्रिये Pt. 1.19. -2 employment of magic. -फलम् a gall-nut. -मृगः a phantom deer, an illusory or false deer. -यन्त्रम् an enchantment. -योगः employment of magic. -योधिन् a. fighting deceitfully. -रसिक, -वसिक a. deceitful. -वचनम् false or deceitful words. -वादः the doctrine or illusion, (a term applied to Buddhism). -विद् a. skilled in deception or magical arts. -सुतः an epithet of Buddha. |
| |
| mīmāṃsā | मीमांसा [मान्-विचारे स्वार्थे सन् अ] 1 Deep reflection, inquiry, examination, investigation; अथातो व्रतमीमांसा Bṛi. Up.1.5.21; रसगङ्गाधरनाम्नीं करोति कुतुकेन काव्य- मीमांसाम् R. G.; सैषा आनन्दस्य मीमांसा भवति Tait. Up.; so दत्तक˚, अलंकार˚ &c. -2 N. of one of the six chief darśanas or systems of Indian philsophy. (It was originally divided into two systems :-the पूर्वमीमांसा or कर्ममीमांसा founded by Jaimini, and the उत्तरमीमांसा or ब्रह्ममीमांसा ascribed to Bādarāyaṇa; but the two systems have very little in common between them, the first concerning itself chiefly with the correct interpretation of the ritual of the Veda and the settlement of dubious points in regard to Vedic texts; and the latter dealing chiefly with the nature of Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. The पूर्वमीमांसा is, therefore, usually, styled only मीमांसा or the Mīmāṁsā, and the उत्तर- मीमांसा, वेदान्त which, being hardly a sequel of Jaimini's system, is now considered and ranked separately.) मीमांसाकृतमुन्ममाथ सहसा हस्ती मुनिं जैमिनिम् Pt.2.34. -Comp. -कारः, -कृत् m. N. of Jaimini. -मांसल a. fat with Mīmāṁsā (a satirical term meaning 'dull'); अहो मन्दस्य मीमांसाश्रमहानिर्विजृम्भते । मीमांसामांसलं चेतः कथमित्थं प्रमाद्यति ॥ Āgama Pr. -मांसलप्रज्ञः one whose intellect is fattened on the Mīmāṁsā philosophy (a term of ridicule); ब्रूथ च स्वयं, मीमांसामांसलप्रज्ञाः, ताम् N.17.61. -सूत्रम् N. of the 12 books of aphorisms by Jaimini. मीमांसितव्य mīmāṃsitavya मीमांस्य mīmāṃsya मीमांसितव्य मीमांस्य a. To be examined, thought over, refected; श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्त्रं तु वै स्मृतिः । ते सर्वार्थेष्वमीमांस्ये ताभ्यां धर्मो हि निर्बभौ ॥ Ms.2.1; मीमांस्यमेव ते मन्ये विदितम् Ken.2.1. |
| |
| muc | मुच् I. 1 Ā. (मोचते) To deceive, cheat; see मुञ्च्. -II. 6 U. (मुञ्चति-ते, मुमोच-मुमुचे, अमुचत्-अमुक्त, मोक्ष्यति-ते, मोक्तुम्, मुक्त] 1 To loose, set free, release, let go, let loose, liberate, deliver (from captivity &c.); वनाय... यशोधनो धेनुमृषेर्मुमोच R.2.1;3.2; Ms.8.22; मोक्ष्यते सुरबन्दीनां वेणीर्वीर्यविभूतिभिः Ku.2.61; R.1.47; मा भवानङ्गानि मुञ्चतु V.2 'let not thy limbs droop', 'do not despond'. -2 To set free, loosen (as the voice); कण्ठं मुञ्चति बर्हिणः समदनः Mk.5.14 'loosens his throat or voice' i. e. raises a cry. -3 To leave, abandon, quit, give up, lay aside, relinquish; रात्रिर्गता मतिमतां वर मुञ्च शय्याम् R.5.66; मुञ्च मयि मानमनिदानम् Gīt.1; मुनिसुताप्रणयस्मृतिरोधिना मम च मुक्तमिदं तमसा मनः Ś.6.7; मौनं मुञ्चति किं च कैरवकुले Bv.1.4; आविर्भूते शशिनि तमसा मुच्यमानेव रात्रिः V.1.8; Me.41,96; R.3.11. -4 To set apart, take away, except. See मुक्त्वा. -5 To dismiss, send away. -6 To cast, throw, hurl, fling, discharge; मृगेषु शरान् मुमुक्षोः R.9.58; Bk.15.53. -7 To emit, drop, pour forth or down, shed, let fall (tears &c.); अपसृतपाण्डुपत्रा मुञ्चन्त्यश्रूणीव लताः Ś.4.12; चिरविरहजं मुञ्चतो बाष्पमुष्णम् Me.12; स शरवृष्टिमुचा धनुषा R.9.12; Bk.7.2. -8 To utter, give forth; मदमुखरमयूरीमुक्तसंसक्तकेकाः Māl. 9.5; Bk.7.57. -9 To give away, grant, bestow. -1 To put on (Ā). -11 To void (as excrement). -12 To sacrifice. -Pass. (मुच्यते) 1 To be loosed or released, be freed or absolved from (with abl. or instr.); मुच्यते सर्वपापेभ्यः &c. -2 To become loose or relaxed. -3 To free oneself, escape. -4 To abandon, deviate or swerve from. -Caus. (मोचयति-ते) 1 To cause to be freed or liberated. -2 To cause to shed. -3 To loose, set at liberty, liberate. -4 To extricate, disentangle. -5 To unyoke, unharness. -6 To give away, bestow. -7 To gladden, delight. -8 To open (a road). -9 To redeem from.. -Desid. (मुमुक्षति) 1 To wish to free or liberate &c. -2 (मुमुक्षते, मोक्षते) To long for final emancipation. |
| |
| muniḥ | मुनिः [मन्-इन् उच्च Uṇ.4.122] 1 A sage, a holy man, saint, devotee, an ascetic; मुनीनामप्यहं व्यासः Bg.1. 37; दुःखेष्वनुद्विग्नमनाः सुखेषु विगतस्पृहः । वीतरागभयक्रोधः स्थित- धीर्मुनिरुच्यते ॥ 2.56; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś.2.15; R.1.8;3.49. -2 N. of the sage Agastya. -3 Of Vyāsa; Mb.6.119.4. -4 Of Buddha. -5 of Pāṇini. -6 N. of several plants (पियालु, पराशर and दमनक). -7 The internal conscience (according to Kull. on Ms.8.91 'the Supreme Spirit'). -8 The mango-tree. -9 The number 'seven'. -pl. The seven sages. -Comp. -अन्नम् (pl.) the food of ascetics, (कन्दफलादि); देशे काले च संप्राप्ते मुन्यन्नं हरिदैवतम् Bhāg.7. 15.5. -इन्द्रः 1 'the lord of the sages', a great sage. -2 an epithet of Śākyamuni. -3 of Bharata. -4 of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a great sage. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Buddha. -च्छदः Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -त्रयम् 'the triad of sages', i. e. Pāṇini, Kātyāyana, and Patañjali (who are considered to be inspired saints); मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य, or त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम् Sk. -दारकः, -कुमारः a young sage. -द्रुमः the Śyonāka tree. -धान्यम् a kind of wild grain (Mar. देवभात). -परंपरा uninterrupted tradition. -पित्तलम् copper. -पुङ्गवः a great or eminent sage. -पुत्रकः 1 a wagtail. -2 the damanaka tree. -प्रियः Panicum Miliaceum (Mar. नीवार, काङ्ग). -भेषजम् 1 the fruit of the yellow myrobalan. -2 fasting. -वृत्ति a. leading an ascetic life; वार्द्धके मुनि- वृत्तीनाम् R.1.8. -व्रतम् an ascetic vow; keeping silence; मुनिव्रतैस्त्वामतिमात्रकर्शिताम् Ku.5.48; मुनिव्रतमथ त्यक्त्वा निश्चक्रामाम्बिकागृहात् Bhāg.1.53.51. |
| |
| mūtram | मूत्रम् Urine; नाप्सु मूत्रं समुत्सृजेत् Ms.4.56; मूत्रं चकार 'made water'. -Comp. -अतीसारः diabetes. -आघातः a urinary disease; जायन्ते कुपितैर्दोषैर्मूत्राघातास्रयोदश Bhāva. P. -आशयः the lower belly. -उत्सङ्ग see मूत्रसंग. -कृच्छ्रम् painful discharge of urine, strangury; स्युर्मूत्र- कृच्छ्राणि नृणां तथाष्टौ Bhāva. P. -कोशः the scrotum. -क्षयः insufficient secretion of urine. -ग्रन्थिः a knot or induration on the neck of the bladder. -जठरः, -रम् the swelling of the belly caused by retention of urine. -दशकम् the urines of an elephant, a buffalo, a camel, a cow, a she-goat, a she-sheep, a horse, an ass, a man and a woman. -दोषः a urinary disease. -निरोधः obstruction or retention of urine. -पतनः a civet-cat. -पथः the urinary passage. -परीक्षा uroscopy or examination of urine. -पुटम् the lower belly. -पुरीषम् urine and excrement; Ms.6.76;11.154. -फला a species of cucumber. -मार्गः, -प्रसेकः the urethra. -वर्तिः f. rupture of the scrotum. -वर्धक a. diuretic. -वृद्धिः f. copious secretion of urine. -शकृत् n. urine and excrement. -शुक्रम् a disease in which semen is discharged along with urine. -शूलः, -लम् urinary colic. -संगः urinary obstruction, a painful and bloody discharge of urine. |
| |
| mūlam | मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood; सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27. |
| |
| maitra | मैत्र a. (-त्री f.) [मित्र-अण्] 1 Belonging to a friend. -2 Given by a friend. -3 Friendly, well-disposed, amicable, kind; कुर्यादन्यन्न वा कुर्यान्मैत्रो ब्राह्मण उच्यते Ms.2. 87; अद्वेष्टा सर्वभूतानां मैत्रः करुण एव च Bg.12.13. -4 Relating to the god Mitra (as a Muhūrta); Ku.7.6 (com. 'आर्द्रः सार्द्रस्तथा मैत्रः शुभो वासव एव च' इति बृहस्पति- स्मरणात्); मैत्रे मुहूर्ते प्रययौ प्रयागवनमुत्तमम् Rām.2.89.21 (com. उदयात् तृतीयमुहूर्ते). -त्रः 1 A high or perfect Brāhmaṇa; परिनिष्ठितकार्यस्तु स्वाध्यायेनैव ब्राह्मणः । कुर्यादन्यत्र वा कुर्यान्मैत्रो ब्राह्मण उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.6.12. -2 N. of a particular mixed tribe; Ms.1.23. -3 The anus; Ms.12. 72 (com.). -4 A friend. -त्री 1 Friendship, good will. -2 Intimate connection or association, union, contact; प्रत्यूषेषु स्फुटितकमलामोदमैत्रीकषायः Me.31. -3 The lunar mansion called अनुराधा; तार्थयात्रां हलधरः ...... मैत्र- नक्षत्रयोगे स्म Mb.9.35.14. -त्रम् 1 Friendship. -2 Voiding or evacuation of excrement; मैत्रं प्रसाधनं स्नानम् (पूर्वाह्ण एव कुर्वीत) Ms.4.152. -3 A prayer addressed to Mitra; अजातशत्रुः कृतमैत्रो हुताग्निः Bhāg.1.13.3. -4 The lunar mansion अनुराधा (मैत्रभम् in the same sense). -Comp. -चित्तम् benevolence. -नक्षत्रम् the अनुराधा constellation. |
| |
| moṭṭāyitam | मोट्टायितम् Silent involuntary expression of affection towards an absent lover, as when a woman, her mind being taken up by her lover, scratches the ear &c. when he is remembered or talked of; it is thus defined by उज्ज्वलमणि:-- कान्तस्मरणवार्तादौ हृदि तद्भावभावतः । प्राकट्य- मभिलाषस्य मोट्टायितमुदीर्यते see S. D.141 also; सद्यो मोट्टा- यितमधुरिमोल्लासभङ्गीविधाता Ud. S.35. |
| |
| mnā | म्ना 1 P. (मनति, म्नात) 1 To repeat (in the mind). -2 To learn diligently. -3 To remember. -4 To praise (Ved.). |
| |
| yathā | यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्] 1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, in the manner mentioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1. -2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-therefore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां ... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below. -Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately. -अधिकारम् ind. according to authority. -अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (-तम्) ind. according to the text. -अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or succession, successively. -अनुभूतम् ind. 1 according to experience. -2 by previous experience. -अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly. -अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32. -अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (-तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire. -अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable. -अर्थ a. 1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c. -2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16. -3 fit suitable. (-र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता 1 suitableness, fitness. -2 propriety. -3 accuracy, genuineness, correctness.) -अर्ह a. 1 according to merit, as deserving. -2 appropriate, suitable, just. -3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary. -अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4. -अर्हणम् ind. 1 according to propriety. -2 according to worth or merit. -अवकाशम् ind. 1 according to room or space. -2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety. -3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14. -अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances. -आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned. -आख्यानम् ind. as before stated. -आगत a. foolish, stupid. (-तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67. -आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation. -आचारम् ind. as customary or usual. -आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas. -आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession. -आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling. -आशयम् ind. 1 according to wish or intention. -2 according to the agreement. -आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life. -आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41. -इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desired or wished for. (-च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind. 1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb. -2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3. -ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived. -उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2. -उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (-तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H. -उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4. -उत्साहम् ind. 1 according to one's power or might. -2 with all one's might. -उद्गत a. without sense, stupid. -उद्गमनम् in ascending proportion. -उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (-ष्टम्) or -उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated. -उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires. -उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15. -उपदिष्ट a. as indicated. -उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed. -उपपत्ति ind. 1 as may be fit. -2 as may happen. -उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा. -उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances. -उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition. -औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness. -ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5. -कथित a. as already mentioned. -कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done. -कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances. -कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual. -काम a. conformable to desire. (-मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51. -कामिन् a. free, unrestrained. -कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28. -कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (-लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, seasonably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51. -कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, customary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (-तम्) ind. according to the usual practice. -क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way. -क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26. -क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible. -क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably. -खेलम् ind. playfully; V. -गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up. -चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl. -जात a. 1 foolish, senseless, stupid. -2 barbarous, outcast. -ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment. -ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority. -तत्त्वम् ind. 1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be. -तथ a. 1 true, right. -2 accurate, exact. (-थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (-थम्) ind. 1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg. -2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3. -तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really. -तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content. -दर्शनम् ind. according to observation. -दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions. -निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up. -निर्दिष्ट a. 1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी. -2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3. -न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1. -न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down. -न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218. -पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.). -पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41. (-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind. 1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187. -2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35. -प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit. -प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper. -प्रदेशम् ind. 1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34. -2 according to direction or precept. -3 on all sides. -प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46. -प्रयोगम् ind. 1 according to usage or practice. -2 as found by experiment. -प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion. -प्रस्तुतम् ind. 1 at last, at length. -2 conformably to the circumstances. -प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might. -प्राप्त a. 1 suitable to circumstances. -2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (-प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly. -प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested. -बलम् ind. 1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8. -2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms. -बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge. -भक्त्या with entire devotion. -भागम्, -भागशः ind. 1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः -2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11. -3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19. -भावः 1 destiny. -2 proper relation. -भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly. -भूयस् ind. according to seniority. -मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48. -मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price. -यथम् ind. 1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2. -2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337. -3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5. -युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably. -योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right. -रसम् ind. according to the sentiments. -रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21. -रूपम् ind. 1 according to form or appearance. -2 duly, properly, fitly. -लब्ध a. as actually in hand. -वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly. -विध a. of such kind or sort. -विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191. -विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated. -विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means. -वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (-र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage. -वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted. (-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.-2 a former event. -वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49. -व्युत्पत्ति ind. 1 according to the degree of education or culture. -2 according to the derivation. -शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible. -शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26. -शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88. -शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper. -श्रुत a. according to the report. -श्रुतम् -ति ind. 1 as heard or reported. -2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25. -श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit. -श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first. -संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances. -संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17. (-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. according to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21. -समयम् ind. 1 at the proper time. -2 according to agreement or established usage. -संभव a. possible. -संभावित a. suitable, appropriate. -सर्वम् ind. in all particulars. -सवनम् ind. according to the time or season. -सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness. -सुखम् ind. 1 at will or pleasure. -2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43. -स्थानम् the right or proper place. (-नम्) ind. 1 in the proper place; duly, properly. -2 instantly. -3 according to rank. -स्थित a. 1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8. -2 right, proper, fit. (-तम्) ind. 1 truly, properly. -2 according to circumstances. -स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances. -स्थूलम् ind. without details. -स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14. -स्वम् ind. 1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43. -2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65. -3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13. |
| |
| yama | यम a. [यम्-घञ्] 1 Twin, twinborn. -2 Coupled. -मः 1 Restraining, controlling, curbing; यमो राजा धार्मिकाणां मान्धातः परमेश्वरः Mb.12.91.42. -2 Control, restraint. -3 Self control. -4 Any great moral or religious duty or observance (opp. नियम); तप्तं यमेन नियमेन तपो$मुनैव N.13.16; यमनियमकृशीकृतस्थिराङ्गः Ki.1. 1. (यम and नियम are thus distinguished:-- शरीरसाधनापेक्षं नित्यं यत् कर्म तद् यमः । नियमस्तु स यत् कर्म नित्यमागन्तुसाधनम् ॥ Ak.2.49; See Malli. on Śi.13.23 and Ki.1.1 also. The yamas are usually said to be ten, but, their names are given differently by different writers; e. g. ब्रह्मचर्यं दया क्षान्तिर्दानं सत्यमकल्कता । अहिंसा$स्तेयमाधुर्ये दमश्चेति यमाः स्मृताः ॥ Y.3.312; or आनृशंस्यं दया सत्यमहिंसा क्षान्तिरार्जवम् । प्रीतिः प्रसादो माधुर्यं मार्दवं च यमा दश ॥ sometimes only five yamas are mentioned:-- अहिंसा सत्यवचनं ब्रह्मचर्यमकल्कता । अस्तेयमिति पञ्चैते यमाख्यानि व्रतानि च ॥). -5 The first of the eight aṅgas. or means of attaining Yoga; the eight aṅgas are:-- यमनियमासनप्राणायामप्रत्याहारधारणाध्यानसमाधयो$- ष्टाङ्गानि; Śāndilya Up.1.1.2. -6 The god of death, death personified, regarded as a son of the sun; he presides over the पितृs and rules the spirits of the dead; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -7 A twin; धर्मात्मजं प्रति यमौ च (i. e. नकुलसहदेवौ) कथैव नास्ति Ve.2.25; यमयो- श्चैव गर्भेषु जन्मतो ज्येष्ठता मता Ms.9.126. -8 One of a pair or couple, a fellow. -9 N. of Saturn. -1 A crow. -11 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -12 Ved. A rein, bridle; पृष्ठे सदो नसोर्यमः Ṛv.5. 61.2. -13 Ved. A driver, charioteer; अग्निं रथानां यमम् Ṛv.8.13.1. -14 N. of a deity who chastises beings for their misdeeds; यमं कालं च मृत्युं च स्वर्गं संपूज्य चार्हतः Mb.12.2.3. -मम् 1 A pair or couple. -2 (In gram.) The twin letter of any consonant. -3 Pitch of the voice. -मी N. of the river Yamunā. -मौ (m. du.) 1 Twins; कथं त्वमेतौ धृतिसंयमौ यमौ Ki.1. 36. -2 N. of the Aśvins; यमौ यमोपमौ चैव ददौ दानान्यनेकशः Mb.14.61.38. -3 Nakula and Sahadeva; भीमार्जुनयमा- श्चापि तद्युक्तं प्रतिपेदिरे Mb.3.6.14. ˚मैथुनौ twins of different sex. -Comp. -अनुगः, -अनुचरः a servant or attendant of Yama. -अनुजा N. of the river Yamunā मघोनि वर्षत्य- सकृद् यमानुजा Bhāg.1.3.51. -अन्तकः an epithet of 1 Śiva. -2 of Yama. -अरिः, -घ्नः, -रिपुः &c. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशम् the Nakṣatra Bharaṇī. -किङ्करः a messenger of death. -कीटः 1 a wood-louse. -2 an earth-worm. -कीलः N. of Viṣṇu. -कोटिः, -टी N. of a mythical town to the east of Laṅkā लङ्का कुमध्ये यमकोटिरस्याः Siddhāntaśiromaṇi. -घण्टः N. of an astrological Yoga (this is inauspicious). -जः a. twin-born, twin; यमजौ चापि भद्रं ते नैतदन्यत्र विद्यते Mb.3.14.19; भ्रातरौ आवां यमजौ U.6;4; also यमजात-जातक. -दंष्ट्रा 'Yama's tooth', the jaws of death. (-ष्ट्राः pl.) the last eight days of the month Aśvina and the whole of Kārtika (regarded as a period of general sickness). -दिश् f. the south. -दूतः, -दूतकः 1 a messenger of death. -2 a crow. -दूतिका tamarind. -देवता the asterism Bharaṇī. -द्रुमः Bombax Heptaphyllum (Mar. सांवरी). -द्वितीया the second day in the bright half of Kārtika when sisters entertain their brothers (Mar. भाऊबीज); cf. भ्रातृद्वितीया. -धानी the abode of Yama; नरः संसारान्ते विशति यमधानीजवनिकाम् Bh.3.112. -धारः a kind of double-edged weapon. -पटः, -पट्टिका a piece of cloth on which Yama with his attendants and the punishments of hell are represented (Mar. यमपुरी); याव- देतद् गृहं प्रविश्य यमपटं दर्शयन्न् गीतानि गायामि Mu.1.18/19. -पदम् a repeated word. -पाशः the noose of Yama. -पुरुषः Yama's servant or minister. -प्रियः the fig tree. -भगिनी N. of the river Yamunā. -यातना the tortures inflicted by Yama upon sinners after death, (the word is sometimes used to denote horrible tortures', 'extreme pain'). -रथः a buffalo. -राज् m. Yama, the god of death. -वाहनः = यमरथः q. v. -व्रतम् 1 an observance or vow made to Yama. -2 an impartial punishment (as given by Yama); यथा यमः प्रियद्वेष्यौ प्राप्ते काले नियच्छति । तथा राज्ञा नियन्तव्याः प्रजास्तद् हि यमव्रतम् ॥ Ms.9. 37. -शासनः the lord Śiva; यशो यदीयं यमशासनालय-क्षमाधर- स्पर्धनमाचचार सः Rām. Ch.2.12; (यमशासनालयः = हिमा- लयः). -श्रायम् the abode of Yama; यात यूयं यमश्रायं दिशं नायेन दक्षिणाम् Bk.7.36. -सभा the tribunal of Yama. -सूर्यम् a building with two halls, one facing the west and the other facing the north. -स्वसृ f. 1 N. of the river Yamunā; क्षणमिव पुलिने यमस्वसुस्ताम् Bhāg.3.4.27. -2 N. of Durgā. |
| |
| yayātiḥ | ययातिः [यस्य वायोरिव यातिः सर्वत्र रथगतिर्यस्य Tv.] N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race, son of Nahuṣa; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7. [He married Devayānī, daughter of Śukra, and Śarmiṣṭhā, daughter of the king of Asuras, was told by her father to be her servant as a sort of recompense for her insulting conduct towards her on a previous occasion. (See Devayānī.) But Yayāti fell in love with this servant and privately married her. Aggrieved at this, Devayānī went to her father and complained of the conduct of her husband, on whom, therefore, Śukra inflicted premature infirmity and old age. Yayāti, however, propitiated him and obtained from him permission to transfer his decrepitude to any one who would consent to take it. He asked his five sons, but all refused except Puru, the youngest. Yayāti accordingly transferred his infirmity to Puru, and being once more in the prime of youth, passed his time in the enjoyment of sensual pleasures. This he did for 1 years, and yet his desire was not satisfied. At last, however, with a vigorous effort he renounced his sensual life, restored his youth to Puru, and having made him successor to the throne, repaired to the woods to lead a pious life and meditate upon the Supreme Spirit.] |
| |
| yāvat | यावत् a. (-ती f.) (As a correlative of तावत्) 1 As much as, as many as, (यावत् standing for 'as' and तावत् for 'as much' or 'as many'); पुरे तावन्तमेवास्य तनोति रविरातपम् । दीर्घिकाकमलोन्मेषो यावन्मात्रेण साध्यते Ku.2.33; ते तु यावन्त एवाजौ तावांश्च ददृशे स तैः R.12.45;17.17. -2 As great, as large, how great or large; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः संप्लुतोदके । तावन् सर्वेषु वेदेषु ब्राह्मणस्य विजानतः ॥ Bg.2.46;18.55. -3 All, whole (where the two together have the sense of totality or साकल्य); यावद् दत्तं तावद् भुक्तम् G. M. -ind. 1 Used by itself यावत् has the following senses:-- (a) as far as, up to, till; (with acc.); स्तन्यत्यागं यावत् पुत्रयोरवेक्षस्व U.7; कियन्तमवधिं यावदस्म- च्चरितं चित्रकारेणालिखितम् U.1; सर्पकोटरं यावत् Pt.1. (b) just, then, in the meantime (denoting an action intended to be done immediately); तद् यावत् गृहिणीमाहूय संगीतक- मनुतिष्ठामि Ś.1; यावदिमां छायामाश्रित्य प्रतिपालयामि Ś.3. (c) As much as. (d) That, in order that (e) Even, just. -2 Used correlatively यावत् and तावत् have these senses:-(a) as long as, so long as; यावद् वित्तोपार्जनशक्तस्ताव- न्निजपरिवारो रक्तः Moha M.8. (b) as soon as, scarcelywhen, no sooner-than; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छामि... तावद् द्वितीयं समुपस्थितं मे H.1.177; Me.17; Ku.3.72. (c) while, by the time; आश्रमवासिनो यावदेवक्ष्याहमुपावर्ते तावदार्द्रपृष्ठाः क्रियन्तां वाजिनः Ś1; often with न when यावन्न is translated by 'before'; यावदेते सरसो नोत्पतन्ति तावदेतेभ्यः प्रवृत्तिरवगमयितव्या V.4. (d) when, as (= यदा); यावदुत्थाय निरीक्षते तावद् हंसो$वलोकितः H.3. -Comp. -अध्ययनम् ind. during the recitation; अनुव्रज्या च शुश्रूषा यावदध्ययनं गुरोः Ms.2.241. -अन्तम्, -अन्ताय ind. upto the end, to the last. -अन्त्य a. life-long. -अभीक्षम् ind. for a moment's duration. -अर्थ a. corresponding to requirement, as many as may be required to convey the meaning (said of words); न प्रीतियुक्ता यावदर्थाश्च लोके Bhāg. 5.5.3; यावदर्थपदां वाचमेवमादाय माधवः विरराम Śi.2.13. (-र्थम्) ind. 1 as much as useful. -2 in all senses; वयमपि च गिरामीश्महे यावदर्थम् Bh.3.3. v. l. -इष्टम्, -ईप्सितम् ind. as much as is desired. -इत्थम् ind. as much as is necessary. -कालम् ind. as long as. -गमम् ind. as fast as one can go; यावद्गमं रुद्रभयाद् यथा कः Bhāg.1.7.18. -जन्म, -जीवम्, -जीवने ind. for life, throughout life, for the rest of one's life; यावज्जीवं त्रयो वन्द्या वेदान्तो गुरुरीश्वरः Subhāṣ; यावज्जीवं सुखं जीवेत् Subhāṣ. -प्रमाण a. as great or big. -बलम् ind. to the best of one's power. -भाषित or उक्त a. asmuch as said. -मात्र a. 1 as large, extending as far, of which size or extent; दीर्घिकाकमलोन्मेषो यावन्मात्रेण साध्यते Ku.2.33. -2 insignificant, trifling, little. -शक्यम्, -शक्ति ind. as far as possible, to the best of one's power; so यावत्सत्त्वम्. -संपातम् ind. as long as possible. |
| |
| yukta | युक्त p. p. [युज्-क्त] 1 Joined, united. -2 Fastened, yoked, harnessed. -3 Fitted out, arranged; उदतिष्ठन् महाराज सर्वं युक्तमशेषतः Mb.6.16.4. -4 Accompanied; युक्तः प्रमाद्यसि Ki.11.29. -5 Furnished or endowed with, filled with, having, possessing (with instr. or in comp.) -6 Fixed or intent on, absorbed or engaged in, devoted to (with loc.); कौसल्यायां यथा युक्तो जनन्यां वर्तते सदा Rām.2.2.3; युक्तः प्रजानामनुरञ्जने स्याः U.1.11; Pt.1.284. -7 Used, employed. -8 Adapted, fitted. -9 Appointed (a government servant); अपि शक्या गतिर्ज्ञातुं पततां खे पतत्रिणाम् । न तु प्रच्छन्नभावानां युक्तानां चरतां गतिः ॥ मत्स्या यथान्तःसलिले चरन्तो ज्ञातुं न शक्याः सलिलं पिवन्तः । युक्ता- स्तथा कार्यविधौ नियुक्ता ज्ञातुं न शक्या धनमाददानाः ॥ Kau. A.2.9. -1 Connected with. -11 Proved, inferred, -12 Active, diligent. -13 Skilful, experienced, clever; सुग्रीवमन्त्रिते युक्तौ मम चापि हिते रतौ Rām.7.39.18. -14 Fit, proper, right, suitable (with gen. or loc). -15 Primitive, not derived (from another word). -16 = योग- युक्त q. v.; अनिःश्वसन्तं युक्तं तम् Rām.7.16.16; cf. युक्तचेतस्. -17 = नियमवान्; श्रद्दधानः सदा युक्तः सदा धर्मपरायणः Mb.1. 1.261. -18 (In astr.) Being in conjunction with. -क्तः 1 A saint who has become one with the Supreme Spirit. -क्तम् 1 A team, yoke. -2 Money lawfully obtained. -3 Junction, connection. -4 Fitness, propriety. -क्तम् ind. Fitly, properly, justly, duly, well. -Comp. -अर्थ a. sensible, rational, significant. -कर्मन् a. entrusted with some duty. -चेतस् a. योगयुक्त or योगा- भ्यासी q. v.; प्रयाणकाले$पि च मां ते विदुर्युक्तचेतसः Bg.7.3. -चेष्ट a. behaving properly. -दण्ड a. punishing justly; स हि सर्वस्य लोकस्य युक्तदण्डतया मनः (आददे) R.4.8. -मनस् a. attentive. -योग a. (in astrol.) being in conjunction. -रथः 1 a kind of elixir. -2 N. of a particular enema. -रूप a. 1 fit, proper, worthy, suitable (with gen. or loc.); जन्म यस्य पुरोर्वंशे युक्तरूपमिदं तव Ś.1.12; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि 2.17. -2 Fit for, corresponding to. -वादिन् a. speaking properly. |
| |
| yuñjāna | युञ्जान a. 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Proper, fit. -3 Prosperous, successful. -नः 1 A driver, charioteer. -2 A Brāhmaṇa who is engaged in the practice of Yoga to obtain union with the Supreme Spirit. -3 A Brāhmaṇa. |
| |
| yogaḥ | योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation. |
| |
| yojanam | योजनम् [युज्-भावादौ ल्युट्] 1 Joining, uniting, yoking. -2 Applying, fixing. -3 Preparation, arrangement. -4 Grammatical construction, construing the sense of a passage. -5 A measure of distance equal to four Krośas or eight or nine miles; स्याद् योजनं क्रोशचतुष्टयेन; प्रथममगमदह्ला योजने योजनेशः Līlā.; न योजनशतं दूरं बाह्यमानस्य तृष्णया H.1.146. -6 Exciting, instigation. -7 Concentration of the mind, abstraction (= योग q. v.). -8 Erecting, constructing (also योजना in this sense). -9 Ved. Effort, exertion. -1 A road, way. -11 The Supreme Spirit of the universe. -12 A finger. -ना 1 Junction, union, connection. -2 Grammatical construction. -3 Use, application. -Comp. -गन्धा 1 musk. -2 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -3 of Sītā. |
| |
| yaugika | यौगिक a. (-की f.) [योग ठक्] 1 Useful, serviceable, proper. -3 Usual. -3 Derivative, etymological, agreeing with the derivation of the word (opp. रूढ or 'conventional'). -4 Remedial. -5 Relating to or derived from Yoga. -Comp. -रूढ a. etymological and conventional; as उद्भिद्. यौट्(-ड्) 1 P. (यौट ठक्) To join together. |
| |
| rakṣā | रक्षा [रक्ष्-भावे अ टाप्] 1 Protection, preservation; guarding; मयि सृष्टिर्हि लोकानां रक्षा युष्मास्ववस्थिता Ku.2.28; Ś.2.15; R.2.4,8; Me.45. -2 Care, security. -3 A guard, watch. -4 An amulet or mystical object used as a charm, any preservative; as in रक्षाकरण्ड q. v. below. -4 A tutelary deity. -5 Ashes. -6 A piece of silk or thread fastened round the wrist on particular occasions, especially on the full-moon day of Śrāvaṇa, as an amulet or preservative; (रक्षी also in this sense). -7 Lac. -Comp. -अधिकृतः 1 one who is entrusted with protection or superintendence, a superintendent or governor; Ms.7.123;9.272. -2 a magistrate. -3 the chief police-officer. -अपेक्षकः 1 a porter; doorkeeper. -2 a guard of the women's apartments. -3 a catamite. -4 an actor. -करण्डः, -करण्डकम् a preservative casket, an amulet, a magical or charmed casket; अहो रक्षाकरण्डकमस्य मणिबन्धे न दृश्यते Ś.7. -गृहम् a lying-in chamber; रक्षागृहगता दीपाः प्रत्यादिष्टा इवाभवन् R.1.68. -पट्टोलिका a cluster of amulets. -पत्रः a species of birch tree. -परिघः a protective bar. -पालः, -पुरुषः a watchman, guard, police. -प्रतिसरः an amulet; दत्तरक्षाप्रति- सरामन्वालम्भनशोभनाम् Mb.3.39.4. -प्रदीपः a lamp kept burning as a sort of protection against evil spirits. -भूषणम्, -मणिः, -रत्नम् an ornament of jewel worn as an amulet or preservative against evil spirits. -मङ्गलम् a ceremony performed for protection (against evil spirits &c.). -महौषधिः a sovereign preservative remedy. -सूत्रम् a carrying-girth. |
| |
| raṇaḥ | रणः णम् [रण्-अप्] 1 War, combat, fight; रणः प्रववृते तत्र भीमः प्लवगरक्षसाम् R.12.72; वचोजीवितयोरासीद्बहि- र्निःसरणे रणः Subhāṣ. -2 A battle-field. -णः 1 Sound, noise. -2 The quill or bow of a lute. -3 Motion, going. -4 Delight, joy (Ved.). -Comp. -अग्रम् the front or van of a battle. -अङ्गम् any weapon of war, a weapon, sword; सस्यन्दे शोणितं व्योम रणाङ्गानि प्रजज्वलुः Bk.14.98. -अङ्गणम्, -नम् a battle field. -अजिरम् a battle-field, arena. -अतिथिः a battle-guest; श्लाघ्यः प्राप्तो रणातिथिः Pañcharātram 2.13. -अन्तकृत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अपेत a. flying away from battle, a fugitive; स बभार रणापेतां चमूं पश्चादवस्थिताम् Ki.15.33. -अभियोगः engaging in battle. -अलंकरणः a heron. -आतोद्यम्, -तूर्यम्, -दुन्दुभिः a military drum. -आयुधः a cock. -उत्साहः prowess in battle. -कर्मन् n. fighting. -क्षितिः f., -क्षेत्रम्, -भूः f., -भूमिः f., -स्थानम् a battle-field. -गोचर a. engaged in battle. -धुरा the front or van of battle, the brunt of battle; ताते चाप- द्वितीये वहति रणधुरां को भयस्यावकाशः Ve.3.5. -पण्डितः 1 a warrior. -2 a. skilled in warfare; अभीषयन्त ये शकं राक्षसा रणपण्डिताः Bk.8.42. -प्रिय a. fond of war, warlike. (-यः) a falcon. -मत्तः an elephant. -मार्ग- कोविद a. experienced in the art of war. -मुखम्, -मूर्धन् m., -शिरस् n. 1 the front of battle, the head or van of fight; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26;6.29. -2 the van of an army. -रङ्कः 1 the space between the tusks of an elephant. -2 an elephant cowardly in battle; L. D. B. -रङ्गः a battle-field. -रणः 1 a gnat, mosquito. -2 a warrior who gives out a loud cry in a war; अव्याद्वः करणो रणो रणरणो राणो रणो रावणः Udb. (-णम्) 1 longing, anxious desire. -2 regret for a lost object. -रणकः, -कम् 1 anxiety, uneasiness, regret, (for a beloved object), affliction or torment (as caused by love); रणरणकविवृद्धिं बिभ्रदावर्तमानम् Māl.1.41; अतिभूमिं गतेन रणरणकेनार्यपुत्रशून्यमिवात्मानं पश्यामि U.1. -2 love, desire. (-कः) the god of love. -रणायित a. rattling or sounding aloud. -रसिक a. fond of fighting. -लक्ष्मीः 1 The goddess of war. -2 The fortune of war. -वाद्यम् a military instrument of music. -वृत्ति a. having war for a profession. -शिक्षा military science, the art or science of war. -शूरः a hero in war, warrior. -शौण्ड a. skilled in war. -संरम्भः the fury of battle. -संकुलम् the confusion of battle, a tumultuous fight, melee. -सज्जा military accoutrement. -सहायः an ally. -स्तम्भः a monument of war, trophy. |
| |
| rasaḥ | रसः [रस्-अच्] 1 Sap, juice (of trees); इक्षुरसः, कुसुमरसः &c. -2 A liquid, fluid; यष्टव्यं पशुभिर्मुख्यैरथो बीजै रसैरिति Mb.14.91.21; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7. -3 Water; सहस्रगुणमुत्स्रष्टुमादत्ते हि रसं रविः R.1.18; Bv.2.144. -4 Liquor, drink; Ms.2.177. -5 A draught, potion. -6 Taste, flavour, relish (fig. also) (considered in Vaiś. phil. as one of the 24 gunas; the rasas are six; कटु, अम्ल, मधुर, लवण, तिक्त and कषाय); परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथ- मिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4; U.2.2. -7 A sauce, condiment, -8 An object of taste; मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4. -9 Taste or inclination for a thing, liking, desire; रसवर्जं रसो$प्यस्य परं दृष्ट्वा निवर्तते Bg.2.59; इष्टे वस्तुन्युपचितरसाः प्रेमराशीभवन्ति Me.114. -1 Love, affection; जरसा यस्मिन्नहार्यो रसः U.1.39; प्रसरति रसो निर्वृतिघनः 6.11 'feeling of love'; रसादृते V.2.21; Ku. 3.37. -11 Pleasure, delight, happiness; चिरात्सुतस्पर्श- रसज्ञतां ययौ R.3.26. -12 Charm, interest, elegance, beauty. -13 Pathos, emotion, feeling. -14 (In poetic compositions) A sentiment; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मितिमादधती भारती कवेर्जयति; K. P.1. (The rasas are usually eight :-- शृङ्गारहास्यकरुणरौद्रवीरभयानकाः । भीभत्साद्भुतसंज्ञौ चेत्यष्टौ नाट्ये रसाः स्मृताः ॥ but sometimes शान्तरस is added; thus making the total number 9; निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः K. P.4; sometimes a tenth, वात्सल्यरस, is also added. Rasas are more or less a necessary factor of every poetic composition, but, according to Viśvanātha, they constitute the very essence of poetry; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.3.). -15 Essence, pith, best part; ब्रह्म तेजोमयं शुक्रं यस्य सर्वमिदं रसःMb.12.24.9. -16 A constituent fluid of the body. -17 Semen virile. -18 Mercury. -19 A poison, poisonous drink; as in तीक्ष्णरस- दायिनः; रसविधानकौशलैः Dk.2.8. -2 Any mineral metallic salt. -21 Juice of the sugar-cane. -22 Milk. -23 Melted butter. -24 Nectar; मयः कूपरसे$क्षिपत् Bhāg.7.1.59-6. -25 Soup, broth. -26 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -27 Green onion. -28 Myrrh. -29 Gold. -3 A metal in a state of fusion. -31 See रसातल; अनेन नूनं वेदानां कृतमाहरणं रसात् Mb.12.347.67. -32 The tongue (as the organ of taste); वाण्यां च छन्दांसि रसे जलेशम् Bhāg.8.2.27; जितं सर्वं जिते रसे 11.8.21. -33 (With Vaiṣṇavas.) Disposition of the heart or mind (the five Rasas are शान्ति, दास्य, साख्य, वात्सल्य and माधुर्य). -Comp. -अग्रजम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -अञ्जनम् vitriol of copper, a sort of collyrium. -अधिक a. 1 tasty. -2 abounding in pleasures, splendid; Ś.7.2 (v. l.). (-कः) borax. -अन्तरम् 1 a different taste. -2 different feelings or sentiments. -अभिनिवेशः intentness of affection. -अम्लः 1 a kind of sorrel. -2 sour sauce. -अयनम् 1 an elixir of life (elixir vitæ), any medicine supposed to prolong life and prevent old age; निखिलरसायनमहितो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव R. G. -2 (fig.) serving as an elixir vitæ, i. e. that which gratifies or regales; आनन्दनानि हृदयैकरसायनानि Māl.6.8; मनसश्च रसायनानि U.1.37; श्रोत्र˚, कर्ण˚ &c. -3 alchemy or chemistry. -4 any medicinal compound. -5 butter-milk. -6 poison. -7 long pepper. (-नः) 1 an alchemist. -2 N. of Garuḍa. ˚श्रेष्ठः mercury. (-नी f.) 1 a channel for the fluids of the body. -2 N. of several plants :-- गुडूची, काकमाची, महाकरञ्ज, गोरक्षदुग्धा and मांसच्छदा. -आत्मक a. 1 consisting of juice or sentiment. -2 elegant, beautiful. -3 having taste or flavour. -4 ambrosial; रसात्मकस्योडुपतेश्च रश्मयः Ku.5.22. -5 fluid, liquid, watery; सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -आदानम् absorption of fluid, suction. -आधारः the sun. -आभासः 1 the semblance or mere appearance of a sentiment; अनौचित्यप्रवृत्तत्वे आभासो रसभावयोः S. D. -2 an improper manifestation of a sentiment. -आश्रयः a. embodying or representing sentiments. -आस्वादः 1 tasting juices of flavours. -2 perception or appreciation of poetic sentiments, a perception of poetical charm; as in काव्यामृतरसास्वादः. -आस्वादिन् m. a bee. -आह्वः turpentine. -इक्षुः sugar-cane. -इन्द्रः 1 mercury. -2 the philosopher's stone (the touch of which is said to turn iron into gold); ˚वेधजम्, संजातम् the gold. -उत्तमम् milk. (-मः) 1 quicksilver. -2 Phaseolus Mungo (Mar. मूग). -3 milk. -उत्पत्तिः 1 production of taste. -2 development of passion or sentiment. -3 generation of the vital fluids. -उद्भवम् 1 a pearl. -2 vermilion. -उपलम् a pearl. -ऊनम् garlic; also ऊनकः. -ओदनम् rice boiled in meat-broth. -कर्पूरम् sublimate of mercury. -कर्मन् n. preparation of quicksilver. -केसरम् camphor. -क्रिया the inspissation and application of fluid remedies. -गन्धः, -न्धम् gum-myrrh. -गन्धकः 1 myrrh. -2 sulphur. -गर्भम् 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 vermilion. -गुण a. possessing the quality of taste; ज्योतिषश्च विकुर्वाणा- दापो रसगुणाः स्मृताः Ms.1.78. -ग्रह a. 1 perceiving flavours. -2 appreciating or enjoying pleasures. (-हः) the organ of taste. -घन a. full of juice. -घ्नः borax. -जः 1 sugar, molasses. -2 an insect produced by the fermentation of liquids. -जम् blood. -a. bred in fluids; Ms.11.143. -जातम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -ज्ञ a. 1 one who appreciates the flavour or excellence of, one who knows the taste of; सांसारिकेषु च सुखेषु वयं रसज्ञाः U.2.22. -2 capable of discerning the beauty of things. (-ज्ञः) 1 a man of taste or feeling, a critic, an appreciative person, a poet. -2 an alchemist. -3 a physician, or one who prepares mercurial or other chemical compounds. (-ज्ञा) the tongue; सखि मा जल्प तवायसी रसज्ञा Bv.2.59; (-रसज्ञता, त्वम् means 1 poetical skill. -2 alchemy. -3 knowledge of flavours. -4 discrimination.). -ज्ञानम् a branch of medical science. -ज्येष्ठः 1 the sweet taste. -2 the love sentiment. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of taste. -तेजस् n. blood. -दः 1 a physician; Mb.12.121.45. -2 a spy who administers poison; Kau. A.1.12. -द्राविन् a kind of citron. -धातु n. quicksilver. -धेनुः a cow consisting of fruit-juice. -नाथः mercury. -नायकः N. of Sacute;iva. -निवृत्तिः loss of taste. -नेत्रिका red arsenic. -पाकजः molasses. -पाचकः a cook. -प्रबन्धः any poetical composition, particularly a drama. -फलः the cocoanut tree. -भङ्गः the interruption or cessation of a sentiment. -भवम् blood. -भस्मम् n. oxide of mercury. -भेदः a preparation of quicksilver. -मलम् impure excretions. -मातृका the tongue. -योगः juices mixed scientifically. -राजः, -लोहः 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 quick-silver. -वादः alchemy. -विक्रयः sale of liquors. -विद्धम् artificial gold. -शास्त्रम् the science of alchemy. -शोधनः borax. (-नम्) purification of mercury. -सरोरुहम् a red lotus. -सिद्ध a. 1 accomplished in poetry, conversant with sentiments; जयन्ति ते सुकृतिनो रससिद्धाः कवीश्वराः Bh.2.24. -2 skilled in alchemy. -सिद्धिः f. skill in alchemy. -सिन्दूरम् a cinnabar made of zinc, mercury, blue vitriol and nitre. -स्थानम् vermilion. |
| |
| rahas | रहस् n. [रह्-असुन् Uṇ.4.222] 1 Solitude, privacy, loneliness, retirement, secrecy; अथ राजा दशरथः कदाचि- द्रहसि स्थितः A. Rām.2.2.1; रहसि रमते Māl.2.2; R.3. 3;15.92; Pt.1.138. -2 A deserted or lonely place, hiding-place. -3 A secret, mystery; कथ्यतां न रहो यदि Bhāg.9.9.19. -4 Copulation, coition. -5 Truth. -6 Swiftness. -7 A privity. -ind. Secretly, clandestinely, privately, in private or seret; अतः परीक्ष्य कर्तव्यं विशेषात्सं- गतं रहः Ś.5.24; oft. in comp.; वृत्तं रहःप्रणयमप्रतिपद्यमाने 5.23. |
| |
| rājan | राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P. -2 A man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14. -3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -4 N. of Indra. -5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126. -6 Lord, master. -7 N. of Pṛithu. -8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3. -9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24. -Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king. -अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace. -अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree. -2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15. -अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official. -2 a judge. -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor. -अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis. -अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway. -अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince. -2 a title of respect formerly given to distinguished scholars and poets. -अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra. -2 food obtained from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218. -अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king. -अभिषेकः coronation of a king. -अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई). -अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a species of sandal. -2 a kind of rice (राजान्न). -अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour. -अहिः a large snake (having two mouths). -आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree. -आभरणम् a king's ornament. -आम्रः a superior kind of mango. -आवर्तः a diamond of an inferior quality. -2 a diamond from Virāṭa country. -आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy. -आसनम् a throne. -आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed. -इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -इष्टः a kind of onion. (-ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty. -उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64. -ऋषिः (राजऋषिः or राजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र. -कन्या, -कन्यका a princess. -करः a tax or tribute paid to the king. -करणम् a law-court. -कर्णः an elephant's tusk. -कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a coronation; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 the duty of a king. -2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125. -कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc). -कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs. -2 royal command. -कुमारः a prince. -कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid. -2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13. -3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against). -4 a royal palace. -5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking). -6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36. -कोशनिघण्टुः also -व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita. -क्षवकः a kind of mustard. -गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir). -2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -गुरुः a royal counsellor. -गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2. -गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace. -2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭaliputra). -ग्रीवः a kind of fish. -घ a. sharp, hot. (-घः) a king-killer, regicide. -चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia. -2 the stamp on a coin. -चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ). -जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v. -तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa. -तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree, -तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R. -दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre. -2 royal authority. -3 punishment inflicted by a king. -4 fine payable to a king. -दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67). -दूतः a king's ambassador, an envoy. -दृशद् f. the larger or lower millstone. -देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59. -दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v. -2 a royal messenger; Hch.4. -द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion. -द्रोहिन् m. a traitor. -द्वार् f., -द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ. -द्वारिकः a royal porter. -धर्मः 1 a king's duty. -2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.). -धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7. -धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा). -धामन् n. a royal palace. -धुर् f., -धुरा the burden or responsibility of government. -नयः, -नीतिः f. administration of a state, administration of government, politics, statesmanship. -नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure. -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Medica. -नीलम् an emerald. -पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality. -2 a royal fillet. -पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird. -पदम् royalty, sovereignty. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. = राजमार्ग q. v. -पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16. -पिण्डा a species of date. -पुंस् m. a royal servant. -पुत्रः 1 a prince. -2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe. -3 the planet Mercury. -4 N. of a mixed caste. -5 a Rajpoot. -5 A kind of mango. -पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird. -2 Princess. -पुत्री 1 a princess. -2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe. -3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c. -4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका). -5 a musk rat. -6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी. -पुरम् a royal city. -पुरुषः 1 a king's servant. -2 a minister. -पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree. -पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17. -पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24. -प्रकृतिः a king's minister. -प्रसादः royal favour. -प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (-ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य). -फणिञ्झकः an orange tree. -वदरम् salt. -बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent. -भट्टिका a species of water-fowl. -भृतः a king's soldier. -भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister. -2 any public or government officer. -भोगः a king's meal, royal repast. -भोग्यम् nutmeg. -भौतः a king's fool or jester. -मणिः a royal gem. -मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor. -महिषी the chief queen. -मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street. -2 the way, method or procedure of kings. -मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure. -माषः a kind of bean. -मुद्रा the royal seal. -यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explanation of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29). -यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin. -युध्वन् m. 1 a king's soldier. -2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95. -योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king. -2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as distinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v. -रङ्गम् silver. -राक्षसः a bad king. -राज् m. 1 a supreme king. -2 the moon. -राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor. -2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -3 the moon. -राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53. -रीतिः f. bell-metal. -लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia. -लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or prosperity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7. -लिङ्गम् a kingly mark. -लेखः a royal edict. -लोकः a. collection of princes or kings. -वंशः a dynasty of kings. -वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree. -वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity. -वर्तः cloth of various colours. -वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite. -2 a kind of mango. -3 a kind of Jujube. -वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court. -2 a royal palace. -वाहः a horse. -वाह्यः a royal elephant. -विः the bluy jay. -विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga. -विद्या 'royal policy', kingcraft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so -राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12. -विहारः a royal convent. -वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9. -वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7. -वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9. -शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B. -शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55. -शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle. -शेखरः N. of a poet. -संसद् f., -सभा f. a court of justice. -सदनम् a palace. -सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake. -सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133). -सायुज्यम् sovereignty. -सारसः a peacock. -सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1. -2 a lotus. -3 a mountain. - सौधः a king's palace. -स्कन्धः a horse. -स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty. -स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor. -स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149. -2 tribute, revenue. -स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple. -स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V. -हत्या regicide. -हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant. -हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B. |
| |
| ruj | रुज् रुजा f. [रुज्-क्विप् वा टाप्] 1 Breaking, fracture. -2 Pain, torment, pang, anguish; अनिशमपि मकरकेतु- र्मनसो रुजमावहन्नभिमतो मे Ś.3.4; क्व रुजा हृदयप्रमाथिनी M.3.2; चरणं रुजापरीतम् 4.3. -3 Sickness, malady, disease; इत्यदर्शितरुजो$स्य मन्त्रिणः R.19.52. -4 Fatigue, toil, effort, trouble. -5 A ewe. -6 Leprosy. -Comp. -कर a. causing pain, sickening. (-रः) a disease, sickness, illness. (-जः)कृत्या trouble; ब्राह्मणस्य रुजःकृत्या घ्राति- रघ्रेयमद्ययोः Ms.11.67. -प्रतिक्रिया counteraction or treatment of disease, curing, practice of medicine. -भेषजम् a medicine. -सद्मन् n. feces, excrement. |
| |
| rūpam | रूपम् [रूप् क भावे अच् वा Uṇ.3.28] 1 Form, figure, appearance; विरूपं रूपवन्तं वा पुमानित्येव भुञ्जते Pt.1.143; so सुरूप, कुरूप &c. -2 Form or the quality of colour (one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas); चर्क्षुर्मात्रग्राह्यजातिमान् गुणो रूपम् Tarka K; (it is of six kinds :-- शुक्ल, कृष्ण, पीत, रक्त, हरित, कपिल, or of seven, if चित्र be added). -3 Any visible object or thing. -4 A handsome form or figure, beautiful form, beauty, elegance, grace; मानुषीषु कथं वा स्यादस्य रूपस्य संभवः Ś.1.25; विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकम् Bh.2.2; रूपं जरा हन्ति &c. -5 Natural state or condition, nature, property, characteristic, essence; circumstances (opp. to 'time' and 'place'); देशं रूपं च कालं च व्यवहारविधौ स्थितः Ms.8.45. -6 Mode, manner. -7 A sign, feature. -8 Kind, sort, species. -9 An image, a reflected image. -1 Similitude, resemblance. -11 Specimen, type, pattern. -12 An inflected form, the form of a noun or a verb derived from inflection (declension or conjugation). -13 The number one, an arithmetical unit. -14 An integer. -15 A drama, play; see रूपक. -16 Acquiring familiarity with any book by learning it by heart or by frequent recitation. -17 Cattle. -18 A sound, a word. -19 A known quantity. -2 A beast. -21 A verse. -22 A name. -23 The white colour. -24 A particular coin (as a rupee); कस्यचिद् गृहे चोरयित्वा रूपाभिग्राहितो बद्धः Dk.2.4. -25 Silver; मसारगल्वर्कसुवर्णरूपैः Mb.7.16.54. (रूप is frequently used at the end of comp. in the sense of 'formed or composed of', 'consisting of', 'in the form of', 'namely'; having the appearance or colour of', तपो- रूपं धनम्; धर्मरूपः सखा &c.). -m. -पः a deer. -Comp. -अधिबोधः the perception of form or colour of any object by the senses. -अक्षिग्राहित a. caught in the act, caught red-handed. -अस्त्रः Cupid. -आजीवा, -जीवना a harlot, prostitute, courtezan; रूपाजीवाश्च वादिन्यो वणिजश्च महाधनाः Rām; रूपाजीवाः स्नानप्रघर्षशुद्धशरीराः Kau. A.1.2. -आवली a list or series of variations of grammatical forms. -आश्रय a. exceedingly beautiful; त्वष्टा रूपाश्रयं रथम् Bhāg.4.15.17. -इन्द्रियम् the organ which perceives form and colour, the eye. -उच्चयः a collection of lovely forms; रूपोच्चयेन मनसा विधिना कृता नु Ś.2.1. -उपजीवनम् the gaining a livelihood by a beautiful form; रङ्गावतरणं चैव तथा रूपोपजीवनम् Mb.12.294.5. (com. रूपोपजीवनं जलमण्डपिकेति दाक्षिणात्येषु प्रसिद्धम् । यत्र सूक्ष्म- वस्त्रं व्यवधाय चर्ममयैराकारै राजामात्यादीनां चर्या प्रदर्श्यते). -कारः, -कृत् m. a sculptor; रूपकारो$पि शस्त्रेण क्रीडयैवोल्लिलेख ताम् Ks.37.8.9. -गुणः the quality of colour; वायोरपि विकुर्वाणाद्विरोचिष्णु तमोनुदम् । ज्योतिरुत्पद्यते भास्वत्तद्रूपगुणमुच्यते Ms.1.77. -ग्रहः the eye. -ज्ञ a. perceiving forms, distinguishing visible objects; त्वं तु प्रत्यक्षदर्शी च रूपज्ञश्च महा- भुजः Mb.14.6.2. -तत्त्वम् inherent property, essence. -तर्कः an assay-master or inspector of mint (?). -धर a. of the form of, disguised as; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3. -धारिन् 1 having a form or shape. -2 Possessed of beauty, lovely. (-m.) an actor. -ध्येयम् beuaty. -नाशनः an owl. -परिकल्पना the assuming of a shape; Rām. -भागानुबन्धः the addition of a fraction to a unit. -भागापवादः the subtraction of a fraction from a unit. -भेदः (in gram.) diversity of phonetic form or sound. -लावण्यम् exquisiteness of form, elegance. -विपर्ययः disfigurement, morbid change of bodily form. -विभागः the dividing of an integer number into fractions. -शालिन् a. beautiful. -संपद्, -संपत्तिः f. perfection or excellence of form, richness of beauty, superb beauty; उदपादि चास्या रूपसंपदा आविर्भूतविस्मयस्य तस्य मनसि K. |
| |
| laṇḍam | लण्डम् Excrement, ordure. See लेण्ड. |
| |
| labdhiḥ | लब्धिः f. [लभ्-क्तिन्] 1 Acquisition, gaining, acquirement; समाश्रयेत् सद्गुरुमात्मलब्धये A. Rām.7.5.7. -2 Profit, gain. -3 (In Arith.) The quotient. |
| |
| lambhaḥ | लम्भः 1 Attainment, acquirement; अपि त्वां न लभेत् कर्ण राज्यलम्भोपपादनम् Mb.5.142.2. -2 Meeting with. -3 Recovery. -4 Gain. -म्भा A sort of enclosure. |
| |
| lambhanam | लम्भनम् 1 Attainment, acquirement. -2 Recovery. |
| |
| layaḥ | लयः [ली-अच्] 1 Sticking, union, adherence. -2 Lurking, hiding. -3 Fusion, melting, solution. -4 Disappearance, dissolution, extinction, destruction; universal destruction (प्रलय); लयं या 'to be dissolved or destroyed'. -5 Absorption of the mind, deep concentration, exclusive devotion (to any one object); पश्यन्ती शिवरूपिणं लयवशादात्मानमभ्यागता Māl.5.2,7; ध्यानलयेन Gīt.4. -6 Time in music (of three kinds- द्रुत, मध्य, and विलम्बित); किसलयैः सलयैरिव पाणिभिः R.9.35; पादन्यासो लय- मनुगतः M.2.9; मध्यलम्बितपरिच्छिन्नस्त्रिधायं लयः Nāg.1.14. -7 A pause in music. -8 Rest, repose. -9 A place of rest, abode, habitation; अलया Śi.4.57 'having no fixed abode, wandering'. -1 Slackness of mind, mental inactivity; (also used in adjectival sense; यदा जये- द्रजः सत्त्वं तमो मूढं लयं जडम् Bhāg.11.25.15.). -11 An embrace. -12 The Supreme Being. -13 The union of song, dance, and instrumental music; गायतं मधुरं गेयं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.7.93.15. -14 A swoon. -15 The quick (downward) movement of an arrow. -Comp. -अर्कः the sun at the destruction of the universe. -आरम्भः, -आलम्भः an actor, a dancer. -कालः the time of destruction (of the world.). -गत a. dissolved, melted away. -नालिकः a Buddhist or Jain temple. -पुत्री an actress, a female dancer. -मध्य a. to be performed in moderate time (a piece of music). -शुद्ध a. to be performed in right time. -स्थानम् a place of dissolution. |
| |
| lābhaḥ | लाभः [लभ्-भावे घञ्] 1 Gaining, obtaining, acquirement, acquisition; शरीरत्यागमात्रेण शुद्धिलाभममन्यत R.12. 1; स्त्रीरत्नलाभम् 7.34;11.92; क्षणमप्यवतिष्ठते श्वसन् यदि जन्तुर्ननु लाभवानसौ R.8.87. -2 Gain, profit, advantage; सुखदुःखे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ Bg.2.38; Y.2.259. -3 Enjoyment. -4 Capture, conquest. -5 Perception, knowledge, apprehension. -6 Treasure-trove; सप्त वित्ता- गमा धर्म्या दायो लाभः ...... Ms.1.115. -7 Wealth, riches; मित्रलाभमनु लाभसंपदः Ki.13.52. -Comp. -कर, -कृत् a. profitable, advantageous. -लिप्सा desire of gain, avarice, covetousness. -लिप्सु a. 1 greedy, covetous. -2 desirous of gain. |
| |
| lālasā | लालसा [लस् स्पृहायां यङ् लुक् भावे अ] 1 Longing or ardent desire, extreme desire, eagerness. -2 Asking, solicitation, entreaty. -3 Regret, sorrow. -4 The longing of a pregnant woman (दोहद). |
| |
| liṅgin | लिङ्गिन् a. [लिङ्गमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Having a mark or sign. -2 Characterized by. -3 Wearing the maks or badges of, having the appearance of, disguised as, hypocritical, wearing false badges (at the end of comp.); स वर्णिलिङ्गी विदितः समाययौ युधिष्ठिरं द्वैतवने वनेचरः Ki.1.1; so आर्यलिङ्गिन्. -4 Furnished with a liṅga. -5 Having a right to wear signs or badges. -6 One whose outward form corresponds with his inward character. -7 Having a subtle body. -m. 1 A religious student, Brāhmaṇa ascetic; अलिङ्गी लिङ्गिवेषेण यो वृत्तिमुपजीवति । स लिङ्गिनां हरत्येनस्तिर्यग्यौनौ च जायते ॥ Ms.4.2; स्त्रीलिङ्गिविप्रबालानां प्रहर्तव्यं न कर्हिचित् Pt.4.39. -2 A worshipper of Śiva's liṅga. -3 A hypocrite, pretending devotee, pseudoascetic. -4 An elephant. -5 (In logic) That which possesses the liṅga or middle term; i. e. वह्नि is the लिङ्गिन् in the familiar instance पर्वतो बह्निमान् धूमात्. -6 (Hence) The subject of a proposition. -7 The Supreme Being (as the sustainer of liṅga.) -8 The cause or source. -9 N. of a Śaiva sect. -Comp. -वेषः the dress of a religious student. |
| |
| leṇḍam | लेण्डम् Excrement, faeces; पपात लेण्डं विसृजन् क्षितौ व्यसुः Bhāg.1.37.7. |
| |
| lobhana | लोभन a. (-नी f.) Alluring, enticing. -नम् [लुभ्- ल्युट्] 1 Allurement, temptation, seduction, enticement. -2 Gold. |
| |
| varīyas | वरीयस् a. 1 Better, more excellent, preferable; आरादुपकारकेभ्यः सामवायिकान्यङ्गानि वरीयांसि भवन्ति ŚB. on MS.1.1.23. -2 Most excellent, very good; वरीयानन्योन्य- प्रगुणगुणनिर्माणनिपुणः Māl.1.16. -3 Larger, wider, more extensive (compar. of उरु q. v.). -4 Extremely tender or younger. -m. N. of one of the Yogas. -n. Ved. Rest, repose. |
| |
| vallabha | वल्लभ a. [वल्ल-अभच् Uṇ.3.124] 1 Beloved, desired, dear. -2 Supreme. -भः A lover; husband; (खेदः) त्वयि विलसति तुल्यं वल्लभालोकनेन Māl.3.8; Śi.11.33. -2 A favourite; करोति निर्विकल्पं यः स भवेद्राजवल्लभः Pt.1.53. -3 A superintendent, an overseer. -4 A chief herdsman. -5 A good horse (one with auspicious marks); मन्दुरा- परिभ्रष्टवल्लभतुरङ्गमपर्याकुलीकृत ... Ve.2.19/2. -भा A beloved female, mistress, wife; बहुवल्लभा राजानः श्रूयन्ते Ś.3; Mu. 3.9. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of the celebrated founder of a Vaisnava sect. -गणिः N. of a lexicographer. -जनः a mistress. -पालः a groom; स्तोकेन नाक्रमत वल्लभपालमुच्चैः Śi.5.56. |
| |
| vaśīkaraṇam | वशीकरणम् 1 Fascinating, attracting. -2 A cause of attraction or allurement; एकैकमेव हि वशीकरणं गरीयः Māl.6.17. -3 Subduing, subjugation. |
| |
| vāsuḥ | वासुः 1 The soul. -2 The soul of the universe, Supreme Being. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -4 The constellation पुनर्वसु. वासुकिः vāsukiḥ वासुकेयः vāsukēyḥ वासुकिः वासुकेयः N. of a celebrated serpent, king of snakes (said to be a son of Kaśyapa); सर्पाणामस्मि वासुकिः Bg.1.28; Ku.2.38; (hence वासुकेयस्वसा means 'the sister of the snake-god', an epithet of the deity Manasā; L. D. B.). |
| |
| vi | वि ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses:-- (a) separation, disjunction (apart, asunder, away, off &c.), as वियुज्, विहृ, विचल् &c.; (b) the reverse of an action; as क्री 'to buy'; विक्री, 'to sell'; स्मृ 'to remember'; विस्मृ 'to forget'; (c) division; as विभज्, विभाग; (d) distinction; as विशिष्, विशेष, विविच्, विवेक; (e) discrimination; व्यवच्छेद (f) order, arrangement; as विधा, विरच्; (g) opposition; as विरुध्, विरोध; (h) privation; as विनी, विनयन; (i) deliberation, as विचर्, विचार; (j) intensity; विध्वंस. -2 As a prefix to nouns or adjectives not immediately connected with roots, वि expresses (a) negation or privation, in which case it is used much in the same way as अ or निर्, i. e. it forms Bah. comp.; विधवा, व्यसुः &c.; (b) intensity, greatness; as विकराल; (c) variety, as विचित्र; (d) difference; as विलक्षण; (e) manifoldness, as विविध; (f) contrariety, opposition, as विलोम; (g) change, as विकार; (h) impropriety, as विजन्मन्. |
| |
| viji | विजि 1 Ā. 1 To conquer, defeat, overcome, subdue; व्यजेष्ट षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2; प्रायस्त्वन्मुखसेवया विजयते विश्वं स पुष्पायुधः Gīt.1; Bk.2.39;15.39. -2 To surpass, excel; चक्षुर्मेचकमम्बुजं विजयते Vb.1.33. -3 To win, acquire by conquest; भुजविजितविमान R.12.14; विजितारिपुरः 1.59; Śānti.2.14. -4 To be victorious, be supreme or pre-eminent; विजयतां देवः Ś.5; रहस्यं साधूना- मनुपधि विशुद्धं विजयते U.2.2; Māl.2.4. |
| |
| vijñānam | विज्ञानम् 1 Knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, understanding; यज्जीव्यते क्षणमपि प्रथितं मनुष्यैर्विज्ञानशौर्यविभवार्यगुणैः समेतम् । तन्नाम जीवितमिह ... Pt.1.24;5.3; विज्ञानमयः कोशः 'the sheath of intelligence' (the first of the five sheaths of the soul). -2 Discrimination, discernment. -3 Skill, proficiency; प्रयोगविज्ञानम् Ś.1.2. -4 Worldly or profane knowledge, knowledge derived from worldly experience (opp. ज्ञान which is 'knowledge of Brahma or Supreme Spirit'); ज्ञानं ते$हं सविज्ञानमिदं वक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Bg.7.2;3.41;6.8; (the whole of the 7th Adhyāya of Bg. explains ज्ञान and विज्ञान). -5 Business, employment. -6 Music. -7 Knowledge of the fourteen lores. -8 The organ of knowledge; पञ्चविज्ञानचेतने (शरीरे) Mb.12.187. 12. -9 Knowledge beyond the cognisance of the senses (अतीन्द्रियविषय); विज्ञानं हि महद्भ्रष्टम् Rām.3.71.3. -1 Information; लब्धविज्ञानम् Mb.12.44.5. -Comp. -ईश्वर N. of the author of the Mitākṣarā, a commentary on Yājñavalkya's Smṛiti. -पादः N. of Vyāsa. -मातृकः an epithet of Buddha. -योगः means of arriving at correct knowledge (प्रमाण); केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb. 14.21.11. -वादः the theory of knowledge, the doctrine taught by Buddha. -स्कन्धः one of the five स्कन्धs postulated in the Buddhistic philosophy (रूपवेदना- विज्ञानसंज्ञासंस्काराः क्षणिकविज्ञानस्कन्धे स्मृतिरनुपपन्ना ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. |
| |
| vitṝ | वितॄ 1 P. 1 To cross or pass over, go beyond; आरूढ- मद्रीनुदधीन् वितीर्णम् R.6.77. -2 To give, grant, impart, confer or bestow on, vouchsafe, favour with; भगवान् मारीचस्ते दर्शनं वितरति Ś.7; वितरति गुरुः प्राज्ञे विद्यां यथैव तथा जडे U.2.4; वितरति नृपो नोचितमहो Pt.1.11; U.3.48; निवासहेतोरुटजं वितेरुः R.14.81; Māl.1.3;6.7;9.5,44. -3 To cause, produce; ज्योत्स्नाशङ्कामिह वितरति हंसश्रेणी Ki. 5.31. -4 To carry over, ferry over. -5 To give (as medicine), apply a remedy. -6 To do, perform. -7 To forgive, pardon. -8 To increase, enhance. -Caus. To carry through, accomplish (fig. also). |
| |
| vidhānam | विधानम् 1 Arranging, disposing; अपरं किं तु कृत्वैवं विधानं संविधास्यति Rām.7.2.31. -2 Performing, making, doing, executing; नेपथ्यविधानम् Ś.1; आज्ञा˚, यज्ञ˚ &c.; एवं कृत्वा विधानं स संनिवेश्य वसुं तदा Rām.7.54.13. -3 Creation, creating; तस्मिन् विधानातिशये विधातुः कन्यामये नेत्र- शतैकलक्ष्ये R.6.11;7.14; Ku.7.66; निधानं धर्माणां किमपि च विधानं नवमुदाम् G. L.18. -4 Employment, use, application; प्रतिकारविधानम् R.8.4. -5 Prescribing, enjoining, ordering. -6 A rule, precept, ordinance, sacred rule or precept, sacred injunction; तन्न्याय- त्वाद् विधानस्य MS.1.3.16 (cf. विधीयते अनेनेति विधानं शब्दः SB. on ibid.); Ms.9.148; ज्ञात्वा शास्त्रविधानोक्तं कर्म कर्तुमिहार्हसि Bg.16.24;17.24. -7 Mode, manner. -8 A means or expedient; वस्त्रैश्च सर्वैः सहितैर्विधानै- र्नेयं वृता ते वरसंप्रदाने Rām.2.37.36. -9 Performance of prescribed acts or rites. -1 A rite, ceremony. -11 Gaining, obtaining. -12 Affixing, prefixing (as terminations, suffixes &c.). -13 The food given to elephants (to make them intoxicated); विधानसंपादितदान- शोभितैः (where विधान means 'rule' also); उत्क्षिप्तहस्ततल- दत्तविधानपिण्डस्नेहस्रुतिस्नपितबाहुरिभाधिराजम् Śi.5.51. -14 Wealth. -15 Pain, agony, torment, distress. -16 An act of hostility. -17 An act, doing; आशङ्कमानो नृपते- र्विधानम् Mb.3.113.15. -18 An effort, attempt (यत्न); तथा विधानं क्रियतां समर्थाः साधनेष्विति Rām.1.8.19. -19 Remedy (चिकित्सा); तेषामन्यतमोद्रेके विधानमुपदिश्यते Mb.12. 16.12. -2 Prevention (प्रतिकार); विधानं तत्र भगवन् कर्तुमर्हसि युक्तितः Mb.5.177.8. -21 Granting; क्रतुभ्रेषस्त्वत्तः क्रतुफल- विधानव्यसनिनः Śiva-mahimna 21. -22 The Veda; त्वमेको ह्यस्य सर्वस्य विधानस्य स्वयंभुवः Ms.1.3. -23 The fate, destiny (दैव); अहमद्योपयोक्ष्यामि विधानं पश्य यादृशम् Mb.3. 179.15. -24 A statement of the Vedas; तस्य शब्दं गुणं विद्यान्मूर्तिशास्त्रविधानवित् Mb.12.252.3. -25 (In drama) Conflict of different feelings. -26 Worship. -Comp. -गः, -ज्ञः a wise or learned man. -युक्त a. in accordance with or conformable to sacred precept. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of माघ. |
| |
| vipalam | विपलम् A moment, an extremely small division of time (said to be equal to one-sixth or one-sixtieth part of a pala). |
| |
| vibhakta | विभक्त p. p. 1 Divided, partitioned (as property &c). -2 Divided, separated in interest, as in विभक्ता भ्रातरः; विभक्ताः सहजीवन्तो विभजेरन् पुनर्यदि Ms.9.21. -3 Parted, separated, made distinct; Śi.1.3; वायवीयैर्विगण्यन्ते विभक्ताः परमाणवः Y.3.14. -4 Different, multifarious. -5 Retired, secluded. -6 Regular, symmetrical. -7 Ornamented. -8 Measured. -क्तः N. of Kārtikeya. -क्तम् 1 Solitude, retirement. -2 A share. -3 Property (divided). -4 Separation. -Comp. -जः a son born after partition of the family-property (between his parents and brothers). |
| |
| vibhu | विभु a. (-भू, -भ्वी f.) Mighty, powerful. -2 Eminent, supreme. -3 Able to, capable of (with inf.); (धनुः) पूरयितुं भवन्ति विभवः शिखरमणिरुचः Ki. 5.43. -4 Self-subdued, firm, self-controlled; कमपरमवशं न विप्रकुर्यु- र्विभुमपि तं यदमी स्पृशन्ति भावाः Ku.6.95. -5 (In Nyāya phil.) Eternal, existing everywhere, all-pervading, pervading all material things; सर्वमूर्तद्रव्यसंयोगित्वं विभुत्वम् -6 Firm, hard. -भुः 1 Ether. -2 Space. -3 Time. -4 The soul. -5 A lord, ruler, master, sovereign, king. -6 The supreme ruler; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15;1.12; प्रकृतेर्विभुत्वयोगात् Sāṅkhya K.42. -7 A servant. -8 N. of Brahman. -9 Of Śiva; विभुमपि तं यदमी स्पृशन्ति भावाः Ku.6.95;7.31; Mu.1.1. -1 Of Viṣṇu. |
| |
| vilobhaḥ | विलोभः Attraction, seduction, allurement. |
| |
| vilobhanam | विलोभनम् 1 Enticing, alluring. -2 An allurement, a temptation, seduction; प्रयुज्य सामाचरितं विलोभनं भयं विभेदाय धियः प्रदर्शितम् Ki.14.7; R.8.6. -3 Praise, flattery. |
| |
| vivartaḥ | विवर्तः 1 Turning round, revolving, whirling. -2 Rolling onward, moving about; संवर्तप्रकटविवर्तसप्तपाथोनाथोर्मि- व्यतिकरविभ्रमप्रचण्डः Mv.6.26. -3 Rolling back, returning. -4 Dancing. -5 Alteration, modification, change of form, altered condition or state; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्त- मितिहासं रामायणं प्रणिनाय U.2; एको रसः करुण एव निमित्त- भेदाद्भिन्नः पृथक् पृथगिवाश्रयते विवर्तान् U.3.47; अकाण्डशुष्काशनि- पातरौद्रः क एष धातुर्विषमो विवर्तः Mv.5.57. -6 (In Vedānta phil.) An apparent or illusory form, an unreal appearance caused by अविद्या or human error; (this is a favourite doctrine of the Vedāntins according to whom the whole visible world is a mere illusion--an unreal and illusory appearance--while Brahman or Supreme Spirit is the only real entity; as a serpent (सर्प) is a vivarta of a rope (रज्जु), so is the world a vivarta of the real entity Brahman, and the illusion is removed by Vidyā or true knowledge; cf. Bhavabhūti :-- विद्या- कल्पेन मरुता मेघानां भूयसामपि । ब्रह्मणीव विवर्तानां क्वापि विप्रलयः कृतः ॥ U.6.6). -7 A heap, multitude, collection, an assemblage. -Comp. -वादः the doctrine of the Vedāntins that the visible world is illusory and Brahman alone is the real entity. |
| |
| viśva | विश्व pron. a. [विश्-व Uṇ.1.151] 1 All, whole, entire, universal; स सर्वनामा स च विश्वरूपः Bhāg.6.4.28. -2 Every, every one. -3 All-pervading, omnipresent. -m. pl. N. of a particular group of deities, ten in number and supposed to be sons of विश्वा; their names are:- वसुः सत्यः क्रतुर्दक्षः कालः कामो धृतिः कुरुः । पुरूरवा माद्रवश्च विश्वेदेवाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ देवाः साध्यास्तथा विश्वे तथैव च महर्षयः Mb. 3.261.6; Bg.11.22. -श्वम् 1 The universe, the (whole) world; इदं विश्वं पाल्यम् U.3.3; विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पाल- यिष्यति कः Bv.1.13. -2 Dry ginger. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -श्वः 1 The soul; Bhāg.7.15.54; A. Rām.7.5.49. 5; the intellectual faculty. -2 A citizen (नागर). -श्वा 1 The earth. -2 Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -3 Dry ginger. -4 The plant अतिविषा. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 the Supreme Being (soul of the universe). -2 an epithet of Brahman. -3 of Śiva; अथ विश्वात्मने गौरी संदिदेश मिथः सखीम् Ku.6.1. -4 of Viṣṇu. -5 of the sun. -आत्मना ind. thoroughly; विश्वात्मना यत्र निवर्तते भीः Bhāg.11.2.33. -आधारः support of the universe; विश्वाधारं गगनसदृशं मेघवर्णं शुभाङ्गम् Viṣṇustotra. -इन्वः (विश्वमिन्वः) All-moving (an epithet of Śiva). -ईशः, -ईश्वरः (also विश्वमीश्वरः as one word used in the Mbh. and Kūrmapurāṇa ch.26.) 1 the Supreme Being, lord of the universe. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -औषधम् dry ginger. -कद्रु a. wicked, low, vile. (-द्रुः) 1 a hound, dog trained for the chase. -2 sound. -कर्मन् m. 1 N. of the architect of gods; cf. त्वष्टृ. -2 an epithet of the sun. -3 one of the seven principal rays of the sun. -4 a great saint. -5 the Supreme Being. ˚जा, ˚सुता an epithet of संज्ञा, one of the wives of the sun. -कारुः the architect of the universe (विश्वकर्मा). -कार्यः one of the rays of the sun. -कृत् m. 1 the creator of all beings; निवेदितो$थाङ्गिरसा सोमं निर्भर्त्स्य विश्व- कृत् Bhāg.9.14.8. -2 an epithet of Viśvakarman. -केतुः an epithet of Aniruddha. -गः N. of Brahman. -गत a. Omnipresent. -गन्धः an onion. (-न्धम्) myrrh. -गन्धा the earth. -गोचर a. accessible to all men. -गोप्तृ m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 Indra. -ग्रन्थिः the plant called हंसपदी. -चक्रम् a kind of valuable gift (महादान) of pure gold. -चर्षणि a. Ved. all-pervading, worldwide, extending everywhere. -जनम् mankind. -जनीन, -जन्य, -जनीय a. good for all men, suitable to all mankind, beneficial to all men; विश्वजन्यमिमं पुण्यमुपन्यासं निबोधत Ms.9.31; Śi.1.41; को वा विश्वजनीनेषु कर्मसु प्राघटि- ष्यत Bk.21.17. -जित् m. 1 N. of a particular sacrifice; Ms.11.74; तमध्वरे विश्वजिति क्षितीशं निःशेषविश्राणितकोश- जातम् R.5.1. -2 the noose of Varuṇa. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which an action for which no fruit is enjoined directly should be considered as having स्वर्ग as its फल. This is established in connection with the विश्वजित् sacrifice by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.15-16. -जीवः the universal soul. -देव see under विश्व m. above. -दैवम्, -दैवतम् the asterism उत्तराषाढा. -धारिणी the earth. -धारिन् m. a deity. -धेना Ved. the earth. -नाथः lord of the universe, an epithet of Śiva. -पा m. 1 the protector of all. -2 the sun. -3 the moon. -4 fire. -पावनी, -पूजिता holy basil. -प्सन् m. 1 a god. -2 the sun. -3 the moon. -4 an epithet of Agni. -5 N. of Viśvakarman. बीजम् the seed of everything. -बोधः a Buddha. -भावनः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. all-enjoying, all-eating; (-m.) an epithet of Indra. -भेषजम् dry ginger. (-जः) a universal remedy. -भोजस् a. all-pervading; Ṛv. -मूर्ति a. existing in all forms, all-pervading, omnipresent; कल्याणानां त्वमसि महसां भाजनं विश्वमूर्ते Māl.1.3; (-र्तिः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 N. of Śiva. -योनिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -राज् m., -राजः a universal sovereign. -रुची one of the seven tongues of fire. -रूप a. omnipresent, existing everywhere; तस्मिन् यशो निहितं विश्वरूपम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.2. (-पः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-पम्) agallochum. -रेतस् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -वासः the receptacle of all things. -वाह् a. (-विश्वौही f.) all-sustaining. -विभावनम् creation of the universe. -वेदस् a. 1 allknowing, omniscient; स्वस्ति नः पूषा विश्ववेदाः Āśīrvādamantra. -2 a saint, sage. -व्यचस् f. N. of Aditi. -व्यापक, -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -संवननम् means of bewitching all. -संहारः general destruction. -सत्तम a. the best of all. -सहा 1 the earth. -2 one of the tongues of fire. -सारकम् the prickly pear. -सृज् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator; उपहूता विश्वसृग्भि- र्हरिगाथोपगायने Bhāg.7.15.71-72; प्रायेण सामग्र्यविधौ गुणानां पराङ्मुखी विश्वसृजः प्रवृत्तिः Ku.3.28;1.49. -2 an epithet of मयासुर; नाना विभान्ति किल विश्वसृजोपक्लृप्ताः Bhāg.1.75.32. |
| |
| viśvaṃbhara | विश्वंभर a. All-sustaining. -रः 1 The all-pervading being, the Supreme Spirit. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Indra. -4 Fire; विश्वंभरो वा विश्वंभरकुलाये तं न पश्यति Bṛi. Up.1.4.7. -रा The earth; विश्वंभरा भगवती भवतीमसूत U. 1.9; विश्वंभराप्यतिलघुर्नरनाथ तवान्तिके नियतम् K.P.1; ˚अधीश्वरः, ˚भुज् a king. -Comp. -कुलायः a fire-receptacle; Bṛi. Up.1.4.7. |
| |
| viṣ | विष् f. 1 Feces, excrement, ordure; मूत्रविट् घ्राणकर्मविट् Ms.5.135. -2 Spreading, diffusion. -3 A girl, as in विट्पति. -Comp. -कारिका (विट्कारिका) a kind of bird. -कृमिः (विट्कृमिः) a worm bred in the bowels. -खदिरः Vachellia Farnesiana (Mar. शेण्या खैर). -ग्रहः, (विड्ग्रहः) constipation. -घातः (विड्घातः) a urinary disease. -चरः, -वराहः (विट्चरः, विड्वराहः) a tame or village hog (eating ordure). -पतिः a son in-law; Ms.3.148. -बन्धः (विड्बन्धः) constipation. -भङ्गः diarrhœa; also विड्भेदः. -भुज् (विड्भुज्) a. feeding on ordure; कृमिकीटपत- ङ्गानां विड्भुजां चैव पक्षिणाम् Ms.12.56. -m. a dung beetle or a similar insect; कष्टान् कामानर्हते विड्भुजां ये Bhāg.5.5.1. -लवणम् (विड्लवणम्) a kind of medicinal salt. -संगः (विट्संगः) constipation. -सारिका (विट्सारिका) a kind of bird (Mar. मौना). |
| |
| viṣṭā | विष्टा Excrement, feces, ordure. |
| |
| viṣṭhā | विष्ठा 1 Feces, ordure, excrement; सोमविक्रयिणे विष्ठा भिषजे पूयशोणितम् Ms.3.18;1.91. -2 The belly. -3 Ved. Interval. -Comp. -आशिन् a hog. -भूः a worm living in ordure; नैकत्रास्ते सूतिवातैर्विष्ठाभूरिव सोदरः Bhāg. 3.31.1. |
| |
| vṛtta | वृत्त p. p. [वृत्-कर्तरि-क्त] 1 Lived, existed. -2 Occurred, happened. -3 Completed, finished. -4 Performed, done, acted. -5 Past, gone. -6 Round, circular; निवृत्त- वृत्तोरुपयोधरक्लमः Ki.8.3; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32. -7 Dead, deceased; पत्यौ जीवति वृत्तायाः प्रजायास्तद्धनं भवेत् Ms.9.195; वृत्तं युद्धे शूरमाश्लिष्य काचित् Śi.18.6. -8 Firm, fixed. -9 Read through, studied; P.VII.2.26. -1 Derived from. -11 Famous. -12 Covered; स्वभावस्रोतसा वृत्तमुह्यते सततं जगत् Mb.12.235.13. -13 Turned. -14 Unimpaired (अप्रतिहत); महाभूतादि (व्यञ्जयन्) वृत्तौजाः प्रादुरासीत्तमोनुदः Ms.1.6. (See वृत्). -त्तः 1 A tortoise. -2 A kind of grass. -3 A round temple. -त्तम् 1 An event, occurrence. -2 History, account; वृत्तं रामस्य वाल्मीकेः कृतिस्तौ किन्नरस्वनौ R. 15.64. -3 News, tidings; समरवृत्तविबोधसमीया कुरुवरेण मुदा कृतयाचनः Veda-Vyāsāṣṭaka 6. -4 Practice, profession, mode of life, occupation; सतां वृत्तमनुष्ठिताः Ms.1.127; 7.122; Y.3.44. -5 Conduct, behaviour, manner, act, action; as in सद्वृत्त, दुर्वृत्त. -6 Good or virtuous conduct; एवं चलितवृत्तस्तु वृत्तशेषं न रक्षति Pt.4.28. -7 An established rule or usage, law, custom; observance of such rule or usage, duty; किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूर्वृत्ते स्थितस्याधिपतेः प्रजानाम् R.5.33. -8 A circle, circumference of a circle. -9 A metre in general, especially a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. जाति); पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षर- संख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् । सममर्धसमं वृत्तं विषमं चेति तत् त्रिधा । Chand. M.; see App. -1 The epicycle. -11 Transformation, change into. -12 Appearance. -Comp. -अनुपूर्व a. taperingly round; वृत्तानुपूर्वे च न चातिदीर्घे जङ्घे शुभे सृष्टवतस्तदीये Ku.1.35. -अनुवर्तिन् a. obedient. -अनुसारः 1 conformity to prescribed rules. -2 conformity to metre. -अन्तः 1 an occasion, incident, event; अनेनारण्यकवृत्तान्तेन पर्याकुलाः स्मः Ś.1; R.3.66; U.2.17. -2 news, tidings, intelligence; को नु खलु वृत्तान्तः V.4; R.14.87. -3 account, history, tale, narrative, story. -4 a subject, topic. -5 a kind, sort. -6 mode, manner. -7 state, condition. -8 the whole, totality. -9 rest, leisure. -1 retirement, solitude. -11 property, nature. -इर्वारुः, -कर्कटी the water-melon. -ओजस् a. 1 strong, mighty. -2 having unimpaired creative power; Ms.1.6. -काय a. having a round body. -खण्डः a segment of a circle. -गन्धि n. N. of a kind of prose (having only the name of metre). -चूड(ल), -चौल a. tonsured, whose tonsure ceremony has been performed; स वृत्तचूलश्चलकाकपक्षकैः R.3.28; U.2. -चेष्टा conduct, behaviour. -तण्डुलः a kind of grass (यावनाल). -परिणाहः the circumference of a circle. -पुच्छा a kind of skin (चर्मजाति) possessing a round tail; Kau. A.2.11. -पुष्यः 1 a cane (वानीर). -2 the Śireeṣa tree. -3 the Kadamba tree; also Vānīra, Kubjaka, and Mudgara. -प्रत्यभिज्ञ a. well-versed in sacred rites. -फलः 1 the jujube tree. -2 the pomegranate tree. (-लम्) black pepper. -बन्धः metrical composition. -युक्त, -संपन्न a. virtuous; Ms.8.179. -शस्त्र a. one who has mastered the science of arms; वृत्तशस्त्रान् महारम्भानदान्तांस्त्रिदशैरपि Bk.9.19. -समाप्तिलिपिः a circular terminal script, the Visarga; the round circular figures resembling the Nāgarī छ put at the end of a manuscript; द्विकुण़्डली वृत्तसमाप्तिलिप्या ...... काये यदीये निरमायि सारैः N.1.86; A. R.6.7. -सादिन् a. worthless, mean, vile. |
| |
| vṛṣ | वृष् I. 1 P. (वर्षति, वृष्ट) 1 To rain (usually with words signifying 'Indra', 'Parjanya', 'cloud', &c. as the subject of the verb, or sometimes used impersonally); द्वादश वर्षाणि न ववर्ष दशशताक्षः Dk.; काले वर्षन्तु मेघाः; गर्ज वा वर्ष वा शक्र Mk.5.31; मेघा वर्षन्तु गर्जन्तु मुञ्चन्त्वशनिमेव वा 5.16. -2 To rain or pour down, shower down; वर्षती- वाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34; so शरवृष्टिं, कुसुमवृष्टिं वर्षति &c. -3 To pour forth, shed. -4 To grant, bestow. -5 To moisten. -6 To produce, engender. -7 To have supreme power. -8 To strike, hurt. -9 To drink. -Caus. To cause rain; वर्षति हास्मै वर्षयति Ch. Up.2.3.2. -II. 1 Ā. (वर्षयते) 1 To be powerful or eminent. -2 To have the power of production. |
| |
| vedaḥ | वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas. |
| |
| vedhanī | वेधनी 1 An instrumant for piercing an elephant's ear. -2 A sharp-pointed instrument for perforating shells and jewels, a gimblet. -3 Depth (in measurement). |
| |
| vaikṛta | वैकृत a. (-ती f.) 1 Changed. -2 Modified. -3 Relating to Sattva (सात्त्विक); Bhāg.11.24.8. -3 Disfigured; यदि मन्त्राङ्गहीनो$यं यज्ञो भवति वैकृतः Mb.12.272. 1. -4 Not natural. -तम् [विकृतस्य भावः अण्] 1 Change, alteration, modification. -2 Aversion, disgust, loathing. -3 Change in state, appearance &c., disfigurement; उदडीयत वैकृतात् करग्रहजादस्य विकस्वरस्वरैः N.2.5; वैकृतं त्वग्निहोत्रे स लक्षयित्वा महातपाः Mb.3.137.3. -4 A portent, any event foreboding evil; तत् प्रतीपपवनादि वैकृतं प्रेक्ष्य R.11.62. -5 Fraud, cheating (कपट); Mb.3.149.15. -6 Agitation. -तः = अहंकारः q. v. -Comp. -विवर्तः a woeful plight, miserable condition, suffering; वैकृतविवर्तदारुणः Māl.1.39. |
| |
| vaiśvānara | वैश्वानर a. (-री f.) 1 Relating or common to all mankind, fit for all men; तान् होवाचैते वै खलु यूयं पृथगिवेम- मात्मानं वैश्वानरं विद्वांसो$न्नमत्थ Ch. Up.5.18; स एष वैश्वानरो विश्वरूपः प्राणो$ग्निरुदयते Praśṇa Up.1.7; हिरण्यगर्भः स्थूले$स्मिन् देहे वैश्वानरो भवेत् Pañchadaśī 1.28; -2 Universal, general, common. -2 Zodiacal; गगने तान्यनेकानि वैश्वानरपथाद्वहिः Rām.1.6.31. -रः 1 An epithet of fire; त्वत्तः खाण्डव- रङ्गताण्डवनटो दूरे$स्तु वैश्वानरः Bv.1.57. -2 The fire of digestion (in the stomach); अहं वैश्वानरो भूत्वा प्राणिनां देह- माश्रितः । प्राणापानसमायुक्तः प्रचाम्यन्नं चतुर्विधम् ॥ Bg.15.14. -3 General consciousness (in Vedānta phil.). -4 The Supreme Being. -5 The Chitraka tree. -री 1 N. of a particular division of the moon's path; also वैश्वानरपथ; Rām.1.6.31. -2 N. of a particular sacrifice performed at the beginning of every year; इष्टिं वैश्वानरीं नित्यं निर्वपेदब्दपर्यये Mb.12.165.15. |
| |
| vyaṅgulam | व्यङ्गुलम् An extremely small measure of length equal to one-sixtieth part of an aṅgula. |
| |
| śakṛt | शकृत् n. [शक्-ऋतन् Un.4.58] Ordure, excrement, especially of animals. -Comp. -करिः m., f., -करी a calf; शकृत्करिर्वत्सः Sk. -कीटः a dung-beetle. -द्वारम् the anus. -पिण्डः, -पिण्डकः a ball or lump of dung; शष्पाण्यत्ति प्रकिरति शकृत्पिण्डकानाम्रमात्रान् U.4.26. -भेदः diarrhœa. |
| |
| śakya | शक्य pot. p. 1 Possible, practicable, capable of being done or effected (usually with an inf.); शक्यो वारयितुं जलेन हुतभुक् Bh.2.11; R.2.49,54. -2 Fit to be effected. -3 Easy to be effected. -4 Directly conveyed or expressed (as the meaning of a word); शक्यो$र्थो$भि- धया ज्ञेयः S. D.1. -5 Potential. -6 Of agreeable or sweet address; 'शक्यः प्रियंवदः प्रोक्तः' इति हलायुधः; शक्यः संविभागशीलः Dk.2.5. (The form शक्यम् is sometimes used as a predicative word with an inf. in a passive sense, the real object of the infinitive being in the nom. case; एवं हि प्रणयवती सा शक्यमुपेक्षितुं कुपिता M.3. 22; शक्यं... अविरलमालिङ्गितुं पवनः Ś.3.6; विभूतयः शक्यमवाप्तु- मूर्जिताः Subhāś.; न हि देहभृता शक्यं त्यक्तुं कर्माण्यशेषतः Bg. 18.11.). -Comp. -अर्थः the meaning directly expressed. -प्रतीकार a. remediable. -सामन्तता the state of being able to conquer the neighbouring kings. शक्यता śakyatā शक्यत्वम् śakyatvam शक्यता शक्यत्वम् 1 Possibility, practicability. -2 Capacity, capability. |
| |
| śabdaḥ | शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors. |
| |
| śamalam | शमलम् [शम्-कलच् Uṇ.1.13] 1 Feces, ordure, excrement. -2 Impurity, sediment. -3 Sin, moral impurity; आशंसमानः शमलं गङ्गायां दुःखितो$पतत् Bhāg.1.13.32. -4 A calamity, misfortune. a. sinful; साध्व्यः कृताञ्जलिपुटाः शमलस्य भर्तुः Bhāg.1.16.32. |
| |
| śāṭyāyanam | शाट्यायनम् An oblation for remedying anything wrong in the performance of a rite. -नः N. of a teacher and author of various works. |
| |
| śāntiḥ | शान्तिः f. [शम्-क्तिन्] 1 Pacification, allayment, alleviation, removal; अध्वरविघातशान्तये R.11.1,62. -2 Calmness, tranquillity, quiet, ease, rest, repose; स्मर संस्मृत्य न शान्तिरस्ति मे Ku.4.17; शान्तिः कुतस्तस्य भुजङ्गशत्रोः Māl.6.1; यत् किंचिद् वस्तु संप्राप्य स्वल्पं वा यदि वा वहु । या तुष्टि- र्जायते चित्ते सा शान्तिः कथ्यते बुधैः ॥ Padma P. -3 Cessation of hostility; सर्पस्य शान्तिः कुटिलस्य मैत्री विधातृसृष्टौ न हि दृष्टपूर्वा Bv.1.125. -4 Cessation, stop. -5 Absence of passion, quietism, complete indifference to all worldly enjoyments; तदुपहितकुटुम्बः शांन्तिमार्गोत्सुको$भूत् R.7.71. -6 Consolation, solace. -7 Settlement of differences, reconciliation. -8 Satisfaction of hunger. -9 An expiatory rite, a propitiatory rite for averting evil; शान्तयश्चापि वर्धन्तां यथाकल्पं यथाविधि Rām.1.8.16. -1 Good fortune, felicity, auspiciousness. -11 Exculpation or absolution from blame. -12 Preservation. -13 N. of Durgā. -14 Destruction, end, death. -Comp. -उदम्, -उदकम्, -जलम् soothing or propitiatory water; अहमपि वैतानिकं शान्त्युदकमस्यै गौतमीहस्ते विसर्जयिष्यामि Ś.3. -कर, -कारिन् a. soothing, pacifying. -कर्मन् any action of averting evil. -गृहम् a room for rest or retirement. -मार्गः the life peaceful and leading to मोक्ष; तदुपहितकुटुम्बः शान्तिमार्गोत्सुको$भूत् R.7.71. -वाचनम् reciting of a text for averting evil. -सलिलम् propitiatory water. -होमः a sacrifice or burnt offering to avert or remove an evil; सावित्राञ्छान्तिहोमांश्च कुर्यात् पर्वसु नित्यशः Ms. 4.15. |
| |
| śārīra | शारीर a. (-री f.) [शरीरस्येदम् अण्] 1 Relating to the body, bodily, corporeal. -2 Incorporate, embodied. -रः, -रम् 1 The incorporate or embodied spirit (जीवात्मन्); human or individual soul. -2 A bull. -3 A kind of drug. -4 Excrement; विनाद्भिरप्सु वाप्यार्तः शारीरं संनिवेश्य च Ms.11.22. -रम् Bodily constitution. -2 (In medic.) the science of the body and its parts; anatomy. |
| |
| śikhaṇḍin | शिखण्डिन् a. [शिखण्डो$स्त्यस्य इनि] Crested, tufted. -m. A peacock; नदति स एष वधूसखः शिखण्डी U.3.18; R.1.39; Ku.1.15. -2 A cock. -3 An arrow. -4 A peacock's tail. -5 A kind of jasmine. -6 N. of Viṣṇu. -7 N. of a son of Drupada; शिखण्डी च महारथः Bg.1.17. [Śikhaṇḍin was originally a female, being Ambā born in the family of Drupada for wreaking her revenge upon Bhīṣma; (see Ambā). But from her very birth the girl was given out as a male child and brought up as such. In due course she was married to the daughter of Hiraṇyavarman, who was extremely sorry to find that she had got a veritable woman for her husband. Her father, therefore, resolved to attack the kingdom of Drupada for his having deceived him; but Śikhaṇḍin contrived, by practising austere penance in a forest, to exchange her sex with a Yakṣa and thus averted the calamity which threatened Drupada. Afterwards in the great Bhāratī war he proved a means of killing Bhīṣma, who declined to fight with a woman, when Arjuna put him forward as his hero. He was afterwards killed by Aśvatthāman.] |
| |
| śaucam | शौचम् [शुचेर्भावः अण्] 1 Purity, clearness; काके शौचं द्यूतकारे च सत्यम् Pt.1.147. -2 Purification from personal defilement caused by voiding excrement, but particularly by the death of a relative; अपि यत्र त्वया राम कृतं शौचं पुरा पितुः । तत्राहमपि हत्वा त्वां शौचं कर्ता$स्मि भार्गव ॥ Mb. 5.178.6. -3 Cleansing, purifying. -4 Vioding of excrement. -5 Uprightness, honesty. -6 Water (of libation); पुनीहि पादरजसा गृहान्नो गृहमेधिनाम् । यच्छौचेनानुतृप्यन्ति पितरः साग्नयः सुराः ॥ Bhāg.1.41.13. -Comp. -आचारः, -कर्मन् n., -कल्पः a purificatory rite. -कूपः A privy. |
| |
| śruta | श्रुत p. p. [श्रु-क्त] 1 Heard, listened to. -2 Reported, heard of. -3 Learnt, ascertained, understood. -4 Wellknown, famous, celebrated, renowned; श्रुतानुभावं शरणं व्रज भावेन भाविनि Bhāg.3.32.11; श्रुतस्य किं तत् सदृशं कुलस्य R.14.61;3.4. -5 Named, called. -6 Promised; तदवश्यं त्वया कार्यं यदनेन श्रुतं मम Rām.2.18.21. -7 Vedic, like Vedas (वेदरूप); गिरः श्रुतायाः पुष्पिण्या मधुगन्धेन भूरिणा Bhāg.4.2.25. -तम् 1 The object of hearing. -2 That which was heard by revelation i. e. the Veda, holy learning, sacred knowledge; श्रुतप्रकाशम् R.5.2. -3 Learning in general (विद्या); श्रोत्रं श्रुतेनैव न कुण्डलेन (विभाति) Bh.2.71; R.3.21;5.22; अग्निहोत्रफला वेदाः शीलवत्तफलं श्रुतम् Pt.2.15;4.68. -4 The act of hearing; योगे बुद्धिं, श्रुते सत्त्वं, मनो ब्रह्मणि धारयन् Mb.12.177.31. -Comp. -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas. -अन्वित a. conversant with the Vedas. -अर्थः a fact verbally or orally communicated. ˚आपत्तिः see अर्थापत्तिः. -ऋषिः a class of sages like Śuśruta; L. D. B. -कीर्ति a. famous, renowned. (-m.) 1 a generous man. -2 a divine sage. (f.) N. of the wife of Śatrughna. -देवी N. of Sarasvatī. -धर a. remembering what is heard, retentive. (-रः) the ear; राष्ट्रमुत्तरपाञ्चालं याति श्रुतधरान्वितः Bhāg.4. 25.51. -श्रवस् m. N. of the father of Śiśupāla. ˚अनुजः the planet Saturn. |
| |
| śvas | श्वस् ind. 1 Tomorrow; श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापरा- ह्णिकम् । नहि प्रतीक्षते मृत्युः कृतमस्य न वा कृतम् ॥ Subhāṣ; वरमद्य कपोतो न श्वो मयूरः Subhāṣ. -2 Future (at the beginning of comp.); पृथूदके जप्यपरो नैनं श्वोमरणं तपेत् Mb.9.39.34. -3 A particle implying auspiciousness. -Comp. -प्रभृति ind. from tomorrow onwards. -भूत a. (-श्वोभूत) being tomorrow; यौवराज्ये$भिषेक्ष्यामि श्वोभूते रघुनन्दनम् A. Rām. 2. 2.7; श्वोभूते स्वपुरं यातः Bhāg.9.2.17. -वसीय, -वसीयस् (श्वोवसीय, श्वोवसीयस्) a. happy, auspicious, fortunate. (-n.) happiness, good fortune; 'श्वोवसीयं शिवं शुभम्' इति हलायुधः; Dk.2.2. -श्रेयस (श्वःश्रेयस) a. happy, prosperous. (-सम्) 1 happiness, prosperity. -2 an epithet of Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. |
| |
| ṣaṣ | षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43. -Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part. -अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish. -अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively : जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse. -2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145. -3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥ -3 any set of six articles. ˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4. -अधिक a. (-षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1. -अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint. -अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth. -अशीतिः f. (-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six. -2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B. -अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga. -अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days. -आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22. -आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra. -ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence. -ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्. -ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर). -कर्ण a. (-षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (-र्णः) a kind of lute. -कर्मन् n. (षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75. -2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥. -3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic :- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण. -4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga :- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.) 1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts. -2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites. -कोण a. (-षट्कोण) hexangular. (-णम्) 1 a hexagon. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -3 a diamond. -गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥ -गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen. -2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'. -गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17. -गुण a. (-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold. -2 having six attributes. (-णम्) 1 an assemblage of six qualities. -2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also. -ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree. -ग्रन्थि n. (-षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper. -ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी). -चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six mystical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य. -चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six. -चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee. -2 a locust. -3 a louse. -जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs : नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39. -तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems. -त्रिंशत् f. (-षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (-षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth). -तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥ -दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (-नः) one conversant with the above six systems. -दीर्घः the six long vowels : आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ. -दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥ -नवतिः f. (-षण्णवतिः) ninety-six. -पञ्चाशत् f. (-षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six. -पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69. -2 a louse. -3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः 1 the mango tree. -2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर. -पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines. -2 a female bee. -3 a louse. -4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is :-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।. -पादः (षट्पादः) a bee. -प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥ -2 a lustful or licentious man. -3 a good-hearted neighbour. -बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33. -भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय). -भुज a. (-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed. -2 six-sided, hexagonal. (-जः) a hexagon. (-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 the watermelon. -मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya. -मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18. -मासिक a. (-षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months. -मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon. -रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (-षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस. -रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights. -रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon. -वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things. -2 especially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2. -3 the five senses and Manas. -र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda. -विंशतिः f. (-षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (-षड्विंश twentysixth). -विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26. -शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas. -षष्टिः f. (-षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six. -सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six. |
| |
| saṃvāvadūka | संवावदूक a. Extremely similar, having a close resemblance; अचुम्बदस्याः स मुखेन्दुबिम्बं संवावदूकश्रियमम्बुजानाम् N.22.14. |
| |
| saṃsidh | संसिध् 4 P. 1 To be made perfect. -2 To be fully accomplished or effected, to be well-performed. -3 To attain supreme felicity, to become happy; जप्येनैव तु संसिध्येत् ब्राह्मणो नात्र संशयः Ms.2.87. |
| |
| saṃstambhanam | संस्तम्भनम् 1 An obstructive remedy. -2 Stopping, arresting. |
| |
| saṃsmṛ | संस्मृ 1 P. 1 To remember, think of, call to mind; स्मर संस्मृत्य न शान्तिरस्ति मे Ku.4.17; राजन् संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य संवादमिममद्भुतम् Bg.18.76-77; Ms.4.149. -2 To recollect fully. -Caus. To remind, put in mind of; (पातालं) मामद्य संस्मरयतीव भुजङ्गलोकः Ratn.1.13. |
| |
| saṃsmaraṇam | संस्मरणम् Remembering, calling to mind. |
| |
| saṃsmṛtiḥ | संस्मृतिः f. Remembrance, recollection; संस्मृतिर्भव भवत्यभवाय Ki.18.27. संस्रवः saṃsravḥ संस्रावः saṃsrāvḥ संस्रवः संस्रावः 1 Flowing, trickling, oozing; खड्गशक्ति- धनुर्ग्राहा नद्यः शोणितसंस्रवाः Rām.7.11.6. -2 A stream. -3 The remains of a libation; हुत्वा मन्थे संस्रवमवनयति Bṛi. Up.6.3.2. -4 A kind of offering or libation. |
| |
| saṃhitā | संहिता 1 Combination, union, conjunction. -2 A collection, compilation, compendium. -3 Any systematically arranged collection of texts or verses. -4 A compendium or compilation of laws, code, digest; मनु- संहिता. -5 The continuous hymnical text of the Veda as formed out of the Padas or individual words by proper phonetic changes according to different Śākhās or schools; पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir. -6 (In gram.) Combination or junction of letters according to the rules of Saṁdhi or euphony; परः संनिकर्षः संहिता P.I.4.19; वर्णानामतिशयितः संनिधिः संहितासंज्ञः स्यात् Sk.; or वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता. -7 The Supreme Being who holds and supports the universe. -Comp. -पाठः the continuous text of the Veda (opp. पदपाठ q. v.). |
| |
| sakṛt | सकृत् ind. 1 Once; सकृदंशो निपतति सकृत् कन्या प्रदीयते । सकृदाह ददानीति त्रीण्येतानि सतां सकृत् Ms.9.47. -2 At one time, on one occasion, formerly, once; सकृत् कृतप्रणयो$यं जनः Ś.5. -3 At once. -4 Always. -5 Together with. m., f. Feces, excrement (usually written शकृत् q. v.) -Comp. -आहृत (सकृदाहृत) a. (interest) paid at one time (not by instalments); कुसीदवृद्धिर्द्वैगुण्यं नात्येति सकृदाहृता Ms.8.151. -गतिः (सकृद्गतिः) only a possibility. -गर्भा 1 a mule. -2 a woman who is pregnant only once. -प्रजः a crow. -प्रसूता, -प्रसूतिका 1 a woman who has borne only one child. -2 a cow that has calved once. -फला the plantain tree. -विभात (सकृद्विभात) appeared at once. -स्नायिन् bathing once; Ms.11.214. |
| |
| sajjanam | सज्जनम् 1 Fastening, tying on. -2 Dressing. -3 Preparing, arming, equipping. -4 A guard, sentry. -5 A ferry, ghāt. -a. Hanging round; निवीती कण्ठसज्जने Ms.2.63. -नः A good man; see under सत्. -ना 1 Decoration, accoutrement, equipment. -2 Dressing, ornamenting. -3 Decorating an elephant before riding; L. D. B. |
| |
| sajjā | सज्जा 1 Dress, decoration. -2 Equipment, apparatus. -3 Military accoutrement, armour, mail. |
| |
| saṃjñā | संज्ञा 9 Ā. 1 To know, understand, be aware of. -2 To recognize. -3 To live in harmony, agree together (with acc. or instr.); पित्रा पितरं वा संजानीते Sk. -4 To watch, be on the alert; संजानानान् परिहरन् रावणानुचरान् बहून् Bk.8.27. -5 To accede or agree to. -6 To remember, think of (Paras); मातुः मातरं वा संजानाति Sk. -7 To direct, appoint. Caus. 1 To inform. -2 To appease, gratify, console. -3 (a) To quiet, pacify (a sacrificial animal). (b) To kill. -4 To command, enjoin. -5 To animate. -6 To make intelligible, cause to be understood, inform. -7 To make a sign to (any one), communicate by signs. |
| |
| sat | सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f. 1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. -2 virtue, morality. -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15. -2 charity, good or virtuous action. -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7. -4 courtesy, salutation. -5 any purificatory ceremony. -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3. -गतिः f. (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude. -2 The way of good men. -गुण a. (सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (-णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality. -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence. -2 nothing but existence. -चरित, -चरित्र a. (सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.) 1 good of virtuous conduct. -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1. -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric. -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः 1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -जन a. (सज्जन) good, virtuous, respectable. (-नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38. -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice. -पतिः Ved. 1 a lord of good persons or heroes. -2 N. of Indra. -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily. -पथः 1 a good road. -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. -3 an orthodox doctrine. -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person. -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim. -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality. -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son. -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154. -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19. -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections. -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune. -2 Felicity. -फलः the pomegranate tree. -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26. -2 actual existence, reality. -3 good disposition or nature, amiability. -4 quality of goodness. -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9. -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother. -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul. -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good. -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend. -युवतिः f. (सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden. -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth. -वचस् n. (सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech. -वस्तु n. (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing. -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2. -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11. -विद्य (सद्विद्य) welleducated, having good learning. -वृत्त a. (सद्वृत्त) 1 wellbehaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright. -2 perfectly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended). (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct. -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition. -शील (सच्छील) a. 1 good tempered. -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others). -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः company or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -संप्रदायः good tradition. -संप्रयोगः right application. -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (-यः) a good companion. -सार a. having good sap or essence. (-रः) 1 a kind of tree. -2 a poet. -3 a painter. -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term. |
| |
| satya | सत्य a. [सते हितं यत्] 1 True, real, genuine; as in सत्यव्रत, सत्यसंध. -2 Honest, sincere, truthful, faithful. -3 Fulfilled, realized. -4 Virtuous, upright. -5 Unfailing; कच्चिच्छुश्रूषसे तात पितुः सत्यपराक्रम Rām.2.1.7. -त्यः 1 The abode of Brahman and of truth, the uppermost of the seven worlds or lokas above the earth; see लोक. -2 The Aśvattha tree. -3 N. of Rāma. -4 Of Viṣṇu; सत्यव्रतं सत्यपरं त्रिसत्यं सत्यस्य योनिं निहितं च सत्ये । सत्यस्य सत्यमृतसत्यनेत्रं सत्यात्मकं त्वां शरणं प्रपन्नाः ॥ Bhāg.1.2.26. -5 The deity presiding over नान्दीमुखश्राद्ध q. v. -6 N. of Brahman; अव्ययस्याप्रमेयस्य सत्यस्य च तथाग्रतः Mb.1.37.5. -त्यम् 1 Truth; मौनात्सत्यं विशिष्यते Ms.2.83; सत्यं ब्रू 'to speak the truth'. -2 Sincerity. -3 Goodness, virtue, purity, -4 An oath, a promise, solemn asseveration; सत्याद् गुरुमलोपयन् R.12.9; Ms.8.113. -5 A truism demonstrated truth of dogma. -6 The first of the four Yugas. or ages of the world, the golden age, the age of truth and purity. -7 Water -8 The Supreme Spirit; हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् Īśop.15. -9 Final emancipation (मोक्ष); इह चेदवेदीदथ सत्यमस्ति न चेदिहावेदीन् महती विनष्टिः Ken.2.5. -त्यम् ind. Truly, really, indeed, verily, forsooth; सत्यं शपामि ते पादपङ्कजस्पर्शेन K.; Ku.6.19. -Comp. -अग्निः N. of the sage Agastya. -अनुरक्त a. devoted to truth, honest, upright, true. -अनृत a. 1 true and false; सत्यानृता च परुषा H.2.183. -2 apparently true, but really false. (-तम्, -ते) 1 truth and falsehood. -2 practice of truth and falsehood; i. e. trade, commerce; सत्यानृताभ्यामपि वा न श्ववृत्त्या कदाचन Ms.4.4 and 6. -अभिसंध a. true to one's promise, sincere. -आत्मन् true. (-m.) a virtuous or upright man. -आश्रमः renunciation of the world (संन्यास); दीक्षा बहुविधा राजन् सत्याश्रमपदं भवेत् Mb.12.66.13. -उत्कर्षः 1 pre-eminence in truth. -2 true excellence. -उद्य a. speaking the truth. -उपयाचन a. fulfilling a request. -कामः a lover of truth. -क्रिया a promise, oath. -जित् N. of Indra in the third Manvantara; इन्द्रस्तु सत्यजित् Bhāg.8.1.24. -तपस् m. N. of a sage. -दर्शिन् a. truth-seeing, fore-seeing truth. -धन a. rich in truth, exceedingly truthful. -धर्मः the law of truth, eternal truth. ˚परायण a. devoted to truth and virtue. -धृति a. strictly truthful. -नारायणः 1 A form of Viṣṇu. -2 A form of divinity (called Satyapīr in Bengāli). -पुरम् 1 the world of Viṣṇu. -2 The city of Satya-nārayaṇa; अन्ते सत्यपुरं ययौ (सत्यनारायणव्रतकथा). -पुष्टिः true or permanent prosperity. -पूत a. purified by truth (as words); सत्यपूतां वदेद्वाणीम् Ms.6.46. -प्रतिज्ञ a. true to one's promise. -प्रतिष्ठान, -मूल a. grounded in truth. -फलः the Bilva tree. -भामा N. of the daughter of Satrājit and the favourite wife of Kṛiṣṇa; (it was for her that Kṛiṣṇa fought with Indra and brought the Pārijāta tree from the Nandana garden and planted it in her garden). -भारतः N. of Vyāsa. -भेदिन् a. promise-breaking. -मानम् a true measure. -युगम् the golden age; the first or कृतयुग; see सत्यम् (6) above. -यौवनः a Vidyādhara. -रत a. devoted to truth, honest, sincere. (-तः) N. of Vyāsa. -लौकिकम् spiritual and worldly matters; मया प्रोक्तं हि लोकस्य प्रमाणं सत्यलौकिके Bhāg.3.24.35. -वचनम् 1 the speaking of truth. -2 a promise, solemn assurance. -वचस् a. truthful, veracious. (-m.) 1 a saint, Ṛiṣi. -2 a seer. (-n.) truth, veracity. -वद्य a. veracious; सत्यवद्यो रघूत्तमः Bk.5.1. (-द्यम्) truth, veracity. -वाक्यम् truth-speaking, veracity, -वाच् a. truthful, veracious, candid. (-m.) 1 a saint, seer. -2 a crow. -वादिन् a. 1 truth-speaking. -2 sincere, outspoken, candid. -व्यवस्था ascertainment of truth. -व्रत, -संगर, -संध a. 1 true or faithful to an agreement, promise or word, adhering to truth veracious; Bhāg.1.2.26; see सत्यः (4). -2 honest, sincere. -श्रवसी Ved. an epithet of Uṣas. -श्रावणम् taking a solemn oath. -संश्रवः a promise, vow. -संकल्प a. true in purpose of resolve. -संकाश a. specious, plausible -संगरः N. of Kubera. -a. true to an agreement or promise. -संधः 1 an epithet of Rāma; राजेन्द्रं सत्यसंधं दशरथतनयम् Rāma-rakṣā 26. -2 of Bharata. -3 of king Janamejaya. (-धा) an epithet of Draupadī. -a. keeping one's promise, faithful. -साक्षिन् m. a trustworthy witness; यथोक्तेन नयन्तस्ते पूयन्ते सत्यसाक्षिणः Ms.8.257. |
| |
| saṃnāhaḥ | संनाहः 1 Arming (oneself) or preparation for battle, putting on armour. -2 Warlike preparation, equipment; संनाहगुणाः Kau. A.9; संनाहो$यं साहसमवगमयति Dk. 2.4. -3 Armour, mail; अस्मिन् कलौ खलोत्सृष्टदुष्टवाग्बाणदारुणे कथं जीवेज्जगन्न स्युः संनाहाः सज्जना यदि Kir. K.1.36; Ki. 16.12. -4 Materials, accoutrements; सदश्वै रुक्मसन्नाहैर्भटैः पुरटवर्मभिः Bhāg.9.1.38. |
| |
| saptan | सप्तन् num. a. (always pl.; सप्त nom. and acc.) Seven. -Comp. -अंशुः N. of Agni. -अंशुपुङ्गवः the planet Saturn. -अङ्ग a. see सप्तप्रकृति below. -अर्चिस् a. 1 having seven tongues or flames. -2 evil-eyed, of inauspicious look. (-m.) 1 N. of fire. -2 of Saturn. -3 the Chitraka plant. -अशीतिः f. eighty-seven. -अश्रम् a heptagon. -अश्वः the sun; नप्ता सप्ताश्वसंनिभः Śiva B. 25.45. ˚वाहनः the sun. -अस्र a. septangular. -अहः seven days, i. e. a week. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Brahman. -ऋषि (सप्तर्षि) m. pl. 1 the seven sages; i. e. मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु, and वसिष्ठ. -2 the constellation called Ursa Major (the seven stars of which are said to be the seven sages mentioned above). -कोण a. septangular. -गङ्गम् ind. in the place of the seven streams of the Ganges. -गुण a. seven-fold. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-seven. -च्छदः N. of a tree (Mar. सातवीण); गजाश्च सप्तच्छद- दानगन्धिनः Karṇabhāra 1.11. -जिह्वः, -ज्वालः fire. (the seven tongues are काली, कराली, मनोजवा, सुलोहिता, सुधूम्रवर्णा, उग्रा and प्रदीप्ता). -तन्तुः a sacrifice; सप्ततन्तु- मधिगन्तुमिच्छतः Śi.14.6; पुनः प्रवर्तयिष्यामि सप्ततन्त्वादिकाः क्रियाः Śiva B.5.56; विधये सप्ततन्तूनाम् ibid.18.23. cf. note on N.11.1. -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-seven. -दशन् a. seventeen. ˚अरत्निन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which an expression, if it is found to be inapplicable to the matter or thing with reference to which it is used, should be taken as being connected with or applying to a part or subsidiary thereof. This mode of construing an expression (in its literal sense) is preferable to लक्षणा. This rule is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in the सूत्र 'आनर्थक्यात् तदङ्गेषु' MS.3.1.18 and भाष्या thereon. -दाधितिः N. of fire. -द्वारावकीर्ण a. dominated or affected by the seven gates (5 organs, mind and intellect); सप्तद्वाराकीर्णां च न वाचमनृतां वदेत् Ms.6.48 (see Kull.). -द्वीपा an epithet of the earth; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.33. -धातु m. pl. the seven constituent elements of the body; i. e. chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen; (रसास्रमांस- मेदो$स्थिमज्जानः शुक्रसंयुताः). -नली birdlime. -नवतिः f. ninetyseven. -नाडीचक्रम् a kind of astrological diagram used as a means of foretelling rain. -पदी the seven steps at a marriage (the bride and bridegroom walk together seven steps, after which the marriage becomes irrevocable). -पर्णः (so सप्तच्छदः, सप्तपत्रः) N. of a tree. (-र्णी) the sensitive plant. -पातालम् the seven regions of the earth (i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, महातल, रसातल, तलातल and पाताल). -प्रकृतिः f. pl. the seven constituent parts of a kingdom; स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोशराष्ट्र- दुर्गबलानि च Ak.; see प्रकृति also. -भद्रः the Śirīsa tree. -भूमिक, -भौम a. seven stories high (as a palace). -मन्त्रः fire. -मातृ f. collective N. of seven mothers (i. e. ब्राह्मी, माहेश्वरी, कौमारी, वैष्णवी, वाराही, इन्द्राणी, and चामुण्डा). -मुष्टिकः a particular mixture used as a remedy for fever. -रक्तः one who has got the seven parts of the body red; (पाणिपादतले रक्ते नेत्रान्तरनखानि च । तालुकाधर- जिह्वाश्च प्रशस्ता सप्तरक्तता ॥). -रात्रम् a period of seven nights. -रुचिः fire; सप्तरुचेरिव स्फुलिङ्गाः Śi.2.53. -लोकाः the seven worlds (i. e. भूर्, भुवर्, स्वर्, महर्, जनस्, तपस्, and सत्यम्). -विंशतिः f. twentyseven. -विध a. seven-fold, of seven sorts. -शतम् 1 7. -2 17. (-ती) an aggregate or collection of 7 verses or stanzas. -शलाकः a kind of astronomical diagram used for indicating auspicious days for marriages. -शिरा betel. -सप्तिः an epithet of the sun; सर्वैरुस्रैः समग्रैस्त्वमिव नृपगुणैर्दीप्यते सप्तसप्तिः M.2.12; Ś.6.29; Ki.5.34. -स्वरः the seven musical notes (i. e. सा, रि, ग, म, प, ध, नी). |
| |
| samala | समल a. 1 Dirty, foul;, filthy, impure. -2 Sinful. -लम् Excrement, ordure, feces. |
| |
| samādhiḥ | समाधिः 1 Collecting, composing, concentrating (as mind). -2 Profound or abstract meditation, concentration of mind on one object, perfect absorption of thought into the one object of meditation, i. e. the Supreme Spirit, (the 8th and last stage of Yoga); व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिः समाधौ न विधीयते Bg.2.44; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4,5; Mk.1.1; Bh.3.54. R.8.79; Śi.4.55. -3 Intentness, concentration (in general), fixing of thoughts; यथा भानुगतं तेजो मणिः शुद्धः समाधिना । आदत्ते राजशार्दूल तथा योगः प्रवर्तते ॥ Mb.12.298.12; तस्यां लग्नसमाधि (मानसम्) Gīt.3; अहःसु तस्या हृदि ये समाधयः Rām. ch.2.41. -4 Penance, religious obligation, devotion (to penance); अस्त्येतदन्यसमाधिभीरुत्वं देवानाम् Ś1; तपः- समाधि Ku.3.24; अथोपयन्तारमलं समाधीना 5.24;5.6;1.59; सर्वथा दृढसमाधिर्भव Nāg.5. -5 Bringing together, concentration, combination, collection; union, a set; सा तस्य धर्मार्थसमाधियुक्तं निशम्य वाक्यम् Rām.4.33.5; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29. -6 Reconciliation, settling or composing differences. -7 Silence. -8 Agreement, assent, promise. -9 Requital. -1 Completion, accomplishment. -11 Perseverance in extreme difficulties. -12 Attempting impossibilities. -13 Laying up corn (in times of famine), storing grain. -14 A tomb. -15 The joint of the neck; a particular position of the neck; अंसाववष्टब्धनतौ समाधिः Ki.16.21. -16 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa; समाधिः सुकरं कार्यं कारणान्तरयोगतः K. P.1; see S. D.614. -17 One of the ten Guṇas or merits of style; अन्यधर्मस्ततो$न्यत्र लोकसीमानुरोधिना । सम्यगाधीयते यत्र स समाधिः स्मृतो यथा ॥ Kāv.1.93. -18 A religious vow or self-imposed restraint. -19 Support, upholding. -Comp -भङ्गः interruption of meditation. -भृत् a. absorbed in meditation. -योगः 1 employment of meditation. -2 the efficacy of contemplation. -विग्रहः embodiment of meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation or contemplation. |
| |
| samutsargaḥ | समुत्सर्गः 1 Abandoning, leaving. -2 Shedding or casting forth, giving away. -3 Discharge of feces, voiding of excrement; मूत्रोच्चारसमुत्सर्गं दिवा कुर्यादुदङ्मुखः Ms.4.5. -4 Emission (of semen). |
| |
| samunnaddha | समुन्नद्ध p. p. 1 Elevated, exalted. -2 Swollen. -3 Full, excessive; परोक्षेण समुन्नद्धप्रणयौत्कण्ठ्यकातरः Bhāg. 1.15.3. -4 Proud, arrogant, overbearing. -5 Conceited, thinking oneself to be learned; अचिन्त्यं चापि तं ज्ञात्वा... विचरेद्यो$समुन्नद्धः Mb.12.351.12. -6 Unfettered. -7 Bound up. -8 Supreme. |
| |
| sargaḥ | सर्गः [सृज्-घञ्] 1 Relinquishment, abandonment. -2 Creation; आराध्य विप्रान् स्मरमादिसर्गे Bhāg.3.1.28; अस्याः सर्गविधौ प्रजापतिरभूच्चन्द्रो नु कान्तिप्रदः V.1.8. -3 The creation of the world; प्रलयस्थितिसर्गाणां कारणतां गतः Ku.2.6; R. 3.27; सर्गो नवविधस्तस्य प्राकृतो वैकृतस्तु यः Bhāg.3.1.13. -4 Nature, the universe; इहैव तैर्जितः सर्गो येषां साभ्ये स्थितं मनः Bg.5.19. -5 Natural property, nature. -6 Determination, resolve; गृहाण शस्त्रं यदि सर्ग एष ते R.3.51;14. 42; Śi.19.38. -7 Assent, agreement. -8 A section, chapter, canto (as of a poem). -9 Rush, onset, advance (of troops). -1 Voiding of excrement; राजमार्गे गवां मध्ये धान्यमध्ये च धर्मिणः । नोपसेवन्ति राजेन्द्र सर्गं मूत्रपुरीषयोः ॥ Mb.13.162.35. -11 N. of Śiva. -12 Fainting, swoon (मोह). -13 Ved. A horse. -14 Production (of the implement of war); सर्गाणां चान्ववेक्षणम् Mb.12.59.44. (com. सर्गाणां रथादिनिर्माणानाम्). -15 Effort, exertion. -16 The aspiration at the end of a word (विसर्ग). -Comp. -क्रमः the order of creation. -बन्धः a great poem having several cantos, a Mahākāvya; सर्गबन्धो महाकाव्यम् S. D. |
| |
| sarva | सर्व Pron. a. [सृतमनेन विश्वमिति सर्वम् Uṇ.1.151] (nom. pl. सर्वे m.) 1 All, every; उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me. 2. -2 Whole, entire, complete. -र्वः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -र्वम् Water. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the whole body. -2 all the Vedāṅgas. (-ङ्गः or ˚रूपः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गीण a. pervading or thrilling through the whole body; सर्वाङ्गीणः स्पर्शः सुतस्य किल V.5.11. -अधिकारिन् -m., -अध्यक्षः a general superintendent. -अनुक्रमणिका, -क्रमणी a general index. -अनुदात्त a. entirely accentless. -अन्नीन a. eating every kind of fodd; so सर्वान्न- भोजिन् &c. -अपरत्वम् final emancipation. -अभावः nonexistence or failure of all; इतरेषां तु वर्णानां सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः Ms.9.189. -अभिसन्धिक a. deceiving every one; Ms.4.195. -अभिसन्धिन् m. 1 a traducer, calumniator. -2 a religious hypocrite. -अभिसारः a complete army (of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry). -अर्थचिन्तकः a general overseer, chief officer. -अर्थ- साधिका N. of Durgā. -अर्थसिद्धः the great Buddha or Śākyamuni. -अवसरः midnight. -अशिन् a. eating all sorts of food; Ms.2.118. -अस्तिवादः the doctrine that all things are real. -आकार (in comp.) entirely, thoroughly, completely; सर्वाकारहृदयंगमायास्तस्याः Māl.1.7; 1.14. -आत्मन् m. 1 the whole soul; (सर्वात्मना entirely, completely, thoroughly.). -2 N. of Śiva. -आधारः a receptacle of everything. -आशयः, -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a paramount lord. -उत्तम a. best of all, excellent, supremely good. -ऋतुपरिवर्तः a year; L. D. B. -ओघः = सर्वाभिसार above. -करः, -कर्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -कर्तृ m. 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. -कर्मीण a. performing everything. -कामः, कामदः, कामवरः N. of Śiva. -कामिक a. 1 fulfilling all wishes. -2 obtaining all one's desires. -काम्य a. 1 loved by all. -2 having everything one can desire. -कालीन a. for all time, perpetual. -केशिन् m. an actor. -क्षारः impure carbonate of soda or potash. -क्षित् a. abiding in all things. -ग a. all-pervading, omnipresent. (-गः) 1 Śiva. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 Brahman. -4 the spirit, soul. (-गम्) water. -गा the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -गामिन्, -गति a. all-pervading, omnipresent. -गतिः the refuge of all. -ग्रन्थिः, -ग्रन्थिकम् the root of long pepper. -चारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -जनीन a. 1 world-wide, famous. -2 relating to every one. -3 salutary to every one. -जित् a. 1 excellent, incomparable. -2 all-conquering, invincible. -m. 1 death. -2 the 21st संवत्सर. -जीवः the soul of all. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. all-knowing, omniscient. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Buddha. -3 the Supreme Being. -ज्ञा N. of Durgā. -ज्ञातृ a. omniscient. -तन्त्रः one who has studied all the Tantras. ˚सिद्धान्तः a doctrine admitted by all the schools. -तापनः the god of love. -दः N. of Śiva. -दम, -दमन a. all-subduing, irresistible. (-m.) N. of Bharata, son of Duṣyanta; इहायं सत्त्वानां प्रसभदमनात् सर्व- दमनः Ś.7.33. -दर्शनसंग्रहः a compendium of all the schools or systems of philosophy by Mādhavāchārya. -दर्शिन् a. all-seeing. -m. 1 a Buddha. -2 the Supreme Being. -दुःखक्षयः final emancipation from all existence. -दृश् a. all-seeing. f. (pl.) all organs of senses. -देवमय a. comprising all the gods. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -देवमुखः an epithet of Agni. -द्रष्टृ a. all-seeing. -धनम् (in arith.) the total of a sum in progression. -धन्विन् m. the god of love. -धारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -धुरीणः A beast carrying all burdens; a draught ox. -नामन् n. a class of pronominal words. ˚स्थानम् N. for the nom. (all numbers) and acc. sing. and dual of masculine and feminine nouns and nom. and add. pl. of neuter nouns; cf. सुट् also. -निक्षेपा a particular method of counting. -निराकृति a. causing to forget everything. -पारशव a. made entirely of iron. -पार्षदम् a text book received by all grammatical schools. -पूर्णत्वम् complete preparation. -प्रथमम् ind. first of all. -प्रद a. all-bestowing. -प्रिय a. popular, liked by all. -बलम् a particular high number. -भक्षः fire. -भक्षा a female goat. -भवारणिः the cause of all welfare. -भावः allbeing or nature; (सर्वभावेन 'with all one's heart, sincerely, heart and soul'). -भावकरः, -भावनः N. of Śiva. -भृत् a. all-supporting. -मङ्गला an epithet of Pārvatī. -मांसाद a. eating every kind of flesh; मत्स्यादः सर्वमांसादस्तस्मान्मत्स्यान् विवर्जयेत् Ms.5.15. -मुख a. facing in every direction. -मूल्यम् A cowrie. -मूषकः 'all-stealing', time. -मेधः a universal sacrifice; राजसूयाश्वमेधौ च सर्वमेधं च भारत Mb.14.3.8. -योगिन् m. N. of Śiva. -योनिः the source of all. -रसः 1 the resinous exudation of the Sāla tree, resin. -2 salt, saltness. -3 a kind of musical instrument. -4 a learned man. ˚उत्तमः salt. -लालसः N. of Śiva. -लिङ्गिन् m. 1 an impostor. -2 a heretic. -लोकः the universe. -लोहः an iron arrow. -वर्णिन् a. of various kinds; खादिरान् बिल्वसमितांस्तावतः सर्ववर्णिनः Mb.14.88. 27 (com. वर्णिनः पलाशकाष्ठमयाः). -वल्लभा an unchaste woman. -वासः, -वासिन् m., -विख्यातः, -विग्रहः N. of Śiva. -विक्रयिन् a. selling all kinds of things; Ms.2. 118. -वेदः a man who has studied the four Vedas. -वेदस् m. one who performs a sacrifice by giving away all his wealth; Ms.11.1. (-सम्) all one's property; उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ Kath.1.1; चतुर्थे चायुषः शेषे वानप्रस्थाश्रमं त्यजेत् । सद्यस्कारां निरूप्येष्टिं सर्ववेदसदक्षिणाम् ॥ Mb.12.244.23. -वेशिन् m. an actor. -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -शक् a. omnipotent, allpowerful. -शान्तिकृत् m. N. of Śakuntalā's son, Bharata. -संस्थ a. 1 Omnipresent. -2 all destroying. -सखः a sage; शान्तो यथैक उत सर्वसखैश्चरामि Bhāg.1. 85.45. -संगतः a kind of quick-growing rice. -a. 1 appropriate in every respect. -2 met with universally. -संग्रहः a general or universal collection. -संनहनम्, -संनाहः assembling of a complete army, a complete armament; see -अभिसारः. -समता equality towards everything; स सर्वसमतामेत्य ब्रह्माभ्येति परं पदम् Ms. 12.125. -समाहर a. all-destroying. -संपन्न a. provided with everything. -संपातः all that remains. -सरः a kind of ulcer in the mouth. -सह a. all-forbearing, very patient; स त्वं जगत्त्राणखलप्रहाणये निरूपितः सर्वसहो गदाभृता Bhāg.9.5.9. (-हः) bdellium. (-हा, also सर्वसहा) the earth. -साक्षिन् a. all-witnessing. (-m.) 1 N. of the Supreme Being. -2 N. of wind. -3 of Agni. -साधनः Śiva. -साधारण, -सामान्य a. common to all. -सिद्धिः f. universal success. (-m.) the Bilva tree. -स्वम् 1 everything, the whole of one's possessions; as in सर्वस्वदण्डः, सर्वस्वहरणम् 'confiscation of the whole property'. -2 the very essence, the all-in-all of anything; सर्वस्वं तदहो महाकविगिरां कामस्य चाम्भोरुह Subhāṣ.; see Ś.1.24;6.1; Māl.8.6; Bv.1.63. -स्वारः Vedic sacrifice (एकाह) in which the sacrificer commits suicide (usually a man suffering from some incurable desease with little hope of life); अननन्द निरीक्ष्यायं पुरे तत्रात्मघातिनम् । सर्वस्वारस्य यज्वानमेनं दृष्ट्वाथ विव्यथे । N.17.22. -हर a. 1 appropriating everything. -2 inheriting a person's whole property. -3 all-destroying (as death); मृत्युः सर्वहरश्चाहम् Bg.1.34. -हरणम्, -हारः confiscating of one's entire property; सर्वहारं हरेन्नृपः Ms.8.399. -हितम् black pepper. |
| |
| sarvatas | सर्वतस् ind. 1 From every side or quarter. -2 On all sides, everywhere, all round; सर्वतः पाणिपादं तत् सर्वतो- $क्षिशिरोमुखम् । सर्वतः श्रुतिमल्लोके सर्वमावृत्य तिष्ठति ॥ Bg.13.13. -3 Completely, entirely. -Comp. -गामिन् a. 1 having access everywhere; वज्रं तपोवीर्यमहत्सु कुण्ठं त्वं सर्वतोगामि च साधकं च Ku.3.12. -2 all-pervading. -दिशम् ind. from all sides; in all directions. -भद्रः 1 the car of Viṣṇu. -2 a bamboo. -3 a kind of verse artificially arranged; e. g. see देवाकानिनि कावादे वाहिकास्वस्वकाहि वा । काकारेभभरे काका निस्वभव्यव्यभस्वनि ॥ Ki.15.25. -4 a temple or palace having openings on four sides; (n. also in this sense). -5 the Nimba tree. -6 a kind of military array. -7 a square mystical diagram (as a sort of altar); व्याघ्रचर्मोत्तरे शुक्ले सर्वतोभद्र आसने Mb.12.4.13. (-द्रा) a dancing girl, an actress. -मुख a. of every kind, complete, unlimited; उपपन्ना हि दारेषु प्रभुता सर्वतोमुखी Ś.5. 26. (-खः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Brahman; अथ सर्वस्य धातारं ते सर्वे सर्वतोमुखम् (उपतस्थिरे) Ku.2.3 (having faces on all sides). -3 the Supreme Being. -4 the soul. -5 a Brāhmaṇa -6 fire. -7 heaven or Svarga (of Indra). (-खम्) 1 water; पिपासतः काश्चन सर्वतोमुखं तवार्पयन्तामपि काममोदनम् N.16.49. -2 sky. -वृत्त a. omnipresent. -शुभा the Priyaṅgu plant. |
| |
| sākṣin | साक्षिन् a. (-णी f.) [सह अक्षि अस्य; साक्षाद् द्रष्टा साक्षी वा P.V.2.91] 1 Seeing, observing, witnessing. -2 Attesting, testifying. -m. 1 A witness, an observer, an eye-witness; फलं पःसाक्षिषु दृष्टमेष्वपि Ku.5.6; साक्षित्वमस्य पुरुषस्य Saṁkhya K.19; Ms.8.18. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 (In phil.) The Ego. -Comp. -द्वैधम् divergent evidence, discrepancy between witnesses. -परीक्षा examination of a witness. -प्रत्ययः the evidence of witnesses. -भावित a. borne out or proved by evidence. |
| |
| sārṣṭitā | सार्ष्टिता 1 Equality in rank, condition, or power; देवतानां सलोकतां सार्ष्टितां सायुज्यं गच्छति Ch. Up.2.2.2. -2 Equality with the Supreme Being in power and all the divine attributes, the last of the four states or grades of Mukti; ब्रह्मदो ब्रह्मसार्ष्टितां (प्राप्नोति) Ms.4.232. |
| |
| siddhiḥ | सिद्धिः f. [सिध्-क्तिन्] 1 Accomplishment, fulfilment, completion, perfection, complete attainment (of an object); विरोधि सिद्धेरिति कर्तुमुद्यतः Ki.14.8; क्रियासिद्धिः सत्त्वे भवति महतां नोपकरणे Subhāṣ. -2 Success, prosperity, welfare, well-being. -3 Establishment, settlement. -4 Substantiation, demonstration, proof, indisputable conclusion. -5 Validity (of a rule, law &c.). -6 Decision; adjudication, settlement (of a law-suit); कार्यकारण- सिद्धौ च प्रसन्ना बुद्धिरव्यया Rām.4.18.47; तस्मान्न लेखसामर्थ्यात् सिद्धिरैकान्तिकी मता Śukra. 4.726. -7 Certainty, truth, accuracy, correctness. -8 Payment, liquidation (of a debt); अधमर्णार्थसिद्ध्यर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47. -9 Preparing, cooking (as of drugs &c.). -1 The solution of a problem. -11 Readiness. -12 Complete purity or sanctification. -13 A superhuman power of faculty; (these faculties are eight:-- अणिमा लघिमा प्राप्तिः प्राकाम्यं महिमा तथा । ईशित्वं च वशित्वं च तथा कामावसायिता ॥). -14 The acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means. -15 Marvellous skill or capability. -16 Good effect or result. -17 Final beatitude, final emancipation. -18 Understanding, intellect. -19 Concealment, vanishing, making oneself invisible. -2 A magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes). -21 A kind of Yoga. -22 N. of Durgā. -23 Complete knowledge. -24 Advantage, use, good effect. -25 N. of Śiva (m. in this sense). -26 Efficacy, efficiency. -27 Becoming intelligible (as sounds or words). -28 (In Rhet.) The pointing out in the same person of various good qualities. -Comp. -द a. 1 granting success or supreme felicity. -2 giving the eight superhuman faculties; हृदि विनिहितरूपः सिद्धिदस्तद्विदां यः Māl.5.1. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -दात्री an epithet of Durgā. -योगः a particular suspicious conjunction of planets. -विनायकः a form of Gaṇeśa. |
| |
| su | सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con |
| |
| sukha | सुख a. [सुख-अच्] 1 Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased. -2 Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; so सुखश्रवा निस्वनाः 3.19. -3 Virtuous, pious. -4 Taking delight in, favourable to; Ś.7.18. -5 Easy practicable; श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49. -6 Fit, suitable. -खा 1 The capital of Varuṇa. -2 (In phil.) The effort to win future beatitude. -3 Piety, virtue. -खम् 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात् सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21. -2 Prosperity; अद्वैतं सुखदुःखयोरनुगुणं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -3 Well-being, welfare, health; देवीं सुखं प्रष्टुं गता M.4. -4 Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft in comp; as in सुखशयित, सुखोपविष्ट, सुखाश्रय &c. -5 Facility, easiness, ease. -6 Heaven, Paradise. -7 Water. -खम् ind. 1 Happily, joyfully; भ्रातृभिः सहितो रामः प्रमुमोद सुखं सुखी Rām.7.41.1. -2 Well; सुखमास्तां भवान् 'many you fare well'. -3 At ease, comfortably; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P. 1. -4 Easily, with ease; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K. -4 Rather, willingly. -5 Quietly, placidly; सुखं रात्रीः शयिता वीतमन्युः Kaṭh.1.11. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 ending in happiness. -2 friendly. -3 destroying happiness. -अधिष्ठानम् a happy state. -अभियोज्य a. easily assailable. -अभ्युदयिक a. causing joy or pleasure; सुखाभ्युदयिकं चैव नैःश्रेयसिकमेव च Ms.12.88. -अर्थः anything that gives pleasure; Ms.6.26. -आगतम् welcome. -आजातः N. of Śiva. -आत्मक a. consisting of pleasure. -आत्मन् the Supreme Spirit, Brahma; पृथगाचरतस्तात पृथगात्मसुखात्मनोः Mb.13. 12.8. -आधारः paradise. -आप a. easily won or attained. -आप्लव a. suitable for bathing. -आयतः, -आयनः a good or well-trained horse. -आराध्य a. easy to be conciliated or propitiated. -आरोह a. of easy ascent. -आलोक a. good-looking, lovely, charming -आवह a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable. -आशः 1 eating at ease. -2 pleasant food. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -आशकः a cucumber. -आसक्तः an epithet of Śiva. -आसनम् a comfortable seat. -आसीन a. comfortably seated; also सुखनिविष्ट. -आस्वाद a. 1 having a sweet taste, sweet-flavoured. -2 agreeable, delightful. (-दः) 1 a pleasant flavour. -2 enjoyment (of pleasure). -उचित a. accustomed to comfort or happiness. -उत्सवः 1 merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. -2 a husband. -उदकम्, -उष्णम् warm water. -उदयः 1 dawn or realization of happiness. -2 an intoxicating drink. -उदर्क a. resulting in happiness. -उद्भवा yellow myrobalan; L. D. B. -उद्य a. to be spoken easily or agreeably. -उपविष्ट a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease. -एषिन् a. desiring happiness, wishing well to. -ऊर्जिकः natron. -कर, -कार, -दायक a. giving pleasure, pleasant. -चारः a good horse. -जात a. happy; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ...... Bk.5.38. -तन्त्र a. enjoying pleasure; अर्थधर्मौ च संगृह्य सुखतन्त्रो न चालसः Rām.2.1.27. -द a. giving pleasure. (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-दा) 1 a courtezan of Indra's heaven. -2 the river Ganges. -3 the Śamī tree. (-दम्) the seat of Viṣṇu. -दोह्या a cow easily milked. -प्रविचार a. easily accessible. -प्रश्नः inquiry as to welfare. -बद्ध a. lovely. -बोधः 1 sensation of pleasure. -2 easy knowledge. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. happy. -भेद्य a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle. -मानिन् seeking joy in. -मोदा the gum olibanum tree. -रात्रिः 1 the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honour of Lakṣmī). -2 a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms.3.47. -रात्रिः, -रात्रिका Lakṣmī. -रूप a. having an agreeable appearance. -वर्चकः, -वर्चस् m. natron, alkali. -वह a. easily borne or carried. -वासः a water-melon. -वेदनम् consciousness of pleasure. -श्रव, -श्रुति a. sweet to the ear, melodious; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः प्रसादयन्ती हृदयान्यपि द्विषाम् Ki.14.3. -संगिन a. attached to pleasure; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11. -संदु(दो)ह्या f. a cow easily milked; L. D. B. -संयोगः gain of eternal bliss; धर्मार्थप्रभवं चैव सुखसंयोगमक्षयम् Ms.6.64. -साध्य a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c. -सुखेन ind. most willingly. -सेव्य a. easy of access. -स्वर्श a. 1 agreeable to the touch. -2 gratifying, pleasant; सेव्य- मानौ सुखस्पर्शैः शालनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38. -हस्त a. having a soft or gentle hand. |
| |
| sūkṣma | सूक्ष्म a. [सूच्-मन् सुक् च नेट्; Uṇ.4.184] 1 Subtle, minute, atomic; जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः; मुख्य- क्रमेण प्रयोगव वनैकवाक्यता सूक्ष्मा ŚB. on MS.5.1.15. -2 Little, small; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19; R.18.49. -3 Fine, thin, delicate, exquisite. -4 Nice. -5 Sharp, acute, penetrating. -6 Crafty, artful, subtle, ingenious. -7 Exact, precise, accurate, correct. -क्षमः 1 An atom. -2 The clearing-nut plant. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -क्ष्मा 1 Sand. -2 Small cardamoms. -क्ष्मम् 1 The subtle all-pervading spirit, the Supreme Soul. -2 Minuteness. -3 One of the three kinds of power attainable by an ascetic; cf. सावद्य. -4 Craft, ingenuity -5 Fraud, cheating. -6 Fine thread &c. -7 N. of a figure of speech, thus defined by Mammaṭa :-- कुतो$पि लक्षितः सूक्ष्मोप्यर्थो$न्यस्मै प्रकाश्यते । धर्मेण केनचिद्यत्र तत्सूक्ष्मं परिचक्षते ॥ K. P.1. -8 The cavity of a tooth. -9 Marrow. -1 The Vedānta philosophy. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -एला small cardamoms. -तण्डुलः the poppy. -तण्डुला 1 long pepper. -2 a kind of grass. -दर्शिता quick-sightedness, acuteness, foresight, wisdom. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि a. 1 sharp-sighted, eagle-eyed. -2 of acute discernment. -3 acute, sharpminded. -दलः mustard. -दारु n. a thin plank of wood, a board. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtile body which is invested by the grosser material frame (= लिङ्गशरीर q. v.). -पत्रः 1 coriander seed. -2 a kind of wild cumin. -3 a sort of red sugar-cane. -4 the gum Arabic tree. -5 a sort of mustard. -पर्णी a kind of basil. -पिप्पली wild pepper. -बीजः the poppy. -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, shrewd, intelligent. (-द्धिः f.) sharp wit, acute intellect, mental acumen. -भूतम् a subtle element. -मक्षिकम्, -का a mosquito, gnat. -मति, -मतिमत् a. acute-minded. -मानम् a nice or exact measurement, precise computation (opp. सूथूलमान which means 'broad measurement', 'rough calculation'). -शरीरम् (in phil.) a subtle body. -शर्करा small gravel, sand. -शालिः a kind of fine rice. -षट्चरणः a sort of louse. -स्फोटः a kind of leprosy. |
| |
| sūtram | सूत्रम् [सूत्र्-अच्] 1 A thread, string, line, cord; पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Subhās.; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवास्ति मे गतिः R.1.4. -2 A fibre; सुराङ्गना कर्षति खण्डिताग्रात् सूत्रं मृणालादिव राजहंसी V.1.18; Ku.1.4. -3 A wire. -4 A collection of threads. -5 The sacred thread or sacrificial cord worn by members of the first three classes; शिखासूत्रवान् ब्राह्मणः Tarka K.; विप्रत्वे सूत्रमेव हि Bhāg.12.2.3. -6 The string or wire of a puppet. -7 A short rule or precept, an aphorism. -8 A short or concise technical sentence used as a memorial rule; it is thus defined:-- स्वल्पाक्षरमसंदिग्धं सारवद् विश्वतोमुखम् । अस्तोभमनवद्यं च सूत्रं सूत्रविदो विदुः. -9 Any work or manual containing such aphoristic rules; e. g. मानवकल्पसूत्र, आपस्तम्बसूत्र, गृह्यसूत्र &c. -1 A rule, canon, decree (in law). -11 A girdle; वासः ससूत्रं लघुमारुतो$हरद् भवस्य देवस्य किलानुपश्यतः Bhāg.8.12.23. -12 A line, stroke. -13 A sketch, plan; त्वमेव धर्मार्थदुघाभिपत्तये दक्षेण सूत्रेण ससर्जिथा- ध्वरम् Bhāg.4.6.44. -14 Indication, prelude; विशङ्क्य सूत्रं पुरुषायितस्य तद् भविष्यतो$स्मायि तदा तदालिभिः N.16.15. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of weaving; Kau. A.2. -आत्मन् a. having the nature of a string or thread. (-m.) the soul. -आली a string of beads &c. worn round the neck, a necklace. -कण्ठः 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 a pigeon, dove. -3 a wag-tail. -कर्मन् n. carpentry; अथ भूमिप्रदेशज्ञाः सूत्रकर्मविशारदाः Rām.2.8.1. ˚विशेषज्ञः a weaver; Rām.2.83.12. -कारः, -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Sūtras. -2 a carpenter. -कोणः, -कोणकः a small drum shaped like an hourglass (डमरु). -कोशः a skein of yarn. -क्रीडा a particular game with strings (one of the 64 kalās). -गण्डिका a kind of stick used by weavers in spinning threads. -ग्रन्थः a book of a phorisms. -ग्राह a. seizing a thread. -ग्राहिन् m. a draftsman, an architect. -चरणम् N. of a class of Charaṇas or Vedic schools which introduced various Sūtra-works. -तन्तुः 1 a thread, string. -2 perseverance, energy. -तर्कुटी a distaff, spindle. -दरिद्र a. 'poor in threads', having a small number of threads, thread-bare; अयं पटः सूत्रदरिद्रतां गतः Mk.2.9. -धरः, -धारः 1 'the threadholder', a stage-manager, the principal actor who arranges the cast of characters and instructs them, and takes a prominent part in the Prastāvanā or prelude; he is thus defined:-- नाट्यस्य यदनुष्ठानं तत् सूत्रं स्यात् सबीजकम् । रङ्गदैवतपूजाकृत् सूत्रधार इति स्मृतः ॥ -2 a carpenter, an artisan. -3 the author of a set of aphorisms. -4 an epithet of Indra. -धृक् m. 1 an architect. -2 a stage-manager. -पातः applying the measuring line. -पिटकः N. of one of the three collections of Buddhistic writings. -पुष्पः the cotton plant. -प्रोत a. fastened. with wires (as puppets). -भिद् m. a tailor. -भृत् m. = सूत्रधार q. v. -यन्त्रम् 1 'a thread-machine', shuttle. -2 a weaver's loom; सूत्रयन्त्रजविशिष्टचेष्टयाश्चर्यसञ्जिबहुशालभञ्जिकः N.18.13. -3 a shuttle. -वापः weaving (threads). -वीणा a kind of lute. -वेष्टनम् 1 a weaver's shuttle. -2 the act of weaving. -शाखम् the body. -स्थानम् (in medic. works) the first general section (treating of the physician, disease, remedies &c). |
| |
| saumya | सौम्य a. (-म्या or -म्यी f.) [सोमो देवतास्य तस्येदं वा अण्] 1 Relating or sacred to the moon. -2 Having the properties of Soma. -3 Handsome, lovely, charming; pleasing, agreeable. -4 Gentle, soft, mild, placid; संरंम्भं मैथिलीहासः क्षणसौम्यां निनाय ताम् R.12.36; सौम्यस्व- भावो$पि पृथुप्रतापः (where सौम्य means both 'gentle' and 'lunar') Bu. Ch.1.1; (the voc. सौम्य is often used in the sense of 'good sir', 'gentle sir', 'good man'; प्रीतास्मि ते सौम्य चिराय जीव R.14.59; सौम्येति चाभांष्य यथार्थवादी 14. 44; Me.51; Ku.4.35; Māl.9.25). -5 Auspicious. -6 Bright, brilliant. -7 Cool, moist. -8 Northern. -म्यः 1 N. of Budha or the planet Mercury. -2 A proper epithet by which a Brāhmaṇa should be addressed; आयुष्मान् भव सौम्येति वाच्यो विप्रो$भिवादने Ms.2.125. -3 A Brāhmaṇa. -4 The Udumbara tree. -5 Blood before it becomes red, serum. -6 The gastric juice. -7 N. of one of the nine divisions of the earth. -8 An auspicious planet. -9 A Brāhmaṇa drinking the Soma juice. -1 A kind of penance (सौम्यकृच्छ्र). -11 An adherent, worshipper; पपुर्ज्ञानमयं सौम्या यन्मुखाम्बुरुहासवम् Bhāg. 2.4.24. -12 The left hand. -13 The month मार्गशीर्ष. -म्यम् 1 Gentleness. -2 The मृगशिरस् constellation. -3 The left eye. -4 The middle of the hand. -म्या 1 N. of Durgā. -2 The moon-plant. -3 A pearl. -4 The मृगशिरस् constellation. -म्यी Moon-shine. -m. pl. 1 N. of the five stars in Orion's head. -2 A particular class of Pitṛis or Manes; अग्निष्वात्तांश्च सौम्यांश्च विप्राणामेव निर्दिशेत् Me.3.199. -Comp. -उपचारः a gentle measure, mild remedy. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of religious penance; पिण्याकाचामतक्राम्बुसक्तूनां प्रतिवासरम् । एकरात्रोपवासश्च कृच्छ्रः सौम्यो$यमुच्यते ॥ Y.3.321. -गन्धी the Indian white rose. -गोलः the northern hemisphere. -ग्रहः a benign or auspicious planet (as बुध, गुरु, शुक्र and चन्द्र). -धातुः the phlegmatic humour, phlegm. -नामन् a. having a pleasing or agreeable name; Ms.3.1. -वारः, -वासरः Wednesday. |
| |
| sauṣṭhavam | सौष्ठवम् [सुष्ठु भद्रं तस्य भावः अण्] 1 Excellence, goodness, beauty, elegance, superior beauty; सर्वाङ्गसौष्ठवाभिव्यक्तये विरलनेपथ्ययोः पात्रयोः प्रवेशो$स्तु M.1; शरीरमसौष्ठवम् Māl.1.17 'not in good trim'; Ki.1.3. -2 Extreme skilfulness, cleverness; स सायकान् साध्वसविप्लुतानां क्षिपन् परेषामतिसौष्ठवेन Ki.17.21. -3 Excess. -4 Suppleness, lightness. -5 A particular position of the body (as in dancing). |
| |
| skambhaḥ | स्कम्भः 1 Support, prop, stay. -2 Fulcrum. -3 The Supreme Being. -4 N. of the Vedic deity. |
| |
| sthiratara | स्थिरतर a. More firm, fixed &c. -रः The Supreme Being. |
| |
| smaraḥ | स्मरः [स्मृ-भावे अप्] 1 Recollection, remembrance; स्मरो वावाकाशाद्भूयः Ch. Up.7.13.1,2. -2 Love; स्मर एव तापहेतुर्निर्वापयिता स एव मे जातः Ś.3.11. -3 Cupid, the god of love; स्मर पर्युसुक एष माधवः Ku.4.28,42,43. -4 The 7th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अङ्कुशः 1 a finger-nail. -2 a lover, lascivious person. -अगारम्, -कूपकः, -गृहम्, -मन्दिरम् the female organ. -अधिवोसः the Aśoka tree. -अन्धः a. blinded by love, infatuated with passion. -आकुल, -आतुर, -आर्त, -उत्सुक a. pining with love, love-sick, smit with love. -आसवः saliva. -उद्दीपनः a sort of hair-oil. -उन्मादः amorous folly. -उपकरणम् implement of love (as perfumes &c.). -कथा lovers' prattle. -कर्मन् n. any amorous action, a wanton act. -कार a. exciting love. -गुरुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -चक्रः, -चन्द्रः a kind of sexual union. -छत्रम् the clitoris. -दशा a state of love, state of the body produced by being in love (these are ten). -दुर्मद a. infatuated by love. -ध्वजः 1 the male organ. -2 a fabulous fish. -3 N. of a musical instrument. (-जम्) the female organ. (-जा) a bright moon-light night. -प्रिया an epithet of Rati. -भासित a. inflamed by love. -मोहः infatuation of love, passion. -लेखः a loveletter. -लेखनी the Sārikā bird. -वल्लभः 1 an epithet of Spring. -2 of Aniruddha. -वीथिका a prostitute, harlot. -शासनः an epithet of Śiva. -शास्त्रम् a manual of erotics. -सखः 1 the moon. -2 the spring. -स्तम्भः the male organ. -स्मर्यः a donkey, an ass. -हरः an epithet of Śiva; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24. |
| |
| smaraṇam | स्मरणम् [स्मृ-ल्युट्] 1 Remembering, remembrance, recollection; केवलं स्मरणेनैव पुनासि पुरुषं यतः R.1.29. -2 Thinking of or about; यदि हरिस्मरणे सरसं मनः Gīt.1. -3 Memory. -4 Tradition, traditional precept; इति भृगुस्मरणात् (opp. श्रुति). -5 Mental recitation of the name of a deity. -6 Remembering with regret, regretting. -7 Rhetorical recollection, regarded as a figure of speech; thus defined:-- यथानुभवमर्थस्य दृष्टे तत्सदृशे स्मृतिः स्मरणम् K. P.1. -णी A rosary of beads (for counting). -Comp. -अनुग्रहः 1 a kind remembrance. -2 the favour of remembrance; अद्य तूच्चैस्तरं ताभ्यां स्मरणानुग्रहात्तव Ku. 6.19. -अपत्यतर्पकः a turtle, tortoise. -अयौगपद्यम् the non-simultaneousness of recollections. -पदवी death. स्मरणीय smaraṇīya स्मर्तव्य smartavya स्मर्य smarya स्मरणीय स्मर्तव्य स्मर्य a. To be remembered, memorable. |
| |
| smāraṇam | स्मारणम् 1 Calling to mind, reminding, causing to remember. -2 Calculating, checking; रमणीयेषु देशेषु घोषाः संप्रति कौरव । स्मारणे समयः प्राप्तो वत्सानामपि चाङ्कनम् ॥ Mb.3.239.4. |
| |
| smārta | स्मार्त a. [स्मृतौ विहितः, स्मृतिं वेत्त्यधीते वा अण्] 1 Relating to memory, remembered, memorial. -2 Being within memory; स्मार्तमस्ति पुराणं मे यथैवाधिगतं तथा Mb.3. 179.2. -3 Based on or recorded in a Smṛiti, prescribed in a code of laws; कर्म स्मार्तविवाहाग्नौ कुर्वीत प्रत्यहं गृही Y.1.97; Ms.1.18. -4 Legal. -5 Following or professing the law-books. -र्तः 1 A Brāhmaṇa well-versed in traditional law. -2 One who follows the traditional law; धर्मो$यं गृहमेधिनां निगदितः स्मार्तैर्लघुः स्वर्गदः Pt.1.253. -3 N. of a sect. -तम् An act or rite enjoined by the Smṛiti, a legal act. -Comp. -कालः 1 the period to which memory may extend. -2 a century. |
| |
| smṛ | स्मृ I. 5 P. (स्मृणोति) 1 To please, gratify. -2 To protect, defend. -3 To live. -II. 1 P. (Ātm. also in epic poetry) (स्मरति, स्मृत; Pass. स्मर्यते) 1 (a) To remember, bear or keep in mind, recollect, call to mind, be aware of; स्मरसि सुरसनीरां तत्र गोदावरी वा स्मरसि च तदुपान्तेष्बावयोर्वर्तनानि U.1.26. (b) To call to mind, call upon mentally, think of; स्मरात्मनो$भीष्टदेवताम् Pt.1; R.15.45. -2 To recite mentally or call upon the name of a deity &c.; यः स्मरेत् पुण्डरीकाक्षं सबाह्याभ्यन्तरः शुचिः. -3 To lay down or record in a Smṛiti; तथा च स्मरन्ति. -4 To declare, regard, consider; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. -5 To remember with regret, yearn after, long or desire for (oft. with gen.); स्मर्तुं दिशन्ति न दिवः सुरसुन्दरीभ्यः Ki.5.28; कच्चिद्भर्तुः स्मरसि रसिके त्वं हि तस्य प्रियेति Me.87; Mu.5.14; भवत्याः स्मरता- त्यर्थमर्पितः (अङ्गुलीयकः) सादरं मम Bk.8.118. -6 To teach. -Caus. (स्मारयति-ते, but स्मरयति-ते in the last sense) 1 To cause to remember, remind, put in mind of, call to mind; अनेन मत्प्रियाभियोगेन स्मारयसि मे पूर्वशिष्यां सौदामिनीम् Māl.1; sometimes with two acc.; अपि चन्द्रगुप्तदोषा अतिक्रान्तपार्थिव- गुणान् स्मारयन्ति प्रकृतीः Mu.1; य एव दुःस्मरः कालस्तमेव स्मारिता वयम् U.6.34. -2 To give information. -3 To cause to remember with regret, cause to long or desire for; वरतनोः स्मरयत्यनिलो$न्यदा Śi.6.56;8.64. -Desid. (सुस्मूर्षते) To wish to recollect. |
| |
| smṛta | स्मृत p. p. [स्मृ-क्त] 1 Remembered, recollected, called to mind. -2 Regarded, laid down, recorded, mentioned; प्रसूतिभाजः सर्गस्य तावेव पितरौ स्मृतौ Ku.2.7. -3 Appointed, designed; तस्य त्वं रणशिरसि स्मृतो निहन्ता Ś.6.29. -4 Enjoined by a Smṛiti or traditional law. -तम् Remembrance, recollection; स्मृतं च तद्विदां राजन् येन चात्मा प्रसीदति Bhāg.7.11.7. -Comp. -मात्र a. only remembered or thought of. |
| |
| smṛtiḥ | स्मृतिः f. [स्मृ-क्तिन्] 1 Remembrance; recollection, memory; अश्वत्थामा करधृतधनुः किं न यातः स्मृतिं ते Ve.3.21; संस्कारमात्रजन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः T. S.; स्मृत्युपस्थितौ इमौ द्वौ श्लोकौ U.6;4.2. -2 Thinking of, calling to mind. -3 What was delivered by human authors, law, traditional law, the body of traditional or memorial law (civil or religious) (opp. श्रुति). -4 A code of laws, law-book. -5 A text of Smṛiti, canon, rule of law; इति स्मृतेः. -6 Desire, wish. -7 Discrimination, discretion; स्मृतौ हतायां भृतमानदुर्दृशः Bhāg.4.3.17. -8 Understanding. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another law-book. -अपेत a. 1 forgotten. -2 inconsistent with Smṛiti. -3 (hence) illegal, unjust. -उक्त a. prescribed or enjoined in the codes of law, canonical. -जातः the god of love. -तन्त्रम् a law-book. -पत्रकम् a register-book; राजाद्यङ्कितलेखस्य धारयेत् स्मृति- पत्रकम् Śukra.2.287. -पथः, -विषयः the object of memory; स्मृतिपथं, स्मृतिविषयं गम् to be dead; सर्वं यस्य वशा- दगात् स्मृतिपथं कालाय तस्मै नमः Bh.3.37; समं यैः संवृद्धाः स्मृति- विषयतां ते$पि गमिताः 38. -पाठकः a lawyer. -प्रत्यवमर्शः retentiveness of memory, accuracy of recollection. -प्रबन्धः a legal work. -भ्रंशः loss of failure of memory. -रोधः temporary interruption of memory; loss or failure of memory; शापादसि प्रतिहता स्मृतिरोधरूक्षे भर्तर्यपेत- तमसि प्रभुता तवैव । Ś.7.32. -विनयः a reprimand given to a person by reminding him of his duty. -विभ्रमः confusion of memory. -विरुद्ध a. illegal. -विरोधः 1 opposition to law, illegality. -2 disagreement between two or more Smṛitis or legal texts; स्मृतिविरोधं परिहरति S. B.; cf. स्मृत्योर्विरोधे न्यायस्तु बलवान् व्यवहारतः Y.2.21. -विषयः the range of memory. -शास्त्रम् 1 a law-book, code, digest. -2 legal science. -शेष a. deceased, dead (as a person). -शैथिल्यम् loss of memory. -संमत a. approved by law. -साध्य a. capable of being proved by law. -हीन forgetful. -हेतुः a cause of recollection, impression on the mind, association of ideas. |
| |
| smṛtimat | स्मृतिमत् a. 1 Having full consciousness. -2 Remembering a former life. -3 Prudent, discreet. -4 Versed in law. -5 Anything which causes recollection. |
| |
| sva | स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause. |
| |
| svayam | स्वयम् ind. 1 Oneself, in one's own person (used reflexively and applicable to all persons, such as myself, ourselves, thyself, himself &c. &c., and sometimes used with other pronouns for the sake of emphasis); विषवृक्षो$पि संवर्ध्य स्वयं छेत्तुमसांप्रतम् Ku.2.55; यस्य नास्ति स्वयं प्रज्ञा शास्त्रं तस्य करोति किम् Subhāṣ.; R.1.7;3.2; 2.56; Ms.5.39. -2 Spontaneously, of one's own accord, without trouble or exertion; स्वयमेवोत्पद्यन्त एवंविधाः कुलपांशवो निःस्नेहाः पशवः K. -Comp. -अधिगत a. self-acquired. -अनुष्ठानम् one's own achievement. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -इन्द्रियमोचनम् spontaneous emission of semen. -ईश्वरः an absolute sovereign. -ईहितलब्ध a. gained by one's own effort; अनुपध्नन् पितृद्रव्यं श्रमेण यदु- पार्जितम् । स्वयमीहितलब्धं तन्नाकामो दातुमर्हति ॥ Ms.9.28. -उक्तिः f. 1 voluntary declaraion. -2 information, deposition (in law). -उद्यत a. offered spontaneously. -उपागतः a son who offers himself voluntarily to an adoptive parent. -कृत a. self-made, natural. (-तः) an artificial or adopted son. -गुप्ता Mucuna Pruritus (Mar. कुयली). -ग्रहः taking for one-self (without leave). -ग्राह a. 1 voluntary, self-choosing. -2 one who takes forcibly. (-हः) self-choice, self-election; नितम्बिनीमिच्छसि मुक्तलज्जां कण्ठे स्वयंग्राहनिषक्तबाहुम् Ku.3.7; Māl.6.7. -जात a. self-born. -ज्योतिस् self-shining. -दत्त a. self-given. (-त्तः) a boy who has given himself to be adopted (by his adoptive parents); one of the twelve kinds of sons recognised in Hindu law; मातापितृविहीनो यस्त्यक्तो वा स्यादकारणात् । आत्मानं स्पर्शयेद्यस्मै स्वयंदत्तुस्तु स स्मृतः ॥ Ms.9.177. -दृश् a. self-evident. -पाठः an original text. -प्रकाश a. self-manifesting. -प्रभ a. self-shining. -प्रभु a. self-powerful. -भुः N. of Brahman; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1. 1. -भुवः 1 the first Manu. -2 N. of Brahman. -3 of Śiva. -भू a. self-existent; त्वमेको ह्यस्य सर्वस्य विधानस्य स्वयंभुवः Ms.1.3. (-भूः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Śiva. -4 of Kāla or time personified. -5 of Kāmadeva. -6 a Jaina deified saint. -7 the female breast. -8 the Supreme Being. -भूतः N. of Śiva. -भृत a. self-maintained. -वरः self-choice, self-election (of a husband by the bride herself), choicemarriage. -वरा a maiden who chooses her own husband; ततस्ते शुश्रुवुः कृष्णां पञ्चलेषु स्वयंवराम् Mb.1.61.3. -श्रेष्ठः N. of Śiva. |
| |
| ha | ह ind. An emphatic particle used to lay stress on the preceding word and translateable by 'verily', 'indeed', 'certainly', &c.; but it is often used expletively without any particular signification, especially in Vedic literature; तस्य ह शतं जाया बभूवुः; तस्य ह पर्वतनारदौ गृह उषतुः &c. Ait. Br.; द्वया ह प्राजापत्या देवाश्चासुराश्च Bṛi. Up.1.3.1. It is sometimes used as a vocative particle and rarely of disdain or laughter. -हः 1 A form of Śiva. -2 Water. -3 Sky. -4 Blood. -5 A cipher. -6 Meditation. -7 Auspiciousness. -8 Paradise. -9 Heaven. -1 Drying. -11 Fear. -12 Knowledge. -13 The moon. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -15 War, battle. -16 A horse. -17 Pride. -18 Horripilation. -19 A physician. -2 Cause, motive. -हम् 1 The Supreme Spirit. -2 Pleasure, delight. -3 A weapon. -4 The sparkling of a gem. -5 The sound of a lute (-m. also according to some in these senses). |
| |
| haṃsaḥ | हंसः [हस्-अच्-पृषो˚ वर्णागमः] (said to be derived from हस्; cf. भवेद्वर्णागमाद् हंसः Sk.) 1 A swan, goose, duck; हंसाः संप्रति पाण्डवा इव वनादज्ञातचर्यां गताः Mk. 5.6; न शोभते सभामध्ये हंसमध्ये बको यथा Subhāṣ; R.17. 25. (The description of this bird, as given by Sanskrit writers, is more poetical than real; he is described as forming the vehicle of the god Brahman, and as ready to fly towards the Mānasa lake at the approach of rains; cf. मानस. According to a very general poetical convention he is represented as being gifted with the peculiar power of separating milk from water e. g. सारं ततो ग्राह्यमपास्य फल्गु हंसो यथा क्षीरमिवाम्बुमध्यात् Pt.1; हंसोहि क्षीरमादत्ते तन्मिश्रा वर्जयत्यपः Ś.6.28; नीरक्षीरविवेके हंसालस्यं त्वमेव तनुषे चेत् । विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पालयिष्यति कः Bv.1.13; see Bh.2.18 also). -2 The Supreme Soul, Brahman. -3 The individual soul (जीवात्मन्); प्रीणीहि हंसशरणं विरम- क्रमेण Bhāg.4.29.56. -4 One of the vital airs. -5 The sun; हंसः शुचिषद्वसुरन्तरिक्षसद्धोता वेदिषत् Ka&tod;h.2.5.2; उषसि हंसमुदीक्ष्य हिमानिकाविपुलवागुरया परियन्त्रितम् Rām. ch.4.91. -6 Śiva. -7 Viṣṇu. -8 Kāmadeva. -9 An unambitious monorch. -1 An ascetic of a particular order; Bhāg.3.12.43. -11 A spiritual preceptor; Bhāg.7. 9.18. -12 One free from malice, a pure person. -13 A mountain. -14 Envy, malice. -15 A buffalo. -16 A horse. -17 A particular incantation; L. D. B. -18 The best of its kind (at the end of a compound; cf. कविहंस); L. D. B. -19 A temple of a particular form. -2 Silver. -a. 1 moving, going (गतिमान्); नव- द्वारं पुरं गत्वा हंसो हि नियतो वशी Mb.12.239.31 (see com.). -2 Pure; हंसाय संयतगिरे निगमेश्वराय Bhāg.12.8.47;6.4. 26. -साः (m. pl.) N. of a tribe said to live in the Plakṣa-Dvīpa. -Comp. -अंशुः a. white. -अङ्घ्रिः vermilion. -अधिरूढा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -अभिख्यम् silver. -आरूढः N. of Brahman. -उदकम् a kind of cordial liquor (prepared from infusion of cardamoms). -कान्ता a female goose. -कालीतनयः a buffalo. -कीलकः, -नीलकः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -कूटः 1 N. of one of the peaks of the Himālaya. -2 the hump on the shoulder of an ox (for अंसकूट). -गति a. having a swan's gait, stalking in a stately manner. -गद्गदा a sweetly speaking woman. -गामिनी 1 a woman having graceful gait like that of a swan; अव्यङ्गाङ्गीं सौम्यनाम्नीं हंसवारणगा- मिनीम् (उद्वहेत् स्त्रियम्) Ms.3.1. -2 N. of Brahmāṇi. -गुह्यम् N. of a particular hymn; अस्तौषीद्धंसगुह्येन भगवन्त- मधोक्षजम् Bhāg.6.4.22. -च्छत्रम् dry ginger. -तूलः, -लम् the soft feathers of down of a goose; रत्नखचितहेमपर्यङ्के हंसतूलगर्भशयनमानीय Dk.1.4;2.2. -दाहनम् aloewood. -नादः the cackling of a goose. -नादिनी a woman of a particular class (described as having a slender waist, large hips, the gait of an elephant and the voice of a cuckoo; गजेन्द्रगमना तन्वी कोकिलालापसंयुता । नितम्बे गुर्विणी या स्यात् सा स्मृता हंसनादिनी). -पक्षः a particular position o the hand. -पदः a particular weight (कर्ष). -पादम् 1 vermilion. -2 quick-silver. -बीजम् a goose's egg. -माला a flight of swans; तां हंसमालाः शरदीव गङ्गाम् Ku.1.3. -यानम् a car drawn by swans. -युवन् m. a young goose or swan. -रथः, -वाहनः epithets of Brahman. -राजः a king of geese, a large gander. -लिपिः a particular mode of writing (with Jainas). -लोमशम् green sulphate of iron. -लोहकम् brass. -श्रेणी a line of geese. |
| |
| had | हद् 1 Ā. (हदते, हन्न) To void excrement, evacuate or discharge feces. -Desid. (जिहत्सते). |
| |
| hadanam | हदनम् Voiding excrement, evacuation of ordure. |
| |
| hannam | हन्नम् Excrement, ordure. |
| |
| hiraṇyam | हिरण्यम् [हिरणमेव स्वार्थे यत्] 1 Gold; Ms.2.246. -2 Any vessel of gold; मन्त्रवत् प्राशनं चास्य हिरण्यमधुसर्पिषाम् Ms.2.29 (some take in the first sense). -3 Silver; (ददौ) हिरण्यस्य सुवर्णस्य मुक्तानां विद्रुमस्य च Rām.1.74.5; Mb. 13.57.34. -4 Any precious metal. -5 Wealth, property; अपदेश्यैश्च संन्यस्य हिरण्यं तस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.182. -6 Semen virile. -7 A cowrie. -8 particular measure. -9 A substance. -1 The thorn-apple (धत्तूर). -ण्या One of the seven tongues of fire. -Comp. -अक्षः N. of a celebrated demon, twin brother of Hiraṇyakaśipu; अंशे हिरण्याक्षरिपोः स जाते हिरण्यनाभे तनवे नयज्ञः R.18.25. [On the strength of a boon from Brahman, he became insolent and oppressive, seized upon the earth, and carried it with him into the depths of the ocean. Viṣṇu therefore became incarnate as a boar, killed the demon and lifted up the earth.] -कक्ष a. wearing a golden girdle. -कर्तृ m. goldsmith; यथा हिरण्यकर्ता वै रूप्यमग्नौ विशोधयेत् Mb.12.28.11. -कवच a. having golden armour (said of Śiva). -कशिपुः N. of a celebrated king of demons. [He was a son of Kaśyapa and Diti, and by virtue of a boon from Brahman, he became so powerful that he usurped the sovereignty of Indra and oppressed the three worlds. He freely blasphemed the great god and subjected his son Prahrāda to untold cruelties for acknowledging Viṣṇu as the Supreme deity. But he was eventually torn to pieces by Viṣṇu in the form of Narasimha; see प्रह्लाद]. -कारः a goldsmith. -केशी a branch (शाखा) of Yajurveda. -कोशः gold and silver (whether wrought or unwrought). -गर्भः 1 N. of Brahman (as born from a golden-egg). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 the soul invested by the subtile body or सूक्ष्मशरीर q. v. -द a. giving or granting gold; भूमिदो भूमिमाप्नोति दीर्घमायुर्हिरण्यदः Ms.4.23. (-दः) the ocean. (-दा) the earth. -नाभः 1 the mountain Maināka. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. (-भम्) a building having three halls (towards east, west and south). -बाहुः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the river Śoṇa. -बिन्दुः fire. -रेतस् m. 1 fire; द्विषामसह्यः सुतरां तरूणां हिरण्यरेता इव सानिलो$भूत् R.18.25. -2 the sun. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 the Chitraka or Arka plant. -वर्चस् a. shining with golden lustre. -वर्णा a river. -वाहः 1 the river Śoṇa. -2 N. of Śiva. |
| |
| huḍaḥ | हुडः 1 A ram. -2 An iron stake for keeping out thieves. -3 A kind of fence. -4 An iron club. -5 A kind of bulwark or fence. -6 A place for voiding excrement on a chariot. -7 A cloud. |
| |
| hum | हुम् ind. A particle (originally an imitative sound) expressing 1 Remembrance or recollection; हुं ज्ञातम् or रामो नाम बभूव हुं तदबला सीतेति हुम्. -2 Doubt; चैत्रो हुं मैत्रो हुम्. -3 Assent; U.5.35. -4 Anger. -5 Aversion. -6 Reproach. -7 Interrogation. (In spells and incantations हुम् is often found used with dat.; e. g. ओं कवचाय हुम्) (हुंकृ means 'to utter the sound hum', 'to roar, grunt, bellow', as in अनुहुंकृ 'to roar in return'; अनुहुं- कुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमात्युरुतानि केसरी Śi.16.25.). -Comp. -कारः, -कृतिः f. 1 uttering the sound 'hum'; पृष्टा पुनः पुनः कान्ता हुंकारैरेव भाषते. -2 a menacing sound, sound of defiance; क्षतहुंकारशंसिनः Ku.2.26; हुंकारेणेव धनुषः स हि विघ्नानपोहति Ś.3.1; R.7.58; Ku.5.54. -3 roaring, bellowing in general. -4 the grunting of a boar. -5 the twang of a bow. -कृतम् 1 an incantation. -2 the grunt of a wild boar. -3 the roar of thunder. |
| |
| hrī | ह्री f. 1 Shame; रतेरपि ह्रीपदमादधाना Ku.3.57; दारिद्र्याद् ह्रियमेति ह्रीपरिगतः प्रभ्रश्यते तेजसः Mk.1.14; R.4.8. -2 Bashfulness, modesty; ह्रीसन्नकण्ठी कथमप्युवाच Ku.7.85. -Comp. -जित, -मूढ a. overcome or confounded by shame; ह्रीमूढानां भवति विफलप्रेरणा चूर्णमुष्टिः Me.68. -धारिन् a. bashful. -निरासः shamelessness. -निषेव a. modest, shy; जाताः कुले ह्यनृशंसा वदान्या ह्रीनिषेवाः कर्मणा निश्चयज्ञाः Mb. 5.25.5. -पदम् cause of shame. -बल a. extremely modest. -यन्त्रणा the constraint of bashfulness; ह्रीयन्त्रणा- मानशिरे मनोज्ञाम् R.7.23. |
2 results
| |
| jalāṣabheṣaja | jálāṣa-bheṣaja, a. (Bv.) having cooling remedies, viii. 29, 5 [bheṣajá, n. remedy]. |
| |
| bheṣaja | bheṣaj-á, a. healing, ii. 33, 7, n. medicine, remedy, ii. 33, 2. 4. 12. 13 [bhiṣáj healing]. |
212 results
| |
| akṣara | a. imperishable; n. word, syllable, the sacred syllable (om); sound, letter; document, epistle; the supreme deity; -kyutaka, n. supplying an omitted syllable (a game); -khhandas, n. syllabic metre; -mâlâ, f. wreath of letters (written by fate on the forehead), i-kâ, f. id.; -vargita, pp. illiterate; -vinyâsa, m. writing; -sikshâ, f. alphabet. |
| |
| aṅkuśa | m. hook, goad; stimulus; remedy. |
| |
| atijīrṇatā | f. extreme old age. |
| |
| atijava | m. extreme rapidity; -na, a. extremely swift: -tâ, f. great haste. |
| |
| aticāpalya | n. extreme mobility. |
| |
| aticatura | a. extremely swift. |
| |
| atiniṣkaruṇa | a. extremely cruel. |
| |
| atinirghṛṇa | a. altogether pitiless; -daya, a. id.; -bandha, m. excessive urgency: -tas, in. very urgently; -vartin, a. behaving in a very unseemly way; -vasu tva, n. extreme poverty. |
| |
| atitara | (cpv.) ad. extremely (°ree;--). |
| |
| atipracaṇḍa | a. extremely vehement; -pratyâsa&ndot;ga, m. too great proximity. |
| |
| atipauruṣa | a. extremely manly. |
| |
| ativirājin | a. extremely splendid; -virûpa, a. excessively ugly. |
| |
| atimukhara | a. extremely talkative; -mûdha, pp. very foolish, very stupid. |
| |
| atimatimat | a. extremely clever. |
| |
| atimañjula | a. extremely lovely. |
| |
| atibala | a. extremely powerful; â, f. N. of a spell; -balin, a. id.; -balîyas, cpv. much more powerful; -bahu, a. very much; -bâla, a. very young; -bîbhatsa, a. very disgusting. |
| |
| ativāta | m. violent wind; -vât salya, n. extreme tenderness; -vâda, m. hard word, insult; -vâhya, n. passing (the night). |
| |
| atiraktatā | f. excessive liking for (lc.); -ratita, n. violent shrieking; -ratna, n. precious gem; jewel of the first water; -ratha, m. great champion; -rabhasa, a. very wild, -impetuous; -m, ad.; -ramanîya, fp. extremely charming: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -ramya, fp. id.; -raya, a. running extremely fast; -rasa, a. very palatable; m. too strong a key-note (rh.); violent desire: -tas, ad. too eagerly. |
| |
| atilalita | pp. extremely lovely. |
| |
| ativīryavat | a. very effective (remedy). |
| |
| atisamartha | a. extremely able. |
| |
| atisadṛśa | a. extremely like. |
| |
| atisaṃkaṭa | n. extreme density; great distress; -samkruddha, pp. very angry; -samkshepa, m. too great brevity; -sam kaya, m. excessive accumulation, vast hoard; -samrambha, m. violent indignation. |
| |
| atisakti | f. great nearness of, extreme attachment to (in.); -mat, a. too much attached to (lc.). |
| |
| atisūkṣma | a. extremely minute. |
| |
| atisukha | a. extremely pleasant; -sugama, a. very passable; -subhaga, a. extremely pretty; -surabhi, a. extremely fragrant; -sulabha, a. very easily obtainable; -su-vritta, pp. very nicely rounded; very well-behaved. |
| |
| atyasita | a. extremely black. |
| |
| atyaccha | a. extremely transparent; -pure; -½adbhuta, a. very wonderful. |
| |
| atyūrjitam | ad. extremely, highly. |
| |
| atyūrjasvala | a. extremely heroic (deed). |
| |
| atyuṣṇa | a. very hot; -tâ, f. extreme heat. |
| |
| atyucca | a. extremely high. |
| |
| atyāścarya | a. extremely wonderful. |
| |
| adhipuruṣa | m. supreme spirit. |
| |
| adhideva | m. supreme god: -tâ, f. id.; tutelary deity. |
| |
| adhiśrī | a. extremely prosperous. |
| |
| adhyātma | a. peculiar to one's person; n. supreme soul; the soul as agent of an action; -vidyâ, f. science of the universal soul. |
| |
| anadhyātmavid | a. not knowing the supreme soul. |
| |
| anīśvara | a. lordless; not proper to the supreme being; not master of (g.); unable to (inf.). |
| |
| anaucitya | n. unusualness; -aud dhatya, n. lack of arrogance; lowness of water; -aushadha, n. no remedy; a. incurable. |
| |
| aparānta | a. living in the extreme west; m. western region: pl. its inhabitants; end, death; lower part of an elephant's hind foot; -ka, n. kind of song. |
| |
| apratikāra | a. irremediable; -kârya, fp. id.; -kûla, a. not resisting (g.); ready for (lc.); obedient; -krita, pp. against which nothing has been done; -gata, pp. whom one cannot go to meet; -grâhya,fp. that may not be accepted. |
| |
| apratīkāra | a. unresisting; in curable; -kârya, fp. not to be remedied; -ghâta, a. unresisted. |
| |
| abhijña | a. knowing, acquainted with, experienced in, conversant with (g., --°ree;): -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; â, f. remembrance. |
| |
| abhīkṣṇam | ad. every moment, repeatedly; at once; extremely (°ree;--). |
| |
| amedhya | a. unfit for sacrifice; im pure; n. impurity, excrement. |
| |
| amṛta | pp. not hvg. died; immortal; m. god; â, f. goddess; a herb; n. immortality; world of immortals; nectar; a certain remedy; medicine; remnant of a sacrifice; water; milk; ray; -kara, m. moon; -kirana, m. id.; -tegas, m. N. of a fairy prince; -tvá, n. immortality; condition of ambrosia; -dîdhiti, m. moon; -drava, a. flowing with nectar; -dhâyin, a. sipping --; -pâyin, a. drinking nectar=hearing fine speeches; -prabha, m. N. of a fairy; â, f. N.; -bhavana, n. N. of a monastery; -bhâsh ana, n. nectar-like speech; -bhug, m. god; -bhogana, a. eating the remnants of sacrifices; -máya, a. (î) immortal; nectar-like; consist ing of nectar; -rasmi, m. moon; -rasa, m. nectar; a. tasting like nectar; -latâ, f. creeper yielding nectar; -loka, m. world of the immortals; -varshin, a. raining nectar; -hrada, m. lake of nectar. |
| |
| avikāra | m. no change, no dis figurement; a. subject to no change; -in, a. not changing; not moving a muscle: -i-tâ, f. abst. n.; -ya, fp. unchangeable. |
| |
| īśvara | a. able to, capable of (inf., lc.; w. inf. in -tas the nm. sg. m. is used for all genders and numbers); m. owner of (g., lc., --°ree;); ruler, lord, prince, king; man of rank, rich man; husband; supreme god; Brahman; Siva: î, f. princess; -tâ, f., -tva, n. rule, sovereignty; -pranidhâna, n. submission to the will of the Lord. |
| |
| uccāra | a. rising; m. pronunciation; evacuation, excrement; -ana, n. pronuncia tion: -ita, pp. having voided excrement. |
| |
| uttama | spv. highest, supreme; most excellent, best, chief (among, --°ree;); superior to, higher or better than (ab.); last: -m, °ree;--, ad.; m. (last=our) first person (gr.). |
| |
| uttamagandhāḍhya | a. rich in delicious fragrance; -gana, m. pl. superior people; -tegas, a. supremely brilliant or mighty; -purusha, m. supreme spirit; (last =our) first person (gr.). |
| |
| udojas | a. extremely powerful. |
| |
| upanyāsa | a. procuring; m. ad junction; procurement; incidental mention, intimation; statement, declaration; discus sion; kind of alliance or peace: -m, ad. while alleging (--°ree;). |
| |
| upapralobhana | n. seduction, allurement. |
| |
| upapādaka | a. effecting, bring ing about; -na, a. bringing forward; n. pro curement; appearance; demonstration. |
| |
| upayoga | m. application, employ ment; use, utility; enjoyment; acquirement; -in, a. applicable, serviceable, suitable; --°ree;, employing, using. |
| |
| upaśikṣā | f. acquirement (--°ree;); eagerness to learn. |
| |
| ekāntakaruṇa | a. extremely compassionate; -bhîru, a. extremely timid. |
| |
| ekaśata | n. a hundred and one; a. 101st: -tama, a. id.; -sapha, a. (é-) one-hoofed, having an uncloven hoof; m. animal with uncloven hoof; n. the genus of solid hoofed animals; -sas, ad. singly;-sesha, m. sole remainder; ellipse by which only one of two or more words remains (e. g. du. or pl.); a. sole remaining, with the sole exception of (--°ree;); -sruta-dhara, a. remembering what one has heard once: -tva, n. abst. n.; -sruti, f. monotony; a. monotonous; -srushti, a. (é-) obeying one behest; -shash-tá, a. 61st; -shashti, f. 61: -tama, a. 61st. |
| |
| aiśvara | a. (î) befitting a lord, majestic; belonging to Siva; n. supreme dominion; -ya, n. position of a great lord; kingly state; supreme dominion; control; lordship or do minion of (g., lc., --°ree;); kingdom: -vat, a. possessed of supreme power. |
| |
| auṣadha | a. made of herbs; n. herbs (coll.); medicinal herb; remedy, drug, medi cine; î-kri, turn into a medicine; -vikrayin, a. vending medicines. |
| |
| koṭi | f. curved tip (of a bow, talons, etc.); point; extremity, height, highest degree; ten millions; -ka, m. kind of frog; -kâ, f. extreme point: --°ree;,=outcast, scum of; -mat, a. pointed; -vedhin, a.hitting the extreme=accomplishing a most difficult task; -sas, ad. to the number of ten millions. |
| |
| gṛhītākṣara | a. remembering the exact words of (g.), Pr. |
| |
| cintaka | a. thinking of, caring for, superintending, familiar with (--°ree;); -ana, n. thinking of, reflecting on, care for (g., --°ree;); cares, troubles; -anîya, fp. to be thought of or devised; -ayi-tavya,fp. to be thought of or remembered. |
| |
| jalāṣa | a. soothing, healing; -bhe shaga, a. having soothing remedies. |
| |
| jātijānapada | a. relating to the castes and to the districts; -bhâg, a. sub ject to birth; -bhramsa, m. loss of caste; -bhrashta, pp. having lost caste; -mat, a. high-born; capable of being classed under a general notion; -mâtra, n. mere rank: -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting by the name of his caste only; -vakana, n. generic term; -sampanna, pp. endowed with good family, high-born; -smara, a. remembering one's former exist ence: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -smarana, n. remembrance of a former birth; -hîna, pp. destitute of good family, of low birth or rank. |
| |
| jyā | f. superior power or force; excessive requirement. |
| |
| daśā | f. fringe, border, skirt, hem of a garment; wick (of a lamp); condition of life, lot, age, state: -½anta, m. end of a wick; end of life; extreme old age; -paripâka, m. revo lution of fortune. |
| |
| digadhipa | m. regent of a quarter; -anta, m. end of the horizon, end of the world, extreme distance; -antara, n. another region; foreign parts; a particular quarter (w. paski metara, the east): pl. all the quarters; -am bara, a. clad with the quarters only, stark naked; m. naked mendicant monk, esp. among the Jains: î, f. ep. of Durgâ. |
| |
| dikkanyā | f. quarter of the sky as a maiden; -karin, m. elephant of the quarters (supporting the earth at one of the four or eight points of the compass); -kântâ, -kâminî, f. quarter of the sky as amaiden; -kakra, n. horizon: -vâla, n. surrounding horizon; -khabda, m. word expressive of direction; -ta- ta, m. brink of the compass, horizon, extreme distance; -pati, m. regent of a quarter; -pa tha, m. horizon, extreme distance; -pâla, m. guardian of a quarter; -prekshana, n. looking about in all directions (in fear); -sundarî, f.=dik-kanyâ. |
| |
| duḥstha | a. faring ill, badly off, wretched, sad; -sthita, pp. id.; -sthiti, f. bad plight; -sparsa, a. hard or unpleasant to touch; -sprisa, a. id.; -smara, a. unpleasant to remember; -svapna, m. bad dream: -dars ana, n. bad vision in sleep. |
| |
| devadatta | a. god-given; m. Arguna's conch; the vital air which causes yawning; Dieu-donné, very common N., hence used to denote indefinite persons, So and-so; -dantin, m. ep. of Siva (?); -darsana, a. seeing or associating with the gods; m. N.; n. manifestation of a god; -darsin, a. associating with the gods; -dâru, m. n. N. of a kind of pine (Pinus Deodora); -dâsa, m. N.; -dûtá, m. messenger of the gods; -deva,m. god of gods, supreme god, ep. of Brahma, Siva, Vishnu, Krishna, and Ganesa: î, f. Durgâ; -daivatya, a. having the gods as a divinity, sacred or addressed to the gods. |
| |
| dhanika | a. rich; m. rich man; creditor; N.; -ín, a. wealthy; m. rich man; creditor; -ishtha, spv. extremely rich: â, f. sg. & pl. N. of a lunar mansion (Sravishthâ). |
| |
| dhara | a. (gnly. --°ree;) bearing, holding; wearing; keeping, preserving; maintaining, supporting; observing, remembering, knowing; possessing; â, f. earth. |
| |
| dhārin | a. (--°ree; or g.) bearing; wear ing; having, possessing; keeping; maintain ing; retaining, remembering; preserving, ob serving: n-î, f. N. of Agnimitra's wife. |
| |
| dhur | f. part of the yoke resting on the shoulder; load, burden (also fig.); extreme end of the pole; highest position, place of honour, head: lc. in presence of (g.); dhuri yug, appoint to a high position. |
| |
| dhūstuṇḍa | n. extreme end of the pole. |
| |
| naṣṭacetana | a. having lost con sciousness; -keshta, a. motionless; -dhî, a. having lost the remembrance of an injury; -nidra, a. deprived of one's sleep; -rûpa, a. invisible, unrecognised; -samgña, a. whose consciousness is impaired. |
| |
| niratiśaya | a. not to be surpassed, greatest, supreme; without distinc tive marks; -atyaya, a. free from danger, safe; successful; infallible; -adhishthâna, a. untenable; independent; -anukrosa, m.pitilessness (-tas, ad. pitilessly); a. pitiless (towards, lc.); -anuga, a. having no retinue; -anugraha, a. showing no favour or pity; -anuyogya, fp. irreproachable, valid (argument); -anurodha, a. regardless of, indif ferent to (lc.); -anusaya, a. having no residuum of the consequences of action left. |
| |
| niṣpāṇḍava | a. delivered from the Pândavas; -pâda-ka, a. accomplishing; -pâdana, n. accomplishment; -pâdya, fp. to be accomplished, -brought about: -½abda sahasra, full millennium; -pâpa,a. sinless; -pâlaka, a. having no guardian; -pîdana, n. pressure; -putra, a. sonless, childless; -pu rusha, a. having no males; -pulâka, a. free from shrivelled grain: î-kri, free from shrivelled grain; -pesha, m. impact; clash ing sound; -paurusha½âmarsha, a. desti tute of manliness and anger; -prakâra-ka, a. free from specifications; -prakâsa, a. dark; -pragña, a. witless, stupid; -pratâpa, a. destitute of dignity; -pratikriya, a. not to be saved, past help: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -prati graha, a. accepting no gifts: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -pratigha, a. unobstructed; -pratipaksha, a. having no adversary: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -pratibandha, a. free from ob stacles; unobjectionable; -pratîkâra, a. that cannot be helped; irremediable; unhindered; -pratyâsa, a. having given up all hope of (lc. or upari): î-bhu, lose all hope of (prati); -pratyûha, a. free from obstacles: -m, ad. without hindrance; -pradesa, a. having no fixed place; -prapañka, a. unevolved, exempt from multiformity: -sad-âtman, a. having real existence without being evolved; -pra bha, a. deprived of radiance or splendour: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -prabhâva, a. powerless: -tva, n. -ness; -pramâna-ka, a. supported by no authority; -prayogana, a. disinterested (spectator); useless: -m, ad. uselessly; needless, uncalled for; -pravâni, a. fresh from the loom; quite new. |
| |
| nairantarya | n. [v. nir-] uninterruptedness; immediatesuccession: in. constantly; -apeksh-ya, n. regardlessness, indifference; complete independence; -arth-ya, n. senselessness; -âkâ&ndot;ksh-ya,n. non-requirement of supplying anything; -âs-ya, n. hopelessness, despair (of, prati or --°ree;); -ukta, a. etymologically explained; m. etymologist. |
| |
| naiṣṭhika | a. (î) final, last; definitive, decided, settled; highest, supreme, per fect; thoroughly versed in (--°ree;); having taken the vow of eternal chastity: -sundara, a. supremely beautiful. |
| |
| pataṃgavṛtti | f. behaviour of the moth, height of folly; a. behaving like a moth, extremely foolish. |
| |
| para | a. [leading beyond: √ 2. pri], 1. of place: farther, than (ab.); remoter, ulterior; opposite (shore); next (life); 2. of time: past, previous; future, subsequent; following (ab.); latest, extreme (age), high (time); 3. of amount: exceeding, more than (ab., --°ree;); remaining over; 4. of sequence: following, coming next after (ab., --°ree;); repeated: each successive; 5. of degree: superior, higher, better, worse, than (ab.; rarely --°ree;); supreme, pre-eminent, best; utmost, deepest, greatest; 6. of range: transcending (ab.); 7. of relation: other; alien, strange, hostile; different, from (ab.); m. descendant; stranger; adversary, foe, enemy; universal soul, the Absolute; n. remotest distance; height, summit, acme; supreme bliss; extreme limit (--°ree;); further or wider meaning of a word (--°ree;, a. synonymous with); chief aim, main thing: --°ree;, a. having -as the main thing=intent on, absorbed in, deeply affected with, mainly consisting in, chiefly meant for, altogether based on; -m, ad. afterwards, subsequently; beyond, after (ab.); highly, excessively; completely; at the most; nothing but, only; however, but; atah param, beyond that; after that; next; hereafter; still further; itah param, henceforth; tatah or tatas ka --, id.; thereupon; na½asmât param, no more of that, enough; na param - api, not only--but also; na param--yâvat, not only--but even; yadi param, if at all, perhaps; param tu or kim tu, however, but; param na--api na, not only not--but also not. |
| |
| paramapuṃs | m. supreme soul, ep. of Vishnu; -purusha, m. id. |
| |
| paramaka | a. most excellent, supreme, highest, best, greatest; worst. |
| |
| parama | spv. farthest, remotest, extreme, last; highest, chief, primary; su preme, transcendant; most excellent, best, greatest; worst; better, greater, worse, than (ab.); n. extreme limit; chief aim, main thing: only --°ree; a. amounting at the most to; wholly occupied with, doing nothing but, solely intent on, engrossed with: -m, ad. very well, yes (expressing assent); °ree;--, ad. extremely, exceedingly, greatly, very. |
| |
| parabrahman | n. supreme Brahman; -bhâga, m. supreme state, pre-eminence: -tâ, f. high position, pre-eminence; -bhâgya½upagîvin, a. living on another's fortune; -bhûmishtha, a. abiding in a foreign country; -bhûshana, m., v. r. for -dûshana; -bhrita, (pp., nourished by others), m., â, f. Indian cuckoo: -maya, a. consisting altogether of cuckoos; -bhedana, a. foe-piercing. |
| |
| parameṣṭhin | a. standing at the head or in the highest place, supreme; m. lord, ep. of various gods or divine beings. |
| |
| parameśvara | m. mighty or supreme lord, prince; God: -tâ, f., -tva, n. sovereignty, lordship. |
| |
| paramātman | m. supreme or universal soul; -½âtma-tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -½ânanda, m. supreme joy; -½anna, n. (best food), rice boiled in milk; -½âpad, f. greatest misfortune; -½artha, m.highest or whole truth, true state of the case, reality: °ree;--, -tas, in., ab. in reality, -bhâg, a. possessed of the highest truth. |
| |
| parātman | m. supreme soul. |
| |
| parilaghu | a. extremely light or small; very minute or thin; easily digested; trivial, senseless: -tâ, f. extreme minuteness or thinness; -lamba, m. dilatoriness, delay: -na, n. hesitating, delaying; -lekha,m. out line, sketch; -lopa, m. neglect, omission. |
| |
| parinābhi | ad. around the navel; -nindâ, f. severe blame of (g.); censorious ness; -nirvâna, n. complete extinction of the individual; -nirvriti, f. complete redemption; -nishthâ, f. extreme limit, summit; complete familiarity with (lc. or --°ree;); -nish-panna tva, n. actual existence; -pakva, a. fully baked; quite ripe (fruit); fully matured (in tellect; man); effete, decaying. |
| |
| parimaṇḍala | n. circumference; a. circular; globular: -tâ, f. circularity, i-ta, pp. made round; -manthara, a. very slow: -tâ, f. sluggishness; -manda, a. very dim (eye); °ree;--, ad. very slightly: -tâ,f. exhaus tion, ennui; -manyú, a. fierce; -marda, m. wearing out, consumption; destruction (of an enemy); -marsa, m. consideration, con templation; -mala, m. fragrance; fragrant substance; sexual intercourse; -mâna,n. measurement; measure, circumference, ex tent, size; weight; duration; number, a mount: -tas, ad. in weight, -ka, n. mea sure, quantity; -mâthin, a. trying severely, wearing out; -mârga, m. searching around: -na, n.tracing, searching; -mârgitavya, fp. to be sought; -mârgana, n. wiping off, cleansing; removal; -mita-tva, n. limited nature; -miti, f. measure, quantity: -mat, a. limited; -milana, n. touch; -mugdha-tâ, f. silliness; loveliness; -mûdha-tâ, f. confu sion; -meya, fp. measurable; limited in num ber; -moksha, m. deliverance, from (ab., g., --°ree;); divestment: -na, n. liberation; deliver ance from (g.); -moshá, m. theft, robbery; -moshana,n. taking away; -mohana, n. in fatuation; -mohin, a. confused. |
| |
| paridāha | m. burning; distress, affliction; -durbala, a. extremely weak or poorly; -deva, m.: -na, n., -nâ, f. complaint, lamentation; -devita, (pp.) n. complaint, la ment; -devin, a. lamenting. |
| |
| paripaṇa | n. playing for (--°ree;); -pat ana, n. flying about, hovering; -pantha-ka, m. (obstructor of one's path), adversary, enemy; -pantha-ya, den. P. oppose, resist (ac.); -panthín, a. besetting one'spath; m. waylayer, opponent, enemy; -panthî-bhû, become the adversary of, oppose (g.); -pava na, n. cleansing (of grain), winnowing; flail; -pasavya, a. relating to the sacrificial animal; -pâka, m. becoming fully cooked; digestion; ripening; maturity; perfection; consequence, effect; fulness, fulfilment (of time): -tas, ab. in consequence of; -pâkana, a. cooking fully; maturing; -pâkayitri, a. id.; -pâtala, a. very pale-red; -pât&ibrevcirc;, f. succession; -pâtha, m. complete enumeration: in. (know) com pletely; -p&asharp;na, n. hiding-place; -pândiman, m. extreme whiteness; -pându, a. very white or pale: -ra, a. very white; -pârsva, a.being at the side, close at hand: -vartin, a. remain ing at one's side, standing beside (g.); -pâ laka, a. protecting; maintaining; -pâlana, n. protection; maintenance; nurture: â, f. protection, nurture, î-ya, fp. to be guarded; -maintained; -pâlya, fp. to be protected; -maintained or observed; -pi&ndot;gî-kri, colour deep red-brown; -piñga, a. full of (in.); -piñg ara, a. brownish-red, orange-coloured; -pi pâlayishâ, f. desire to maintain; -pîdana, n. squeezing out; injuring, prejudicing (--°ree;); -pushta-tâ, f. being nourished by, feeding on (--°ree;); -pûti, f. complete purification; -pûra ka, a. fulfilling; bestowing abundance; -pûr ana, n. filling; completion; -pûrin, a. be stowing abundantly; -pûrna, pp. (√ 1. pri) filled with (--°ree;); -pûrnendu, m. full moon; -pûrti, f. becoming full of (--°ree;); completion; -pelava, a. very delicate, tiny; -pothaka, a.furthering, confirming; -poshanîya, fp. to be cherished; -prasna, m. enquiry, after (--°ree;); -prâpti, fp. obtainment; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to reach or obtain, seeking after, de siring (ac.); -plavá, a. running to and fro;m. fluctuation; -pluta, pp. (√ plu) over whelmed; bathed (in tears: --°ree;). |
| |
| paryāvarta | m. return; exchange; -½âvila, a. extremely turbid. |
| |
| pāra | a. [√ 2. pri] taking across; (m.) n. opposite or farther bank or boundary; bank; extreme limit, extremity, end, goal; -kâma, a. wishing to reach the other bank. |
| |
| pārameṣṭhya | a. relating to the supreme god (Brahman); n. highest position. |
| |
| pārameśvara | a. (î) relating to or coming from the supreme lord (Siva). |
| |
| puccha | m. n. tail; extreme end: -vat, a. possessed of a tail; -½agra, n. tip of the tail. |
| |
| puṇya | a. auspicious, propitious, lucky, favourable; beautiful, agreeable; fragrant; good, virtuous, righteous, meritorious; pure, purifying, holy; n. the good, virtue; good work; moral or religious merit:-kartri, m. righteous man; -karman, n. virtuous action; a. righteous, virtuous; -krit, a. acting piously, virtuous; -gandha, -gandhi: -n, a. of plea sant smell, fragrant; -geha, n. abode of virtue; -ganá, m. pl. good people,designation of cer tain genii (V. E.)=the Yakshas (C. P.): -½îs vara, m. ep. of Kubera; -gala, a. having pure water; -tarî-kri, make purer or holier; -tâ, f. purity, holiness; -tîrtha, n. sacred place of pilgrimage (esp. along the course of sacred streams); a. possessed of sacred bath ing-places; -tva, n. purity, holiness; -dars ana, a. of handsome appearance, beautiful; -pâpa, n. pl. good and bad deeds; -punya tâ, f. supreme holiness; -prada, a.meritori ous; -phala, n. fruit or reward of good works; -bharita, pp. abounding in bliss; -bhâg, -bhâgin, a. happy, blessed; -yoga, m. con sequence of virtuous actions (done in a former life); -vat, a. righteous, virtuous, meritori ous; lucky, fortunate, happy: with ab.= happier than; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -sîla, a. righteous, virtuous; -srîka, a. happy; -sloka, a. of good repute; m. ep. of Nala, Yudhishthira, and Krishna: -didrikshâ, f.desire to see Nala, -parâ&ndot;mukha, a. averse to Nala; -sena, m. N.; -sthâna, n. sacred place. |
| |
| puruṣa | m. (metrically often leng thened to p&usharp;-), man; human being (pl. people; man kind); person (with danda, m. punishment personified); attendant; functionary; per sonal and animating principle, soul; highest personal principle, universal soul, Supreme Spirit (sts. with para, parama, or uttama); primaeval male from whom the universe was evolved (± nârâyana); member of a race, generation; person (in grammar: prathama --, =our third person; uttama--, =our first). |
| |
| purīṣya | a. being in the earth (ep. of fire); rich in land; excremental. |
| |
| puruṣottama | m. best of men; excellent servant; highest person, supreme soul, ep. of Vishnu or Krishna; N.; -½upa-hâra, m. human sacrifice. |
| |
| pūrṇa | pp. (√ 1. pri) filled, full: -kâma, a. whose wishes are fulfilled; -kumbha, m. pitcher full of water (also with apâm); m. n. breach of a particular form; a. having a full pitcher; -kandra, m. full moon: -nibha, a. resembling the full moon, -prabhâ, f. lustre of the full moon; -tâ, f. fulness; plenty; -tva, n. id.; being full of (--°ree;); -pâtrá, m., î, f. full vessel, vessel-full: also as a measure of capacity; n. present (such as clothes) given to the bringer of good news: (a)-pra tibhata, a. vying with a full vessel=over flowing, supreme (glory), -maya, a. (î) con sisting of a full vessel or of the measure called pûrna-pâtra, amounting to so much or only concerned therewith (speech); -bhadra, m. N. of a snake-demon; -mandala, n. full circle; -mânasa, a. whose heart is satisfied; (á)-mâs, m. full moon; -mâsa, m. full moon and full-moon sacrifice: î, f. day ornight of full moon; -mukha, n. full mouth: in. (blow) with full cheeks; m. (full-faced), N. of a snake-demon; -mushti, m. f. handful; -yau vana, a. being in the full bloom of youth; -ratha, m. (having a complete chariot), pre eminent warrior; -lakshmî-ka, a. having abundant splendour or wealth; -vapus, a. full-orbed (moon); -srî, a. having abundant riches. |
| |
| pṛthuvakṣas | a. broad-chested; -vyamsa, a. broad-shouldered; (ú)-siras, a. broador flat-headed; -srávas, a. far-famed; m. N.; -srî, a. of great prosperity, extremely fortunate; -sron&ibrevcirc;,a. f. broad-hipped; -sam pad, a. extremely wealthy. |
| |
| prajāpati | m. lord of creatures; genius presiding over procreation, protector of life; Creator, N. of a supreme being above the Vedic gods; this epithet is in the post-Vedic period applied to various holy men regarded as demiurgic beings; Time (personified); planet Mars; N.: -yagña, m. sacrifice to Pragâpati=procreation of children prescribed by law; -loká, m. Pragâpati's world. |
| |
| prataṅkam | abs. gliding, creeping; -tata, n. (?) high bank; -tatâmaha, m. great grandfather; -tanu, a. very fine, delicate, narrow, slender, thin, emaciated, small, or in significant: -ka, a. very delicate; -tapana, n. warming; -tapta, pp.; n. (?) purified gold; -taptri, m. burner, scorcher; -tam&asharp;m, (spv. ac. f.) ad. especially; -tara, m. crossing over (--°ree;); -tárana, a. (î) furthering, pro moting, increasing;n. crossing over; -tarám, -tar&asharp;m, (cpv. ac.) ad. further, still more; in future; -tarka, m. inference, supposition; -tarkya, fp. conceivable; -tardana, a. de stroying; (á)-tavas, a. vigorous, powerful; -tâná, m. tendril; plant with tendrils, climb ing plant: -vat, a. having tendrils; rami fied; -tânita, pp. treated diffusely; -tâpa, m. heat; splendour; majesty, dignity, su periority (often compared with the heat of the sun); vigour, power, energy; N.; -tâpana, a. making it hot for any one, pressing hard on, harassing, afflicting; n. heating; -tâpa pâla, m. N.; -tâpa-pura, n. N. of a city; -tâpa-vat, a. full of dignity, powerful, ma jestic, glorious (of persons); -tâpa-sîla, m. N. of a prince; -tâpa½âditya, m. Sun of Majesty, N. and ep. of various princes; -tâp itri, m. nm. used as 3 sg. ft. of cs. of pra tap; -tâpin, a. hot, burning, scorching; making it hot for any one, harassing, afflict ing; glorious, majestic; conferring dignity; -tâmra, a. extremely red; -târa, m. crossing over (g.): -ka, a. deceiving, cheating; m. cheat; -târana, n. taking across (water); crossing over (g. or --°ree;)=-tarana; deceiving, cheating: â, f. cheating, fraud; -târanîya, fp. to be deceived or cheated; -târayitri, m. promoter, increaser. |
| |
| pratikrama | m. inverse order; -krámana, n. striding hither and thither; going to confession (B.); -kriyâ, f. requital (of good or evil: --°ree; with object; --°ree;, g., or lc. of person); compensation; resistance; counteraction, remedy, help; venting (of anger); adornment (of the person): --°ree; a. (a) warding off, repelling; -krodha, m. anger in return. |
| |
| pratikañcuka | m. man armoured against all assaults, obstinate adversary; -kantham, ad. singly, one by one; -kara, a. (î) counteracting (--°ree;); m. compensation (--°ree;); -karkasa, a. equally hard with, of the same hardness as (--°ree;); -kartavya, fp. to be re quited (of good or evil); to be repaid to (g.); to be done by way of compensation; to be paid back (debt); to be opposed or counter acted; n. (impl.) one should requite (d., lc.); -repay as a debt to (d.); -counteract any one (g.); -give medical aid to (g.); -kartri, m. requiter; opponent; -karma, ad. for every act; at every rite or celebration; -karman, n. requital; corresponding action (--°ree;); counter action; (medical) treatment; personal adorn ment; -karsha, m. combination; -kâ&ndot;k shin, a. desiring (--°ree;); -kâmám, ad. accord ing to wish, at pleasure; -kâmin, a. dis agreeable; -kâminî, f. female rival; -kâya, m. (counter body), adversary; -kâra, m. re quital (of good or evil), compensation for (--°ree;); counteraction, employment of remedies; alleviation, remedy: -karman, n.opposition, resistance, -vidhâna, n. medical treatment; -kârin, a. obviating, counteracting (--°ree;); -kâr ya, n. reward (to, g.); -kitava, m. adver sary at play; -kuñgara, m. hostile elephant. |
| |
| pratipakṣa | m. opposite side; opposition, hostile party; opponent, adver sary; rival (in, --°ree;); --°ree; a. rivalling: -gan man, a. produced by enemies, -tâ, f., -tva, n. opposition, hostility; -pakshita,pp. op posed, contradictory; -pakshin, m. opponent, adversary; -paná, m. exchange; counter stake (in play); -pattavya, fp. to be ob tained or received; -given (answer); comprehended or understood; n. impl. one should behave; one should assume or lay down; -patti, f. obtainment, acquirement; perception, comprehension; understanding, intelligence; supposition, view, assertion; admission; giving, bestowal on any one (lc. or --°ree;); causing; taking in hand (--°ree;); enter prise, procedure, action, in or with (g. or lc.); respectful behaviour, mark of respect, honour; confidence, assurance, determination; re source, means for (lc.), expedient against (g.); high rank, dominion, rule; conclusion; ta tra kâ pratipattih syât, what is to be done in that case? kâ tasya pratipattih, what is to be done with it? pratipattim dâ, show honour: -daksha, a. resourceful; -pûrva kam,ad. respectfully; -pradâna, n. showing of honour; -mat, a. intelligent, resourceful. |
| |
| pratiyatna | m. trouble bestowed upon anything, elaboration, preparation, manufacture; -yâtana, n. requital: â, f. image, figure, statue (of a god); -yâna, n. return; -yâmini, ad. every night; -yâyin,a. going against, attacking; -yuddha, n. counter-contest, fight in return; -yuvati, f. female rival, concubine; -yuvam, ad. to wards the youth; -yoga, m. opposition, re sistance: in. pl. by remedies or antidotes; -yogam, ad.rule by rule; -yogika, a. cor relative, contrasting with (--°ree;): -tva, n. corre lativeness; -yog-in, a. correlative, contrast ing; m. opponent, adversary: (-i)-tâ, f., (-i) tva, n. correlation, contrast; -yogayitavya, fp. to be strung or the strings of which are to be tuned (lute); -yoddhavya, fp. to be fought against in return; -yoddhri, m. combatant; well-matched adversary; -yodha, m. combat ant, antagonist; -yodhana, n. combating; combat; -yodhin, m. combatant, equal an tagonist (--°ree;); -yoshit, f. female rival, con cubine. |
| |
| prativighāta | m. warding off; -vitapam, ad. for every branch; -vidyam, ad. at every doctrine; -vidhâtavya, fp. to be employed; -provided against; n. impl. one should take care; -vidhâna, n.counter action, prevention, precaution against (g. or --°ree;); care or provision for (--°ree;); -vidhi, m. remedy for (--°ree;); -vidhitsâ, f. desire or in tention to counteract; -vidheya, fp. to be done against; -rejected; n. impl. one should take precautions; one should take measures against (lc.); -viparîta, pp. exactly opposite; -vibhâga, m. distribution, apportionment; -virati, ad. on each cessation or disappear ance; -visesha, m.peculiarity, particular circumstance; -viseshana, n. detailed speci fication; -visva, a. pl. all and sundry: lc. in all cases; -visha, a. containing an antidote; -vishaya, m. pl. all objects of sense: °ree;-or -m, ad. with regard to each individual object of sense; -vîta, pp. √ vyâ; -vîra, m. op ponent; equal antagonist; -vrittântam, ad. according to the saying, as they say; -vri sha, m. hostile bull; -vedam, ad. in the case of or for every Veda; -vedântam, ad. in every Upanishad; -velam, ad. at every opportunity; -vesa, a. neighbouring; aux iliary, subordinate, minor; m. neighbour; neighbouring house; -vesin, a. neighbouring; m. neighbour; -vesma, ad. in every house; -vesman, n. neighbouring house; -vesya, m. neighbour; -vaira, n. counter-hostility, re venge; -vodhavya, fp. to be carried home. |
| |
| pratilakṣaṇa | n. symptom; -labhya, fp. obtainable; -lambha, m. obtain ment, acquirement; regainment; compre hension; -lâbha, m. obtainment, acquisition; -li&ndot;gam, ad. at every phallus;-lekhana, n., -lekhâ, f. prescribed cleansing of all utensils; -loka, m. every world; -lomá, a. against the hair, against the grain, contrary, unfavourable; hostile; inverted, contrary to the natural or prescribed order: °ree;-or -m, ad. in the inverted order, in the wrong direction, perversely; in. in an unkind way; -lomaka, a. inverted, contrary to the natural or pre scribed order; n. perverseness; -loma-tas, a. on account of the inverted order or direc tion; in the reverse order or direction; -lo ma½anuloma, a. (against or with the grain), speaking for or against: °ree;-or -m, ad. in the inverted order; in the wrong and (or) the natural order or direction, -tas, ad. in an unfriendly and a friendly manner. |
| |
| pratīkāra | m. reaction, retalia tion, revenge; counteraction, prevention; remedy, preventive; resource, means of escape; mode of alliance formed on the assumption of the requital of former services; -kâsá, m. reflexion; appearance; --°ree; a. resembling. |
| |
| pradīdhyāna | pr. pt. radiant; -dîpa, m. lamp; fig.=ornament, of (--°ree;); often --°ree; in the titles of explanatory works= commentary: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. (little) lamp; small commentary; -dîpana, a.inflaming; m. kind of poison; n. kindling; -dîpâ-ya, den. Â. represent or play the part of a lamp; -dîpta, pp. kindled, blazing, burning: -½aksha, m. (flaming-eyed), N. of a Yaksha; -dîpti-mat, a. radiant, luminous; -dîrgha, a. extremely long; -dûshaka, a. defiling, polluting; -dûshana, a. deteriorating, spoiling; (á)-dripti, f. wantonness, madness. |
| |
| pradhāna | n. (that which is put for ward), important or chief thing, object, or person; essential, best, or most important part, head (°ree;-=principal, chief, head); chaos, unevolved nature; supreme oruniversal soul; --°ree; a. having at the head or as the chief person or thing, chiefly dependent on; devoted to; a. most excellent, best, foremost, principal, chief; pre-eminent in (in.); better, than (ab.), superior, to (ab.): -ka, n. unevolved nature; -kârana-vâda, m. the system asserting that unevolved nature is the cause of the world, the Sâmkhya or evolutionist theory; -tama, spv. pre-eminent, most important; -tara, cpv. better, superior; -tas, ad. in consequence of his superiority, as being the most excellent; -tâ, f. excellence, pre-eminence, superiority, premiership; -tva, n. id.; -purusha, m. chief person, authority; -bhâg, a. pre-eminent among, foremost of (g.); -mantrin, m. prime minister; -vâdin, m. adherent of the Sâm khya system; -½a&ndot;ga, n. chief member of the body, chief person of the state; -½âtman, m. supreme or universal soul; -½adhyaksha, m. chief superintendent: -tâ, f. office of --. |
| |
| prabhaṅga | m. breaker, crusher; crushing, destruction; -bha&ndot;gín, a. breaking, crushing, destroying; -bhañgana, a. id.; m. storm, tempest, hurricane; wind; god of wind; n. breaking; -bhadraka, a. extremely handsome; n. a metre; combination of four slokas containing a single sentence; -bhartav ya, fp. to be nourished or maintained; -(á) bhartri, m. bringer, procurer (RV.); (á) bharman, n. setting before, presenting; reci tation (of a hymn); -bhavá, a. prominent; m. origin, source, cause of existence, birthplace; a. arising or proceeding from, originating with; being in or on; -bhavitri, m. mighty one, great lord; -bhavishnu, a. mighty, pre-eminent; producing, creating; m. mighty one, master, lord, of (g., lc., --°ree;): -tâ, f. lordship, dominion; power, to (inf.); tyranny. |
| |
| pramāṇa | n. measure, scale, standard; extent, size; length; distance; weight; quan tity; duration; sp. prosodical length of a vowel; measure of physical strength; prin cipal (opp. interest); right measure, stand ard, authority; rule of action; means of cor rect knowledge, evidence, proof; true con ception, correct notion: bhavatî or bha vantah pramânam, you are the authority, i. e. the decision rests with you: in this sense the word is almost exclusively used in the sg., rarely in the pl. or fem. (î); with the inf. it =person authorized to: -ka, a. --°ree;=pramâ na, measure etc., means of knowledge, proof; -koti, f. extreme of evidence=irrefragable proof; -tara, a. or n. greater authority than (ab.); -tas, ad. with respect to measure, size, weight, length, etc.; -tva, n. correct ness; -drishta, pp. accounted an authority; demonstrable; -patha, m.way of proof: -m na½ava-tri, not admit of proof; -paddha ti, f. id.; -purusha, m. arbitrator, umpire, referee. |
| |
| pralopa | m. destruction, annihila tion; -lobha, m. allurement: -ka, m. enticer, N. of a jackal; -lobhana, a. enticing; n. allurement; -lobhin, a. alluring, seductive; -lobhya, a. alluring, enticing; -lola, a.vio lently agitated (ocean). |
| |
| pravilambin | a. prominent; -laya, m. melting; dissolution, complete dis appearance; -lâpana, n. annihilation; -lâpayitavya, fp. to be annihilated; -lâpita-tva, n. complete annihilation; -lâpin, a.lament ing; -lâpya, fp. to be completely destroyed; -vâda, m. quarrel; -vikta, pp. √ vik; n. (?) solitude (only lc. pl.); -vikshu, des. a. being about to enter; -veka, m. complete retirement. |
| |
| praśithila | a. very loose, flaccid, or lax; extremely feeble, hardly perceptible: -sithilî-kri, make very loose; -sithilî-bhû, become very loose; -sishta, pp. √ sâs; (á)- sishti, f. order, command;-sishya, m. pupil of a pupil: -tva, n. abst. n.; -sís, f. order, precept. |
| |
| prāgra | n. extreme point: -sara, a. going in the forefront; foremost, chief, in (--°ree;), among (g.), -hara, a. (appropriating the best), chief, principal, among (--°ree;). |
| |
| prānta | m. n. [extreme end], edge, border, margin, verge, skirt; end, extremity, tip; corner (of lips, eyes, etc.): °ree;--, in the end, eventually: -virasa, a. tasteless in the end. |
| |
| proccaṇḍa | a. extremely violent or powerful; -½ukkâtanâ, f. scaring away; -½ukkais, in. ad. exceedingly loud; in a very high degree; -½ugghitum, inf. (√ uggh) to escape, evade; -½uñkhana, n. wiping away or off; -½uta, pp. (√ vâ, weave), woven, sewn, etc.; -½utkata, a. very great: -bhritya, m. high official; -½utkantha, a. stretching out the neck far; at the top of one's voice (shout etc.); -½utkrushta, (pp.) n. loud noise, up roar; -½uttâna, a. far-extended; -½uttâla, a. very loud; -½uttu&ndot;ga, a. very high; -½ut phulla, a. full-blown, fully expanded (flower); wide open (eyes); -½utsârita, cs. pp.(√ sri) relinquished, given up, etc.; -½utsâha, m. great exertion; -½utsâhana, n. instigation, stimulation, invitation, to (--°ree;). |
| |
| bandhu | m. connexion, relation; kinship, kindred; (maternal) kinsman; relative; friend; husband; --°ree;, relation of=extremely like; friend of=visited by or favourable for; --°ree; a. (û), coming under the head of, i. e. being only in name: -kritya, n. duty of a kinsman; business of a friend, friendly service; -ksít, a. dwelling among kinsmen (RV.1); -gana, m. kinsfolk; relative; friend; -gîva, m. (liv ing in the family), a tree (Pentapetes phoenicea; it has a beautiful red flower which opens at noon and falls off next morning at sunrise): -ka, m. id.; N. of a kakravartin; (ú)-tâ, f. connexion, relation; kinship; -tva, n. kinship, relationship; -datta,pp. given by relatives; m. N. of a man; â, f. N.; -pâla, m. N.; -príkkh, a. seeking one's kin (RV.1); -prabha, m. N. of a fairy; -prîti, f. love of one's friend; -bhâva, m. relationship. |
| |
| bahukara | a. doing much, for any one (g.); -kalpa, a. of many kinds, manifold; -kalyâna, a. very noble; -kâma, a. having many wishes; -krítvas, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -kshama, a. bearing much, of great forbearance; -gamana, a. having many goings or courses; -garhya-vâk, a. talking much that is censurable, garrulous; -guna, a. many-stranded (rope); manifold, much; possessing many virtues; -gotra-ga, a.having many blood relations; -graha, a. hold ing much (pot); taking much (minister); -kitra, a. extremely manifold or various; -kkhala, a. abounding in fraud, deceitful: -tva, n. deceitfulness; -gana, 1. m. the great multitude; 2. a. having many people about one; -galpa, a. garrulous; -galpitri, m. chat terer; -tanaya, a. having many sons. |
| |
| buddhikṛt | a. producing the im pression of (--°ree;); -krita, pp. wisely acted; -kintaka, a. thinking wisely; -gîvin, a. sub sisting by intelligence; -tattva, n. the tattva of intellect (produced from Prakriti and Purusha); -pûrva, a. premeditated, inten tional: -m, ad. intentionally; -pûrvaka, a. id.: -m, ad. purposely; -prabha, m. N. of a prince; -prâgalbhî, f. soundness of judg ment; -mat, a. intelligent; shrewd, wise:-tva, n. wisdom; -matikâ, f. N.; -maya, a. consisting of intellect; -moha, m. confusion of mind; -vara, m. N. of a minister of Vikra mâditya; -vargita, pp. destitute of under standing, foolish; -vriddhi, f. increase of understanding or wisdom: -kara, a. produc ing --; -sarîra, m. N.; -sastra, a. armed with wisdom; -sâlin, a. possessed of under standing, intelligent, wise; -suddha, pp. pure of purpose; -suddhi, f. purification of the intellect; -sreshtha, spv. best through intel lect: â-ni karmâni=the works of the intel lect are best; -sampanna, pp. endowed with understanding, intelligent, wise; -sammita, pp. commensurate with reason; -sâgara, m. N.; -stha, a. present to the mind, conscious; -hîna, pp. destitute of intellect, dull-witted: -tva, n. deficiency of intellect, stupidity. |
| |
| bubhukṣā | f. wish to enjoy (--°ree;); desire to eat, appetite, hunger: -½apanayana, m. remedy of hunger, food; -sh-ita, pp. hun gry, famishing; -shu, des. a. hungry; wish ing for worldly enjoyment (opp. desiring final liberation). |
| |
| brahman | m. devout man, one who prays, worshipper; priest, Brâhman; knower of Vedic texts or spells; one versed in sacred knowledge; sp. chief priest who directs the sacrifice and is supposed to know the three Vedas (his assistants being the Brâhma nâkkhamsin, the Agnîdhra, and the Potri), supreme universal soul, the chief god of the Indian pantheon (being the later personal form of the Vedic impersonal absolute deity, which is neuter); the Creator (Vishnu being the Preserver, and Siva the Destroyer); in tellect (=buddhi); N. of a magician. |
| |
| brahman | n. [√ 2. barh] (pious swelling or fulness of soul), devotion; pious utterance, prayer; Vedic verse or text; spell; sacred syllable &open;om;&close; holy scriptures, the Vedas; sacred learning, theology, theosophy; holy life, sp. continence, chastity; the supreme impersonal spirit, the Absolute (exceptionally treated as m.); class who are the repository of sacred knowledge, theologians, Brâhmans (coll., rarely used of individual Brâhmans). |
| |
| bhūmikṣaya | m. loss of terri tory; -gata, pp. fallen on the ground; -gar ta, m. hole in the ground; -griha, n. under ground chamber, cellar; -kala, m.: -na, n. earthquake; -ga, a. produced from the earth; m. planet Mars; -gâta, pp. produced or formed on the earth; -goshaná, n. choice of ground; -tanaya, m. son of the earth, planet Mars; -tala, n. surface of the earth, ground; -tundika, m. N. of a locality; -da, a.granting land; -dâna, n. grant of land; -deva, m. god on earth, Brâhman; -dhara, m. supporter of the earth, mountain; prince, king; -nâtha, m. lord of earth, king; -pa, m. guardian of earth, king; -pati, m. lord of earth, king: -tva, n. sovereignty, kingship; -parimâna, n. square-measure; -pâla, m. protector of earth, prince, king; -putra, m. son of the earth, planet Mars; N.; -puramdara, m. Indra on earth, ep. of Dilîpa; -pra, a. (V.) filling the earth (fame); -prakala, m. earthquake; -prâpta, pp. fallen on the ground; -bhâga, m. spot of earth, place; -bhug, m. enjoyer of earth, king; -bhûta, pp. forming the soil of anything; -bhrit, m. supporter of the earth, prince, king; -bhedin, a. different from what it is on earth; -vardhana, m. n. corpse; burden of the earth; -vâsin, a. dwelling on the ground; -saya, a. lying or living on or in the ground; m. animal living in the ground; -shtha, a. standing on the earth or ground; lying in the ground; being in his country; -sâmrâgya, n. supreme rule over the earth; -suta, (pp.) m. son of the earth, planet Mars; -spris, a. touching the earth; -svâmin, m. lord of earth, king. |
| |
| bheṣaja | a. (&isharp;) curing, healing (V.); n. medicament, drug, medicine; remedy for (g. or --°ree;); medicinal spells of the Atharva veda: -kandra, m. N., (á)-tâ, f. healing effect, -½âgâra, n.apothecary's shop. |
| |
| bhaiṣajya | n. healing effect; medi cine, drug, remedy, for (g.). |
| |
| madātyaya | m. excess of intoxi cation, delirium tremens; -½andha, a. blind with intoxication, dead-drunk; blind with passion, rutting; blinded by pride; -½ambu, n. temple-juice (of elephants); -½ambhas, n. id.; -½alasa, a. languid with intoxication: â, f. N.; -½avasthâ, f. wantonness, rut. |
| |
| maṃhiṣṭha | spv. (V.) bestowing most abundantly, most munificent; quite ready for (d.); extremely abundant. |
| |
| mantrākṣara | n. syllabl ein a spell; -½adhirâga, m. supreme lord of spells (a Vetâla); -½ârâdhana, n. endeavouring to obtain by incantations, conjuring; -½âvalî, f. series of spells. |
| |
| manas | n. mind (in its widest sense as the seat of intellectual operations and of emotions), internal organ; understanding, intellect; soul, heart; conscience; thought, conception; imagination; cogitation, reflexion; inclination, desire, will; mood, disposition; in the philosophical systems manas is regarded as distinct from soul (âtman), of which it is only the instrument, and is (except in the Nyâya) considered perishable:-kri, make up one's mind, resolve; fix one's heart or affections upon any one (g.); -kri, pra-kri, dhâ, vi-dhâ, dhri, bandh, and nivesaya, direct the thoughts to, think of (d., lc., prati, or inf.); -sam-â-dhâ, collect oneself; in.mánasâ, in the mind; in thought or imagination; with all one's heart, will ingly; by the leave of (g.); manasâ½iva, as with a thought, in a trice; manasâ man, think of in one's mind, -gam, go to in thought =imagine, remember, -sam-gam, become unanimous; manasi kri, bear or ponder in mind, -ni-dhâ, impress on the mind, trea sure in the heart; meditate, -vrit, be pass ing in one's mind; manas is often used --°ree; a. with an inf. in -tu=wishing or intend ing to (e. g. prashtu-manas, desirous of inquiring). |
| |
| marmaga | a. penetrating the joints, poignant; cutting to the quick (fig.); m. wounding the vitals; -ghnî, a. f. of -han; -kkhid, a. penetrating the joints, cutting to the quick, very poignant; m. piercing the vitals, excessive pain; -kkhedin, a. cutting to the quick, very poignant; -gña, a. know ing the weak or vulnerable points (also fig.); knowing the inmost recesses of a thing, hav ing a deep insight, into (--°ree;); extremely clever. |
| |
| mahāpakṣa | a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond. |
| |
| mahātattva | n. the great princi ple, intellect; -tapas, a. greatly distressed; practising great austerities; m. N. of a her mit; -tapasvin, a. greatly afflicted; -tamas, n. great darkness (one of the five stages of Avidyâ); -tala, n. (great-bottom), a cer tain hell; -tikta, a. very bitter; -tithi, f. (the great=) sixth lunar day; -tegas, a. hav ing great lustre, very glorious (of gods and men); m. ep. of Skanda; N.; -taila, n. pre cious oil or N. of a kind of oil; -½âtodya, n. great drum; -½âtman, 1. m. great spirit, uni versal soul; intellect; 2. a. great-souled, high-minded, noble; of great intellect, highly gifted, very wise; exalted, eminent, illus trious (family), mighty; -½âtma-vat, a. highly gifted, very clever; -½atyaya, m. great calamity; -tyâga, m. great liberal ity; a. very liberal: -maya, a. consist ing in great liberality; -tyâgin, a. very liberal (Siva); -damshtra,a. having great tusks; m. N.; -danda, m. great staff or long arm; severe punishment; -daridra, a. extremely poor; -dâna, n. valuable gift; a. attended with great gifts (sacrifice); -dâ ru, n. the Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora); -dis, f. chief cardinal point (N., S., E., W.); -duhkha, n. great sorrow; -durga, n. great danger; place very difficult of access; -driti, m. great bag; -devá, m. the great god, a term sp. applied to Rudra or to one of the gods connected with him (V.); in C.=Siva; N.: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -devî, f. the great goddess=Pârvatî; first wife of a king; N.; -½adbhuta, a. very wonderful; n. great marvel; -dyuti, a. of great lustre, brilliant, glorious; -druma, m. large tree; -dvâra, m. n. main gate; -dhana, a. costing much money, costly, expensive; having much money, wealthy; m. N. of a merchant; (á), n. great battle (RV.); great spoil (RV.1); great wealth (C.): -pati, m. (lord of great wealth), very rich man; -dhanur-dhara, -dhanushmat, m. great bowman; -dhanus, a. bearing a great bow (Siva); -dhî, a. of great understanding, very wise; -½ânaka, m. kind oflarge drum; -nakha, a. having great nails or claws; -nagná, m. (stark naked), paramour (V.): î, f. courtesan; -nada, m. great stream; -nadî, f. river; N. of various rivers; -½ânana, a. having a great mouth or face; -½ânanda, m. great joy or bliss; N.; -naraka, m. a certain hell; -narendra, m. great conjurer or magician; -½anasa, n. freight waggon; kitchen: î, f. cook, kitchen-maid; -½anasa½adhyaksha, m. superintendent of the kitchen; -nâgá, m. great serpent; great elephant; -nâtaka, n. great drama; a kind of play; -nâda, m. loud sound, shout, roar, etc.; a. making a loud noise, roaring etc.; m. ep. of Siva; -nâyaka, m. great leader or chief; large central gem in a pearl necklace; -nâsa, a. large-nosed (Siva); -nidra, a. sleep ing soundly or long; -niraya, m. kind of hell; -nis, f. dead of night, second and third watches of the night (9 p.m. to 3 a.m.); -nîla, a.dark blue or black; m. sapphire: -maya, a. consisting of sapphire; -½anubhâva, a. very powerful or glorious; magnanimous, high-minded, noble: -tâ, f., -tva, n. high-minded ness, nobility; -netra, a. large-eyed (Siva); -½andhakâra, m. dense darkness, complete obscuration of the intellect; -nyâya, m. main rule; -½anvaya, a. of high lineage. |
| |
| mahaugha | a. having a strong cur rent; m. N. of a son of Tvashtri; -½ogas, a. very vigorous or powerful; very mighty; -½audavâhi, m. N. of a Vedic teacher; -½au shadha, n. great or sovereign remedy; -½oshadhi (or î), f. very efficacious medicinal herb. |
| |
| mānayoga | m. pl. applications of measurements. |
| |
| mīḍha | pp. √ mih: â, f. N.; n. mîdhá, mîlhá, reward; contest; mîdha, excrement. |
| |
| mūtroccāra | m. (?) voiding urine and excrement: lc. while --. |
| |
| maitra | a. (&isharp;) belonging to or given by a friend; friendly, well-disposed, kind; be longing or relating to Mitra; m. a mixed caste; kind of alliance based on friendship; anus (comm.); n. friendship;lunar mansion Anurâdhâ (presided over by Mitra); evacua tion of excrement (presided over by Mitra): -m kri, void excrement: -ka, n. friendship; -tâ, f. goodwill. |
| |
| yathāyatham | ad. fitly, properly, in due order; one after the other, gradually; -yukta, pp. regarding (lc.): -m, ad. accord ing to circumstances, suitably; -yukti, ad. id.: -tas, ad. id.; -yogam, ad. id.; according to usage; -yogena, in. ad. according to cir cumstances, suitably; -yogyam, ad. as is fit, properly, suitably; -½ârabdha, pp. previously begun; -½ârambham, ad. according to the beginning, in the same order; -rukam, -ruk i, ad. according to taste; -rûpa, a. of what kind; having a suitable appearance, extremely beautiful; very great: (á)-m, ad. suitably; rightly, truly; according to appearance. |
| |
| yathokta | pp. as said or stated, aforesaid, previously mentioned or discussed: °ree;-or -m, e-na, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; according to request; -½ukta kârin, a. acting as prescribedabove; -½ukta vâdin, a. reporting what he has been told (messenger); -½ukita, pp. suitable, fit, proper: °ree;-or -m, ad. becomingly, fitly, suita bly; -½uggitam, ad. according to the victory gained; -½uttara, a. following in succession: -m, ad. one after the other, in succession; -½utsâha, a. according to one's power: -m, ad. to the best of one's ability; -½udayam, ad. in proportion to income, according to one's means; -½udita, pp. as stated, before-mentioned: -m, ad.; -½udgamana, °ree;-ad. in rising proportion; -½uddishta, pp. as stated, enu merated above; as directed by (in.): -m, ad. in the manner stated; -½uddesam, ad. in the manner indicated; -½upagosham, ad. at pleasure, comfortably; -½upadishta, pp. as stated, previously indicated: -m, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; -½upadesam, ad. as stated or instructed, in accordance with precept orprescribed teaching; -½upa-pâdam, ad. just as or where it happens; -½upayoga, °ree;-or -m, ad. according to use, requirements, or circumstances; -½upalam bham, ad. however one lays hold of it; -½upâ dhi, ad.according to the conditions or pre mises; -½upta, pp. as sown, according to the seed; -½aukityam (or ât), in a suitable manner. |
| |
| yukta | pp. (√ yug) yoked, to (lc.), with (in.); employed, occupied, engaged in, devoted to, intent on (lc. or --°ree;); applied; equipped, prepared, for (d., --°ree;); busied or occupied with (in.); absorbed in (lc.); con centrated, intent, attentive (cpv. -tara, very much on one's guard against: lc.; spv. -tama, supremely concentrated or intent); skilled, experienced, in (lc.); joined, united, combined, following in regular succession; furnished or endowed with, accompanied by, possessed of (in., --°ree;); being in conjunc tion with a constellation (in.); making use of (an opportunity, kâlena); come into connexion with (in.); connected with, re lating to (--°ree;); bound to, dependent on (--°ree;); fit, proper, becoming, for (g., lc.); right, cor rect; suitable to (--°ree;); auspicious, favourable (fate, moment); prosperous, thriving; faring or acting (thus, tathâ); primitive (opp. de rivative: gr.): °ree;-or -m, suitably, properly, duly, rightly; yuktam yad, it is suitable that --; na yuktam anayos tatra gantum, it is not suitable for them to go there; na yuktam bhavatâ, it is not seemly for you to (inf.); n. yoke, team; connexion, combina tion; fitness: in. yukténa, suitably; con formably to (reason, --°ree;). |
| |
| yuti | f. junction, union, with (--°ree;); acquirement of (in. or --°ree;); sum. |
| |
| yogakaraṇḍaka | m. N.; ikâ, f. N. of a mendicant nun; -kshemá, m. sg. & pl. (C. also m. du. & sg. n.) possession or security of property; property; prosperity (ordinarily explained as meaningacquisi tion and preservation of property); property meant for pious uses; -kûrna, n. magic pow der; -ga, a. produced by meditation or Yoga; -tantra, n. Yoga doctrine, treatise on Yoga; -dharmin, a. practising Yoga; -nanda, m. the pseudo-Nanda; -nidrâ, f. sleep induced by the practice of Yoga, somnolent condi tion, dozing; Vishnu's sleep at the end of an age; -m-dhara, m. N.; -pati, m. lord of Yoga (Vishnu); -patha, m. path to Yoga;-bhâraka, m. shoulderyoke for the carrying of burdens; -bhrashta, pp. lapsed from devotion or contemplation; -maya, a. (î) produced from contemplation or Yoga; -mâyâ, f. magic; illusion produced by abstract meditation; -mârga, m. road to Yoga; -yâtrâ, f. recourse to mental ab sorption or Yoga; -yukta, pp. absorbed in meditation, practising Yoga; -ratna, n. magic jewel; -rûdha, pp. having an etymo logical and aconventional meaning (e. g. pa&ndot;ka-ga, growing in the mud and lotus); -rokanâ, f. kind of magical ointment (ren dering invisible or invulnerable); -vat, a. joined, united; practising Yoga; -vartikâ, f. magic wick; -vaha, a. bringing about, furthering (--°ree;); -vâh-in, a. intriguing: (-i) tva, n. intrigue; -vid, a. knowing the right means or method; knowing what is fitting or suitable; versed in Yoga; -vidyâ, f. knowledge of Yoga; -vibhâga, m. splitting of a grammatical rule into two; -sabda, m. the word yoga; etymological word (the mean ing of which results from the derivation); -sâyin, a. somnolent in consequence of medi tation; -sâstra, n.Yoga doctrine (esp. of Patañgali); -samâdhi, m. mental absorp tion resulting from Yoga; -sâra, m. univer sal remedy; -siddha, pp. perfected by Yoga; -siddhi, f. simultaneous accomplishment: -mat, a. versed in magic; -sûtra, n. the Sû tras on the Yoga (attributed to Patañgali). |
| |
| yoga | m. [√ yug] yoking; team; vehi cle; equipment (of an army); performance, employment, use, application, of (g., --°ree;); remedy, cure; means, expedient; device, trick; spell, magic; fraud (°ree;-=spurious); opportunity; undertaking (V.); union, con tact, with (in. ± saha or --°ree;); combination, mixture; connexion, relation; connexion with, acquisition of (in., --°ree;); gain, profit; order, succession; aggregate, sum; fitness, propriety; strenuousness, exertion, endea vour, zeal, assiduity; occupation; mental concentration, systematic abstraction, Yoga system of philosophy; follower of the Yoga system; unity of the soul and nature (Sâm khya ph.); connexion of a word with its root, etymology, etymological meaning of a word; syntactical dependence of a word, construc tion; (concentrated sentence), grammatical rule; conjunction (of stars); constellation: in. yogena, by means of an expedient or stratagem; by means or in consequence of, in accordance with (--°ree;, also -yogât and -yoga tas); suitably, duly, in the correct manner; yogatas, id.; strenuously, assiduously. |
| |
| rayintama | spv. extremely wealthy (RV.1). |
| |
| rūpayauvanavat | a. young and beautiful; -latâ, f. N. of a princess; -vat, a. having form or colour; embodied, corporeal; shapely, handsome, beautiful; having a beautiful colour; --°ree;, having the form of: -î, f. N., -tama, spv. very beautiful; -viparyaya, m. disfigurement; -sâlin, a. beautiful; -sikhâ, f. N.; -sanâtana, m. N. of an author; (á)-samriddha, pp. perfectly suitable in form; perfectly beautiful; -sampad,f. perfection of form, superb beauty; -sampanna, pp. endowed with beauty; modified; -siddhi, m. N.; f. correctness of grammatical form; -sena, m. N. of a fairy; -stha, a. having a shape; -sparsa vat, a. possessing colour and tangibility; -s-vin, a. [as if from rupas, n.] beautiful. |
| |
| roga | m. [√ rug] infirmity, disease, sickness; diseased spot; -ghna, a. disease-destroying; -da, a. causing disease; -pâlaka, m. attendant on the sick; -prada, a. causing disease; -bhâg, a. suffering from a disease; -vairûpya, n. disfigurement through disease; -sama, m. convalescence; -sambaddha, pp. suffering from disease; -hrit, m. (destroyer of disease), physician; -½ârta, pp. afflicted with disease, sick; -½âvishta, pp. id. |
| |
| laṇḍa | n. excrement. |
| |
| lambha | m. finding; attainment, gain; recovery; capture (of a fortress); -aka, a. finding; m. finder; -ana, n. obtainment; recovery; procurement; -anîya, fp. to be obtained. |
| |
| lalita | pp. quivering, tremulous; artless, naive, innocent; lovely, charming, beautiful; desired, liked; pleasing, agree able; n. sport; natural, artless act; artless ness, grace, charm; beauty, splendour: -pa da, a. consisting of sweet words, pleasingly composed; -lalita, pp. extremely lovely; -lokana, a. fair-eyed: â, f. N. of a fairy; -vistara, m. detailed description of the art less acts of Sâkyamuni, T. of a Buddhistic Sûtra. |
| |
| lābha | m. finding, meeting; obtain ment, acquirement (of, g., --°ree;); gain, advan tage, profit; object acquired, acquisition; capture; apprehension, knowledge: -lipsâ, f. desire of gain, covetousness; -vat, a. having gained advantage; having got possession of (--°ree;); -½alâbha, m. du. & n. sg. gain and loss. |
| |
| leṇḍa | n. excrement. |
| |
| lobha | m. [√ lubh] desire of, longing for (g., lc., --°ree;); impatience (rare); greed, cupidity, avarice; -ana, n. allurement, en ticement; -anîya, fp. alluring, attractive, charming, by or to (--°ree;). |
| |
| vikaṭa | a. [Prâkritic form of vi-kri ta, altered in appearance; RV.1, C.] having an unusual aspect, horrible, dreadful, hideous, formidable; large, broad (rare); extremely beautiful (rare): -m, ad.terribly; m. N.; N. of a gander: -vadana, m. N. of an at tendant of Durgâ; -varman, m. N. of a king; -½aksha, a. having dreadful eyes; m. N. of an Asura; -½ânana, a. having a large or hideous mouth. |
| |
| vikriyā | f. [√ 1. kri] transforma tion, alteration, change, modification; vitia tion, disfigurement; failure, misadventure, harm (dîpasya --, extinction); unwonted phe nomenon; product (e. g. of milk); contraction, knitting (of the brows); sudden movement (of the hair=thrill); change in the normal bodily condition, ailment, affection; change in the normal mental condition, perturbation, agitation; change of feeling, alienation, hos tility, defection: -m yâ, undergo a change for the worse, deteriorate, come to nought: -½upamâ, f. transformation simile (in which one thing is represented as produced from another: e. g. &open;thy face is as it were taken from the disc of the moon&close;). |
| |
| vitata | pp. √ tan: -tva, n. great ex tent; -tati, f. extent, length; extension, ex pansion; great extent, quantity; overstep ping of bounds; -tatî-kri, extend; -tatha, a. [not so: -tathâ] untrue, false; futile, use less, vain; free from (ab.; rare): -m kri, revoke, annul; -tatha-ya, P. make untrue, accuse of falsehood; -tatha½abhinivesa, m. inclination to falsehood: -vat, a. prone to falsehood; -tathî-kri, render futile, frus trate; (ví)-tanu, a. (v-î) extremely slender; bodiless; m. god of love (=ana&ndot;ga); -tan trî, f. (nm. -s) string out of tune; -tamas, a. free from darkness, light: -ka, a. id.; -tara- na, n. transference of (--°ree;); bestowal; dona tion, gift; -tarám, cpv. ad. farther, -off (RV.); -tar&asharp;m, cpv. ad. id.; more; -tari tri, m. bestower; -tarka, m. conjecture, sup position (ord. mg.); doubt; consideration, deliberation: indor vitarkât, because the moon was supposed to be in it; -tardi, f. ter race in a court-yard, verandah: -kâ, f. id.; -tala, n. N. of one of the seven hells; depth of hell. |
| |
| viṇmūtra | n. sg. & (rarely) du. excrement (vish) and urine. |
| |
| vidyādhara | a. possessed of science or spells; m. kind of (aerial) genius dwell ing in the Himâlaya, attendant on Siva, and possessed of magical power, fairy; N. of various scholars: -kakravartin,m. supreme lord of the fairies; -tva, n. condition of a fairy; -mahâ-kakravartin, m. para mount lord of all fairies; -½adhîsa, m. id.: -tâ, f. abst. n. |
| |
| vinirgama | m. going out (of), departure, from (ab.); -ghosha, m. sound; -gaya, m. victory; -naya, m. ascertainment; decision, authoritative settlement, of (g., --°ree;); -desya, fp. to be announced orreported; -bandha, m. persistence in (--°ree;); -mala, a. extremely pure; -mâna, n. measuring out; formation; erection; building; -mâtri, m. fashioner, creator; -miti, f. formation, crea tion; erection; -mukti, f.deliverance from (--°ree;); -moksha, m. id.; exclusion from (--°ree;). |
| |
| viparyaya | a. (rare, P.) inverted; opposed to (g.); perverse; m. transposition, exchange; change, alteration; inversion, opposite (e. g. samdhi-viparyayau, peace and its opposite=war; prabhâvasya --, opposite of strength=faint; buddhi-, opposite opinion); change for the worse, disfigurement; reverse, mishap, overthrow, calamity, misfortune (rare); perverseness; change of opinion (rare); wrong opinion or notion, error: lc. in the opposite case, otherwise. |
| |
| virūpa | a. many-coloured, mani fold; changed; different, from (--°ree;); having a different form (opp. having the same mean ing: gr.); deformed, misshapen, ugly (ord. mg.): -ka, a. (ikâ) deformed, ugly; un seemly; m. Ugly, ep. of a man; -karana, a. (î) disfiguring; n. disfigurement; infliction of an injury; -tâ, f. variety; ugliness; -sak ti, m. N. of a fairy; -sarman, m. N. of a Brâhman; -½aksha, a. (î) having deformed eyes; having various occupations; m. N. of a divine being (S.); N. of Siva; N. of a Yaksha. |
| |
| viloka | m. glance; -lokana, n. look ing, gaze; looking at, regarding, observing; looking out for, finding out; perceiving, look ing into, studying; -lokita, (pp.) n. glance, look; -lokin, a. (--°ree;) looking; looking at; perceiving; -lokya, fp. visible; looked at; -lokana, 1. a. causing to see, giving eye-sight; n. eye; 2. a. distorting the eyes; m. N. of a mythical person: -patha, m. range of vision, -pâta, m. glance; -lodana, n. stir ring about, churning; splashing; throwing into confusion; -lopa, m. loss, injury; interruption, disturbance; robbery; -lopa-ka, m. destroyer; plunderer; -lopana, n. destruc tion; omission; pulling to pieces (garland); stealing; -lopin, a. destroying (--°ree;); -loptri, m. thief, robber; -lopya, fp. to be destroyed; -lobhana, n. allurement; -lobhanîya, fp. alluring to (--°ree;); -loma, a. (against the hair or grain), reversed, opposite; refractory: -m, ad. backwards; -loma-ga, a., -loma- gâta, pp. born (against the grain=) in the in verse order, born of a mother belonging to a higher caste than the father; (ví)-loman, a. against the hair orgrain, turned in the oppo site direction, inverted; hairless; -lom-ita, den. pp. inverted; -lola, a. moving to and fro, tossing about, waving, rolling, unsteady; un steadier than (ab.); -lolana, n. moving to and fro; (ví)-lohita, a. deep red. |
| |
| viṣ | f. excrement; dirt. |
| |
| viṣṭhā | f. excrement (rarely pl.). |
| |
| visarga | m. [√ srig] discharge, liber ation (V., C.); cessation, end (V.); diverg ence (of paths: RV.); C.: emission; evacua tion of excrement; dismission of a person; bestowing, giving; casting, throwing, dis charging, scattering; creating; creation, pro duct; final aspiration (gr.): -kumbana, n. parting kiss; -lupta, n. absence of Visarga. |
| |
| vaikṛta | a. [vikriti] modified, derivative, secondary; subject to modification; artificial, kept up by adoption (family); n. modification, alteration, disfigurement, ab normal condition, changed state (ord. mg.); unnatural phenomenon, portent; mental change, agitation; change of sentiment, hos tility: -vat, a. morbidly affected by (--°ree;). |
| |
| vyāsedha | m. hindrance, interrup tion; -hata-tva, n. contradictoriness; -hati, f. logical contradiction; -hanasya, a. ex tremely lecherous (Br.); -hantavya, fp. to be transgressed; -harana, n.utterance; -har tavya, fp. to be told to (lc.); -hâra, m. utter ance, discourse, conversation; talk about (--°ree;); song (of birds); humourous remark (dr.): -maya, a. (î) consisting of speeches or dis courses about (--°ree;); -hârin, a. (--°ree;) speaking, talking; singing (bird); resounding with; -hâvam, abs. separating by the interposition of the Âhâva (Br.); (&asharp;)-hrita, pp. √ hri; n. speaking, talking, discourse; inarticulate speech (of animals), song (of birds); (&asharp;)-hriti, f. utterance, declaration, statement; mystical exclamation (of formulae consisting of dis connected words, esp. the three bhûr bhuvah svar). |
| |
| śakti | f. ability, capacity, power, strength, skill, to (g., lc., inf., --°ree;); efficacy (of a remedy etc.); regal power (which comprises the three elements, prabhâva, majesty, utsâha, energy, and mantra, counsel); active power or female energy of a deity (esp. of Siva); force of a word, signification, function, case-notion; creative power of a poet, imagination: in. saktyâ (± âtmaor sva-), according to ability; param saktyâ, with all one's might; saktim ahâpayitvâ, not re laxing one's efforts, exerting oneself to the utmost. |
| |
| śakṛt | n. ordure, excrement (nm., ac., in. sg., °ree;--): -pinda, m. lump of dung. |
| |
| śakya | fp. possible, practicable, capable of being (inf. w. ps. mg.: -m, n. is used impersonally or with a subject in a different gender or number); to be subdued, conquerable; literal, explicit (meaning: opp. indicated or suggested): -pratîkâra, a. capable of removal, remediable; -rûpa, a. possible to be (inf. w. ps. mg.); -sa&ndot;ka, a. admitting of doubt; -sâmanta-tâ, f. condition in which neighbouring kings are conquerable. |
| |
| śāmana | a. putting an end to, throw ing into the shade (v. r. sam-); n. soothing remedy. |
| |
| śārīra | a. (î) made of bone (very rare); bodily, corporeal, belonging or relat ing to, being in the body (sarîra); w. danda, m. corporal punishment; n. excrement. |
| |
| śītodā | f. (having cold water), N. of a mythical river; -½upakâra, m. treat ment with cold remedies; -½ushna, a. cold and warm: -kirana, m. du. moon and sun. |
| |
| śṛṅga | n. (--°ree; a. â, î) horn (also used for drinking and blowing); C.: elephant's tusk (rare); syringe (rare); mountain-top, peak; turret, pinnacle; horn of the moon; extreme end, tip (also AV.); height, acme, best of its kind; (horn=) self-sufficiency, pride (rare); first awakening of love (rare): -ka, (--°ree; a.) horn; syringe; -bhuga, m. N.; -rahita, pp. hornless; -vat, a. horned; peaked; -vera, m. N. of a snake-demon; n. fresh or dry ginger; -pura, n. N. of a town on the Ganges; -sata, n. pl. hundreds of peaks. |
| |
| śobhiṣṭha | spv. extremely brilliant (RV.). |
| |
| śruta | (pp.) n. what has been heard or learnt, tradition, learning, sacred knowledge; hearing; instruction: -dhara, a. retaining what one has heard, having a good memory; m. ear; N.; -dhi, m. N.; -pâraga, a. ex tremely learned; -pûrva, a. previously heard, known by hearsay, by (in., g.), from (ab.); -bandhu, m. N. of a Vedic poet; -vat, pp. act. having heard anything (ac.); learned; -vardhana, m. N. of a physician; -vismrita, pp. heard and forgotten; -vritta½upapanna, pp. endowed with learning and virtue; -sar man, m. N.; -sîla, n. du. learning and con duct: -vat, a. learned and honourable, -sam panna, pp. id., -½upa-sampanna,pp. id.; -sena, m. N. of a king. |
| |
| śvavat | a. keeping dogs; -vâla, m. hair of a dog; -vishthâ, f. excrement of a dog; -vritti, f. life of a dog (a term applied to servitude or service); -vrittin, a. living on dogs. |
| |
| saṃspardhā | f. rivalry, jealousy; -spardhin, a. vying with (--°ree;); jealous; -spar- sá, m. touch, contact (with, --°ree;); -sparsana, a. touching; n. contact; -sparsin, a. touch ing; -spris, a. id.; -sphota,m. concussion; -smarana, n. remembering, recollecting; -smaranîya, fp. to be remembered, living in remembrance only; -smartavya, fp. to be remembered; -smriti, f. remembrance, of (g., --°ree;): -m labh, remember; -smrita½upa-sthita, pp. appearing as soon as remem bered; -sravá, m. conflux; confluent re mainder of liquids (V.); flowing water; -sravana, n. in garbha-, miscarriage; -srâ vá, m. conflux (V.); accumulation of matteretc. (C.); remainder, dregs (V.); -sveda, m. sweat: -ga, a. pl. produced from moist heat (vermin etc.). |
| |
| saṃkhyāna | n. calculation, enume ration; number (rare); measurement (rare). |
| |
| saṃgatha | m. [√ gam] coming to gether, convergence, centre (V.); -gamá, m. meeting (of friends or foes), union, associa tion, intercourse (also sexual), with (in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); confluence; connexion, con tact, with (in., --°ree;); acquirement of (g.): anarthena --, harm, injury: -datta, m. N.; -gámana, V. a. (î) gathering together; m. assembler of (g.; V.); n. meeting, union, with (--°ree;; V., C.); coming into contact with, acquirement of (in.; C.); -gama-svâmin, m. N. |
| |
| saccandrikā | f. splendid moon light; -karita, n. good conduct; a. well conducted, virtuous; -karitra, n. good con duct; -karyâ, f. id.; -kâra, m. good spy; -kid-ânanda, m. pl. existence, thought, and bliss; a. consisting of existence, thought, and bliss; designation of the supreme impersonal spirit: -maya, a. id.; -kin-maya, a. con sisting in being and thinking. |
| |
| samājñā | f. appellation, name; -gñâna, n. recognition as (--°ree;); -dâna, n. taking upon oneself, incurring, contracting; -deya, fp. to be received; -desa, m. direction, instruction; command, order; -dhâtavya, fp. to be set to rights, repaired, or adjusted; -dhâna, n. adjustment, settlement; recon cilement; justification of a statement, de monstration; mental concentration, atten tion; deep contemplation or devotion:-m kri, attend; -dhi, m. putting together, join ing, with (in.); joint (of the neck); union, combination; performance; adjustment, set tlement; justification of a statement, proof; attention (to, lc.), intentness on (--°ree;); deep meditation on the supreme soul, profound devotion (ord. mg.); N. of various figures of speech: -m kri, direct one's attention, to (lc.); -dhi-ta, den. pp. reconciled; -dhitsu, des. a. (√ dhâ) wishing to prove. |
| |
| samāpana | a. completing; n. com pletion; dissolution (of the body); section, chapter; -½âp-in, a. concluding; (sám)-âp ti, f. acquirement (rare); completion, con clusion, end; dissolution (of the body; rare): -ka, a. having completed his studies; con cluding anything; -âpyã, fp. to be attained (V.); -performed or finished (C.); n. imps. one should conclude. |
| |
| samānta | m. end of the year; -½an tara, 1. n. interval of a year: lc. within a year; 2. a½antara, a. having a constant dif ference, being the unit of measurement (samân taras ka purushas tura&ndot;gas tri-samântarah, man forms the unit, a horse has three units, i. e. is equal to three men). |
| |
| saṃpakva | a. boiled soft; ripe; fully matured; -patti, f. concord (S., rare); turn ing out well, success, accomplishment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare); good condition, excellence; abundance, affluence; lucky event; prosperity, fortune (sg., pl.): in. at random: -ka, a. --°ree;, excellence; -pád, f. V.: agreement, bargain (rare); full number, total; C.: success, accomplishment, fulfilment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare; --°ree; a.=possess ing); right condition; excellence, perfection, beauty; abundance, plenty, high degree or excess of; (what befals), fate (rare); good fortune, prosperity, wealth, property (sg., pl.); -panna-kshîrâ, a. f. giving good milk: (a)-tamâ, spv. f. giving very good milk; -panna-tara, cpv. very palatable; -panna tâ, f. possession of (--°ree;); -panna-danta, a. possessing teeth; -parâyá, m. death (rare); conflict, battle; -parigraha, m. gracious re ception of (g.); property; -parka, m. mix ture, union, contact, association (of, --°ree;; with, in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -pâta, m. C.: flight, swift descent, fall, into (lc.); a particular mode of flight; col lision, concussion, encounter, with (saha); confluence; point of contact (rare); en trance, appearance, occurrence; V.: remnant of fluid (in a vessel), residue of an offering; hymns contiguous in the Samhitâ and ritual (also -sûkta, n.); -pâti, m. N. of a fabulous bird, son of Aruna or Garuda and elder brother of Gatâyu; -pâtín, a. flying to gether; flying with=equally swift; falling down (flowers); -pâda-ka, a. procuring, bestowing; producing, causing; -pâdana, a. (î) procuring, bestowing; carrying out, executing; n. procurement, acquirement; accomplishment, fulfilment, execution, per formance, production; clearing, putting in order (a house or site); -pâdanîya, fp. to be procured; -carried out, brought about, or accomplished; -appeased; -pâdayitri, m., trî, f. procurer; producer, accomplisher; -pâdita-tva, n. accomplishment or fulfilment by (--°ree;); -pâdin, a. coinciding with, suitable for (in., --°ree;); procuring; accomplishing; -p&asharp;d ya, fp. to be brought about, effected, or accomplished: -tva, n. accomplishment; -pârin, a. putting across (of a vessel, Br.); -pipâdayishâ, f. desire to accomplish; wish to prove right; -pîda, m. pressure: â, f. pain, torment; -puñga, m.multitude; -puta, m. hemispherical bowl (and anything shaped like it); round casket (for jewellery etc.); hemisphere (rare); credit, balance: e likh, write down (ac.) to the credit of (g.); -put ikâ, f. jewel-casket (=treasuryof aphorisms and tales); -pushti, f. perfect prosperity; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. honouring, reverence; -pûgya, fp. to be honoured; -pûrna, pp. (√ 1. pri) filled etc.: -kâlîna, a. occurring in the fulness of (=at the right) time (birth), -kumbha, m. full pot; -pûrna-tâ, f. com pleteness, completion; full measure: -yuk ta, pp. having abundance; -pûrna½a&ndot;ga, a. (î) having its parts complete, entire; -pûrti, f. fulfilment, completion; -pûrva, a. pre ceded by=compounded with pûrva; -prik ta-tva, n. union. |
| |
| saṃpratipatti | f. obtainment, acquirement; correct conception, understand ing; agreement, with (--°ree;); admission, con fession; -pâdana, n. bestowal; -rodhaka, m. suppression (of robbers etc.); -shthâ, f. per manence, continuance (opp. beginning or end); -sava, m. admission (v. r. -prasava). |
| |
| sādhana | a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces. |
| |
| sādhiṣṭha | spv. (of sâdh-u) most efficient or excellent (V.); -îyas, cpv. (of sâdh-u) more correct; pleasanter; extremely firm: n. ad. more eagerly (Br.); in a greater degree, excessively. |
| |
| sāśīti | a. together with or plus eighty; -½âskarya, a. astonished; wonderful: -m, ad. with astonishment, -kautuka, a. astonished and curious; -½asru, a. tearful: n. ad. with tears; -½ashta½a&ndot;ga, a. performed with eight parts of the body (prostration= extremely reverential): -m, ad. w. pra-nam, make a reverential prostration; -½ashtâ&ndot;ga pâtam, ad. w. pra-nam, id. |
| |
| sitakamala | n. whitelotus; -kara, m. (white-rayed), moon: -½ânana, a. moon faced; -kkhatr-ita, den. pp. turned into or representing a white umbrella; -tara, cpv. extremely white; -tegas, a.having a white light; -dîdhiti, m. moon; -dviga, m. goose; -paksha, m. bright half of the month; -pundarîka, n. white lotus; -mani, m. crys tal: -maya, a. made of crystal; -manas, a. pure-hearted; -ruki, a. bright-coloured, white; m. moon; -varman, m. N. of a minis ter; -sapti, m. (having white steeds), ep. of Arguna; -hûna, m. pl. the White Huns. |
| |
| sīmā | f. parting of the hair (in su sîma); boundary; village boundary: -krish âna, pr. pt. ploughing on the boundary line; -½adhipa, m. guardian of the march; -½anta, m. boundary line, frontier; bounds (fig.); village march: -lekhâ, f. extreme boundary line; utmost limit, acme; -½apahârin, a. re moving landmarks; -pâla, m. guardian of the marches; -li&ndot;ga, n. landmark; -vâda, m. dispute about boundaries; -vivâda, m. id.; -vriksha, m. tree as a landmark; -sam dhi, m. meeting of boundaries; -setu, m. boundary dam, landmark. |
| |
| sudina | a. (RV.) clear, bright (day, morning); n. (V., C.) bright sky, fine day, clear weather; good day, happy time: -tâ, f. clear weather, -tva, n. brightness (of days), fig. happy time (RV.); -dív, a.shining brightly (Agni; RV.); -divá, n. beautiful day (AV.); -divasa, n. id. (C.); -dîtí, f. bright flame (RV.); a. brilliant, flaming (RV.); -dîrgha, a. very long (of time and space); -duhkha, a. very laborious or diffi cult, to (inf.): -m, ad. very sorrowfully; -duhkhita, pp. greatly afflicted, very unhappy; -dukûla, a. made of very fine ma terial; -dúgha, a. (V.) milking well (cow); nourishing, bountiful: â, f. good milch-cow (V.); -durgaya, a.very hard to overcome or conquer; m. kind of military array; -dur bala, a. extremely weak; -durbuddhi, a. very foolish; -durmanas, a. very despon dent; -durlabha, a. very hard to obtain; very difficult to (inf.); -duskara, a. very inaccessible; very hard to perform (penance); -duhsrava, a. very unpleasant to hear; -dushprasâdhya, fp. very hard to over come; -dustara, a. very difficult to cross; very hard to perform; -duhsaha, a.very difficult to bear; invincible; -duha, a. willingly milked (cow); -dûra, a. very distant: -m or °ree;--, ad. very far; greatly, altogether, very; ab. from afar; (sú)-dridha, pp. very firm or strong; -retentive (memory); vehe ment, intense; -dris, a. (f. C. id.; V. -î) keen-sighted (V., C.); fair, considerable (RV.); fair-eyed, gnly. f. (fair-eyed) woman (C.); -drishta, a. keen-sighted; -devá, m. good or true god (V.); a. (V.) favoured by the gods; meant for the right gods; m. N.; -devyã, n. host of the good gods (RV.); -dyút, a. shin ing brightly (RV.); -dyumná, a. id. (RV.1); m. (C.) N.; -dviga, a. having beautiful teeth; -dhánvan, a. having an excellent bow; m. a mixed caste (offspring of outcast Vaisya); N.; assembly hall of the gods; -dharman, a. practising justice; m. assembly hall of the gods; -dharmâ, f. id. |
| |
| sumanomattaka | m. N.; -mano-latâ, f. flowering creeper; -mano hara, a. very charming or attractive; -mán tu, a. easily known, well-known (RV.); m. N. of a teacher; -mantra, a. following good counsels; m. N. of various men; -mantrita, pp. well-deliberated: n. imps. good counsel has been taken; n. good counsel: -m kri, take good counsel; -mantrin, a. having a good minister; -mánman, a. uttering good wishes, very devout (RV.); -marma-ga, a. deeply penetrating the joints, causing great agony (arrow); -marshana, a. easy to bear; (sú)-mahat, a. very great, huge, vast (of time, space, quantity, number, degree); very important; -mahas, a. glorious (RV., always vc.); -mahâ, °ree;--: a. extremely great; ad. very greatly; -mahâ-kaksha, a. very high-walled; -mahâ-tapas, a. extremely ascetic or pious; -mahâ-tegas, a. very glorious; -mahât man, a. very noble-minded or high-souled; -mahâ-bala, a. extremely powerful or effica cious; -mahâ-manas, a. very high-minded; -mahârha, a. very splendid; -mahausha dha, n. herb of marvellous efficacy; -mâyá, a. having noble counsels (Maruts; RV.); m. N. of a prince of the Asuras; N. of a fairy: â, f. N. of a daughter of Maya: (a)-ka, m. N. of a fairy; -mitrá, m. kind friend; N., esp. of kings: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N. of a wife of Dasaratha, mother of Satrughna and Lakshmana; -mukha, n. beautiful mouth; bright face: in. cheerfully; a. (î) fair-faced; bright-faced, glad; inclined or disposed to (--°ree;); m. N. of a king; -mundîka, m. N. of an Asura; -mridîká, -mrilîká, V. a. com passionate, gracious; -mrishta, pp. well polished; very dainty: -pushpa½âdhya, a. abounding in very bright flowers; -méka, V. a. well-established, firm; unvarying; -medhás, a.having a good understanding, intelligent, wise (ac. also -medh&asharp;m, RV.); -meru, m. N. of a mtn. (=Meru); N. of a fairy; -mná, a. [√ mnâ=√ man] well-dis posed, gracious (V.); n. (V.) benevolence, favour, grace; devotion, prayer; satisfac tion, gladness, peace: -yú, V. a. devout, be lieving; favourable; -mnâ-várî, a. f. gracious, bringing gladness (Dawn, RV.1). |
| |
| strīyantra | n. the puppet woman; -ratna, n. pearl of a woman; ep. of Laksh mî; -râgya, n. kingdom of the Amazons (in the extreme north); -lakshana, n. character istics of a woman; -li&ndot;ga, n.female organ; feminine gender (gr.); -vasa, a. subject to women, ruled by one's wife; -vasya, a. id.; -vitta, n. property derived from a wife; -vi vâha, m. marriage with a woman; -vishaya, m. copulation; -sa&ndot;ga, m.intercourse with women; -samgrahana, n. adultery with a woman; -sambandha, m. matrimonial alliance with a woman; -sambhoga, m. sexual intercourse with a woman; -sevâ, f. addiction to women; -svabhâva, m.nature of woman; -hatyâ, f. murder of a woman. |
| |
| smaraṇīya | fp. to be remembered: -m smaram kri, make Kâma remembered= remind of the god of love; â-m gatim nî, lead any one (ac.) into the path of memory=bring about the death of. |
| |
| smara | a. [√ smri] remembering (--°ree;, rare); m. recollection, memory; love; god of love; expounder of the Veda (rare); -ana, n. remembering, recollection, of (g., --°ree;); memory (rare); teaching (rare): -padavî, f. path of memory: -m gamitah, caused to go the way of memory=dead. |
| |
| smṛti | f. remembrance, recollection, of (lc., --°ree;); memory; authoritative tradition (exclusive of sruti or Vedicwritings), canonical traditional law-book, code, statement of a law-book: smritim api na te yânti, they are not even remembered: -kârin, a. awaken ing memory, producing recollection; -tantra, n. law-book; -da, a. strengthening the memory; -patha, m. path of memory: -m gâ, go the way of memory, perish; -pâthaka, m. one learned in the law; -bhû, m. god of love; -bhramsa, m. loss of memory; -mat, a. hav ing recollection; possessing full conscious ness; having a good memory; versed in law; -rodha, m. failure of memory; -vartman, n. path of memory: ac. w. i, be remembered; -vibhrama, m. derangement of memory; -vishaya, m. range of memory: -tâm ga mita, dead; -sâstra, n. law-book; -sîla, n. du. tradition and usage;-sesha, a. surviving in memory only, destroyed: -m kri, destroy. |
| |
| smāram | abs. [√ smri] always re peated: remembering (ac.); -in, a. remem bering (--°ree;). |
| |
| smartavya | fp. to be remembered; -ya, fp. id.; -tri, m. one who remembers (g., --°ree;); teacher. |
| |
| svalpa | a. very small, little, short (time), or insignificant: in. in a short time: -ka, a. (ikâ) id.; -tantra, a. consisting of short sections, concisely written: -tva, n. abst. n.; -tara, cpv. very insignificant; -tas, ad. quite gradually; -dukkha, n. very little pain; -dris, a. very short-sighted (fig.); -bala, a. extremely weak; -vayas, a. very young; -silâ-ya, den. Â. become a very small rock. |
| |
| svīkaraṇa | n. making one's own, accepting, acquiring anything; taking to wife, espousal; assenting, agreeing; -kartavya, fp. to be accepted; -kartri, m. one wishing to win any one; -kâra, m.acquirement; re ception (of any one); assent, promise: -gra ha, m. robbery; -kârya, fp. to be taken pos session of; -received; -got into one's power (person); -assented to. |
Concordance
212 results0 results1 result
| |
| agnī | sameto nabhasī antareme # AVś.11.5.11b. |
"reme" has 18 results
299 results
|
|
| √ Root Search | Word Frequency | Sandhi | Pāṇini Research Tool | Sanskrit OCR | NCC Map| Maldives Map | 931416 Unique Words and 3500+ Years of History | Help Feedback |
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter